Javascript Menu by Deluxe-Menu.com
MindPapers is now part of PhilPapers: online research in philosophy, a new service with many more features.
 
 Compiled by David Chalmers (Editor) & David Bourget (Assistant Editor), Australian National University. Submit an entry.
 
   
click here for help on how to search

8. Science of Consciousness (Science of Consciousness on PhilPapers)

Alkire, M. T. (2001). The power of observation. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (2):236-240.   (Google)
Allefeld, Carsten (2008). What can we learn from Merleau-ponty's ontology for a science of consciousness? Mind and Matter 6 (2):235-255.   (Google)
Abstract: Representative for contemporary attempts to establish a science of consciousness we examine Chalmers' statement and resolution of the 'hard problem of consciousness'. Agreeing with him that in order to account for subjectivity it is necessary to expand the ontology of the natural sciences, we argue that it is not sufficient to just add conscious experience to the list of fundamental features of the world. Instead, we turn to phenomenology as the philosophy of conscious experience and give an outline of Merleau-Ponty's critique of the objectivist ontology underlying science which excludes subjectivity from the world. We reconstruct his proposal for a revised ontology in The Visible and the Invisible aiming at an extended understanding of Being including subjectivity, which takes on the form of a constellation of new ontological terms centered around the concept of the 'flesh of the world'. Trying to spell out the consequences of Merleau-Ponty's ontological considerations for scientific practice and especially the science of consciousness, we notice that his philosophy of subjectivity-in-the-world on its part is unable to connect to the insights of the natural sciences. The phenomenological critique of the 'hard problem' reveals a deeper disparity which, at present, limits its practical implications
Bachmann, Talis; Breitmeyer, Bruno & Ögmen, Haluk (2007). Experimental Phenomena of Consciousness: A Brief Dictionary. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Abstract: Experimental Phenomena of Consciousness is the definitive collection of consciousness phenomena in which awareness emerges as an experimental variable.
Bailey, Andrew R. (2007). Representation and a science of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 14 (1):62-76.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: The first part of this paper defends a 'two-factor' approach to mental representation by moving through various choice-points that map out the main peaks in the landscape of philosophical debate about representation. The choice-points considered are: (1) whether representations are conceptual or non-conceptual; (2) given that mental representation is conceptual, whether conscious perceptual representations are analog or digital; (3) given that the content of a representation is the concept it expresses, whether that content is individuated extensionally or intensionally; (4) whether intensional contents are individuated by external or internal conditions; and (5) given that conceptual content is determined externally, whether the possession conditions for concepts are external or internal. The final part of the paper examines the relationship between representation and consciousness, arguing that any account of mental representation, though necessary for a complete account of consciousness, cannot be sufficient for it
Bachmann, Talis (2000). Microgenetic Approach to the Conscious Mind. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 64 | Google | More links)
Basden, B. H.; Basden, D. R. & Wright, M. J. (2003). Part-list reexposure and release of retrieval inhibition. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (3):354-375.   (Google)
Abstract: In list-method directed forgetting, reexposure to forgotten List 1 items has been shown to reduce directed forgetting. proposed that reexposure to a few List 1 items only during a direct test of memory reinstates the entire List 1 episode. In the present experiments, part-list reexposure in the context of indirect as well as direct memory tests reduced directed forgetting. Directed forgetting was reduced when 50% or more of the items were reexposed, and was intact when only 25% were reexposed. Furthermore, part-list reexposure appeared to reinstate only reexposed items-not the entire List 1 episode
Beenfeldt, Christian (2008). A wake up call—or more sweet slumber? A review of Daniel Dennett's sweet dreams: Philosophical obstacles to a science of consciousness. Think 7 (19):85-92.   (Google)
Ben Shalom, D. (2000). Developmental depersonalization: The prefrontal cortex and self-functions in autism. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (3):457-460.   (Google)
Abstract: The human self model suggests that the construct of self involves functions such as agency, body-centered spatial perspectivity, and long-term unity. Vogeley, Kurthen, Falkai, and Maieret (1999) suggest that agency is subserved by the prefrontal cortex and other association areas of the cortex, spatial perspectivity by the prefrontal cortex and the parietal lobes, and long-term unity by the prefrontal cortex and the temporal lobes and that all of these functions are impaired in schizophrenia. Exploring the connections between the prefrontal cortex and the construct of self, the present article extends the application of the self model to autism. It suggests that in contrast to schizophrenia, agency and spatial perspectivity are probably preserved in autism, but that, similarly to schizophrenia, long-term unity is probably impaired. This hypothesis is compatible with a model of neuropsychological dysfunction in autism in a neural network including parts of the prefrontal cortex, the temporal lobes, and the cerebellum
Bisiach, E.; Neppi-Modona, M.; Genero, R. & Pepi, R. (1999). Anisometry of space representation in unilateral neglect: Empirical test of a former hypothesis. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (4):577-584.   (Google)
Abstract: When left-neglect patients are required to extend horizontal segments to double their original length, relative left overextension is frequently observed. Less frequently, relative left underextension may also be found. It was hypothesized that this contrast could depend on the degree of horizontal anisometry of the medium for the representation of spatial properties. The present paper reports an experiment conducted in order to test that hypothesis, on the basis of which left overextension should be larger with shorter than with longer segments and with segments lying in the right rather than in the left hemispace. Although supportive, the results unveiled unexpected complications: the expected effect of line length was found only in neglect patients with frontal damage, while the expected effect of side of presentation was found only in neglect patients without frontal damage
Bos, M. & Bonke, B. (1998). When seemingly irrelevant details matter: Hidden covariation detection reexamined. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (4):596-602.   (Google)
Abstract: Hidden covariation detection (HCD) theory states that when personality characteristics are surreptitiously associated with irrelevant features, these features obtain heuristic value for future evaluations of personality characteristics. According to the theory, subjects are not consciously aware of using such heuristics in their evaluations. We tested these hypotheses by confronting participants with statements that were said to belong to separate individuals, in which the apparent level of intelligence was associated with an irrelevant feature of the person who allegedly made these statements. In line with HCD theory, participants appeared to use this association, unconsciously, to guide their subsequent evaluations. Implications of these findings for HCD theory are discussed
B., H.; D., R. & M., J. (2003). Part-list reexposure and release of retrieval inhibition. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (3):354-375.   (Google)
Abstract: In list-method directed forgetting, reexposure to forgotten List 1 items has been shown to reduce directed forgetting. proposed that reexposure to a few List 1 items only during a direct test of memory reinstates the entire List 1 episode. In the present experiments, part-list reexposure in the context of indirect as well as direct memory tests reduced directed forgetting. Directed forgetting was reduced when 50% or more of the items were reexposed, and was intact when only 25% were reexposed. Furthermore, part-list reexposure appeared to reinstate only reexposed items-not the entire List 1 episode
Cecil, Michael, Science of consciousness.   (Google)
Abstract: Whereas the majority view with regards to the understanding of human consciousness rests upon the metaphysical duality (the Cartesian mind/body dualism), the thought of the ‘thinker’, and descriptions from exclusively within the frame of reference of the scientific method; the purpose of this camp is to argue that the origin of such a metaphysical duality, the thought of the ‘thinker’ itself, and the scientific method itself (in which the ‘thinker’ is considered equivalent to God, and the thoughts of the ‘thinker’ concerning consciousness are considered equivalent to Revelations) is the ‘movement’ of self reflection, which gives rise to the consciousness of “the Fall”; a consciousness composed of both the consciousness of the ‘thinker’ and the ‘unconscious’. Thus, the most significant duality is not the metaphysical duality at all, but the duality which occurs between the consciousness Created ‘by and in the image of God’ (Genesis 1:27)—referred to here as the “observing consciousness”; and the ‘fallen’ consciousness—previously referred as the ‘classical’ consciousness. Thus, the following camp statement is a revision of a camp previously titled “Observing Consciousness Vs. ‘Classical’ Consciousness
Chastain, G. & Cheal, M. (1999). Attention effects of abrupt-onset precues with central, single-element, and multiple-element precues. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (4):510-528.   (Google)
Abstract: Endogenous and exogenous processes of attention have been inferred with different types of precues used in allocation of attention to a target location. In the present research, a comparison was made between the typical peripheral single-element precue (SEP), a central precue, and a multiple-element precue (MEP) in order to further understanding of the processes involved in allocation of attention. Two precues were used on each trial in these experiments. An abrupt-onset precue appeared with an SEP, an MEP, or a central precue and was followed 50 or 300 ms later by a screen containing a target and two distractor characters. The abrupt-onset precue and the other precue each could be valid or invalid in indicating the location of the target, as in the study by Juola, Koshino, and Warner (1995). Response times to the targets showed that validity effects of the abrupt-onset precue and the MEP or central precue were additive, whereas those of the abrupt-onset precue and the SEP were interactive. These data suggest that, like a central precue, an MEP is an endogenous precue that guides conscious control of attention and has its attentional effects at a different processing level from an SEP, which is an exogenous precue and may compete for attentional resources with an abrupt-onset precue
Conte, Elio (2009). Decision Making : A Quantum Mechanical Analysis Based On Time Evolution of. In Vaxjo University press (ed.), Vaxjo Conference on Quantum Mechanics-Proceedings. Vaxjo University.   (Google)
Curran, H. V. & Hildebrandt, M. (1999). Dissociative effects of alcohol on recollective experience. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (4):497-509.   (Google)
Abstract: This article reports a study comparing the effects of a single dose of alcohol with a matched placebo drink on recognition memory with and without conscious recollection. A double-blind, cross-over design was used with healthy volunteers who were all social drinkers. Processing depth at study was manipulated using generate versus read instructions. Conscious recollection at test was assessed using the remember-know-guess paradigm (Gardiner, 1988; Tulving, 1985). Alcohol significantly reduced conscious recollection (remember responses) but had no effect on recognition in the absence of conscious recollection (know responses). False alarms rates were low and unaffected by alcohol. Previous findings that generation effects are found only for remember responses were closely replicated. A further dissociation of the generation effect occurred between treatments in that deeper processing at study facilitated recognition on placebo but not on alcohol. That both alcohol and depth of processing produce dissociative effects on recollective experience provides further evidence that remembering and knowing reflect distinct memory systems
Daprati, E.; Nico, D.; Franck, N. & Sirigu, A. (2003). Being the agent: Memory for action events. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):670-683.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Whoever paid the bill at the restaurant last night, will clearly remember doing it. Independently from the type of action, it is a common experience that being the agent provides a special strength to our memories. Even if it is generally agreed that personal memories (episodic memory) rely on separate neural substrates with respect to general knowledge (semantic memory), little is known on the nature of the link between memory and the sense of agency. In the present paper, we review results from two experiments investigating the effects of agency on both explicit and implicit memory traces. Performance of normal subjects is compared to that of schizophrenic patients in order to explore the role of awareness of action on memory. It is proposed that reliable first-person information is necessary to create a stable and coherent motor memory trace
De Houwer, J. (2001). Contingency awareness and evaluative conditioning: When will it be enough? Consciousness and Cognition 10 (4):550-558.   (Google)
Dennett, Daniel C. (2005). Sweet Dreams: Philosophical Obstacles to a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 22 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In the final essay, the "intrinsic" nature of "qualia" is compared with the naively imagined "intrinsic value" of a dollar in ...
D., T.; Knoblich, G.; Erb, M. & T., J. (2003). Observing one's hand become anarchic: An fMRI study of action identification. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):597-608.   (Google)
Abstract: The self seems to be a unitary entity remaining stable across time. Nevertheless, current theorizing conceptualizes the self as a number of interacting sub-systems involving perception, intention and action (self-model). One important function of such a self-model is to distinguish between events occurring as a result of one's own actions and events occurring as the result of somebody else's actions. We conducted an fMRI experiment that compared brain activation after an abrupt mismatch between one's own movement and its visual consequences with an abrupt mismatch between one's own movement and somebody else's visually perceived hand movement. A right fronto-parietal network was selectively active during a sudden mismatch between one's own observed and performed hand action
D., M. & A., K. (2003). Voluntary involuntariness: Thought suppression and the regulation of the experience of will. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):684-694.   (Google)
Abstract: Participants were asked to carry out a series of simple tasks while following mental control instructions. In advance of each task, they either suppressed thoughts of their intention to perform the task, concentrated on such thoughts, or monitored their thoughts without trying to change them. Suppression resulted in reduced reports of intentionality as compared to monitoring, and as compared to concentration. There was a weak trend for suppression to enhance reported intentionality for a repetition of the action carried out after suppression instructions had been discontinued
Elsner, B. & Aschersleben, G. (2003). Do I get what you get? Learning about the effects of self-performed and observed actions in infancy. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):732-751.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: The present study investigated whether infants learn the effects of other persons' actions like they do for their own actions, and whether infants transfer observed action-effect relations to their own actions. Nine-, 12-, 15- and 18-month-olds explored an object that allowed two actions, and that produced a certain salient effect after each action. In a self-exploration group, infants explored the object directly, whereas in two observation groups, infants first watched an adult model acting on the object and obtaining a certain effect with each action before exploring the objects by themselves. In one observation group, the infants' actions were followed by the same effects as the model's actions, but in the other group, the action-effect mapping for the infant was reversed to that of the model. The results showed that the observation of the model had an impact on the infants' exploration behavior from 12 months, but not earlier, and that the specific relations between observed actions and effects were acquired by 15 months. Thus, around their first birthday infants learn the effects of other persons' actions by observation, and they transfer the observed action-effect relations to their own actions in the second year of life
Farrer, C.; Franck, N.; Paillard, J. & Jeannerod, M. (2003). The role of proprioception in action recognition. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):609-619.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: This study aimed at evaluating the role of proprioception in the process of matching the final position of one's limbs with an intentional movement. Two experiments were realised with the same paradigm of conscious recognition of one's own limb position from a distorted position. In the first experiment, 22 healthy subjects performed the task in an active and in a passive condition. In the latter condition, proprioception was the only available information since the central signals related to the motor command were likely to be absent. The second experiment was realised with a deafferented patient who suffers from a complete haptic deafferentation, including loss of proprioception. The results first argue in favour of a dominant role of proprioception in action recognition, but they also stress the possible role of central signals. The process of matching the final position of one's limbs with an intended movement and thus of action recognition would be achieved through a comparison process between the predicted sensory consequences of the action, which are stored in its internal model, and the actual sensory consequences of that action
Fell, J.; Klaver, P.; Elger, C. E. & Fernandez, G. (2002). Suppression of EEG gamma activity may cause the attentional blink. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (1):114-122.   (Google)
Abstract: The attentional blink (AB) is an impairment of attention, which occurs when subjects have to report a target stimulus (T2) following a previous target (T1) with a short delay (up to 600 ms). Theories explaining the AB assume that processing of T2 is more vulnerable to decay or substitution, as long as attention is allocated to T1. Existing models of the AB, however, do not account for the fact that T2 detection accuracy reaches the minimum when T2 is presented after about 300 ms and not immediately following T1. Therefore, a new model is suggested, which is based on chronometrical considerations together with recent neurophysiological findings concerning the relation between the P3 event-related potential and the AB, the interaction between P3 and gamma oscillations, and the significance of the early evoked gamma band response. We hypothesize that suppression of the early gamma response to T2, accompanying the P3 related to T1, causes the AB
Field, A. P. (2000). Evaluative conditioning is Pavlovian conditioning: Issues of definition, measurement, and the theoretical importance of contingency awareness. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (1):41-49.   (Google)
Abstract: In her commentary of Field (1999), Hammerl (1999) has drawn attention to several interesting points concerning the issue of contingency awareness in evaluative conditioning. First, she comments on several contentious issues arising from Field's review of the evaluative conditioning literature, second she critiques the data from his pilot study and finally she argues the case that EC is a distinct form of conditioning that can occur in the absence of contingency awareness. With reference to these criticisms, this reply attempts to address Hammerl's comments by exploring the issues of how awareness is defined, how it is best measured, and whether it is reasonable to believe that EC uniformly occurs in the absence of contingency awareness. The article concludes that the available evidence supports Field's proposition that EC is, in fact, Pavlovian learning
Field, A. P. (2001). When all is still concealed: Are we closer to understanding the mechanisms underlying evaluative conditioning? Consciousness and Cognition 10 (4):559-566.   (Google)
Abstract: Fulcher and Hammerl's (2001) important exploration of the role of contingency awareness in evaluative conditioning (EC) raises a lot of issues for discussion: (1) what boundaries, if any, exist between EC and affective learning paradigms?; (2) if EC does occur without awareness does this mean it is nonpropositional learning?; (3) is EC driven by stimulus-response (S-R), rather than stimulus-stimulus (S-S), associations and if so should it then surprise us that contingency awareness is not important?; and (4) if S-R associations are at the heart of EC, should we automatically assume EC is part of a different learning mechanism to autonomic Pavlovian conditioning (Field, 2000a, 2000b)? This article, after a critical review of Fulcher and Hammerl's work, discusses these issues with reference to what can be realistically inferred about the mechanisms underlying EC
Forrest, K. A. (2001). Toward an etiology of dissociative identity disorder: A neurodevelopmental approach. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (3):259-293.   (Google)
Abstract: This article elaborates on Putnam's ''discrete behavioral states'' model of dissociative identity disorder (Putnam, 1997) by proposing the involvement of the orbitalfrontal cortex in the development of DID and suggesting a potential neurodevelopmental mechanism responsible for the development of multiple representations of self. The proposed ''orbitalfrontal'' model integrates and elaborates on theory and research from four domains: the neurobiology of the orbitalfrontal cortex and its protective inhibitory role in the temporal organization of behavior, the development of emotion regulation, the development of the self, and experience-dependent reorganizing neocortical processes. The hypothesis being proposed is that the experience-dependent maturation of the orbitalfrontal cortex in early abusive environments, characterized by discontinuity in dyadic socioaffective interactions between the infant and the caregiver, may be responsible for a pattern of lateral inhibition between conflicting subsets of self-representations which are normally integrated into a unified self. The basic idea is that the discontinuity in the early caretaking environment is manifested in the discontinuity in the organization of the developing child's self
Fosse, R. (2000). Rem mentation in narcoleptics and normals: An empirical test of two neurocognitive theories. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (4):488-509.   (Google)
Abstract: This study tested the two main neurocognitive models of dreaming by using cognitive data elicited from REM sleep in normals and narcoleptics. The two models were the ''activation-only'' view which holds that, in the context of sleep, overall activation of the brain is sufficient for consciousness to proceed in the manner of dreaming (e.g., Antrobus, 1991; Foulkes, 1993; Vogel, 1978); and the Activation, Input source, Modulation (AIM model), which predicts that not only brain activation level but also neurochemical modulatory systems exert widespread effects upon dreaming (Hobson & McCarley, 1977; Hobson, Pace-Schott, & Stickgold, 2000). Mental activity was studied in nocturnal REM in 15 narcoleptics and 9 normal healthy persons and in REM at the onset of daytime naps and nighttime sleep (SOREM) in narcoleptics. The study was performed in the subjects' homes, using instrumental awakenings and ambulatory polysomnographic techniques, and focused upon visual vividness, mentation report length, improbable and discontinuous bizarre features, and reflective consciousness. Within each subject group, most cognitive variables tended to fluctuate in line with expected variations in circadian activation level. When comparing the cognitive variables between the two groups, reflective consciousness was clearly highest in narcoleptics, whereas improbabilities and discontinuities were lower, with mentation report length and visual vividness differing less between the groups. These findings are consistent with the AIM model of sleep mentation, but not with the activation-only model
Fosse, R. (2000). William James's the fringe of consciousness Rem mentation in narcoleptics and normals - reply to Tore Nielsen. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (4):514-515.   (Google)
Fulcher, E. P. & Hammerl, M. (2001). When all is revealed: A dissociation between evaluative learning and contingency awareness. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (4):524-549.   (Google)
Abstract: Three experiments are reported that address the issue of awareness in evaluative learning in two different sensory modalities: visual and haptic. Attempts were made to manipulate the degree of awareness through a reduction technique (by use of a distractor task in Experiments 1 and 2 and by subliminally presenting affective stimuli in Experiment 3) and an induction technique (by unveiling the evaluative learning effect and requiring participants to try to discount the influence of the affective stimuli). The results indicate overall that evaluative learning was successful in the awareness-reduction groups but not in the awareness-induction groups. Moreover, an effect in the opposite direction to that normally observed in evaluative learning emerged in participants aware of the stimulus contingencies. In addition, individual differences in psychological reactance were found to be implicated in the strength and direction of the effect. It is argued that these results pose serious problems for the contention that awareness is necessary for evaluative learning
Gallese, V. (1999). Agency and the self model. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (3):387-389.   (Google)
Gardiner, J. M.; Richardson-Klavehn, A. & Ramponi, C. (1998). Limitations of the signal detection model of the remember-know paradigm: A reply to Hirshman. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (2):285-288.   (Google)
Gardiner, J. M.; Ramponi, C. & Richardson-Klavehn, A. (1999). Response deadline and subjective awareness in recognition memory. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (4):484-496.   (Google)
Abstract: Level of processing and generation effects were replicated in separate experiments in which recognition memory was tested using either short (500 ms) or long (1500 ms) response deadlines. These effects were similar at each deadline. Moreover, at each deadline these effects were associated with subsequent reports of remembering, not of knowing. And reports of both knowing and remembering increased following the longer deadline. These results imply that knowing does not index an automatic familiarity process, as conceived in some dual-process models of recognition, and that both remembering and knowing increase with the slower, more controlled processing permitted by the longer response time
Gardiner, J. M.; Ramponi, C. & Richardson-Klavehn, A. (2000). Response deadline and subjective awareness in recognition memory - volume 8, number 4 (1999), pages 484-496. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (2):327-327.   (Google)
Abstract: On pages 490-491, in describing the results of Experiment 2, the authors state that out of a total of 3840 responses, only 355 (or 9%) fell outside the response deadlines. In fact, the total number of responses in Experiment 2 was 3200 and so the 355 responses represented 11%, not 9%, of the total. This error has no other implications. The authors are grateful to Peter Graf (personal communication, March 12, 2000) for pointing out the error
Goldberg, E. & Podell, K. (1999). Adaptive versus veridical decision making and the frontal lobes. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (3):364-377.   (Google)
Abstract: Adaptive decision making and veridical decision making are based on different mechanisms. Veridical decision making is based on the identification of the correct response, which is intrinsic to the external situation and is actor-independent. Adaptive decision making is actor-centered and is guided by the actor's priorities. The prefrontal cortex is particularly critical for adaptive decision making and less so for veridical decision making. However, most experimental procedures used in cognitive psychology and neuropsychology focus on veridical decision making and ignore adaptive decision making. Innovative experimental procedures are required to characterize the contribution of the prefrontal cortex to adaptive decision making. We have designed a prototype for such procedures, the Cognitive Bias Task, and present the novel findings generated by this task
Govern, J. M. & Marsch, L. A. (2001). Development and validation of the situational self-awareness scale. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (3):366-378.   (Google)
Abstract: This article discusses the manipulation and measurement of levels of situational self-focus, which is generally labeled ''self-awareness.'' A new scale was developed to quantify levels of public and private self-awareness. Five studies were conducted to assess the psychometric properties, reliability, and validity of the Situational Self-Awareness Scale (SSAS). The SSAS was found to have a reliable factor structure, to detect differences in public and private self-awareness produced by laboratory manipulations, and to be sensitive to changes in self-awareness within individuals over time and across situations. The SSAS can be used as a manipulation check of laboratory self-awareness manipulations and as a means of assessing naturally occurring fluctuations in public and private self-awareness in order to clarify the relation between self-awareness and other variables (e.g., mood and memory)
Greene, A. J.; Easton, R. D. & LaShell, L. S. R. (2001). Visual-auditory events: Cross-modal perceptual priming and recognition memory. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (3):425-435.   (Google)
Abstract: Modality specificity in priming is taken as evidence for independent perceptual systems. However, Easton, Greene, and Srinivas (1997) showed that visual and haptic cross-modal priming is comparable in magnitude to within-modal priming. Where appropriate, perceptual systems might share like information. To test this, we assessed priming and recognition for visual and auditory events, within- and across- modalities. On the visual test, auditory study resulted in no priming. On the auditory priming test, visual study resulted in priming that was only marginally less than within-modal priming. The priming results show that visual study facilitates identification on both visual and auditory tests, but auditory study only facilitates performance on the auditory test. For both recognition tests, within-modal recognition exceeded cross-modal recognition. The results have two novel implications for the understanding of perceptual priming: First, we introduce visual and auditory priming for spatio-temporal events as a new priming paradigm chosen for its ecological validity and potential for information exchange. Second, we propose that the asymmetry of the cross-modal priming observed here may reflect the capacity of these perceptual modalities to provide cross-modal constraints on ambiguity. We argue that visual perception might inform and constrain auditory processing, while auditory perception corresponds to too many potential visual events to usefully inform and constrain visual perception
Hardcastle, V. G. (1999). On being importantly necessary for consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):152-154.   (Google)
Heineman-Pieper, J. & Woodward, A. (2003). Understanding infants' understanding of intentions: Two problems of interpretation. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):770-772.   (Google | More links)
Hirshman, E. (1998). On the utility of the signal detection model of the remember-know paradigm. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (1):103-107.   (Google)
Jagadishomrityunjay, (1997). Science of Consciousness. Attadhisthanam.   (Google)
Jaskowski, P. & Verleger, R. (2000). Attentional bias toward low-intensity stimuli: An explanation for the intensity dissociation between reaction time and temporal order judgment? Consciousness and Cognition 9 (3):435-456.   (Google)
Abstract: If two stimuli need different times to be processed, this difference should in principle be reflected both by response times (RT) and by judgments of their temporal order (TOJ). However, several dissociations have been reported between RT and TOJ, e.g., RT is more affected than TOJ when stimulus intensity decreases. One account for these dissociations is to assume differences in the allocation of attention induced by the two tasks. To test this hypothesis, different distributions of attention were induced in the present study between two stimulus positions (above and below fixation). Only bright stimuli appeared in one position and either bright or dim stimuli in the other. In the two RT experiments, participants had to respond to every stimulus appearing in one of the two positions. Reaction times to bright stimuli were faster when they appeared in the position where dim stimuli were likely to occur. This finding suggests that the allocation of attention was adapted to the asymmetrical arrangement of stimuli, not suggested by explicit instruction. In the two TOJ experiments, the temporal order of stimuli appearing in the two positions had to be judged. Although bright stimuli appearing at the bright-and-dim location were judged to be earlier, this effect was small and insignificant. Further, the intensity dissociation between RT and TOJ was insensitive to random vs blockwise presentations of intensities, therefore was not modified by attentional preferences. Thus, asymmetrical arrangement of stimuli has an impact on the allocation of attention, but only in the RT task. Therefore dissociations between TOJ and response times cannot be accounted for by an attentional bias in the TOJ task but probably by different use of temporal information in the two tasks
J., S. (2003). Emergence of self and other in perception and action: An event-control approach. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):633-646.   (Google)
Abstract: The present paper analyzes the regularities referred to via the concept 'self.' This is important, for cognitive science traditionally models the self as a cognitive mediator between perceptual inputs and behavioral outputs. This leads to the assertion that the self causes action. Recent findings in social psychology indicate this is not the case and, as a consequence, certain cognitive scientists model the self as being epiphenomenal. In contrast, the present paper proposes an alternative approach (i.e., the event-control approach) that is based on recently discovered regularities between perception and action. Specifically, these regularities indicate that perception and action planning utilize common neural resources. This leads to a coupling of perception, planning, and action in which the first two constitute aspects of a single system (i.e., the distal-event system) that is able to pre-specify and detect distal events. This distal-event system is then coupled with action (i.e., effector-control systems) in a constraining, as opposed to 'causal' manner. This model has implications for how we conceptualize the manner in which one infers the intentions of another, anticipates the intentions of another, and possibly even experiences another. In conclusion, it is argued that it may be possible to map the concept 'self' onto the regularities referred to in the event-control model, not in order to reify 'the self' as a causal mechanism, but to demonstrate its status as a useful concept that refers to regularities that are part of the natural order
John, E. R. (2001). Replies to commentaries. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (2):246-258.   (Google)
Jones, S. (1998). On bubbles and seamlessness. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (2):180-184.   (Google)
J., M.; S., F.; Lowe, M. & Obonsawin, M. (2003). Task unrelated thought whilst encoding information. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (3):452-484.   (Google)
Abstract: Task unrelated thought (TUT) refers to thought directed away from the current situation, for example a daydream. Three experiments were conducted on healthy participants, with two broad aims. First, to contrast distributed and encapsulated views of cognition by comparing the encoding of categorical and random lists of words (Experiments One and Two). Second, to examine the consequences of experiencing TUT during study on the subsequent retrieval of information (Experiments One, Two, and Three). Experiments One and Two demonstrated lower levels of TUT and higher levels of word-fragment completion whilst encoding categorical relative to random stimuli, supporting the role of a distributed resource in the maintenance of TUT. In addition the results of all three experiments suggested that experiencing TUT during study had a measurable effect on subsequent retrieval. TUT was associated with increased frequency of false alarms at retrieval (Experiment One). In the subsequent experiments TUT was associated with no advantage to retrieval based on recollection, by manipulating instructions at encoding (Experiment Two), and/or at retrieval (Experiment Three). The implications of the results of all three experiments are discussed in terms of recent accounts of memory retrieval and conscious awareness
Kiraly, I. & Gergely, G. (2003). Shifting ''goals'': Clarifying some misconceptions about the teleological stance in young infants. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):773-776.   (Google | More links)
Kiraly, I.; Jovanovic, B.; Prinz, W.; Aschersleben, G. & Gergely, G. (2003). The early origins of goal attribution in infancy. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):752-769.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: We contrast two positions concerning the initial domain of actions that infants interpret as goal-directed. The 'narrow scope' view holds that goal-attribution in 6- and 9-month-olds is restricted to highly familiar actions (such as grasping) (). The cue-based approach of the infant's 'teleological stance' (), however, predicts that if the cues of equifinal variation of action and a salient action effect are present, young infants can attribute goals to a 'wide scope' of entities including unfamiliar human actions and actions of novel objects lacking human features. It is argued that previous failures to show goal-attribution to unfamiliar actions were due to the absence of these cues. We report a modified replication of showing that when a salient action-effect is presented, even young infants can attribute a goal to an unfamiliar manual action. This study together with other recent experiments reviewed support the 'wide scope' approach indicating that if the cues of goal-directedness are present even 6-month-olds attribute goals to unfamiliar actions
Kitamura, T. (2002). What is the self of a robot? On a consciousness architecture for a mobile robot as a model of human consciousness. In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Klawiter, Andrzej (2004). Why did Husserl not become the Galileo of the science of consciousness? Poznan Studies in the Philosophy of the Sciences and the Humanities 82 (1):253-271.   (Google)
Abstract: It is well known that Husserl clearly recognized the importance of the introduction of idealization in physics and its contribution to the further advancement in natural sciences. The history of the successful applications of idealization in natural sciences encouraged attempts to extend the use of this sophisticated instrument of theoretical investigation and theory construction to other domains of science. Since Husserl designed his phenomenology as the rigorous science of consciousness we have to find out why he did not use the method he understood so well to study experiences, the objects located by him in the domain of consciousness. The paper offers an answer to this question. It explains why Husserl conceived of the method of idealization as a tool of objectivization of previously subjective knowledge. Since idealization is used to objectify knowledge its application to experiences, conscious acts would produce objective knowledge of consciousness. This, however, would contradict phenomenological assertion that subjectivity is an essential component of experience and that the reliable knowledge about conscious acts could not be objectified. It is the core of Husserl's argumentation that there is no place for idealization in the research on consciousness
Klemm, W. R.; Li, T. H. & Hernandez, J. L. (2000). Coherent EEG indicators of cognitive binding during ambiguous figure tasks. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (1):66-85.   (Google)
Abstract: We tested the hypothesis that perception of an alternative image in ambiguous figures would be manifest as high-frequency (gamma) components that become synchronized over multiple scalp sites as a ''cognitive binding'' process occurs. For 171 combinations of data from 19 electrodes, obtained from 17 subjects and 10 replicate stimuli, we calculated the difference in correlation between the response to first seeing an ambiguous figure and when the alternative percept for that figure became consciously realized (cognitively bound). Numerous statistically significant correlation differences occurred in all frequency bands tested with ambiguous-figure stimulation, but not in two kinds of control data (a reaction-time test to sound stimuli and a no-task, mind-wandering test). Statistically significant correlation changes were widespread, involving frontal, parietal, central, and occipital regions of both hemispheres. Correlation changes were evident at each of five frequency bands, ranging up to 62.5 Hz. Most of the statistically significant correlation changes were not between adjacent sites but between sites relatively distant, both ipsilateral and contralateral. Typically, these correlation changes occurred in more than one frequency band. These results suggest that cognitive binding is a distinct mental state that is reliably induced by ambiguous-figure perception tasks. Coherent oscillations at multiple frequencies may reflect the mechanism by which such binding occurs. Moreover, different coherent frequencies may mediate different components of the total cognitive-binding process
Kline, J. P.; Schwartz, G. E.; Dikman, Z. V. & Bell, I. R. (2000). Electroencephalographic registration of low concentrations of isoamyl acetate. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (1):50-65.   (Google)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated electroencephalogram (EEG) changes in response to low-odor concentrations, resulting in near-chance detection. Such findings have been taken as evidence for olfaction without awareness. We replicated and extended previous work by examining EEG responses to water-water control, 0.0001, 0.001, 0.01, and 1 ppm isoamyl acetate (IAA) in water paired with water only. Detection was above chance (>50%) for .001 and above, and alpha decreased only to those concentrations, suggesting that EEG changes corresponded to IAA awareness. However, when correct trial EEGs were compared to incorrect trial EEGs during .001 ppm, right posterior/central alpha decreased during incorrect trials and alpha decreased more globally (including frontal sites) during correct trials. These data may not reflect awareness or unawareness per se. Instead, results are discussed regarding activation of perceptual systems in the posterior region during incorrect trials and the activation of frontal action systems during a subset of correct trials
Knoblich, G. & Flach, R. (2003). Action identity: Evidence from self-recognition, prediction, and coordination. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):620-632.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Prior research suggests that the action system is responsible for creating an immediate sense of self by determining whether certain sensations and perceptions are the result of one's own actions. In addition, it is assumed that declarative, episodic, or autobiographical memories create a temporally extended sense of self or some form of identity. In the present article, we review recent evidence suggesting that action (procedural) knowledge also forms part of a person's identity, an action identity, so to speak. Experiments that addressed self-recognition of past actions, prediction, and coordination provide ample evidence for this assumption. The phenomena observed in these experiments can be explained by the assumption that observing an action results in the activation of action representations, the more so, when the action observed corresponds to the way in which the observer would produce it
Knoblich, G.; Elsner, B.; Aschersleben, G. & Metzinger, T. (2003). Grounding the self in action. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):487-494.   (Google | More links)
Kunzendorf, Robert G. (2006). Universal repression from consciousness versus abnormal dissociation from self-consciousness. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 29 (5):523-524.   (Google)
Abstract: Freud attributed uncovered incest, initially, to real abuse dissociated from self-consciousness, and later, to wishes repressed from consciousness. Dissociation is preferred on theoretical and empirical grounds. Whereas dissociation emerges from double-aspect materialism, repression implicates Cartesian dualism. Several studies suggest that abnormal individuals dissociate trauma from self-conscious source-monitoring, thereby convincing themselves that the trauma is imaginary rather than real, and re-experience the trauma as an unbidden image
Lange, R.; Thalbourne, M. A.; Houran, J. & Storm, L. (2000). The revised transliminality scale: Reliability and validity data from a Rasch top-down purification procedure. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (4):591-617.   (Google)
Abstract: The concept of transliminality (''a hypothesized tendency for psychological material to cross thresholds into or out of consciousness'') was anticipated by William James (1902/1982), but it was only recently given an empirical definition by Thalbourne in terms of a 29-item Transliminality Scale. This article presents the 17-item Revised Transliminality Scale (or RTS) that corrects age and gender biases, is unidimensional by a Rasch criterion, and has a reliability of .82. The scale defines a probabilistic hierarchy of items that address magical ideation, mystical experience, absorption, hyperaesthesia, manic experience, dream interpretation, and fantasy proneness. These findings validate the suggestions by James and Thalbourne that some mental phenomena share a common underlying dimension with selected sensory experiences (such being overwhelmed by smells, bright lights, sights, and sounds). Low scores on transliminality remain correlated with ''tough mindedness'' in on Cattell 16PF test, as well as ''self-control'' and ''rule consciousness,'' whereas high scores are associated with ''abstractedness'' and an ''openness to change'' on that test. An independent validation study confirmed the predictions implied by our definition of transliminality. Implications for test construction are discussed
Leube, D. T.; Knoblich, G.; Erb, M. & Kircher, T. T. J. (2003). Observing one's hand become anarchic: An fMRI study of action identification. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):597-608.   (Google)
Abstract: The self seems to be a unitary entity remaining stable across time. Nevertheless, current theorizing conceptualizes the self as a number of interacting sub-systems involving perception, intention and action (self-model). One important function of such a self-model is to distinguish between events occurring as a result of one's own actions and events occurring as the result of somebody else's actions. We conducted an fMRI experiment that compared brain activation after an abrupt mismatch between one's own movement and its visual consequences with an abrupt mismatch between one's own movement and somebody else's visually perceived hand movement. A right fronto-parietal network was selectively active during a sudden mismatch between one's own observed and performed hand action
Lormand, Eric (online). Steps toward a science of consciousness?   (Google)
Lorimer, David (ed.) (2001). Thinking Beyond the Brain: A Wider Science of Consciousness. Floris Books.   (Google)
Marsh, Leslie (2005). Review essay: Dennett's sweet dreams philosophical obstacles to a science of consciousness. Marsh, Leslie (2005) Review Essay.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Review Essay: Dennett’s Sweet Dreams Philosophical Obstacles to a Science of Consciousness
Massin-Krauss, M.; Bacon, E. & J.-M., Danion (2002). Effects of the benzodiazepine lorazepam on monitoring and control processes in semantic memory. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (1):123-137.   (Google)
Abstract: Lorazepam has been repeatedly shown to induce memory impairments. The effects of this benzodiazepine on the processes involved in the strategic regulation of memory accuracy have not as yet been explored. An experimental procedure that delineates the role of monitoring and control processes was used. Fifteen lorazepam and 15 placebo subjects were examined using a semantic memory task that combined both a forced- and a free-report option and a no-incentive and an incentive condition. Memory accuracy was lower in the lorazepam than in the placebo group. Lorazepam impaired control sensitivity (the extent to which volunteering of answers is affected by the confidence judgments). While the absolute aspect of monitoring was impaired (calibration scores), both the discriminative aspect (the ability to distinguish between correct and incorrect answers) and the response criterion setting (the confidence threshold set for volunteering a report) were spared. The pharmacological dissociation between monitoring effectiveness and control sensitivity indicates that these two components involve distinct processes
Maxwell, J. P.; Masters, R. S. W. & Eves, F. F. (2003). The role of working memory in motor learning and performance. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (3):376-402.   (Google)
Abstract: Three experiments explore the role of working memory in motor skill acquisition and performance. Traditional theories postulate that skill acquisition proceeds through stages of knowing, which are initially declarative but later procedural. The reported experiments challenge that view and support an independent, parallel processing model, which predicts that procedural and declarative knowledge can be acquired separately and that the former does not depend on the availability of working memory, whereas, the latter does. The behaviour of these two processes was manipulated by providing or withholding visual (and auditory) appraisal of outcome feedback. Withholding feedback was predicted to inhibit the use of working memory to appraise success and, thus, prevent the formation of declarative knowledge without affecting the accumulation of procedural knowledge. While the first experiment failed to support these predictions, the second and third experiments demonstrated that procedural and declarative knowledge can be acquired independently. It is suggested that the availability of working memory is crucial to motor performance only when the learner has come to rely on its use
Montoute, T. & Tiberghien, G. (2001). Unconscious familiarity and local context effects on low-level face processing: A reconstruction hypothesis. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (4):503-523.   (Google)
Abstract: A common view in face recognition research holds that there is a stored representation specific to each known face. It is also posited that semantic or memory-based information cannot influence low-level face processing. The two experiments reported in this article investigate the nature of this representation and the flow of face information processing. Participants had to search for a particular primed face among other faces. In Experiment 1, the search was done in a context where distractors had either a different degree of fame or the same degree of fame. In Experiment 2, the target face was primed either with semantic information or without any information. Both experiments demonstrated that increasing the display set size lengthened face detection time. However, the lengthening was a function of face fame. The search context also had an effect on the slope of the famous face detection. The results are explained in terms of the idea that face representations are reconstructed and that high- and low-level information are integrated into the processing. The integration process is not a conscious one
Newman, J. (1999). In memoriam. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):269-269.   (Google)
Newen, A. & Vogeley, K. (2003). Reply to Dorothee LeGrand. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):547-548.   (Google | More links)
Nielsen, T. (2000). Dream mentation production and narcolepsy: A critique. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (4):510-513.   (Google)
Paller, K. A.; Kutas, M. & McIsaac, H. K. (1998). An electrophysiological measure of priming of visual word-form. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (1):54-66.   (Google)
Abstract: Priming and recollection are expressions of human memory mediated by different brain events. These brain events were monitored while people discriminated words from nonwords. Mean response latencies were shorter for words that appeared in an earlier study phase than for new words. This priming effect was reduced when the letters of words in study-phase presentations were presented individually in succession as opposed to together as complete words. Based on this outcome, visual word-form priming was linked to a brain potential recorded from the scalp over the occipital lobe about 450 ms after word onset. This potential differed from another potential previously associated with recollection, suggesting that distinct operations associated with these two types of memory can be monitored at the precise time that they occur in the human brain
Pribram, K. (2001). Commentary. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (2):214-216.   (Google)
Proust, J. (2003). Response to Phil Gerrans. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):513-514.   (Google | More links)
Proust, J. (1999). Self model and schizophrenia. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (3):378-384.   (Google)
Rai, Madan Mohan (1992). Vihaṅgama Yoga, the Science of Consciousness: With Sanskrit Text of Varāhopaniṣad & Mahopaniṣad. Distributed by Meharchand Lachhmandas.   (Google)
Raz, A.; K., S.; H., R.; Z., R.; Shapiro, T.; Fan, J. & M., I. (2003). Posthypnotic suggestion and the modulation of stroop interference under cycloplegia. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (3):332-346.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Recent data indicate that under a specific posthypnotic suggestion to circumvent reading, highly suggestible subjects successfully eliminated the Stroop interference effect. The present study examined whether an optical explanation (e.g., visual blurring or looking away) could account for this finding. Using cyclopentolate hydrochloride eye drops to pharmacologically prevent visual accommodation in all subjects, behavioral Stroop data were collected from six highly hypnotizables and six less suggestibles using an optical setup that guaranteed either sharply focused or blurred vision. The highly suggestibles performed the Stroop task when naturally vigilant, under posthypnotic suggestion not to read, and while visually blurred; the less suggestibles ran naturally vigilant, while looking away, and while visually blurred. Although visual accommodation was precluded for all subjects, posthypnotic suggestion effectively eliminated Stroop interference and was comparable to looking away in controls. These data strengthen the view that Stroop interference is neither robust nor inevitable and support the hypothesis that posthypnotic suggestion may exert a top-down influence on neural processing
Reber, R. & Schwarz, N. (1999). Effects of perceptual fluency on judgments of truth. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (3):338-342.   (Google)
Abstract: Statements of the form ''Osorno is in Chile'' were presented in colors that made them easy or difficult to read against a white background and participants judged the truth of the statement. Moderately visible statements were judged as true at chance level, whereas highly visible statements were judged as true significantly above chance level. We conclude that perceptual fluency affects judgments of truth
Rees, Geraint & Frith, Chris (2001). Neural correlates of consciousness are not pictorial representations. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 24 (5):999-1000.   (Google)
Abstract: O'Regan & Noë (O&N) are pessimistic about the prospects for discovering the neural correlates of consciousness. They argue that there can be no one-to-one correspondence between awareness and patterns of neural activity in the brain, so a project attempting to identify the neural correlates of consciousness is doomed to failure. We believe that this degree of pessimism may be overstated; recent empirical data show some convergence in describing consistent patterns of neural activity associated with visual consciousness
Revonsuo, A. (1998). Troubles with bubbles? Consciousness and Cognition 7 (2):206-209.   (Google)
Richardson-Klavehn, A.; Benjamin Clarke, A. J. & Gardiner, J. M. (1999). Conjoint dissociations reveal involuntary ''perceptual'' priming from generating at study. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (3):271-284.   (Google)
Abstract: Incidental perceptual memory tests reveal priming when words are generated orally from a semantic cue at study, and this priming could reflect contamination by voluntary retrieval. We tested this hypothesis using a generate condition and two read conditions that differed in depth of processing (read-phonemic vs read-semantic). An intentional word-stem completion test showed an advantage for the read-semantic over the generate condition and an advantage for the generate over the read-phonemic condition, and completion times were longer than in a control test, prior to which there was no study phase. An incidental word-stem completion test showed equivalent priming for the read-semantic and read-phonemic study conditions, despite considerable power, and completion times were no longer than control, indicating that retrieval was involuntary, and insensitive to prior conceptual processing. The generate condition produced less priming than the read conditions, but significant priming nonetheless. The results show that priming from generating can be involuntary and suggest that lexical processes are responsible. They are also the first results conjointly showing a crossed double dissociation, a single dissociation, and a parallel effect across memory tests with identical physical retrieval cues
Rossetti, Y. (1998). Implicit short-lived motor representations of space in brain damaged and healthy subjects. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (3):520-558.   (Google)
Abstract: This article reviews experimental evidence for a specific sensorimotor function which can be dissociated from higher level representations of space. It attempts to delineate this function on the basis of results obtained by psychophysical experiments performed with brain damaged and healthy subjects. Eye and hand movement control exhibit automatic features, such that they are incompatible with conscious control. In addition, they rely on a reference frame different from the one used by conscious perception. Neuropsychological cases provide a strong support for this specific motor representation of space, which can be spared in patients with lesions of primary sensory systems who have lost conscious perception of visual, tactile or proprioceptive stimuli. Observation of these patients also showed that their motor behavior can be ''attracted'' by a goal only under specific conditions, that is, when the response is immediate and when no cognitive representation of this goal is elaborated at the same time. Beyond the issue of the dissociation between an implicit motor representation and more cognitive processing of spatial information, the issue of the interaction between these two systems is thus a matter of interest. It is suggested that the conscious, cognitive representation of a stimulus can contaminate or override the short-lived motor representation, but no reciprocal influence seem to occur. The interaction observed in patients can also be investigated in normals. The literature provides examples of interaction between sensorimotor and cognitive framing of space, which confirm that immediate action is not mediated by the same system as delayed action, and that elaborating a categorial representation of the action goal prevents the expression of the short-lived sensorimotor representation. It is concluded that action can be controlled by a sensory system which is specialized for on-line processing of relevant goal characteristics. The temporal constraints of this system are such that it can affect the action before a full sensory analysis of this goal has been completed. The performance obtained on the basis of this spatial sensory processing suggests that short-lived motor representations may rather be considered as real ''presentation'' of the action world, which share its metric properties
Rowley, J. T.; Stickgold, R. & Allan Hobson, J. (1998). Eyelid movements and mental activity at sleep onset. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (1):67-84.   (Google)
Abstract: The nature and time course of sleep onset (hypnagogic) mentation was studied in the home environment using the Nightcap, a reliable, cost-effective, and relatively noninvasive sleep monitor. The Nightcap, linked to a personal computer, reliably identified sleep onset according to changes in perceived sleepiness and the appearance of hypnagogic dream features. Awakenings were performed by the computer after 15 s to 5 min of sleep as defined by eyelid quiescence. Awakenings from longer periods of sleep were associated with (1) an increase in reported sleepiness, (2) a decrease in the length of mentation reports, (3) a decrease in the frequency of reports of normal, wake-like thoughts, (4) an increase in the frequency of ''unusual thoughts,'' and (5) increased frequencies of formal dream features, including visual hallucination, self-representation, fictive movement, narrative plot, and bizarreness. While sleep-onset reports can include all features of rapid eye movement (REM) dream reports, the number of such features is markedly reduced at sleep onset, suggesting that this mentation is a greatly diminished version of REM dreaming
Schredl, M. & Doll, E. (1998). Emotions in diary dreams. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (4):634-646.   (Google)
Abstract: Even though various investigations found a preponderance of negative emotions in dreams, the conclusion that human dream life is, in general, negatively toned is limited by several methodological issues. The present study made use of three different approaches to measure dream emotions: dream intensity rated by the dreamer, intensity rated by a judge, and scoring of explicitly mentioned emotions (Hall & Van de Castle, 1966). Results indicate that only in the case of external raters' estimates do negative emotions outweigh the positive ones; but in the case of self-ratings (i.e., those made by the dreamer himself/herself), the ratio was balanced. Analyses showed that this is mainly due to the underestimation of positive emotions in the external ratings. Additionally, a positive correlation was found between the intensity of dream emotions and dream recall frequency, whereas gender differences were nonsignificant as regards the emotional tone of diary dreams
Schredl, M.; Funkhouser, A. T.; Cornu, C. M.; H.-P., Hirsbrunner & Bahro, M. (2001). Reliability in dream research: A methodological note. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (4):496-502.   (Google)
Abstract: The coefficients of internal consistency and retest reliability had been rarely investigated within the methodology of dream content analysis. Analyzing a dream series of elderly, healthy persons obtained from weekly telephone interviews, the internal consistency of a series of 20 dreams and retests after 4 or 22 weeks, respectively, had been computed. The findings indicate that dream recall and dream length are quite stable, but dream characteristics such as bizarreness and emotional tone underlie large intraindividual fluctuations. In order to obtain reliable measures for these variables which will be important for correlational studies, including waking-life trait measures, one has to obtain as many dreams as possible (about 20) in a very short time period. Further research is needed to extend the present findings to diary dreams and laboratory dreams
Seamon, J. G.; McKenna, P. A. & Binder, N. (1998). The mere exposure effect is differentially sensitive to different judgment tasks. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (1):85-102.   (Google)
Abstract: The mere exposure effect is the increase in positive affect that results from the repeated exposure to previously novel stimuli. We sought to determine if judgments other than affective preference could reliably produce a mere exposure effect for two-dimensional random shapes. In two experiments, we found that brighter and darker judgments did not differentiate target from distracter shapes, liking judgments led to target selection greater than chance, and disliking judgments led to distracter selection greater than chance. These results for brighter, darker, and liking judgments were obtained regardless of whether shape recognition was greater (Experiment 1) or not greater (Experiment 2) than chance. Effects of prior exposure to novel shapes were reliably observed only for affective judgment tasks. These results are inconsistent with general predictions made by the nonspecific activation hypothesis, but not the affective primacy or perceptual fluency hypotheses which were discussed in terms of cognitive neuroscience research
Seger, C. A. (1998). Independent judgment-linked and motor-linked forms of artificial grammar learning. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (2):259-284.   (Google)
Abstract: Three experiments investigated whether a motor-linked measure (string typing speed) and an judgment-linked measure (grammatical judgment of strings) accessed the same implicit learning mechanisms in the artificial grammar learning task. Participants first studied grammatical strings through observation or through responding to each letter by typing it and then performed typing and grammatical judgment tests. Grammatical judgment test performance was better after observation than after respond learning, whereas typing test performance on higher order relations was worse after observation than after respond learning (Experiment 1). Participants transferred grammatical knowledge across letter sets on the grammatical judgment test, but not on the typing test (Experiment 2). Typing speed did not differ for hits (grammatical strings classified by participants as grammatical) and misses (grammatical strings classified as nongrammatical, Experiment 3). These results are consistent with typing and grammatical judgment tests tapping independent mechanisms and indicate that implicit learning may consist of many different forms of learning rather than being a unitary learning mechanism
S.-J., Blakemore (2003). Deluding the motor system. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):647-655.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: How do we know that our own actions belong to us? How are we able to distinguish self-generated sensory events from those that arise externally? In this paper, I will briefly discuss experiments that were designed to investigate these questions. In particularly, I will review psychophysical and neuroimaging studies that have investigated how we recognise the consequences of our own actions, and why patients with delusions of control confuse self-produced and externally produced actions and sensations. Studies investigating the failure of this 'self-monitoring' mechanism in patients with delusions of control will be discussed in the context of the hypothesis that overactivity in the parietal cortex and the cerebellum contribute to the misattribution of an action to an external source ()
Smallwood, J. M.; Baracaia, S. F.; Lowe, M. & Obonsawin, M. (2003). Task unrelated thought whilst encoding information. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (3):452-484.   (Google)
Abstract: Task unrelated thought (TUT) refers to thought directed away from the current situation, for example a daydream. Three experiments were conducted on healthy participants, with two broad aims. First, to contrast distributed and encapsulated views of cognition by comparing the encoding of categorical and random lists of words (Experiments One and Two). Second, to examine the consequences of experiencing TUT during study on the subsequent retrieval of information (Experiments One, Two, and Three). Experiments One and Two demonstrated lower levels of TUT and higher levels of word-fragment completion whilst encoding categorical relative to random stimuli, supporting the role of a distributed resource in the maintenance of TUT. In addition the results of all three experiments suggested that experiencing TUT during study had a measurable effect on subsequent retrieval. TUT was associated with increased frequency of false alarms at retrieval (Experiment One). In the subsequent experiments TUT was associated with no advantage to retrieval based on recollection, by manipulating instructions at encoding (Experiment Two), and/or at retrieval (Experiment Three). The implications of the results of all three experiments are discussed in terms of recent accounts of memory retrieval and conscious awareness
Sodian, B.; Hulsken, C. & Thoermer, C. (2003). The self and action in theory of mind research. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):777-782.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Research on children's developing theories of mind has contributed to our understanding of the developmental relation of self and action (1) by exploring the relation of the development of self knowledge to the development of knowledge of others' minds and (2) by investigating the relation between theory of mind development and the development of action control. We argue that evidence on theory of mind reasoning in children with deficient action control (ADHD-diagnosed children) is especially relevant to the second issue and we present some first evidence supporting the bi-directional hypothesis, that is, the view that theory of mind leads to improved action control which in turn supports the ability to represent mental states on-line
Stoerig, P. & Barth, E. (2001). A note on (k)nots: Response to Robert W. Kentridge's commentary. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (4):591-593.   (Google)
Stone, M.; Ladd, S. L.; Vaidya, C. J. & Gabrieli, J. D. E. (1998). Word-identification priming for ignored and attended words. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (2):238-258.   (Google)
Abstract: Three experiments examined contributions of study phase awareness of word identity to subsequent word-identification priming by manipulating visual attention to words at study. In Experiment 1, word-identification priming was reduced for ignored relative to attended words, even though ignored words were identified sufficiently to produce negative priming in the study phase. Word-identification priming was also reduced after color naming relative to emotional valence rating (Experiment 2) or word reading (Experiment 3), even though an effect of emotional valence upon color naming (Experiment 2) indicated that words were identified at study. Thus, word-identification priming was reduced even when word identification occurred at study. Word-identification priming may depend on awareness of word identity at the time of study
Sytsma, Justin (2009). Phenomenological obviousness and the new science of consciousness. Philosophy of Science 76 (5).   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Is phenomenal consciousness a problem for the brain sciences? An increasing number of researchers hold not only that it is but that its very existence is a deep mystery. That this problematic phenomenon exists is generally taken for granted: It is asserted that phenomenal consciousness is just phenomenologically obvious. In contrast, I hold that there is no such phenomenon and, thus, that it does not pose a problem for the brain sciences. For this denial to be plausible, however, I need to show that phenomenal consciousness is not phenomenologically obvious. That is the goal of this article. †To contact the author, please write to: 1414 Simona Drive, Pittsburgh, PA 15201; e‐mail: jmsytsma@gmail.com
Takeuchi, T.; Ogilvie, R. D.; Ferrelli, A. V.; Murphy, T. I. & Belicki, K. (2001). The dream property scale: An exploratory English version. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (3):341-355.   (Google)
Abstract: Our goal is to develop an English version of the Dream Property Scale (DPS-E) based on the original normed scale in Japan (DPS-J). Factor analyses extracted four factors (Emotionality, Rationality, Activity, and Impression) and its factor structure was apparently similar to the DPS-J. The DPS-E was also shown to be related to EEG power spectral values. These results indicate that the DPS-E may provide an exploratory basis for a reliable and valid tool for capturing and quantifying the properties of dream experiences that could reflect physiological activities without the intervention of experimenters. We suggest that the DPS-E will develop into a useful tool to help clarify dream production mechanisms by further investigation
Taylor, J. G. (2001). Food for thought. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (3):421-424.   (Google)
Taylor, J. G. (1998). Response to commentaries. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (2):216-237.   (Google)
Thompson, R. F. (2001). Commentary on E. R. John et al. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (2):245-245.   (Google)
Thomas, Nigel J. T. (online). Mary doesn't know science: On misconceiving a science of consciousness.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Abstract: The so called "Knowledge Argument" of Frank Jackson (1982, 1986) 1 claims to show that there is something about the human mind that must inevitably escape the grasp of physical science: "There are truths about . . . people ( . . . ) which escape the physicalist story" (Jackson, 1986). In effect, materialism is false, and science, as opposed to metaphysics, cannot hope to attain to an understanding of consciousness
T., J. & D., T. (2003). Self-consciousness, self-agency, and schizophrenia. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):656-669.   (Google)
Abstract: Empirical approaches on topics such as consciousness, self-awareness, or introspective perspective, need a conceptual framework so that the emerging, still unconnected findings can be integrated and put into perspective. We introduce a model of self-consciousness derived from phenomenology, philosophy, the cognitive, and neurosciences. We will then give an overview of research data on one particular aspect of our model, self-agency, trying to link findings from cognitive psychology and neuroscience. Finally, we will expand on pathological aspects of self-agency, and in particular on psychosis in schizophrenia. We show, that a deficient self-monitoring system underlies, in part, hallucinations and formal thought (language) disorder in schizophrenia. We argue, that self-consciousness is a valid construct and can be studied with the instruments of cognitive and neuroscience
Velmans, Max (ms). A reflexive science of consciousness.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Classical ways of viewing the relation of consciousness to the brain and physical world make it difficult to see how consciousness can be a subject of scientific study. In contrast to physical events, it seems to be private, subjective, and viewable only from a subject's first-person perspective. But much of psychology does investigate human experience, which suggests that classical ways of viewing these relations must be wrong. An alternative, Reflexive model is outlined along with it's consequences for methodology. Within this model the external phenomenal world is viewed as part-of consciousness, rather than apart-from it. Observed events are only "public" in the sense of "private experience shared." Scientific observations are only "objective" in the sense of "intersubjective." Observed phenomena are only "repeatable" in the sense that they are sufficiently similar to be taken for "tokens" of the same event "type." This closes the gap between physical and psychological phenomena. Indeed, events out-there in the world can often be regarded as either physical or psychological depending on the network of relationships under consideration
Velmans, Max (2009). Understanding Consciousness Edition 2. Routledge/Psychology Press.   (Google)
Abstract: A current, comprehensive summary of Velmans' theoretical work that updates and deepens the analysis given in Edition 1. Part 1 reviews the strengths and weaknesses of all currently dominant theories of consciousness in a form suitable for undergraduates, postgraduates and researchers focusing mainly on dualism, physicalism, functionalism and consciousness in machines. Part 2 gives a new analysis of consciousness, grounded in its everyday phenomenology, which undermines the basis of the dualism versus reductionist debate. It also examines the consequences for realism versus idealism, subjectivity, intersubjectivity and objectivity, and the relation of consciousness to brain processing. Part 3 gives a new synthesis, with a novel approach to understanding what consciousness is and what consciousness does. It also introduces Reflexive Monism, an alternative to dualism and reductionism that is consistent with the findings of science and with common sense.
Windmann, S. & Kruger, T. (1998). Subconscious detection of threat as reflected by an enhanced response bias. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (4):603-633.   (Google)
Abstract: Neurobiological and cognitive models of unconscious information processing suggest that subconscious threat detection can lead to cognitive misinterpretations and false alarms, while conscious processing is assumed to be perceptually and conceptually accurate and unambiguous. Furthermore, clinical theories suggest that pathological anxiety results from a crude preattentive warning system predominating over more sophisticated and controlled modes of processing. We investigated the hypothesis that subconscious detection of threat in a cognitive task is reflected by enhanced ''false signal'' detection rather than by selectively enhanced discrimination of threat items in 30 patients with panic disorder and 30 healthy controls. We presented a tachistoscopic word-nonword discrimination task and a subsequent recognition task and analyzed the data by means of process-dissociation procedures. In line with our expectations, subjects of both groups showed more false signal detection to threat than to neutral stimuli as indicated by an enhanced response bias, whereas indices of discriminative sensitivity did not show this effect. In addition, patients with panic disorder showed a generally enhanced response bias in comparison to healthy controls. They also seemed to have processed the stimuli less elaborately and less differentially. Results are consistent with the assumption that subconscious threat detection can lead to misrepresentations of stimulus significance and that pathological anxiety is characterized by a hyperactive preattentive alarm system that is insufficiently controlled by higher cognitive processes

8.1 Consciousness and Neuroscience

Alkire, M. T.; Haier, R. J. & James, H. F. (1998). Toward the neurobiology of consciousness: Using brain imaging and anesthesia to investigate the anatomy of consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Atmanspacher, Harald (2006). Consciousness: A mathematical treatment of the global neuronal workspace model. Acta Biotheoretica 54 (2).   (Google)
Baars, Bernard J. (1999). Attention vs consciousness in the visual brain: Differences in conception, phenomenology, behavior, neuroanatomy, and physiology. Journal of General Psychology 126:224-33.   (Google)
Baars, Bernard J. (2006). Global workspace theory of consciousness: Toward a cognitive neuroscience of human experience? In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 13 | Google)
Barnes, Hazel E. (2006). Consciousness and digestion: Sartre and Neuroscience. Sartre Studies International 11 (1-2):117-132.   (Google)
Barnes, Hazel E. (2005). Consciousness and digestion Sartre and neuroscience. Sartre Studies International 11 (s 1-2):117-132.   (Google)
Abstract: While Sartre scholars cannot fairly be described as being opposed to science, they have, for the most part, stayed aloof. The field of psychology, of course, has been an exception. Sartre himself felt compelled to present his own existential psychoanalysis by marking the parallels and differences between his position and traditional approaches, particularly the Freudian. The same is true with respect to his concept of bad faith and of emotional behavior. Scholars have followed his lead with richly productive results. But we may note that the debate has centered on psychic and therapeutic issues, aspects of what Sartre called le vécu or lived experience, rather than on the findings of cognitive science or neuroscience. Although all existentialists and phenomenologists accept as a central tenet the fact that consciousness is embodied, there has been virtually no concern with the biological substratum. But the study of consciousness cannot be restricted within its own narrow confines—unlike, say, Greek grammar, which can be learned without reference to the rules of Arabic. At some point, there must be established an organic foundation for the behavior of the conscious organism
Bermond, B. (2001). A neuropsychological and evolutionary approach to animal consciousness and animal suffering. Animal Welfare Supplement 10:47- 62.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Bernstein, Marica; Stiehl, Samantha & Bickle, John (2000). The effect of motivation on the stream of consciousness: Generalizing from a neurocomputational model of cingulo-frontal circuits controlling saccadic eye movements. In Ralph D. Ellis & Natika Newton (eds.), The Caldron of Consciousness: Motivation, Affect and Self-Organization. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Bickle, J.; Worley, C. & Bernstein, M. (2000). Vector subtraction implemented neurally: A neurocomputational model of some sequential cognitive and conscious processes. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (1):117-144.   (Google)
Abstract: Although great progress in neuroanatomy and physiology has occurred lately, we still cannot go directly to those levels to discover the neural mechanisms of higher cognition and consciousness. But we can use neurocomputational methods based on these details to push this project forward. Here we describe vector subtraction as an operation that computes sequential paths through high-dimensional vector spaces. Vector-space interpretations of network activity patterns are a fruitful resource in recent computational neuroscience. Vector subtraction also appears to be implemented neurally in primate frontal eye field activity, which computes dimensions of saccadic eye movements. We use this apparent neural implementation as a model and construct from it a general neurocomputational account of an important type of sequential cognitive and conscious process. We defend the biological plausibility of all components of the general model and show that it yields testable anatomical and physiological predictions. We close by suggesting some interesting consequences for consciousness if our model characterizes correctly the neural mechanisms producing a common type of episode in our conscious streams
Blanke, Olaf & Mohr, Christine (2005). Out-of-body experience, heautoscopy, and autoscopic hallucination of neurological origin. Implications for neurocognitive mechanisms of corporeal awareness and self consciousness. Brain Research Reviews 50 (1):184-199.   (Google)
Boly, Mélanie; Faymonville, Marie-Elisabeth; Vogt, Brent A.; Maquet, Pierre & Laureys, Steven (2007). Hypnotic regulation of consciousness and the pain neuromatrix. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Broughton, R. J. (1982). Human consciousness and sleep/waking rhythms: A review and some neuropsychological considerations. Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology 4:193-218.   (Cited by 29 | Google)
Brook, Andrew (2005). Making consciousness safe for neuroscience. In Andrew Brook & Kathleen Akins (eds.), Cognition and the Brain: The Philosophy and Neuroscience Movement. Cambridge University Press.   (Google | More links)
Changeux, Jean-Pierre & Dehaene, Stanislas (2005). Ongoing spontaneous activity controls access to consciousness: A neuronal model for inattentional blindness. PLoS Biology 3 (5):e141.   (Google)
Abstract: 1 INSERM-CEA Unit 562, Cognitive Neuroimaging, Service Hospitalier Fre´de´ric Joliot, Orsay, France, 2 CNRS URA2182 Re´cepteurs and Cognition, Institut Pasteur, Paris, France
Chiao, Joan & Harada, T. (2008). Cultural neuroscience of consciousness: From visual perception to self-awareness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 15 (s 10-11):58-69.   (Google)
Abstract: Philosophical inquiries into the nature of consciousness have long been intrinsically tied to questions regarding the nature of the self. Although philosophers of mind seldom make reference to the role of cultural context in shaping consciousness, since antiquity culture has played a notable role in philosophical conceptions of the self. Western philosophers, from Plato to Locke, have emphasized an individualistic view of the self that is autonomous and consistent across situations, while Eastern philosophers, such as Lao Tzu and Confucius, have argued for a collectivistic view of the self, one that is interconnected to others and embedded within specific social contexts and situations. Here we argue that a comprehensive theory of consciousness needs to account for the role of cultural context and its bidirectional interaction with neural and genetic mechanisms in shaping a variety of conscious phenomena, from visual perception to self- awareness. We review recent evidence of cultural variation in neurobiological mechanisms underlying these phenomena and discuss the implications of these cultural neuroscience findings for the study of consciousness
Churchland, Patricia (ms). A neurophilosophical slant on consciousness research.   (Google)
Abstract: Explaining the nature and mechanisms of conscious experience in neurobiological terms seems to be an attainable, if yet unattained, goal. Research at many levels is important, including research at the cellular level that explores the role of recurrent pathways between thalamic nuclei and the cortex, and research that explores consciousness from the perspective of action. Conceptually, a clearer understanding of the logic of expressions such as ‘‘causes’’ and ‘‘correlates’’, and about what to expect from a theory of consciousness are required. The logic of some terms, such as ‘‘qualia’’ and ‘‘reductionism’’, continues to generate misunderstandings about the scientific possibilities and limits. Experimentally, a deeper understanding of the role of the thalamus in coordinating activity across cortical levels, and a readiness to reconsider the orthodox approach to thalamocortical organization are also required
Cimino, Cristiana & Correale, Antonello (2005). Projective identification and consciousness alteration: A bridge between psychoanalysis and neuroscience? International Journal of Psychoanalysis 86 (1):51-60.   (Google)
Cleeremans, Axel & Maia, Tiago V. (2005). Consciousness: Converging insights from connectionist modeling and neuroscience. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 9 (8):397-404.   (Google)
Abstract: Over the past decade, many findings in cognitive about the contents of consciousness: we will not address neuroscience have resulted in the view that selective what might be called the ‘enabling factors’ for conscious- attention, working memory and cognitive control ness (e.g. appropriate neuromodulation from the brain- stem, etc.). involve competition between widely distributed rep-
Coenen, Anton M. L. (2007). Consciousness without a cortex, but what kind of consciousness is this? Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (1):87-88.   (Google)
Abstract: Merker suggests that the thalamocortical system is not an essential system for consciousness, but, instead, that the midbrain reticular system is responsible for consciousness. Indeed, the latter is a crucial system for consciousness, when consciousness is regarded as the waking state. However, when consciousness is regarded as phenomenal consciousness, for which experience and perception are essential elements, the thalamocortical system seems to be indispensable. (Published Online May 1 2007)
Cooney, Jeffrey W. & Gazzaniga, Michael S. (2003). Neurological disorders and the structure of human consciousness. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 7 (4):161-165.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Crick, Francis & Koch, Christof (1995). Why neuroscience may be able to explain consciousness. Scientific American 273 (6):84-85.   (Cited by 17 | Annotation | Google)
Desmarais, Michele Marie (2008). Changing Minds: Mind, Consciousness, and Identity in Patañjali's Yoga--Sūtra and Cognitive Neuroscience. Motilal Banarsidass Publishers.   (Google)
Dietrich, A. (2003). Functional neuroanatomy of altered states of consciousness: The transient hypofrontality hypothesis. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (2):231-256.   (Cited by 29 | Google)
Faulkner, Deborah & Foster, Jonathan K. (2002). The decoupling of "explicit" and "implicit" processing in neuropsychological disorders: Insights into the neural basis of consciousness? Psyche 8 (2).   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Feinberg, Todd E. (2000). The nested hierarchy of consciousness: A neurobiological solution to the problem of mental unity. Neurocase 6 (2):75-81.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Fins, Joseph J. (2006). Clinical pragmatism and the care of brain damaged patients: Towards a palliative neuroethics for disorders of consciousness. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Google)
Fins, Joseph J. & Illes, Judy (2008). Lights, camera, inaction? Neuroimaging and disorders of consciousness. American Journal of Bioethics 8 (9):W1 – W3.   (Google)
Fins, Joseph J.; Illes, Judy; Bernat, James L.; Hirsch, Joy; Laureys, Steven & Murphy, Emily (2008). Neuroimaging and disorders of consciousness: Envisioning an ethical research agenda. American Journal of Bioethics 8 (9):3 – 12.   (Google)
Abstract: The application of neuroimaging technology to the study of the injured brain has transformed how neuroscientists understand disorders of consciousness, such as the vegetative and minimally conscious states, and deepened our understanding of mechanisms of recovery. This scientific progress, and its potential clinical translation, provides an opportunity for ethical reflection. It was against this scientific backdrop that we convened a conference of leading investigators in neuroimaging, disorders of consciousness and neuroethics. Our goal was to develop an ethical frame to move these investigative techniques into mature clinical tools. This paper presents the recommendations and analysis of a Working Meeting on Ethics, Neuroimaging and Limited States of Consciousness held at Stanford University during June 2007. It represents an interdisciplinary approach to the challenges posed by the emerging use of neuroimaging technologies to describe and characterize disorders of consciousness
Fins, Joseph J. & Plum, F. (2004). Neurological diagnosis is more than a state of mind: Diagnostic clarity and impaired consciousness. Archives of Neurology 61 (9):1354-1355.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Friend, David (2007). Consciousness and the Road to Belief: An Exploration of Neurobiological Evidence Suggesting That Belief is a Fundamental Property of Consciousness. Maple Court Press.   (Google)
Gadenne, Volker (2006). Consciousness: Psychological, neuroscientific, and cultural perspectives. In Kurt Pawlik & Gery d'Ydewalle (eds.), Psychological Concepts: An International Historical Perspective. Psychology Press/Taylor & Francis.   (Google)
Galin, David (2000). Comments on Epstein's neurocognitive interpretation of William James's model of consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (4):576-583.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Giacino, Joseph T. (1997). Disorders of consciousness: Differential diagnosis and neuropathologic features. Seminars in Neurology 17:105-11.   (Cited by 28 | Google)
Gjedde, Albert (2005). Subjectivity and the self : The neurobiology of consciousness. In Anjum P. Saleemi, Ocke-Schwen Bohn & Albert Gjedde (eds.), In Search of a Language for the Mind-Brain: Can the Multiple Perspectives Be Unified? Aarhus University Press ;.   (Google)
Glannon, Walter (2008). Neurostimulation and the minimally conscious state. Bioethics 22 (6):337–345.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Neurostimulation to restore cognitive and physical functions is an innovative and promising technique for treating patients with severe brain injury that has resulted in a minimally conscious state (MCS). The technique may involve electrical stimulation of the central thalamus, which has extensive projections to the cerebral cortex. Yet it is unclear whether an improvement in neurological functions would result in a net benefit for these patients. Quality-of-life measurements would be necessary to determine whether any benefit of neurostimulation outweighed any harm in their response to different degrees of cognitive and physical disability. These measures could also indicate whether the technique could be ethically justified and whether surrogates could give proxy consent to its use on brain-injured patients
Grobstein, Paul (2005). Making the unconscious conscious, and vice versa: A bi-directional bridge between neuroscience/cognitive science and psychotherapy? Cortex. Special Issue 41 (5):663-668.   (Google)
Grush, Rick (2006). How to, and how not to, bridge computational cognitive neuroscience and Husserlian phenomenology of time consciousness. Synthese 153 (3):417-450.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: A number of recent attempts to bridge Husserlian phenomenology of time consciousness and contemporary tools and results from cognitive science or computational neuroscience are described and critiqued. An alternate proposal is outlined that lacks the weaknesses of existing accounts
Guérit, Jean-Michel (2005). Neurophysiological patterns of vegetative and minimally conscious states. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation. Vol 15 (3-4):357-371.   (Google)
Hameroff, Stuart (2006). Consciousness, neurobiology and quantum mechanics: The case for a connection. In J. Tuszynski (ed.), The Emerging Physics of Consciousness. Springer-Verlag.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Consciousness involves phenomenal experience, self-awareness, feelings, choices, control of actions, a model of the world, etc. But what _is_ _it?_ Is consciousness something specific, or merely a byproduct of information processing? Whatever it is, consciousness is a multi-faceted puzzle. Despite enormous strides in behavioral and brain science, essential features of consciousness continue to elude explanation. Unresolved problems include: 1) Neural correlates of conscious perception apparently occur too late—150 to 500 milliseconds (msec) after impingement on our sense organs—to have causal efficacy in seemingly conscious perceptions and willful actions, often initiated or completed within 100 msec after sensory impingement. For example in the
Hanna, Robert & Thompson, Evan (2003). Neurophenomenology and the spontaneity of consciousness. Canadian Journal of Philosophy 29.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Harth, E. (1996). Self-referent mechanisms as the neuronal basis of consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Google)
Hesslow, Germund (1996). Will neuroscience explain consciousness? Journal of Theoretical Biology 171 (7-8):29-39.   (Cited by 20 | Google)
Hirsch, J. (2006). Functional neuroimaging during altered states of consciousness: How and what do we measure? In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Hobson, Allan (2004). A model for madness? Dream consciousness: Our understanding of the neurobiology of sleep offers insight into abnormalities in the waking brain. Nature 430 (6995):21.   (Google)
Hobson, J. Allan; Pace-Schott, Edward F. & Stickgold, Robert (2000). Dreaming and the brain: Toward a cognitive neuroscience of conscious states. Behavioral And Brain Sciences 23 (6):793-842; 904-1018; 1083-1121.   (Cited by 214 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Sleep researchers in different disciplines disagree about how fully dreaming can be explained in terms of brain physiology. Debate has focused on whether REM sleep dreaming is qualitatively different from nonREM (NREM) sleep and waking. A review of psychophysiological studies shows clear quantitative differences between REM and NREM mentation and between REM and waking mentation. Recent neuroimaging and neurophysiological studies also differentiate REM, NREM, and waking in features with phenomenological implications. Both evidence and theory suggest that there are isomorphisms between the phenomenology and the physiology of dreams. We present a three-dimensional model with specific examples from normally and abnormally changing conscious states. Key Words: consciousness; dreaming; neuroimaging; neuromodulation; NREM; phenomenology; qualia; REM; sleep
Hobson, J. Allan; Pace-Schott, Edward F. & Stickgold, Robert (2003). Dreaming and the brain: Toward a cognitive neuroscience of conscious states. In Edward F. Pace-Schott, Mark Solms, Mark Blagrove & Stevan Harnad (eds.), Sleep and Dreaming: Scientific Advances and Reconsiderations. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 216 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Sleep researchers in different disciplines disagree about how fully dreaming can be explained in terms of brain physiology. Debate has focused on whether REM sleep dreaming is qualitatively different from nonREM (NREM) sleep and waking. A review of psychophysiological studies shows clear quantitative differences between REM and NREM mentation and between REM and waking mentation. Recent neuroimaging and neurophysiological studies also differentiate REM, NREM, and waking in features with phenomenological implications. Both evidence and theory suggest that there are isomorphisms between the phenomenology and the physiology of dreams. We present a three-dimensional model with specific examples from normally and abnormally changing conscious states. Key Words: consciousness; dreaming; neuroimaging; neuromodulation; NREM; phenomenology; qualia; REM; sleep
Hobson, J. Allan & Pace-Schott, Edward F. (2002). The cognitive neuroscience of sleep: Neuronal systems, consciousness and learning. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 3:679-93.   (Cited by 171 | Google | More links)
Stickgold, R. & Hobson, J. Allan (1995). The conscious state paradigm: A neurocognitive approach to waking, sleeping, and dreaming. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The Cognitive Neurosciences. MIT Press.   (Cited by 13 | Google)
Hobson, J. Allan (1998). The conscious state paradigm: A neuropsychological analysis of waking, sleeping, and dreaming. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Google)
Humphreys, Glyn W. & Riddoch, M. Jane (1999). Disorder of colour consciousness: The view from neuropsychology. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 22 (6):956-957.   (Google)
Abstract: We discuss the difficulty of measuring the perceptual experience of colour, supporting Palmer's assertion that neuropsychological disorders of colour processing can be informative in this respect. We point out that some disorders seem to affect the perceptual experience of colour over and above the perceptual processing of colour, providing direct insights into the neural mechanisms supporting perceptual experience
Ito, Masao (2004). How neuroscience accounts for the illusion of conscious will. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 27 (5):664-665.   (Google)
Abstract: Wegner's monograph presents the view that conscious will is a feeling that we experience when we perform an action through a mechanistic process of the brain, rather than a mental force that causes the action. The view is supported by several lines of evidence in which conscious will is dissociated from the actual performance of voluntary movements, as in automatism. The book further extends an insightful analysis of the mental system behind the illusion of conscious will and inspires neuroscientists to reflect on its neural substrates
Jamieson, Graham A., Hypnosis and conscious states: The cognitive neuroscience perspective.   (Google)
Jamieson, Graham A. (2007). Previews and prospects for the cognitive neuroscience of hypnosis and conscious states. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Jeannerod, Marc (2003). Consciousness of action and self-consciousness: A cognitive neuroscience approach. In Agency and Self-Awareness: Issues in Philosophy and Psychology. Oxford: Clarendon Press.   (Cited by 12 | Google)
Johnson, L. Syd M. (2010). Implications of recent neuroscientific findings in patients with disorders of consciousness. Neuroethics 3 (2).   (Google)
Abstract: A pressing issue in neuroscience is the high rate of misdiagnosis of disorders of consciousness. As new research on patients with disorders of consciousness has revealed surprising and previously unknown cognitive capacities, the need to develop better and more reliable methods of diagnosing these disorders becomes more urgent. So too the need to expand our ethical and social frameworks for thinking about these patients, to accommodate new concerns that will accompany new revelations. A recent study on trace conditioning and learning in vegetative and minimally conscious patients shows promise as a potential diagnostic and prognostic tool, both for differentiating between states of diminished consciousness, and for predicting patient outcomes, but it also generates fresh concerns about quality of life in patients previously thought to be completely unaware. Optimism about progress in diagnosing and treating disorders of consciousness must be tempered by the understanding that not all progress will necessarily be good for all patients. The prognosis for most patients remains bleak, and we must remain vigilant to acute questions and concerns about welfare and quality of life
Kak, Subhash (2004). Architecture of Knowledge: Quantum Mechanics, Neuroscience, Computers, and Consciousness. Centre for Studies in Civilization.   (Google)
Kinsbourne, Marcel (1998). Representations in consciousness and the neuropsychology of insight. In Xavier F. Amador & A. David (eds.), Insight and Psychosis. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Kircher, Tilo & David, Anthony S. (2003). Self-consciousness: An integrative approach from philosophy, psychopathology and the neurosciences. In Tilo Kircher & Anthony S. David (eds.), The Self in Neuroscience and Psychiatry. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 10 | Google)
Kobylarz, Erik J. & Schiff, Nicholas D. (2005). Neurophysiological correlates of persistent vegetative and minimally conscious states. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation. Vol 15 (3-4):323-332.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Koch, Christof (1998). The neuroanatomy of visual consciousness. In H. Jasper, L. Descarries, V. Castellucci & S. Rossignol (eds.), Consciousness: At the Frontiers of Neuroscience. Lippincott-Raven.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Koch, Christof (1996). Toward the neuronal substrate of visual consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Google)
Koehler, S. & Moscovitch, Morris (1997). Unconscious visual processing in neuropsychological syndromes: A survey of the literature and evaluation of models of consciousness. In M. D. Rugg (ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience. MIT Press.   (Google)
Lane, Richard D. R. & McRae, K. (2004). Neural substrates of conscious emotional experience: A cognitive-neuroscientific perspective. Consciousness, emotional self-regulation and the brain. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Laughlin, Charles D. (1990). Brain, Symbol & Experience: Toward a Neurophenomenology of Human Consciousness. New Science Library.   (Google)
Le Van Quyen, Michel & Petitmengin, Claire (2002). Neuronal dynamics and conscious experience: An example of reciprocal causation before epileptic seizures. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 1 (2).   (Google)
Abstract:   Neurophenomenology (Varela 1996) is not only philosophical but also empirical and experimental. Our purpose in this article is to illustrate concretely the efficiency of this approach in the field of neuroscience and, more precisely here, in epileptology. A number of recent observations have indicated that epileptic seizures do not arise suddenly simply as the effect of random fluctuations of brain activity, but require a process of pre-seizure changes that start long before. This has been reported at two different levels of description: on the one hand, the epileptic patient often experiences some warning symptoms that precede seizures from several minutes to hours in the form of very specific lived events. On the other hand, the analyses of brain electrical activities have provided strong evidence that it is possible to detect a pre-seizure state in the neuronal dynamics several minutes before the electro-clinical onset of a seizure. We review here some of the ongoing work of our research group concerning seizure anticipation. In particular, we discuss experimental evidence of upward (local-to-global) formation of conscious experience and its neural substrate, but also of the downward (global-to-local) determination of local neuronal activity by situated conscious activity and its substrate large-scale neural assemblies. This causal role of conscious experience may lead to new kinds of therapy for epileptic patients
Llinas, Rodolfo (2008). Of self and self awareness: The basic neuronal circuit in human consciousness and the generation of self. Journal of Consciousness Studies 15 (9):64-74.   (Google)
Abstract: The fascination of Velasquez's painting Las Meninas stems largely from the ambiguous relationship between the painting as a whole, viewed by a single perceiver, and the variety of different perceptual viewpoints it invites. This situation resonates strongly with a central puzzle in the study of consciousness: the apparent unity of perceptual experience despite multiple sense modalities. Understanding more of this latter might help to explain the way we respond to the painting
Lloyd, Dan (1996). Consciousness, connectionism, and cognitive neuroscience: A meeting of the minds. Philosophical Psychology 9 (1):61-78.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Abstract: Accounting for phenomenal structure—the forms, aspects, and features of conscious experience—poses a deep challenge for the scientific study of consciousness, but rather than abandon hope I propose a way forward. Connectionism, I argue, offers a bi-directional analogy, with its oft-noted “neural inspiration” on the one hand, and its largely unnoticed capacity to illuminate our phenomenology on the other. Specifically, distributed representations in a recurrent network enable networks to superpose categorical, contextual, and temporal information on a specific input representation, much as our own experience does. Artificial neural networks also suggest analogues of four salient distinctions between sensory and nonsensoty consciousness. The paper concludes with speculative proposals for discharging the connectionist heuristics to leave a robust, detailed empirical theory of consciousness
Lombard, Jay (2008). Synchrnoic consciousness from a neurological point of view: The philosophical foundations for neuroethics. Synthese 162 (3).   (Google)
Abstract: Daniel Kolak’s theory of synchronic consciousness according to which the entire range of dissociative phenomena, from pathologies such as MPD and schizophrenia to normal dream states, are best explained in terms of consciousness becoming simultaneously identified as many selves, has revolutionary therapeutic implications for neurology and psychiatry. All these selves, according to Kolak—even the purely imaginary ones that exist as such only in our dreams—are not just conscious but also self-conscious, with beliefs, intentions, living lives informed by memories (confabulatory, in the case of the fictional ones) and personal histories. Kolak’s derivation of psychiatrically relevant aspects of his theory—a neurological rendition of a Kantian transcendental argument—can be given a straightforward neurological, and therefore open to scientific scrutiny, interpretation that would then more easily lend itself to the clinical setting in which these perplexing phenomena, along with their purveyors, must live and cope. This will be the main focus of this paper
Lormand, Eric (2000). Comments on "a neurofunctional theory of visual consciousness". Consciousness and Cognition 9 (2):260-266.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Bermudez, Jose Luis (2000). The cognitive neuroscience of primitive self-consciousness. Psycoloquy 11 (35).   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Myin, Erik (2000) Direct Self-Consciousness (2)Bermúdez, José Luis (2000) Concepts and the Priority Principle (10)Bermúdez, José Luis (2000) Circularity, "I"-Thoughts and the Linguistic Requirement for Concept Possession (11)Meeks, Roblin R. (2000) Withholding Immunity: Misidentification, Misrepresentation, and Autonomous Nonconceptual Proprioceptive First-Person Content (12)Newen, Albert (2001) Kinds of Self-Consciousness (13)Bermudez, Jose Luis (2000) Direct Self-Consciousness (4)Bermudez, Jose Luis (2000) Prelinguistic Self-Consciousness (5)Gallese, Vittorio (2000) The Brain and the Self: Reviewing the Neuroscientific Evidence (6)Bermudez, Jose Luis (2000) The Cognitive Neuroscience of Primitive Self-Consciousness (7) [Currently Displayed]Robbins, Philip (2000) Paradox Twice Lost (8)Fuller, Gary and Slater, Carol W. (2000) "I"-Thoughts: Criteria, Constitution, and Concept Possession (9)Evans, Cedric Oliver (2000) Prelinguistic Self-Consciousness (3)Bermudez, Jose Luis and Polytechnique, CREA Ecole (1999) The Paradox of Self-Consciousness (representation and Mind) (1)
Lutz, Antoine; Dunne, John D. & Davidson, Richard J. (2007). Meditation and the neuroscience of consciousness. In P.D. Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: in Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness edited by Zelazo P., Moscovitch M. and Thompson E. (2007)
Lutz, Antoine & Thompson, Evan (2003). Neurophenomenology - integrating subjective experience and brain dynamics in the neuroscience of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 10 (9-10):31-52.   (Cited by 54 | Google)
Lynds, Peter (ms). Subjective perception of time and a progressive present moment: The neurobiological key to unlocking consciousness.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: The conclusion of physics, within both a historical and more recent context, that an objectively progressive time and present moment are derivative notions without actual physical foundation in nature, illustrate that these perceived chronological features originate from subjective conscious experience and the neurobiological processes underlying it. Using this conclusion as a stepping stone, it is posited that the phenomena of an in-built subjective conception of a progressive present moment in time and that of conscious awareness are actually one and the same thing, and as such, are also the outcome of the same neurobiological processes. A possible explanation as to how this might be achieved by the brain through employing the neuronal induced nonconscious cognitive manipulation of a small interval of time is proposed. The CIP phenomenon, elucidated within the context of this study is also then discussed
MacLennan, Bruce J. (1996). The elements of consciousness and their neurodynamical correlates. Journal of Consciousness Studies 3 (5):409-424.   (Cited by 10 | Google | More links)
MacLennan, Bruce J. (1995). The investigation of consciousness through phenomenology and neuroscience. In Joseph E. King & Karl H. Pribram (eds.), Proceedings Scale in Conscious Experience: Third Appalachian Conference on Behavioral Neurodynamics.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The principal problem of consciousness is how brain processes cause subjective awareness. Since this problem involves subjectivity, ordinary scientific methods, applicable only to objective phenomena, cannot be used. Instead, by parallel application of phenomenological and scientific methods, we may establish a correspondence between the subjective and the objective. This correspondence is effected by the construction of a theoretical entity, essentially an elementary unit of consciousness, the intensity of which corresponds to electrochemical activity in a synapse. Dendritic networks correspond to causal dependencies between these subjective units. Therefore, the structure of conscious experience is derived from synaptic connectivity. This parallel phenomenal/neural analysis provides a framework for the investigation of a number of problems, including sensory inversions, the unity of consciousness, and the nature of nonhuman consciousness
Maia, Tiago V. & Cleeremans, Axel (2005). Consciousness: Converging insights from connectionist modeling and neuroscience. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 9 (8):397-404.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Maldonato, Mauro (2009). From neuron to consciousness: For an experience-based neuroscience. World Futures 65 (2):80 – 93.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Up until only a few decades ago, not many scholars recognized scientific dignity in the problem of consciousness. In the last few years this scenario has changed. The rapid development of non-invasive research techniques that explore cerebral functions has not only increased our knowledge on the correlations between mental processes and cerebral structures, but it has fed our hopes for the possibility of facing the ancient and elusive question about the mind-brain relationship with a new way of thinking. The meeting between neurosciences and phenomenology represents one of the most promising frontiers of current research. Neurophenomenology , a paradigm of research inaugurated by the Chilean neuroscientist Francisco Varela, tries to indicate a remedy to the various explicatory philosophical and scientific gaps, establishing a methodological and epistemological bridge between the so-called phenomenological reports in “first person” and the scientific evidence in “third person,” incorporating the experience on neurodynamic levels in an explicit and rigorous way and, above all, avoiding every alternative in the direction of any form of ontological reduction
Marcel, Anthony J. (2000). On a neurofunctional theory of visual consciousness: Commentary on J. Prinz. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (2):267-273.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Matsumoto, D. & Lee, M. (1993). Consciousness, volition, and the neuropsychology of facial expressions of emotion. Consciousness and Cognition 2:237-54.   (Cited by 15 | Google)
Menant, Christophe (ms). Evolution and mirror neurons. An introduction to the nature of self-consciousness (2005).   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Self-consciousness is a product of evolution. Few people today disagree with the evolutionary history of humans. But the nature of self-consciousness is still to be explained, and the story of evolution has rarely been used as a framework for studies on consciousness during the 20th century. This last point may be due to the fact that modern study of consciousness came up at a time where dominant philosophical movements were not in favor of evolutionist theories (Cunningham 1996). Research on consciousness based on Phenomenology or on Analytic Philosophy has been mostly taking the characteristics of humans as starting points. Relatively little has been done with bottom-up approaches, using performances of animals as a simpler starting point to understand the generation of consciousness through evolution. But this status may be changing, thanks to new tools coming from recent discoveries in neurology. The discovery of mirror neurons about ten years ago (Gallese et al. 1996, Rizzolatti et al. 1996) has allowed the built up of new conceptual tools for the understanding of intersubjectivity within humans and non human primates (Gallese 2001, Hurley 2005). Studies in these fields are still in progress, with discussions on the level of applicability of this natural intersubjectivity to non human primates (Decety and Chaminade 2003). We think that these subject/conspecific mental relations made possible by mirror neurons can open new paths for the understanding of the nature of self-consciousness via an evolutionist bottom-up approach. We propose here a scenario for the build up of self-consciousness through evolution by a specific analysis of two steps of evolution: first step from simple living elements to non human primates comparable to chimpanzees, and second step from these non human primates to humans. We identify these two steps as representing the evolution from basic animal awareness to body self-awareness, and from body self-awareness to self-consciousness. (we consider that today non human primates are comparable to what were pre-human primates). We position body self-awareness as corresponding to the performance of mirror self recognition as identified with chimpanzees and orangutans (Gallup). We propose to detail and understand the content of this body self-awareness through a specific evolutionist build up process using the performances of mirror neurons and group life. We address the evolutionary step from body self-awareness to self-consciousness by complementing the recently proposed approach where self-consciousness is presented as a by-product of body self-awareness amplification via a positive feedback loop resulting of anxiety limitation (Menant 2004). The scenario introduced here for the build up of self-consciousness through evolution leaves open the question about the nature of phenomenal-consciousness (Block 2002). We plan to address this question later on with the help of the scenario made available here
Miller, L. (1997). Freud and consciousness: The first one hundred years of neuropsychodynamics in theory and clinical practice. Seminars in Neurology 17:171-77.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Miller, Robert (1981). Meaning and Purpose in the Intact Brain: A Philosophical, Psychological, and Biological Account of Conscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Milner, A. David & Rugg, M. D. (eds.) (1991). The Neuropsychology of Consciousness. Academic Press.   (Cited by 37 | Google)
Morin, Alain (2006). Levels of consciousness and self-awareness: A comparison and integration of various neurocognitive views. Consciousness and Cognition 15 (2):358-371.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Quite a few recent models are rapidly introducing new concepts describing different levels of consciousness. This situation is getting confusing because some theorists formulate their models without making reference to existing views, redundantly adding complexity to an already difficult problem. In this paper, I present and compare nine neurocognitive models to highlight points of convergence and divergence. Two aspects of consciousness seem especially important: perception of self in time and complexity of self-representations. To this I add frequency of self-focus, amount of self-related information, and accuracy of self-knowledge. Overall, I conclude that many novel concepts (e.g., reflective, primary, core, extended, recursive, and minimal consciousness) are useful in helping us distinguish between delicate variations in consciousness and in clarifying theoretical issues that have been intensely debated in the scientific literature—e.g., consciousness in relation to mirror self-recognition and language. Ó 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved
Moscovitch, Morris (1992). A neuropsychological model of memory and consciousness. In L. R. Squire & N. Butters (eds.), Neuropsychology of Memory. Guilford Press.   (Cited by 41 | Google)
Moscovitch, Morris & Umilta, Carlo (1991). Conscious and nonconscious aspects of memory: A neuropsychological framework of modules and central systems. In R Lister & H. Weingartner (eds.), Perspectives on Cognitive Neuroscience. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 41 | Google)
Moscovitch, Morris; Goshen-Gottstein, Y. & Vriezen, E. (1994). Memory without conscious recollection: A tutorial review from a neuropsychological perspective. In Carlo Umilta & Morris Moscovitch (eds.), Consciousness and Unconscious Information Processing: Attention and Performance 15. MIT Press.   (Cited by 29 | Google)
Munz, Peter (1999). Critique of Impure Reason: An Essay on Neurons, Somatic Markers, and Consciousness. Praeger.   (Google)
Naccache, Lionel (2004). The cerebral substrate of visual consciousness: A neurological approach. Revue Neurologique 160:395-400.   (Google)
Naccache, Lionel (2006). Visual phenomenal consciousness: A neurological guided tour. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Newcombe, F. (1985). Neuropsychology of consciousness: A review of human clinical evidence. In David A. Oakley (ed.), Brain and Mind. Methuen.   (Google)
Oakley, David A. (ed.) (1985). Brain and Mind. Methuen.   (Cited by 12 | Google)
Persinger, M. A. & Koren, S. A. (2007). A theory of neurophysics and quantum neuroscience: Implications for brain function and the limits of consciousness. International Journal of Neuroscience 117 (2):157-175.   (Google | More links)
Piolino, Pascale; Desgranges, Béatrice; Belliard, Serge; Matuszewski, Vanessa; Lalevée, Catherine; de La Sayette, Vincent & Eustache, Francis (2003). Autobiographical memory and autonoetic consciousness: Triple dissociation in neurodegenerative diseases. Brain 126 (10):2203-2219.   (Cited by 42 | Google | More links)
Prinz, Jesse J. (2005). A neurofunctional theory of consciousness. Cognition and the Brain.   (Cited by 10 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Reading the philosophical literature on consciousness, one might get the idea that there is just one problem in consciousness studies, the hard problem. That would be a mistake. There are other problems; some are more tractable, but none are easy, and all interesting. The literature on the hard problem gives the impression that we have made little progress. Consciousness is just an excuse to work and re-work familiar positions on the mind-body problem. But progress is being made elsewhere. Researchers are moving towards increasingly specific accounts of the neural basis of conscious experience. These efforts will leave some questions unanswered, but they are no less significant for that
Prinz, Jesse J. (2000). A neurofunctional theory of visual consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (2):243-59.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: This paper develops an empirically motivated theory of visual consciousness. It begins by outlining neuropsychological support for Jackendoff's (1987) hypothesis that visual consciousness involves mental representations at an intermediate level of processing. It then supplements that hypothesis with the further requirement that attention, which can come under the direction of high level representations, is also necessary for consciousness. The resulting theory is shown to have a number of philosophical consequences. If correct, higher-order thought accounts, the multiple drafts account, and the widely held belief that sensation precedes perception will all be found wanting. The theory will also be used to illustrate and defend a methodology that fills the gulf between functionalists who ignore the brain and neural reductionists who repudiate functionalism
Racine, Eric & Bell, Emily (2008). Clinical and public translation of neuroimaging research in disorders of consciousness challenges current diagnostic and public understanding paradigms. American Journal of Bioethics 8 (9):13 – 15.   (Google)
Rainville, Pierre & Price, Donald D. (2003). Hypnosis phenomenology and the neurobiology of consciousness. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis 51 (2):105-29.   (Cited by 16 | Google | More links)
Rauchs, Géraldine; Piolino, Pascale; Mézenge, Florence; Landeau, Brigitte; Lalevée, Catherine; Pélerin, Alice; Viader, Fausto; de la Sayette, Vincent; Eustache, Francis & Desgranges, Béatrice (2007). Autonoetic consciousness in alzheimer's disease: Neuropsychological and PET findings using an episodic learning and recognition task. Neurobiology of Aging 28 (9):1410-1420.   (Google)
Revonsuo, Antti & Kamppinen, Matti (eds.) (1994). Consciousness in Philosophy and Cognitive Neuroscience. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Cited by 40 | Google)
Abstract: Consciousness seems to be an enigmatic phenomenon: it is difficult to imagine how our perceptions of the world and our inner thoughts, sensations and feelings could be related to the immensely complicated biological organ we call the brain. This volume presents the thoughts of some of the leading philosophers and cognitive scientists who have recently participated in the discussion of the status of consciousness in science. The focus of inquiry is the question: "Is it possible to incorporate consciousness into science?" Philosophers have suggested different alternatives -- some think that consciousness should be altogether eliminated from science because it is not a real phenomenon, others that consciousness is a real, higher-level physical or neurobiological phenomenon, and still others that consciousness is fundamentally mysterious and beyond the reach of science. At the same time, however, several models or theories of the role of conscious processing in the brain have been developed in the more empirical cognitive sciences. It has been suggested that non-conscious processes must be sharply separated from conscious ones, and that the necessity of this distinction is manifested in the curious behavior of certain brain-damaged patients. This book demonstrates the dialogue between philosophical and empirical points of view. The writers present alternative solutions to the brain-consciousness problem and they discuss how the unification of biological and psychological sciences could thus become feasible. Covering a large ground, this book shows how the philosophical and empirical problems are closely interconnected. From this interdisciplinary exploration emerges the conviction that consciousness can and should be a natural part of our scientific world view
Århem, P. & Lindahl, B. I. B. (1993). Neuroscience and the problem of consciousness: Theoretical and empirical approaches. An introduction. Theoretical Medicine and Bioethics 14 (2).   (Google)
Rioch, D. M. (1954). Psychopathological and neuropathological aspects of consciousness. In J. F. Delafresnaye (ed.), Brain Mechanisms and Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Rolls, Edmund T. (2006). Consciousness absent and present: A neurophysiological exploration of masking. In Haluk Ögmen & Bruno G. Breitmeyer (eds.), The First Half Second: The Microgenesis and Temporal Dynamics of Unconscious and Conscious Visual Processes. MIT Press.   (Google)
Rolls, Edmund T. (2007). The affective neuroscience of consciousness: Higher order syntactic thoughts, dual routes to emotion and action, and consciousness. In Philip David Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Google)
Rossetti, Yves (ed.) (2000). Beyond Dissociation: Interaction Between Dissociated Implicit and Explicit Processing. Amsterdam: J Benjamins.   (Cited by 40 | Google)
Rossi, Ernest L. & Rossi, Kathryn L. (2006). The neuroscience of observing consciousness & mirror neurons in therapeutic hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis 48 (4):263-278.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Ro, Tony (2006). The cognitive neuroscience of unconscious and conscious vision. In Haluk Ögmen & Bruno G. Breitmeyer (eds.), The First Half Second: The Microgenesis and Temporal Dynamics of Unconscious and Conscious Visual Processes. MIT Press.   (Google)
Ruz, M.; Tudela, P. & Acero, Juan J. (2002). Consciousness explained by Dennett: A critical review from a cognitive neuroscience point of view. Theoria 17:81-112.   (Google)
Sahraie, Arash; Weiskrantz, Lawrence; Barbur, J. L.; Simmons, Alison & Brammer, M. (1997). Pattern of neuronal activity associated with conscious and unconscious processing of visual signals. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 94:9406-9411.   (Cited by 106 | Google | More links)
Schacter, Daniel L.; McAndrews, M. P. & Moscovitch, Morris (1986). Access to consciousness: Dissociations between implicit and explicit knowledge in neuropsychological syndromes. In Lawrence Weiskrantz (ed.), Thought Without Language. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 40 | Google)
Schiff, Nicholas D. (2006). Multimodal neuroimaging approaches to disorders of consciousness. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation. Special Issue 21 (5):388-397.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Schiff, Nicholas D. (2004). The neurology of impaired consciousness: Challenges for cognitive neuroscience. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The Cognitive Neurosciences. MIT Press.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Schiff, Nicholas D. & Plum, F. (2000). The role of arousal and "gating" systems in the neurology of impaired consciousness. Journal Of Clinical Neurophysiology 17:438-452.   (Cited by 45 | Google | More links)
Schwartz, Rob & Schwartz, Mirra (2008). The risks of reducing consciousness to neuroimaging. American Journal of Bioethics 8 (9):25 – 26.   (Google)
Seth, Anil K.; Dienes, Zoltan; Cleeremans, Axel; Overgaard, Morten & Pessoa, Luiz, Measuring consciousness: Relating behavioural and neurophysiological approaches.   (Google)
Abstract: The resurgent science of consciousness has been accompanied by a recent emphasis on the problem of measurement. Having dependable measures of consciousness is essential both for mapping experimental evidence to theory and for designing perspicuous experiments. Here, we review a series of behavioural and brain-based measures, assessing their ability to track graded consciousness and clarifying how they relate to each other by showing what theories are presupposed by each. We identify possible and actual conflicts among measures that can stimulate new experiments, and we conclude that measures must prove themselves by iteratively building knowledge in the context of theoretical frameworks. Advances in measuring consciousness have implications for basic cognitive neuroscience, for comparative studies of consciousness and for clinical applications
Sevush, Steven (ms). Single-neuron theory of consciousness.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Abstract: By most accounts, the mind arises from the integrated activity of large populations of neurons distributed across multiple brain regions. A contrasting model is presented in the present paper that places the mind/brain interface not at the whole brain level but at the level of single neurons. Specifically, it is proposed that each neuron in the nervous system is independently conscious, with conscious content corresponding to the spatial pattern of a portion of that neuron's dendritic electrical activity. For most neurons, such as those in the hypothalamus or posterior sensory cortices, the conscious activity would be assumed to be simple and unable to directly affect the organism's macroscopic conscious behavior. For a subpopulation of layer 5 pyramidal neurons in the lateral prefrontal cortices, however, an arrangement is proposed to be present such that, at any given moment: i) the spatial pattern of electrical activity in a portion of the dendritic tree of each neuron in the subpopulation individually manifests a complexity and diversity sufficient to account for the complexity and diversity of conscious experience; ii) the dendritic trees of the neurons in the subpopulation all contain similar spatial electrical patterns; iii) the spatial electrical pattern in the dendritic tree of each neuron interacts nonlinearly with the remaining ambient dendritic electrical activity to determine the neuron's overall axonal response; iv) the dendritic spatial pattern is reexpressed at the population level by the spatial pattern exhibited by a synchronously firing subgroup of the conscious neurons, thereby providing a mechanism by which conscious activity at the neuronal level can influence overall behavior. The resulting scheme is one in which conscious behavior appears to be the product of a single macroscopic mind, but is actually the integrated output of a chorus of minds, each associated with a different neuron
Sevush, Steven (ms). Single-neuron theory of consciousness.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: By most accounts, the mind arises from the integrated activity of large populations of neurons distributed across multiple brain regions. A contrasting model is presented in the present paper that places the mind/brain interface not at the whole brain level but at the level of single neurons. Specifically, it is proposed that each neuron in the nervous system is independently conscious, with conscious content corresponding to the spatial pattern of a portion of that neuron's dendritic electrical activity. For most neurons, such as those in the hypothalamus or posterior sensory cortices, the conscious activity would be assumed to be simple and unable to directly affect the organism's macroscopic conscious behavior. For a subpopulation of layer 5 pyramidal neurons in the lateral prefrontal cortices, however, an arrangement is proposed to be present such that, at any given moment: i) the spatial pattern of electrical activity in a portion of the dendritic tree of each neuron in the subpopulation individually manifests a complexity and diversity sufficient to account for the complexity and diversity of conscious experience; ii) the dendritic trees of the neurons in the subpopulation all contain similar spatial electrical patterns; iii) the spatial electrical pattern in the dendritic tree of each neuron interacts nonlinearly with the remaining ambient dendritic electrical activity to determine the neuron's overall axonal response; iv) the dendritic spatial pattern is reexpressed at the population level by the spatial pattern exhibited by a synchronously firing subgroup of the conscious neurons, thereby providing a mechanism by which conscious activity at the neuronal level can influence overall behavior. The resulting scheme is one in which conscious behavior appears to be the product of a single macroscopic mind, but is actually the integrated output of a chorus of minds, each associated with a different neuron
Shevrin, Howard; Bond, J.; Brakel, L.; Hertel, R. & Williams, W. J. (1996). Conscious and Unconscious Processes: Psychodynamic, Cognitive, and Neurophysiological Convergences. Guilford Press.   (Cited by 63 | Google)
Abstract: This innovative volume attempts to bridge the theoretical gulf between the two approaches by providing objective evidence for unconscious conflict in...
Slotnick, Scott D. & Schachter, Daniel L. (2007). The cognitive neuroscience of memory and consciousness. In Philip David Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Sommerhoff, G. & MacDorman, Karl F. (1994). An account of consciousness in physical and functional terms: A target for research in the neurosciences. Integrative Physiological and Behavioral Science 29:151-81.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Spivak, L.; V. Puzenko, S. Medvedev & Polyakov, Y. (1990). Neurophysiological correlates of the altered state of consciousness during hypnosis. Human Physiology 16:405-410.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Srinivasan, Ramesh; Russell, D. P.; Edelman, Gerald M. & Tononi, Giulio Srinivasan (1999). Increased synchronization of neuromagnetic responses during conscious perception. Journal of Neuroscience 19 (13):5435-5448.   (Cited by 150 | Google | More links)
Stanczak, D. E.; White, J. G. & Gouview, W. D. (1984). Assessment of level of consciousness following severe neurological insult: A comparison of the psychometric qualities of the Glasgow coma scale and the comprehensive level of consciousness scale. Journal of Neurosurgery 60:955-60.   (Google)
Stapp, Henry P. (online). The Quest for consciousness: A quantum neurobiological approach.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: _ Theoretical Physics Group_ _ Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory_ _ University of California_ _ Berkeley, California 94720_
Stoerig, Petra & Cowey, Alan (1993). Blindsight and perceptual consciousness: Neuropsychological aspects of striate cortical function. In B. Gulyas, D. Ottoson & P. Rol (eds.), Functional Organization of the Human Visual Cortex. Pergamon Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Sullivan, Philip R. (2006). Are current philosophical theories of consciousness useful to neuroscientists? Behavior and Philosophy 34:59-70.   (Google)
Taylor, John G. (2001). What do neuronal network models of the mind indicate about animal consciousness? Animal Welfare Supplement 10:63- 75.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Tononi, Giulio Srinivasan; R, Russell & D. P., Edelman (1998). Investigating neural correlates of conscious perception by frequency-tagged neuromagnetic responses. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 95:3198-3203.   (Cited by 83 | Google | More links)
Dunne, John D.; Lutz, Antione & Davidson, Richard (2007). Meditation and the neuroscience of consciousness: An introduction. In Morris Moscovitch, Philip Zelazo & Evan Thompson (eds.), Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness.   (Google)
Varela, Francisco (1999). The specious present: A neurophenomenology of time consciousness. In Jean Petitot, Franscisco J. Varela, Barnard Pacoud & Jean-Michel Roy (eds.), Naturalizing Phenomenology. Stanford University Press.   (Cited by 61 | Google)
Velmans, Max (1995). The limits of neuropsychological models of consciousness. [Journal (Paginated)].   (Google | More links)
Abstract: This commentary elaborates on Gray's conclusion that his neurophysiological model of consciousness might explain how consciousness arises from the brain, but does not address how consciousness evolved, affects behaviour or confers survival value. The commentary argues that such limitations apply to all neurophysiological or other third-person perspective models. To approach such questions the first-person nature of consciousness needs to be taken seriously in combination with third-person models of the brain
Velmans, Max (ed.) (1996). The Science of Consciousness: Psychological, Neuropsychological, and Clinical Reviews. Routledge.   (Cited by 50 | Google)
Abstract: Of all the problems facing science none are more challenging yet fascinating than those posed by consciousness. In The Science of Consciousness leading researchers examine how consciousness is being investigated in the key areas of cognitive psychology, neuropsychology and clinical psychology. Within cognitive psychology, special focus is given to the function of consciousness, and to the relation of conscious processing to nonconscious processing in perception, learning, memory and information dissemination. Neuropsychology includes examination of the neural conditions for consciousness and the effects of brain damage. Finally, mind/body interactions in clinical and experimental settings are considered, including the somatic effects of imagery, biofeedback and placebo effects. Every chapter is written by an expert in the field. They each provide a clear overview of existing research along with an exciting new synthesis of consciousness studies. The The Science of Consciousness will be invaluable for students, researchers and clinicians interested in the developments and directions of this rapidly growing field
Vimal, Ram Lakhan Pandey (2009). Necessary Ingredients of Consciousness: Integration of Psychophysical, Neurophysiological, and Consciousness Research for the Red-Green Channel. Vision Research Institute: Living Vision and Consciousness Research 1 (1).   (Google)
Abstract: A general definition of consciousness is: ‘consciousness is a mental aspect of a system or a process, which is a conscious experience, a conscious function, or both depending on the context’, where the term context refers to metaphysical views, constraints, specific aims, and so on. One of the aspects of visual consciousness is the visual subjective experience (SE) or the first person experience that occurs/emerges in the visual neural-network of thalamocortical system (which includes dorsal and ventral visual pathways and frontal cortex) during dynamic interactions among widely distributed neuronal groups. In this article, however, consciousness and SE are interchangeably used unless noted. Consciousness can be either access (reportable) or phenomenal consciousness. For access consciousness, the interactions are between feed forward stimulus dependent signals and fronto-parietal feedback attentional signals. The necessary ingredients for access (reportable) consciousness are (i) wakefulness, (ii) reentrant interactions among neural populations, (iii) fronto-parietal and thalamic-reticular-nucleus attentional signals that modulate consciousness, (iv) working memory that retains information for consciousness, (v) stimulus at or above threshold level, and (vi) neural-network proto-experiences (PEs) that are superposed SEs embedded in a neural-network. Attention and the ability to report are not necessary for phenomenal consciousness. The neural source for the arousal system is the ascending reticular activating system in the brain stem, which brings the thalamocortical neural networks to wakeful state as a baseline for consciousness to occur. Reentrant interactions among neural populations bind stimulus attributes (such as location and features) and entail consciousness. Attention could be the results of reentry and competitive interactions, and modulates the stimulus related feed forward signal and consciousness. The ‘sources’ of attention may be thalamic reticular nucleus for bottom-up or frontal cortex for top-down direction. The ‘target’ of visual attention is ‘V4/V8/VO’ for Red-Green (R-G) channel. The neural correlates of the psychophysical entity R-G channel appear to be ‘V4/V8/VO’-neural-network (retina → LGN ↔ V1 ↔ V2 ↔ ‘V4/V8/VO’, and areas for attention, memory, and wakefulness). The psychophysical Red-Green Channel, its neurophysiological correlates V4/V8/VO-neural-network, and related experience (such as redness) are integrated. The dual-aspect-dual-mode PE-SE framework (Vimal, J Integr Neurosci 7:49–73, 2008) was used to address the explanatory gap problem of materialism. Neural-network and related SEs are the results of the co-evolution and co-development of the material aspect (mass, charge, spin, force, quanta, and space-time) and the mental aspect of fundamental particles (strings or elementary particles (fermions and bosons)). Their mental aspects are considered as the carriers of superposed multiple possible experiences (SEs/PEs) in unexpressed form. These possibilities are actualized when neural-networks are formed via neural Darwinism, and a specific SE is selected by a matching process when the necessary ingredients of consciousness/SE are satisfied. A simple experimental design is suggested to address the necessary and sufficient attributes of consciousness.
Vogeley, Kai & Kupke, Christian (2007). Disturbances of time consciousness from a phenomenological and neuroscientific perspective. Schizophrenia Bulletin 33 (1):157-165.   (Google | More links)
Wallace, Rodrick, Consciousness, cognition, and the hierarchy of context: Expanding the global neuronal workspace.   (Google)
Abstract: Adapting Dretske's approach on the necessary conditions for mental process, we apply a communication theory analysis of interacting cognitive biological and social modules to the global neuronal workspace, the emerging standard model for consciousness. Using an obvious canonical homology with statistical physics, the method, when iterated, generates a fluctuating dynamic threshold recognizably similar to phase transition in a physical system, but constrained to a manifold/atlas structure analogous to a tunable retina. The resulting 'General Cognitive Model' can be extended in a straightforward manner to include the effects of psychosocial stress, culture, or other cognitive modules which constitute a structured, embedding hierarchy of contextual constraints acting at a slower rate than neuronal function itself. This produces a 'biopsychosociocultural' treatment of consciousness that, while otherwise remarkably similar to the standard development, meets compelling philosophical and other objections to brain-only descriptions
Watt, Douglas F. (2007). Affirmative-action for the brainstem in the neuroscience of consciousness: The zeitgeist of the brainstem as a “dumb arousal” system. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (1):108-110.   (Google)
Abstract: Merker offers a remarkable statement about the neural integration essential to conscious states provided by the mesodiencephalon. The model for triangular interaction between action selection, target selection, and emotion is heuristic. Unfortunately, there is little interest (relatively speaking) in neuroscience in the mesodiencephalon, and attention is currently heavily directed to the telencephalon. This suggests that there may be less real momentum than commonly assumed towards the Holy Grail of neuroscience, a scientific theory of mind, despite the major upsurge in interest. (Published Online May 1 2007)
Weber, Michel & Weekes, Anderson (eds.) (2010). Process Approaches to Consciousness in Psychology, Neuroscience, and Philosophy of Mind. State University of New York Press.   (Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence & Davies, Martin (eds.) (2008). Frontiers of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Abstract: In recent years consciousness has become a significant area of study in the cognitive sciences. The Frontiers of Consciousness is a major interdisciplinary exploration of consciousness. The book stems from the Chichele lectures held at All Souls College in Oxford, and features contributions from a 'who's who' of authorities from both philosophy and psychology. The result is a truly interdisciplinary volume, which tackles some of the biggest and most impenetrable problems in consciousness. The book includes chapters considering the apparent explanatory gap between science and consciousness, our conscious experience of emotions such as fear, and of willed actions by ourselves and others. It looks at subjective differences between two ways in which visual information guides behaviour, and scientific investigation of consciousness in non-human animals. It looks at the challenges that the mind-brain relation presents for clinical practice as well as for theories of consciousness. The book draws on leading research from philosophy, experimental psychology, functional imaging of the brain, neuropsychology, neuroscience, and clinical neurology. Distinctive in its accessibility, authority, and its depth of coverage, Frontiers of Consciousness will be a groundbreaking and influential addition to the consciousness literature
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1987). Neuropsychology and the nature of consciousness. In Colin Blakemore & Susan A. Greenfield (eds.), Mindwaves. Blackwell.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1994). Neuropsychology and the nature of consciousness. In H. Gutfreund & G. Toulouse (eds.), Biology and Computation: A Physicist's Choice. World Scientific.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (2008). On the ubiquity of conscious/unconscious dissociations in neuropsychology. In Lawrence Weiskrantz & Martin Davies (eds.), Frontiers of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1988). Some contributions of neuropsychology of vision and memory to the problem of consciousness. In Anthony J. Marcel & E. Bisiach (eds.), Consciousness in Contemporary Science. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 32 | Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1995). The problem of animal consciousness in relation to neuropsychology. Behavioral Brain Research 71:171-75.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Zaveri, J. S. (1992). Neuroscience & Karma: The Jain Doctrine of Psycho-Physical Force. Jain Vishva Bharati Institute.   (Google)
Zeki, Semir; Aglioti, S.; McKeefry, D. & Berlucchi, G. (1999). The neurological basis of conscious color perception in a blind patient. Proceedings Of The National Academy Of Sciences Of The United States Of America 96 (24):14124-14129.   (Cited by 29 | Google | More links)
Zeki, Semir & Ffytche, D. H. (1998). The riddoch syndrome: Insights into the neurobiology of conscious vision. Brain 121:25-45.   (Cited by 83 | Google | More links)

8.1a Neurobiological Theories and Models of Consciousness

Baars, Bernard J. & Newman, J. B. (1994). A neurobiological interpretation of the global workspace theory of consciousness. In Antti Revonsuo & Matti Kamppinen (eds.), Consciousness in Philosophy and Cognitive Neuroscience. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Cited by 14 | Google)
Baars, Bernard J.; Newman, J. B. & Taylor, John G. (1998). Neuronal mechanisms of consciousness: A relational global workspace approach. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A.C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Abstract: This paper explores a remarkable convergence of ideas and evidence, previously presented in separate places by its authors. That convergence has now become so persuasive that we believe we are working within substantially the same broad framework. Taylor's mathematical papers on neuronal systems involved in consciousness dovetail well with work by Newman and Baars on the thalamocortical system, suggesting a brain mechanism much like the global workspace architecture developed by Baars (see references below). This architecture is relational, in the sense that it continuously mediates the interaction of input with memory. While our approaches overlap in a number of ways, each of us tends to focus on different areas of detail. What is most striking, and we believe significant, is the extent of consensus, which we believe to be consistent with other contemporary approaches by Weiskrantz, Gray, Crick and Koch, Edelman, Gazzaniga, Newell and colleagues, Posner, Baddeley, and a number of others. We suggest that cognitive neuroscience is moving toward a shared understanding of consciousness in the brain
Baars, Bernard J. (online). Why it must be consciousness - for real!   (Google)
Abstract: 1.1 Bilateral damage to the thalamus abolishes waking consciousness. The critical site of this damage is believed to be a relatively small cluster of neurons, about the size of a pencil eraser on either side of the brain's midline, called the Intra-Laminar Nuclei (ILN) because they are located inside the white layers (laminae) that divide the two thalami into their major groupings of nuclei. The fact that bilateral damage to the ILNs abolishes consciousness is very unusual. There is no other site in the brain that has this property, except the reticular formation in the brain stem. In contrast, huge chunks of cortex can be damaged without abolishing the STATE of consciousness. (Cortical damage does change the CONTENTS of consciousness, of course)
Bogen, Joseph E. (1998). Locating the subjectivity pump: The thalamic intralaminar nuclei. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A.C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Google)
Bogen, Joseph E. (1995). On the neurophysiology of consciousness, part I: An overview. Consciousness and Cognition 4:52-62.   (Google)
Bogen, Joseph E. (1995). On the neurophysiology of consciousness, part II: Constraining the semantic problem. Consciousness and Cognition 4:137-58.   (Cited by 22 | Google)
Bogen, Joseph E. (1997). Some neurophysiologic aspects of consciousness. Seminars in Neurology 17:95-103.   (Cited by 18 | Google | More links)
Bogen, Joseph E. (2007). The thalamic intralaminar nuclei and the property of consciousness. In Philip David Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Google)
Boitano, J. (1996). Edelmans's biological theory of consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Google)
Bremer, F. (1966). Neurophysiological correlates of mental unity. In John C. Eccles (ed.), Brain and Conscious Experience. Springer.   (Google)
Bridgeman, Bruce (1998). Cortical models and the neurological gap. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (2):157-158.   (Google)
Brockman, Richard (2001). Toward a neurobiology of the unconscious. Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis and Dynamic Psychiatry 29 (4):601-615.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Buser, P. A. & Rougeul-Buser, A. (1978). Cerebral correlates of conscious experience. Elsevier.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Clancey, William (1993). The biology of consciousness: Comparative review of Rosenfield and Edelman. Artificial Intelligence 60:313-356.   (Google)
Cosmelli, Diego J.; Lachaux, Jean-Philippe & Thompson, Evan (2007). Neurodynamical approaches to consciousness. In Philip David Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Google)
Coward, L. Andrew (2005). A System Architecture Approach to the Brain: From Neurons to Consciousness. Nova Biomedical Books.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Crick, Francis & Koch, Christof (2007). A neurobiological framework for consciousness. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Crick, Francis & Koch, Christof (1998). Consciousness and neuroscience. Cerebral Cortex.   (Cited by 249 | Google | More links)
Crick, Francis (1984). Functions of the thalamic reticular complex: The searchlight hypothesis. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 81:4586-93.   (Google)
Crick, Francis & Koch, Christof (1990). Toward a neurobiological theory of consciousness. Seminars in the Neurosciences 2:263-275.   (Google)
Crick, Francis & Koch, Christof (2000). The Unconscious Homunculus. In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Crick, Francis & Koch, Christof (2003). What are the neural correlates of consciousness? In L. van Hemmen & Terrence J. Sejnowski (eds.), Problems in Systems Neuroscience. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Damasio, Antonio R. (2000). A neurobiology for consciousness. In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 13 | Google)
Damasio, Antonio R. (1999). The Feeling of What Happens: Body and Emotion in the Making of Consciousness. Harcourt Brace and Co.   (Cited by 2364 | Google)
Das, Balaram (online). A framework for conscious information processing.   (Google | More links)
Dehaene, Stanislas; Kerszberg, Michel & Changeux, Jean-Pierre (2001). A neuronal model of a global workspace in effortful cognitive tasks. Pnas 95 (24):14529-14534.   (Cited by 140 | Google | More links)
Dehaene, Stanislas & Changeux, Jean-Pierre (2004). Neural Mechanisms for Access to Consciousness. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The Cognitive Neurosciences. MIT Press.   (Cited by 25 | Google | More links)
Dehaene, Stanislas & Naccache, Lionel (2001). Towards a cognitive neuroscience of consciousness: Basic evidence and a workspace framework. Cognition 79 (1):1-37.   (Cited by 220 | Google | More links)
Dennett, Daniel C. (ms). Review of Damasio, Descartes' error.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: The legacy of René Descartes' notorious dualism of mind and body extends far beyond academia into everyday thinking: "These athletes are prepared both mentally and physically," and "There's nothing wrong with your body--it's all in your mind." Even among those of us who have battled Descartes' vision, there has been a powerful tendency to treat the mind (that is to say, the brain) as the body's boss, the pilot of the ship. Falling in with this standard way of thinking, we ignore an important alternative: viewing the brain (and hence the mind) as one organ among many, a relatively recent usurper of control, whose functions cannot properly be understood until we see it not as the boss, but as just one more somewhat fractious servant, working to further the interests of the body that shelters and fuels it, and gives its activities meaning. This historical or evolutionary perspective reminds me of the change that has come over Oxford in the thirty years since I was a student there. It used to be that the dons were in charge, while the bursars and other bureaucrats, right up to the Vice Chancellor, acted under their guidance and at their behest. Nowadays the dons, like their counterparts on American university faculties, are more clearly in the role of employees hired by a central Administration, but from where, finally, does the University get its meaning? In evolutionary history, a similar change has crept over the administration of our bodies. Where resides the "I" who is in charge of my body? In his wonderfully written book, Antonio Damasio seeks to restore our appreciation for the perspective of the body, and the shared balance of powers from which we emerge as conscious persons
Edelman, Gerald M. (1992). Bright Air, Brilliant Fire: On the Matter of the Mind. Penguin.   (Cited by 1235 | Google | More links)
Edelman, Gerald M. (2001). Consciousness: The remembered present. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 929:111-122.   (Cited by 15 | Google | More links)
Edelman, Gerald M. & Tononi, Giulio Srinivasan (2000). Reentry and the Dynamic Core: Neural Correlates of Conscious Experience. In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 13 | Google)
Edelman, Gerald M. (1989). The Remembered Present: A Biological Theory of Consciousness. Basic Books.   (Cited by 884 | Google | More links)
Ellis, Ralph D. (2001). A theoretical model of the role of the cerebellum in cognition, attention and consciousness. Consciousness and Emotion 2 (2):300-309.   (Google)
Ellis, Ralph D. (2000). Efferent brain processes and the enactive approach to consciousness. Journal Of Consciousness Studies 7 (4):40-50.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Faw, Bill (2003). Pre-frontal executive committee for perception, working memory, attention, long-term memory, motor control, and thinking: A tutorial review. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (1):83-139.   (Cited by 40 | Google | More links)
Fell, J. (2004). Identifying neural correlates of consciousness: The state space approach. Consciousness and Cognition 13 (4):709-29.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Fingelkurts, Andrew A. & Fingerlkurts, Alexander A. (2001). Operational architectonics of the human brain biopotential field: Toward solving the mind-brain problem. Brain and Mind 2 (3):261-296.   (Cited by 38 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The understanding of the interrelationship between brain and mind remains far from clear. It is well established that the brain's capacity to integrate information from numerous sources forms the basis for cognitive abilities. However, the core unresolved question is how information about the "objective" physical entities of the external world can be integrated, and how unifiedand coherent mental states (or Gestalts) can be established in the internal entities of distributed neuronal systems. The present paper offers a unified methodological and conceptual basis for a possible mechanism of how the transient synchronization of brain operations may construct the unified and relatively stable neural states, which underlie mental states. It was shown that the sequence of metastable spatial EEG mosaics does exist and probably reflects the rapid stabilization periods of the interrelation of large neuron systems. At the EEG level this is reflected in the stabilization of quasi-stationary segments on corresponding channels. Within the introduced framework, physical brain processes and psychological processes are considered as two basic aspects of a single whole informational brain state. The relations between operational process of the brain, mental states and consciousness are discussed.
Fingelkurts, Andrew A.; Fingelkurts, Alexander A. & Neves, Carlos F. H. (2009). Phenomenological architecture of a mind and Operational Architectonics of the brain: the unified metastable continuum. In Robert Kozma & John Caulfield (eds.), Journal of New Mathematics and Natural Computing. Special Issue on Neurodynamic Correlates of Higher Cognition and Consciousness: Theoretical and Experimental Approaches - in Honor of Walter J Freeman's 80th Birthday. World Scientific.   (Google)
Abstract: In our contribution we will observe phenomenal architecture of a mind and operational architectonics of the brain and will show their intimate connectedness within a single integrated metastable continuum. The notion of operation of different complexity is the fundamental and central one in bridging the gap between brain and mind: it is precisely by means of this notion that it is possible to identify what at the same time belongs to the phenomenal conscious level and to the neurophysiological level of brain activity organization, and what mediates between them. Implications for linguistic semantics, self-organized distributed computing algorithms, artificial machine consciousness, and diagnosis of dynamic brain diseases will be discussed briefly.
Flohr, Hans (1990). Brain processes and phenomenal consciousness: A new and specific hypothesis. Theory and Psychology 1:245-62.   (Cited by 50 | Google | More links)
Flohr, Hans (1992). Qualia and brain processes. In Ansgar Beckermann, Hans Flohr & Jaegwon Kim (eds.), Emergence or Reduction? Prospects for Nonreductive Physicalism. De Gruyter.   (Cited by 14 | Google)
Flohr, Hans (1995). Sensations and brain processes. Behavioral Brain Research 71:157-61.   (Cited by 44 | Google | More links)
Flohr, Hans (2006). Unconsciousness. Best Practice and Research Clinical Anaesthesiology 20 (1):11-22.   (Google | More links)
Garson, James W. (1998). A commentary on "cortical activity and the explanatory gap". Consciousness and Cognition 7 (2):169-172.   (Google)
Gray, Jeffrey A. (1995). The contents of consciousness: A neuropsychological conjecture. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 18:659-76.   (Cited by 134 | Google)
Greenfield, Susan A. (1998). A rosetta stone for mind and brain? In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Google)
Greenfield, Susan A. (1997). How might the brain generate consciousness? Communication and Cognition 30 (3-4):285-300.   (Cited by 10 | Google)
Grossberg, Stephen (2004). The complementary brain: From brain dynamics to conscious experiences. In Christian Kaernbach, Erich Schroger & Hermann Müller (eds.), Psychophysics Beyond Sensation: Laws and Invariants of Human Cognition. Psychology Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Helekar, S. A. (1999). On the possibility of universal neural coding of subjective experience. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (4):423-446.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Various neurophysiological experiments have revealed remarkable correlations between cortical neuronal activity and subjective experiences. However, the mere presence of neuronal electrical activity does not appear to be sufficient to produce these experiences. It has been suggested that the explanation for the neural basis of consciousness might lie in understanding the reason that some types of neuronal activity possess subjective correlates and others do not. Here I propose and develop the idea that this difference may be caused by the existence of an elementary nonarbitrary linkage between temporal or spatiotemporal patterns of neuronal activity and their subjective attributes. I also show how cortical neural circuits capable of generating experience-coding patterns could emerge during evolution and brain development, due to the presence of spontaneous stochastic neuronal activity and activity-dependent synaptic plasticity. This hypothesis leads to several testable predictions, principal among which is the idea that the neural correlates of consciousness are essentially innate and universal
Hobson, J. Allan (1997). Consciousness as a state-dependent phenomenon. In Jonathan D. Cohen & Jonathan W. Schooler (eds.), Scientific Approaches to Consciousness. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Cited by 18 | Google)
Hobson, J. Allan (1994). The Chemistry of Conscious States. Basic Books.   (Cited by 60 | Google)
John, E. Roy (2003). A theory of consciousness. Current Directions in Psychological Science 12 (6):244-250.   (Google | More links)
John, E. Roy (2006). From synchronous neuronal discharges to subjective awareness? In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
John, E. Roy (2002). The neurophysics of consciousness. Brain Research Reviews 39 (1):1-28.   (Cited by 50 | Google | More links)
Kinsbourne, Marcel (1988). An integrated field theory of consciousness. In Anthony J. Marcel & E. Bisiach (eds.), Consciousness in Contemporary Science. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 32 | Google)
Kinsbourne, Marcel (2000). How is consciousness expressed in the cerebral activation manifold? Brain and Mind 1 (2):265-74.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: I dispute that consciousness is generated by core circuitry in the forebrain, with predominance of motor areas, as Cotterillproposes in Enchanted Looms and other theorists do also. Ipropose instead that conscious contents are the momentary modeof action of the integrated cortical field, expressed as a point vector ( dominant focus ), to which, in varying degree, allsectors of the network contribute. Consciousness is the brain''saccess to its own activity space, and is identical with the moment''sdominant mode of activity. The dominant focus is generally weightedtoward enactively encoded percepts. Anticipation and preparation,perception and action, inextricably interdigitate. I also dispute the view of Cotterill and others that consciousnesshas unique agency, which bestowed adaptive advantage when the brain evolved. Being identical with the activity of the network,consciousness can have no additional agency, and it can offerno adaptive advantages beyond those that characterize the network
Kinsbourne, Marcel (1993). Integrated cortical field model of consciousness. Ciba Foundation Symposium 174 (43-50).   (Cited by 20 | Google | More links)
Kinsbourne, Marcel (1995). Models of consciousness: Serial or parallel in the brain? In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The Cognitive Neurosciences. MIT Press.   (Cited by 20 | Google)
Kinsbourne, Marcel (1995). The intralaminar thalamic nuclei: Subjectivity pumps or attention-action co-ordinators? Consciousness and Cognition 4:167-71.   (Cited by 25 | Google)
Koch, Christof & Crick, Francis (1994). Some further ideas regarding the neuronal basis of awareness. In Christof Koch & J. Davis (eds.), Large-Scale Neuronal Theories of the Brain. MIT Press.   (Cited by 38 | Google)
Koch, Christof & Crick, Francis (2000). Some thoughts on consciousness and neuroscience. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The New Cognitive Neurosciences: 2nd Edition. MIT Press.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Koch, Christof & Braun, Jochen (1996). Toward the neuronal correlate of visual awareness. Current Opinion in Neurobiology 6:158-64.   (Google)
Kokoszka, Andrzej (1993). Information metabolism as a model of consciousness. International Journal of Neuroscience 68:165-77.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Kriegel, Uriah (2007). A cross-order integration hypothesis for the neural correlate of consciousness. Consciousness & Cognition 16:897-912.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: b>. One major problem many hypotheses regarding the neural correlate of consciousness (NCC) face is what we might call “the why question”: _why _would this particular neural feature, rather than another, correlate with consciousness? The purpose of the present paper is to develop an NCC hypothesis that answers this question. The proposed hypothesis is inspired by the Cross-Order Integration (COI) theory of consciousness, according to which consciousness arises from the functional integration of a first-order representation of an external stimulus and a second-order representation of that first-order representation. The proposal comes in two steps. The first step concerns the “general shape” of the NCC and can be directly derived from COI theory. The second step is a concrete hypothesis that can be arrived at by combining the general shape with empirical considerations
Lane, David Christopher (online). Is My I-Phone Conscious: Throwing a Sound Grenade at Believers and Skeptics. Integral World.   (Google)
Libet, Benjamin W. (1989). Conscious subjective experience vs. unconscious mental functions: A theory of the cerebral processes involved. In Rodney M. J. Cotterill (ed.), Models of Brain Function. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 12 | Google)
Libet, Benjamin W. (1998). Do the models offer testable proposals of brain functions for conscious experience? In H. Jasper, L. Descarries, V. Castellucci & S. Rossignol (eds.), Consciousness: At the Frontiers of Neuroscience. Lippincott-Raven.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Libet, Benjamin W. (1996). Neural processes in the production of conscious experiences. In Max Velmans (ed.), The Science of Consciousness. Routledge.   (Google)
Llinas, R. (2001). Consciousness and the brain: The thalamocortical dialogue in health and disease. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 929:166-75.   (Cited by 24 | Google | More links)
Lonky, M. L. (1998). Commentary on "cortical activity and the explanatory gap". Consciousness and Cognition 7 (2):190-192.   (Google)
Magoun, H. W. (1954). The ascending reticular system and wakefulness. In J. F. Delafresnaye (ed.), Brain Mechanism and Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Mandik, Pete (2005). Phenomenal consciousness and the allocentric-egocentric interface. Endophysics.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: I propose and defend the Allocentric-Egocentric Interface Theory of Con- sciousness. Mental processes form a hierarchy of mental representations with maxi- mally egocentric (self-centered) representations at the bottom and maximally allocentric (other-centered) representations at the top. Phenomenally conscious states are states that are relatively intermediate in this hierarchy. More speci
Markowitsch, Hans J. (1995). Cerebral bases of consciousness: A historical view. Neuropsychologia 33:1181-1192.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Miranker, Willard (2005). The Hebbian synapse: Progenitor of consciousness. Mind and Matter 3 (2):87-102.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: A dualistic approach to consciousness is presented that employs Hebbian synaptic dynamics and the basic notion of measurement in science to bridge the so-called explanatory gap between first-person consciousness and third-person science. Unconscious processing by neural circuitry characterizes (i) the neuron as a measuring instrument and (ii) the neural signal as the quantity to be measured. Hebbian synaptic dynamics, effectuating the storage of information, implements the role of an observer of a measurement outcome. The approach extends physical renormalization techniques, as applied to phase changes, to biology. This leads to the proposal of a ramification process in neural systems (brains) from a primitive form of sensation associated with the Hebbian synapse toward more elaborate experiential forms of consciousness (feelings, qualia) associated with hierarchies of neuronal assemblies. Characterizing sensation as a form of mutual information at the synaptic level motivates a relation between consciousness and phase changes of information
Newman, J. B. & Baars, Bernard J. (1993). A neural attentional model for access to consciousness: A global workspace perspective. Concepts in Neuroscience 4 (2):255-90.   (Cited by 45 | Google | More links)
Abstract: A broad consensus has developed in recent years in the cognitive and neurosciences that the cognitive functions of the mind arise out of the activities of an extensive and diverse array of specialized processors operating as a parallel, distributed system. A theoretical perspective is presented which expands upon this "society" model to include globally integrative infuences upon this arrary of processors. This perspective serves as the basis for an explicit neural model of a "global workspace within a system of distributed specialized processors". Anatomical and physiological evidence are reviewed which suggest that this parallel, modular architecture is superceded by a more diffuse, tangential intracortical network capable of integrating underlying modular activites into increasingly global cognitive representations. There follows an explication of the role of this "neural global workspace" in providing the essential basis for the central control of attention and the generation of unified, conscious percepts. Finally the role of thalamic and brainstem activation systems in these integrative processes is discussed
Newton, Natika (1991). Consciousness, qualia, and re-entrant signaling. Behavior and Philosophy 19 (1):21-41.   (Google)
Newman, J. B. (1997). Putting the puzzle together: Toward a general theory of the neural correlates of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 4 (1):47-66.   (Cited by 33 | Google)
Newman, J. B. (1995). Thalamic contributions to attention and consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 4:172-93.   (Cited by 62 | Google)
Northoff, Georg (2003). Qualia and the ventral prefrontal cortical function 'neurophenomenological' hypothesis. Journal of Consciousness Studies 10 (8):14-48.   (Google)
O'Keefe, John (1985). Is consciousness the gateway to the hippocampal cognitive map? A speculative essay on the neural basis of mind. In David A. Oakley (ed.), Brain and Mind. Methuen.   (Google)
Orpwood, R. D. (1994). A possible neural mechanism underlying consciousness based on the pattern processing capabilities of pyramidal neurons in the cerebral cortex. Journal of Theoretical Biology 169:403-18.   (Google)
Ortinski, Pavel & Meador, Kimford J. (2004). Neuronal mechanisms of conscious awareness. Archives of Neurology 61 (7):1017-1020.   (Google | More links)
Panksepp, Jaak (2000). The cradle of consciousness: A periconscious emotional homunculus? Neuro-Psychoanalysis 2 (1):24-32.   (Google)
Parvizi, J. & Damasio, Antonio R. (2001). Consciousness and the brainstem. Cognition 79 (1):135-59.   (Cited by 53 | Google | More links)
Petty, P. G. (1998). Consciousness: A neurosurgical perspective. Journal of Consciousness Studies 5 (1):86-96.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Peters, Frederic (2010). Consciousness as Recursive, Spatiotemporal Self-Location. Psychological Research.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: At the phenomenal level, consciousness arises in a consistently coherent fashion as a singular, unified field of recursive self-awareness (subjectivity) with explicitly orientational characteristics—that of a subject located both spatially and temporally in an egocentrically-extended domain. Understanding these twin elements of consciousness begins with the recognition that ultimately (and most primitively), cognitive systems serve the biological self-regulatory regime in which they subsist. The psychological structures supporting self-located subjectivity involve an evolutionary elaboration of the two basic elements necessary for extending self-regulation into behavioral interaction with the environment: an orientative reference frame which consistently structures ongoing interaction in terms of controllable spatiotemporal parameters, and processing architecture that relates behavior to homeostatic needs via feedback. Over time, constant evolutionary pressures for energy efficiency have encouraged the emergence of anticipative feedforward processing mechanisms, and the elaboration, at the apex of the sensorimotor processing hierarchy, of self-activating, highly attenuated recursively-feedforward circuitry processing the basic orientational schema independent of external action output. As the primary reference frame of active waking cognition, this recursive self-locational schema processing generates a zone of subjective self-awareness in terms of which it feels like something to be oneself here and now. This is consciousness-as-subjectivity.
Prinz, Jesse J. (2000). The ins and outs of consciousness. Brain and Mind 1 (2):245-56.   (Cited by 47 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In Enchanted Looms , Rodney Cotterill defends the hypothesisthat conscious sensory experience depends on motor response. Thepositive evidence for this hypothesis is inconclusive, andnegative evidence can be marshaled against it. I present analternative hypothesis according to which consciousness involvesintermediate level sensory processing, attention, and workingmemory. The circuitry of consciousness can be dissociated fromaction systems and may mark an evolutionary advance from a priorphylogenetic stage in which motor outputs and sensory inputswere more intimately bound
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. & Hirstein, William (1998). Three laws of qualia: What neurology tells us about the biological functions of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 4 (4-5):429-57.   (Cited by 40 | Google | More links)
Rudrauf, D. & Damasio, Antonio R. (2005). A conjecture regarding the biological mechanism of subjectivity and feeling. Journal of Consciousness Studies 12 (8-10):236-262.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Rudrauf, David & Damasio, Antonio (2006). The biological basis of subjectivity: A hypothesis. In Uriah Kriegel & Kenneth Williford (eds.), Self-Representational Approaches to Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Google)
Samsonovich, Alexei V. (2007). Bringing consciousness to cognitive neuroscience: A computational perspective. Journal of Integrated Systems, Design and Process Science 11 (3):15-26.   (Google)
Samsonovich, Alexei V. & Nadel, Lynn (2005). Fundamental principles and mechanisms of the conscious self. Cortex. Special Issue 41 (5):669-689.   (Cited by 30 | Google | More links)
Schwartz, James H. (2000). The Unconscious Homunculus: Comment. Neuro-Psychoanalysis 2 (1):36-37.   (Google)
Seth, Anil K. & Baars, Bernard J. (2005). Neural darwinism and consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 14 (1):140-168.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Neural Darwinism (ND) is a large scale selectionist theory of brain development and function that has been hypothesized to relate to consciousness. According to ND, consciousness is entailed by reentrant interactions among neuronal populations in the thalamocortical system (the ‘dynamic core’). These interactions, which permit high-order discriminations among possible core states, confer selective advantages on organisms possessing them by linking current perceptual events to a past history of value-dependent learning. Here, we assess the consistency of ND with 16 widely recognized properties of consciousness, both physiological (for example, consciousness is associated with widespread, relatively fast, low amplitude interactions in the thalamocortical system), and phenomenal (for example, consciousness involves the existence of a private flow of events available only to the experiencing subject). While no theory accounts fully for all of these properties at present, we find that ND and its recent extensions fare well
Seth, Anil K.; Edelman, Gerald M.; Izhikevich, Eugene I. & Reeke, George N. (2006). Theories and measures of consciousness: An extended framework. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA 103 (28):10799-10804.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Abstract: A recent theoretical emphasis on complex interactions within neural systems underlying consciousness has been accompanied by proposals for the quantitative characterization of these interactions. Here, we distinguish key aspects of consciousness that are amenable to quantitative measurement from those that are not. We carry out a formal analysis of the strengths and limitations of three quantitative measures of dynamical complexity in the neural systems underlying consciousness: neural complexity, information integration, and causal density. We find that no single measure fully captures the multidimensional complexity of these systems and all have practical limitations. Our analysis suggests guidelines for the specification of alternative measures which, in combination, may improve the quantitative characterization of conscious neural systems. Given that some aspects of consciousness are likely to resist quantification altogether, we conclude that a satisfactory theory is likely to be one that combines both qualitative and quantitative elements
Sevush, Steven (ms). Single-neuron theory of consciousness.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Abstract: A theory is outlined that shifts the presumed locus of mind/brain interaction from the whole brain level to that of single neurons. Neuroanatomical and neurophysiological evidence is offered in support of the existence of single neurons that may individually receive dendritic input of sufficient complexity and diversity to account for the full content of conscious experience, and of an arrangement in which the output of multiple such neurons summate to achieve amplification of the individually emitted messages. An ultramicroscopic extension of the theory is suggested as a way of moving forward on the philosophically difficult aspects of the mind/brain problem
Singer, Wolf (2007). Large-scale temporal coordination of cortical activity as a prerequisite for conscious experience. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Smythies, J. (1997). The functional neuroanatomy of awareness: With a focus on the role of various anatomical systems in the control of intermodal attention. Consciousness and Cognition 6:455-81.   (Google)
Sokolov, E. N. (1992). The neurophysiological mechanisms of consciousness. Journal of Russian and East European Psychology 30:6-12.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Strehler, B. L. (1991). Where is the self? A neuroanatomical theory of consciousness. Synapse 7:44-91.   (Cited by 23 | Google)
Stuss, Donald T.; Picton, Terence W. & Alexander, Michael P. (2001). Consciousness, self-awareness and the frontal lobes. In S. Salloway, P. Malloy & J. Duffy (eds.), The Frontal Lobes and Neuropsychiatric Illness. American Psychiatric Press.   (Cited by 35 | Google)
Stuss, Donald T. (1991). Self, awareness, and the frontal lobes: A neuropsychological perspective. In J. Strauss (ed.), The Self: Interdisciplinary Approaches. Springer-Verlag.   (Cited by 42 | Google)
Taylor, John G. (2002). From matter to mind. Journal of Consciousness Studies 9 (4):3-22.   (Cited by 21 | Google | More links)
Taylor, John G. (2001). The central role of the parietal lobes in consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (3):379-417.   (Cited by 13 | Google | More links)
Abstract: There are now various approaches to understand where and how in the brain consciousness arises from neural activity, none of which is universally accepted. Difficulties among these approaches are reviewed, and a missing ingredient is proposed here to help adjudicate between them, that of ''perspectivalness.'' In addition to a suitable temporal duration and information content of the relevant bound brain activity, this extra component is posited as being a further important ingredient for the creation of consciousness from neural activity. It guides the development of what is termed the ''Central Representation,'' which is supposed to be present in all mammals and extended in humans to support self-consciousness as well as phenomenal consciousness. Experimental evidence and a theoretical framework for the existence of the central representation are presented, which relates the extra component to specific buffer working memory sites in the inferior parietal lobes, acting as attentional coordinators on the spatial maps making up the central representation. The article closes with a discussion of various open questions
Tononi, Giulio Srinivasan & Edelman, Gerald M. (1998). Consciousness and the integration of information in the brain. In H. Jasper, L. Descarries, V. Castellucci & S. Rossignol (eds.), Consciousness: At the Frontiers of Neuroscience. Lippincott-Raven.   (Cited by 36 | Google)
Tononi, Giulio Srinivasan (2003). Consciousness differentiated and integrated. In Axel Cleeremans (ed.), The Unity of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Travis, Frederick T. & Orme-Johnson, D. W. (1989). Field model of consciousness: EEG coherence changes as indicators of field effects. International Journal of Neuroscience 49:203-11.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Trehub, Arnold (2007). Space, self, and the theater of consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 16 (2):310-330.   (Google)
Umilta, Carlo (2000). Conscious experience depends on multiple brain systems. European Psychologist 5:3-11.   (Google)
Umiltà, Carlo (2000). "Conscious experience depends on multiple brain systems": Response. European Psychologist 5 (1):17-18.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Van der Werf, Ysbrand D.; Witter, Menno P. & Groenewegen, Henk J. (2002). The intralaminar and midline nuclei of the thalamus. Anatomical and functional evidence for participation in processes of arousal and awareness. Brain Research Reviews 39 (2):107-140.   (Google)
Zeki, Semir (2007). A theory of micro-consciousness. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Zeman, Adam Z. J.; Grayling, A. C. & Cowey, Alan (1997). Contemporary theories of consciousness. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and Psychiatry 62:549-552.   (Cited by 14 | Google)

8.1b Neural Correlates of Consciousness

Baars, Bernard J. (1995). Surprisingly small subcortical structures are needed for the state of waking consciousness, while cortical projection areas seem to provide perceptual contents of consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 4:159-62.   (Google)
Balog, Katalin (2007). Comments on Ned Block's target article “Consciousness, accessibility, and the mesh between psychology and neuroscience”. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (4):499-500.   (Google)
Abstract: Block argues that relevant data in psychology and neuroscience shows that access consciousness is not constitutively necessary for phenomenality. However, a phenomenal state can be access conscious in two radically different ways. Its content can be access conscious, or its phenomenality can be access conscious. I’ll argue that while Block’s thesis is right when it is formulated in terms of the first notion of access consciousness, there is an alternative hypothesis about the relationship between phenomenality and access in terms of the second notion that is not touched by Block’s argument.
Bauer, R. (2004). In search of a neural signature of consciousness: Facts, hypotheses, and proposals. Synthese 141 (2):233-45.   (Google)
Abstract:   Evolution leads to more and more complex structures, e.g., molecules, cells and organisms. By means of such structures elementary dynamic bio-electrical fields originate in single cells. They further develop into neurons with neuronal fields, and these combine and integrate in brains into global neuro-electrical fields (NEF) as a medium for the fast representation of outer stimuli. The present hypothesis proposes a specific state of the global NEF in brains as the signature of consciousness. This NEF changes periodically between two states, a de- and a hyperpolarized brain state, and these in turn are paralleled intimately by transitions between consciousness and unconsciousness. In the hyperpolarized state the elementary neuronal fields are enslaved and synchronized by strong oscillations, and under these conditions the NEF is of low information capacity. In the depolarized state, however, the elementary fields are freed to self-organize and superimpose into an integrated NEF rich in information. In this condition the NEF acquires a qualitatively new state variable: consciousness. This new variable is no longer physically measurable; it can only be perceived by introspection
Becchio, Cristina & Bertone, Cesare (2005). Beyond cartesian subjectivism: Neural correlates of shared intentionality. Journal of Consciousness Studies 12 (7):20-30.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: In the present paper we present a short review of some recent neuro- physiological and neuropsychological findings which suggest that self-generated actions and actions of others are mapped on the same neural substratum. Since this substratum is neutral with respect to the agent, correctly attributing an action to its proper author requires the co-activation of areas specific to the self and the other. A conceptual analysis of the empirical data will lead us to conclude that from a neurobiological point of view the problem is not 'how is it possible to share the intentions of others', but rather 'how one can distinguish one's own action/intention from those of other people'
Blankenburg, F.; Ruff, C. C.; Deichmann, R.; Rees, G. & Driver, J. (2006). The cutaneous rabbit illusion affects human primary sensory cortex somatotopically. PLoS Biology 4 (3):e69.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Brown, Richard (2006). What is a brain state? Philosophical Psychology 19 (6):729-742.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Philosophers have been talking about brain states for almost 50 years and as of yet no one has articulated a theoretical account of what one is. In fact this issue has received almost no attention and cognitive scientists still use meaningless phrases like 'C-fiber firing' and 'neuronal activity' when theorizing about the relation of the mind to the brain. To date when theorists do discuss brain states they usually do so in the context of making some other argument with the result being that any discussion of what brain states are has a distinct en passant flavor. In light of this it is a goal of mine to make brain states the center of attention by providing some general discussion of them. I briefly look at the argument of Bechtel and Mundale, as I think that they expose a common misconception philosophers had about brain states early on. I then turn to briefly examining Polger's argument, as I think he offers an intuitive account of what we expect brain states to be as well as a convincing argument against a common candidate for knowledge about brain states that is currently "on the scene." I then introduce a distinction between brain states and states of the brain: Particular brain states occur against background states of the brain. I argue that brain states are patterns of synchronous neural firing, which reflects the electrical face of the brain; states of the brain are the gating and modulating of neural activity and reflect the chemical face of the brain
Coenen, A. M. L. (1998). Neuronal phenomena associated with vigilance and consciousness: From cellular mechanisms to electroencephalographic patterns. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (1):42-53.   (Cited by 29 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The neuroanatomical substrates controlling and regulating sleeping and waking, and thus consciousness, are located in the brain stem. Most crucial for bringing the brain into a state conducive for consciousness and information processing is the mesencephalic part of the brain stem. This part controls the state of waking, which is generally associated with a high degree of consciousness. Wakefulness is accompanied by a low-amplitude, high-frequency electroencephalogram, due to the fact that thalamocortical neurons fire in a state of tonic depolarization. Information can easily pass the low-level threshold of these neurons, leading to a high transfer ratio. The complexity of the electroencephalogram during conscious waking is high, as expressed in a high correlation dimension. Accordingly, the level of information processing is high. Spindles, and alpha waves in humans, mark the transition from wakefulness to sleep. These phenomena are related to drowsiness, associated with a reduction in consciousness. Drowsiness occurs when cells undergo moderate hyperpolarizations. Increased inhibitions result in a reduction of afferent information, with a lowered transfer ratio. Information processing subsides, which is also expressed in a diminished correlation dimension. Consciousness is further decreased at the onset of slow wave sleep. This sleep is controlled by the medullar reticular formation and is characterized by a high-voltage, low-frequency electroencephalogram. Slow wave sleep becomes manifest when neurons undergo a further hyperpolarization. Inhibitory activities are so strong that the transfer ratio further drops, as does the correlation dimension. Thus, sensory information is largely blocked and information processing is on a low level. Finally, rapid eye movement sleep is regulated by the pontine reticular formation and is associated with a ''wake-like'' electroencephalographic pattern. Just as during wakefulness, this is the expression of a depolarization of thalamocortical neurons. The transfer ratio of rapid eye movement sleep has not yet been determined, but seems to vary. Evidence exists that this type of sleep, associated with dreaming, with some kind of perception and consciousness, is involved in processing of ''internal'' information. In line with this, rapid eye movement sleep has higher correlation dimensions than slow-wave sleep and sometimes even higher than wakefulness. It is assumed that the ''near-the-threshold'' depolarized state of neurons in the thalamus and cerebral cortex is a necessary condition for perceptual processes and consciousness, such as occurs during waking and in an altered form during rapid eye movement sleep
Coghill, Robert C.; McHaffie, John G. & Yen, Ye-Fen (2003). Neural correlates of interindividual differences in the subjective experience of pain. Pnas 100 (14):8538-8542.   (Cited by 68 | Google | More links)
Collerton, Daniel & Perry, Elaine (2007). Do multiple cortical-subcortical interactions support different aspects of consciousness? Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (1):88-89.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Merker's core idea, that the experience of being conscious reflects the interactions of actions, targets, and motivations in the upper brainstem, with cortex providing the content of the conscious experience, merits serious consideration. However, we have two areas of concern: first, that his definition of consciousness is so broad that it is difficult to find any organisms with a brain that could be non-conscious; second, that the focus on one cortical–subcortical system neglects other systems (e.g., basal forebrain and brainstem cholinergic systems and their cortical and thalamic target areas) which may be of at least equal significance. (Published Online May 1 2007)
Daselaar, Sander M.; Fleck, Mathias S.; Prince, Steven E. & Cabeza, Roberto (2006). The medial temporal lobe distinguishes old from new independently of consciousness. Journal of Neuroscience 26 (21):5835-5839.   (Google | More links)
Del Cul, Antoine; Baillet, Sylvain & Dehaene, Stanislas (2007). Brain dynamics underlying the nonlinear threshold for access to consciousness. Public Library of Science, Biology 5 (10):e260.   (Google)
Dimond, S. J. (1976). Brain circuits for consciousness. Brain, Behavior, and Evolution 13:376-95.   (Cited by 10 | Google)
Duzel, Emrah; Yonelinas, Andrew P.; Mangun, G. R.; Heinze, H. J. & Tulving, Endel (1997). Event-related brain potential correlates of two states of conscious awareness in memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 94:5973-8.   (Cited by 191 | Google | More links)
Fingelkurts, Alexander A. & Fingelkurts, Andrew A. (2009). Is Our Brain Hardwired to Produce God, or is Our Brain Hardwired to Perceive God? A Systematic Review on the Role of the Brain in Mediating Religious Experience. Cognitive Processing 10 (4):293-326.   (Google)
Abstract: To figure out whether the main empirical question “Is our brain hardwired to believe in and produce God, or is our brain hardwired to perceive and experience God?” is answered, this paper presents systematic critical review of the positions, arguments and controversies of each side of the neuroscientific-theological debate and puts forward an integral view where the human is seen as a psycho-somatic entity consisting of the multiple levels and dimensions of human existence (physical, biological, psychological, and spiritual reality), allowing consciousness/mind/spirit and brain/body/matter to be seen as different sides of the same phenomenon, neither reducible to each other. The emergence of a form of causation distinctive from physics where mental/conscious agency (a) is neither identical with nor reducible to brain processes and (b) does exert “downward” causal influence on brain plasticity and the various levels of brain functioning is discussed. This manuscript also discusses the role of cognitive processes in religious experience and outlines what can neuroscience offer for study of religious experience and what is the significance of this study for neuroscience, clinicians, theology and philosophy. A methodological shift from “explanation” to “description” of religious experience is suggested. This paper contributes to the ongoing discussion between theologians, cognitive psychologists and neuroscientists.
Fingelkurts, Andrew A. & Fingerlkurts, Alexander A. (2001). Operational architectonics of the human brain biopotential field: Toward solving the mind-brain problem. Brain and Mind 2 (3):261-296.   (Cited by 38 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The understanding of the interrelationship between brain and mind remains far from clear. It is well established that the brain's capacity to integrate information from numerous sources forms the basis for cognitive abilities. However, the core unresolved question is how information about the "objective" physical entities of the external world can be integrated, and how unifiedand coherent mental states (or Gestalts) can be established in the internal entities of distributed neuronal systems. The present paper offers a unified methodological and conceptual basis for a possible mechanism of how the transient synchronization of brain operations may construct the unified and relatively stable neural states, which underlie mental states. It was shown that the sequence of metastable spatial EEG mosaics does exist and probably reflects the rapid stabilization periods of the interrelation of large neuron systems. At the EEG level this is reflected in the stabilization of quasi-stationary segments on corresponding channels. Within the introduced framework, physical brain processes and psychological processes are considered as two basic aspects of a single whole informational brain state. The relations between operational process of the brain, mental states and consciousness are discussed.
Fingelkurts, Andrew A.; Fingelkurts, Alexander A. & Neves, Carlos F. H. (2009). Phenomenological architecture of a mind and Operational Architectonics of the brain: the unified metastable continuum. In Robert Kozma & John Caulfield (eds.), Journal of New Mathematics and Natural Computing. Special Issue on Neurodynamic Correlates of Higher Cognition and Consciousness: Theoretical and Experimental Approaches - in Honor of Walter J Freeman's 80th Birthday. World Scientific.   (Google)
Abstract: In our contribution we will observe phenomenal architecture of a mind and operational architectonics of the brain and will show their intimate connectedness within a single integrated metastable continuum. The notion of operation of different complexity is the fundamental and central one in bridging the gap between brain and mind: it is precisely by means of this notion that it is possible to identify what at the same time belongs to the phenomenal conscious level and to the neurophysiological level of brain activity organization, and what mediates between them. Implications for linguistic semantics, self-organized distributed computing algorithms, artificial machine consciousness, and diagnosis of dynamic brain diseases will be discussed briefly.
Freeman, Walter J. (2007). Roles of allocortex and centrencephalon in intentionality and consciousness. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (1):92-93.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: “Decortication” does not distinguish between removing all cerebral cortex, including three-layered allocortex or just six-layered neocortex. Functional decortication, by spreading depression, reversibly suppresses only neocortex, leaving minimal intentionality. Removal of all forebrain structures except a hypothalamic “island” blocks all intentional behaviors, leaving only tropisms. To what extent do Merker's examples retain allocortex, and how might such residues affect his interpretations? (Published Online May 1 2007)
Gallese, Vittorio (2000). The acting subject: Toward the neural basis of social cognition. In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 39 | Google)
Gazzaniga, Michael S. (1998). Brain and conscious experience. In H. Jasper, L. Descarries, V. Castellucci & S. Rossignol (eds.), Consciousness: At the Frontiers of Neuroscience. Lippincott-Raven.   (Cited by 13 | Google | More links)
Gazzaniga, Michael S. (1993). Brain mechanisms and conscious experience. In Experimental and Theoretical Studies of Consciousness. (Ciba Foundation Symposium 174).   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Goldman-Rakic, P. S. (1988). The prefrontal contribution to working memory and conscious experience. In O. D. Creutzfeld & John C. Eccles (eds.), The Brain and Conscious Experience. Pontifical Academy.   (Cited by 13 | Google)
Grossenbacher, Peter G. (ed.) (1997). Finding Consciousness in the Brain: A Neurocognitive Approach. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Gusnard, Debra A. (2006). Neural Substrates of Self-Awareness. In John T. Cacioppo, Penny S. Visser & Cynthia L. Pickett (eds.), Social Neuroscience: People Thinking About Thinking People. MIT Press.   (Google)
Hashimoto, Yasuki & Sakai, Kuniyoshi L. (2003). Brain activations during conscious self-monitoring of speech production with delayed auditory feedback: An fMRI study. Human Brain Mapping 20 (1):22-28.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Jasper, H. (1998). Sensory information and conscious experience. In H. Jasper, L. Descarries, V. Castellucci & S. Rossignol (eds.), Consciousness: At the Frontiers of Neuroscience. Lippincott-Raven.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
John, E. Roy; Easton, P. & Isenhart, R. (1997). Consciousness and cognition may be mediated by multiple independent coherent ensembles. Consciousness and Cognition 6:3-39.   (Cited by 43 | Google | More links)
Jones, B. E. (1998). The neural basis of consciousness across the sleep-waking cycle. In H. Jasper, L. Descarries, V. Castellucci & S. Rossignol (eds.), Consciousness: At the Frontiers of Neuroscience. Lippincott-Raven.   (Cited by 25 | Google)
Jung, R. (1954). Correlation of bioelectrical and autonomic phenomena with alterations of consciousness and arousal in man. In J. F. Delafresnaye (ed.), Brain Mechanisms and Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Kahn, David; Pace-Schott, Edward F. & Hobson, J. Allan (1997). Consciousness in waking and dreaming: The roles of neuronal oscillation and neuromodulation in determining similarities and differences. Neuroscience 78:13-38.   (Google)
Kanwisher, Nancy (2001). Neural events and perceptual awareness. Cognition 79 (1):89-113.   (Cited by 130 | Google | More links)
Kleitman, N. (1955). The role of the cerebral cortex in the development and maintenance of consciousness. In H. A. Abramson (ed.), Problems of Consciousness: Transactions of the Third Conference. Josiah Macy Foundation.   (Google)
Koch, Christof & Braun, Jochen (1996). Toward the neuronal correlate of visual awareness. Current Opinion in Neurobiology 6:158-64.   (Google)
Konno, K.; Katayama, Y. & Yamamoto, T. (2002). Consciousness and the intercortical correlation function of electroencephalograms. In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Kotchoubey, Boris (2006). Event-related potential measures of consciousness: Two equations with three unknown. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Kreiman, G.; Fried, I. & Koch, Christof (2002). Single-neuron correlates of subjective vision in the human medial temporal lobe. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science USA 99:8378-8383.   (Cited by 39 | Google | More links)
Lehmann, Daniel; Strik, W. K.; Henggeler, B. & Koenig, T. (1998). Brain electric microstates and momentary conscious mind states as building blocks of spontaneous thinking: I. Visual Imagery and Abstract Thoughts. International Journal of Psychophysiology 29:1-11.   (Google | More links)
Libet, Benjamin W. (1982). Brain stimulation in the study of neuronal functions for conscious sensory experiences. Human Neurobiology 1:235-42.   (Cited by 42 | Google)
Logothetis, Nikos K. & Schall, Jeffrey D. (1989). Neuronal correlates of subjective visual perception. Science 245:761-63.   (Cited by 222 | Google | More links)
Logothetis, Nikos K. & Leopold, David A. (1998). Single-neuron activity and visual perception. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
McIntosh, Anthony Randal; Rajah, M. Natasha & Lobaugh, Nancy J. (2003). Functional connectivity of the medial temporal lobe relates to learning and awareness. Journal of Neuroscience 23 (16):6520-6528.   (Cited by 32 | Google | More links)
Meiran, N.; Hommel, Bernhard; Bibi, U. & Lev, I. (2002). Consciousness and control in task switching. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):10-33.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Participants were required to switch among randomly ordered tasks, and instructional cues were used to indicate which task to execute. In Experiments 1 and 2, the participants indicated their readiness for the task switch before they received the target stimulus; thus, each trial was associated with two primary dependent measures: (1) readiness time and (2) target reaction time. Slow readiness responses and instructions emphasizing high readiness were paradoxically accompanied by slow target reaction time. Moreover, the effect of task switching on readiness time was an order of magnitude smaller then the (objectively estimated) duration required for task preparation (Experiment 3). The results strongly suggest that participants have little conscious awareness of their preparedness and challenge commonly accepted assumptions concerning the role of consciousness in cognitive control
Merker, Bjorn (2007). Grounding consciousness: The mesodiencephalon as thalamocortical base. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (1):110-134.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: My response addresses general commentary themes such as my neglect of the forebrain contribution to human consciousness, the bearing of blindsight on consciousness theory, the definition of wakefulness, the significance of emotion and pain perception for consciousness theory, and concerns regarding remnant cortex in children with hydranencephaly. Further specific topics, such as phenomenal and phylogenetic aspects of mesodiencephalic-thalamocortical relations, are also discussed. (Published Online May 1 2007)
Metzinger, Thomas (2000). Introduction: Consciousness research at the end of the twentieth century. In T. Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Abstract: conscious content like ``the self in the act of In 1989 the philosopher Colin McGinn asked the knowing'' (see, e.g., chapters 7 and 20 in this following question: ``How can technicolor phe- volume) or high-level phenomenal properties like nomenology arise from soggy gray matter?'' ``coherence'' or ``holism'' (e.g., chapters 8 and 9 (1989: 349). Since then many authors in the ®eld in this volume). But what, precisely, does it mean of consciousness research have quoted this ques- that conscious experience has a ``content''? Is tion over and over, like a slogan that in a nut- this an entity open to empirical research pro- shell conveys a deep and important theoretical grams and interdisciplinary cooperation? And problem. It seems that almost none of them dis- what would it mean to map this content onto covered the subtle trap inherent in this question. physical states ``under a certain description''? In The brain is not gray. The brain is colorless. other words: What kinds of relations a
Metzinger, Thomas (2000). Neural Correlates of Consciousness: Empirical and Conceptual Questions. MIT Press.   (Cited by 80 | Google)
Abstract: This book brings together an international group of neuroscientists and philosophers who are investigating how the content of subjective experience is...
Morsella, Ezequiel & Bargh, John A. (2007). Supracortical consciousness: Insights from temporal dynamics, processing-content, and olfaction. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (1):100.   (Google)
Abstract: To further illuminate the nature of conscious states, it may be progressive to integrate Merker's important contribution with what is known regarding (a) the temporal relation between conscious states and activation of the mesodiencephalic system; (b) the nature of the information (e.g., perceptual vs. premotor) involved in conscious integration; and (c) the neural correlates of olfactory consciousness. (Published Online May 1 2007)
Nunez, Paul L. & Srinivasan, Ramesh (2006). A theoretical basis for standing and traveling brain waves measured with human EEG with implications for an integrated consciousness. Clinical Neurophysiology 117 (11):2424-2435.   (Google)
O'Connell, Redmond G.; Dockree, Paul M.; Bellgrove, Mark A.; Kelly, Simon P.; Hester, Robert; Garavan, Hugh; Robertson, Ian H. & Foxe, John J. (2007). The role of cingulate cortex in the detection of errors with and without awareness: A high-density electrical mapping study. European Journal of Neuroscience 25 (8):2571-2579.   (Google)
Oliveri, Massimiliano; Rossini, Paolo Maria; Filippi, Maria M.; Traversa, Raimondo; Cicinelli, Paola & Caltagirone, Carlo (2002). Specific forms of neural activity associated with tactile space awareness. Neuroreport 13 (8):997-1001.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Osaka, Naoyuki (2003). Issues in neural basis of consciousness: An introduction. In Naoyuki Osaka (ed.), Neural Basis of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Osaka, Naoyuki (ed.) (2003). Neural Basis of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Palva, Satu; Linkenkaer-Hansen, Klaus; Näätänen, Risto & Palva, J. Matias (2005). Early neural correlates of conscious somatosensory perception. Journal of Neuroscience 25 (21):5248-5258.   (Cited by 13 | Google | More links)
Penfield, W. (1937). The cerebral cortex and consciousness. In W. Penfield (ed.), The Harvey Lectures.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Perry, Elaine; Ashton, Heather & Young, Andrew W. (eds.) (2002). Neurochemistry of Consciousness: Neurotransmitters in Mind. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Portas, C.; Rees, Geraint; Howseman, A.; Josephs, O.; Turner, R. & Frith, Christopher D. (1998). A specific role for the thalamus in mediating the interaction of attention and arousal in humans. Journal Of Neuroscience 18 (21):8979-8989.   (Cited by 89 | Google | More links)
Raichle, M. E. (2000). The neural correlates of consciousness: An analysis of cognitive skill learning. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The New Cognitive Neurosciences: 2nd Edition. MIT Press.   (Cited by 46 | Google | More links)
Rapcsak, S. & Kaszniak, Alfred W. (2000). Searching for the neural correlates of consciousness: Clues from face recognition research. Brain and Cognition 42 (1):37-40.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Rudell, A. P. & Hua, J. (1996). The recognition potential and conscious awareness. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology 98:309-318.   (Cited by 19 | Google)
Schall, Jeffrey D. (2000). Investigating neural correlates of consciousness with ambiguous stimuli. Neuro-Psychoanalysis 2 (1):32-35.   (Google | More links)
Schubert, Ruth; Blankenburg, Felix; Lemm, Steven; Villringer, Arno & Curio, Gabriel (2006). Now you feel it--now you don't: ERP correlates of somatosensory awareness. Psychophysiology 43 (1):31-40.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Sewards, Terence V. & Sewards, Mark A. (2002). On the neural correlates of object recognition awareness: Relationship to computational activities and activities mediating perceptual awareness. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (1):51-77.   (Google)
Abstract: Based on theoretical considerations of Aurell (1979) and Block (1995), we argue that object recognition awareness is distinct from purely sensory awareness and that the former is mediated by neuronal activities in areas that are separate and distinct from cortical sensory areas. We propose that two of the principal functions of neuronal activities in sensory cortex, which are to provide sensory awareness and to effect the computations that are necessary for object recognition, are dissociated. We provide examples of how this dissociation might be achieved and argue that the components of the neuronal activities which carry the computations do not directly enter the awareness of the subject. The results of these computations are sparse representations (i.e., vector or distributed codes) which are activated by the presentation of particular sensory objects and are essentially engrams for the recognition of objects. These final representations occur in the highest order areas of sensory cortex; in the visual analyzer, the areas include the anterior part of the inferior temporal cortex and the perirhinal cortex. We propose, based on lesion and connectional data, that the two areas in which activities provide recognition awareness are the temporopolar cortex and the medial orbitofrontal cortex. Activities in the temporopolar cortex provide the recognition awareness of objects learned in the remote past (consolidated object recognition), and those in the medial orbitofrontal cortex provide the recognition awareness of objects learned in the recent past. The activation of the sparse representation for a particular sensory object in turn activates neurons in one or both of these regions of cortex, and it is the activities of these neurons that provide the awareness of recognition of the object in question. The neural circuitry involved in the activation of these representations is discussed
Sewards, Terence V. & Sewards, Mark A. (2000). The awareness of thirst: Proposed neural correlates. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (4):463-487.   (Cited by 11 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The neural and endocrine bases of the generation of thirst are reviewed. Based on this review, a hierarchical system of neural structures that regulate water conservation and acquisition is proposed. The system includes primary sensory-receptive areas; secondary sensory structures (circumventricular organs), which detect levels of hormones, including angiotensin II and vasopressin, which are involved in generating thirst; preoptic and hypothalamic structures; and an area within the ventrolateral quadrant of the periaqueductal gray matter. Hodological and other data are used to determine the hierarchical organization of the system. Based on studies of the effects of lesions to various structures within the hierarchy of the system, it is proposed that the awareness of thirst in rodents is either entirely or predominantly due to neuronal activities in a subsection of the ventrolateral periaqueductal gray matter. It is also hypothesized that the awareness of thirst in primates is due to neuronal activities in both the ventrolateral periaqueductal gray and in a region within the medial prefrontal and anterior cingulate cortex
Silvanto, Juha (2007). Abstract Making the blindsighted see. Neuropsychologia 45 (14):3346-50.   (Google)
Abstract: A lesion of striate cortex, area V1, produces blindness in the retinotopically corresponding part of the visual field, although in some cases visual abilities in the blind field remain that are paradoxically devoid of conscious visual percepts ("blindsight"). Here we demonstrate that the blindsight subject GY can experience visual sensations of phosphenes in his blind field induced by transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS). Such blind field percepts could only be induced when stimulation was applied bilaterally, i.e. over GY's area V5/MT in both hemispheres. Consistent with an earlier report [Cowey, A., & Walsh, V. (2000). Magnetically induced phosphenes in sighted, blind and blindsighted observers. Neuroreport, 11, 3269-3273], GY never experienced phosphenes when stimulation was restricted to his ipsilesional V5/MT. To the best of our knowledge this is the first time GY has experienced visual qualia in his blind hemifield. The present report characterizes the necessary conditions for such conscious experience in his hemianopic visual field and interprets them as demonstrating that only via a contribution from GY's intact hemisphere can activation in the damaged hemisphere reach visual awareness.
Stoerig, Petra (2007). Hunting the ghost: Toward a neuroscience of consciousness. In Philip David Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Google)
Sytsma, Justin, Searching for evidence of phenomenal consciousness in ncc research.   (Google)
Abstract: Recent scientific work aiming to give a neurobiological explanation of phenomenal consciousness has largely focused on finding neural correlates of consciousness (NCC). The hope is that by locating neural correlates of phenomenally conscious mental states, some light will be cast on how the brain is able to give rise to such states. In this paper I argue that NCC research is unable to produce evidence of such neural correlates. I do this by considering two alternative interpretations of NCC research—an eliminativist and a disjunctivist interpretation. I show that each of these interpretations is compatible with the scientific data and yet is more parsimonious than accounts involving the supposed phenomenon of phenomenal consciousness
Vanderwolf, C. (2000). Are neocortical gamma waves related to consciousness? Brain Research 855 (2):217-224.   (Cited by 17 | Google | More links)
Verfaellie, Mieke & Keane, M. M. (1997). The neural basis of aware and unaware forms of memory. Seminars in Neurology 17:153-61.   (Cited by 13 | Google)
Vogeley, Kai & Fink, Gereon R. (2003). Neural correlates of the first-person perspective. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 7:38-42.   (Cited by 73 | Google | More links)
Vogeley, Kai; May, M.; Ritzl, A.; Falkai, P.; Zilles, K. & Fink, Gereon R. (2004). Neural correlates of first-person perspective as one constituent of human self-consciousness. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 16 (5):817-827.   (Cited by 37 | Google | More links)
Vogt, B. A. & Laureys, Steven (2006). Posterior cingulate, precuneal and retrosplenial cortices: Cytology and components of the neural network correlates of consciousness. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Google)
Woolf, Nancy J. (1997). A possible role for cholinergic neurons of the basal forebrain and pontomesencephalon in consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 6:574-596.   (Cited by 23 | Google | More links)

8.1c Cerebral Hemispheres and Consciousness

Albert, M. L.; Silverberg, R.; Reches, A. & Berman, M. (1976). Cerebral dominance for consciousness. Archives of Neurology 33:453-4.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Austin, Glenn; Hayward, W. & Rouhe, S. (1974). A note on the problem of conscious man and cerebral disconnection by hemispherectomy. In Marcel Kinsbourne & W. Smith (eds.), Hemispheric Disconnection and Cerebral Function. Charles C.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Battro, A. (2001). Half a Brain is Enough: The Story of Nico. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 18 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Half a Brain is Enough is the extraordinary story of Nico, a three-year-old boy who was given a right hemispherectomy to control his severe intractable epilepsy...
Baynes, K. & Gazzaniga, Michael S. (2000). Consciousness, introspection, and the split-brain: The two minds/one body problem. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The New Cognitive Neurosciences: 2nd Edition. MIT Press.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Beaumont, J. Graham (1981). Split brain studies and the duality of consciousness. In G. Underwood & R. Stevens (eds.), Aspects of Consciousness, Volume 2. Academic Press.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Bogen, Joseph E. (1977). Further discussion of split brains and hemispheric capabilities. British Journal for the Philosophy of Science 28 (September):281-6.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Bogen, Joseph E. (1968). The other side of the brain: An appositional mind. Bulletin of the Los Angeles Neurological Society 34:135-62.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Colvin, Mary K. & Gazzaniga, Michael S. (2007). Split-brain cases. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Cucchiara, B.; Kasner, S. E.; Wolk, D. A.; Lyden, P. D.; Knappertz, V. A.; Ashwood, T.; Odergren, T. & Nordlund, A. (2003). Lack of hemispheric dominance for consciousness in acute ischaemic stroke. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry 74 (7):889-892.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Dewitt, L. (1975). Consciousness, mind, self: The implications of the split-brain studies. British Journal for the Philosophy of Science 27 (March):41-47.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Dimond, S. J. (1978). Depletion of awareness and double-simultaneous stimulation in split-brain man. Cortex 14:604-607.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Fecteau, Jillian H.; Kingstone, Alan & Enns, James T. (2004). Hemisphere differences in conscious and unconscious word reading. Consciousness and Cognition 13 (3):550-64.   (Google | More links)
Gainotti, Guido (2005). Emotions, unconscious processes, and the right hemisphere. Neuro-Psychoanalysis 7 (1):71-81.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Gazzaniga, Michael S. (1995). Consciousness and the cerebral hemispheres. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The Cognitive Neurosciences. MIT Press.   (Cited by 50 | Google)
Gazzaniga, Michael S.; LeDoux, J. E. & Wilson, David H. (1977). Language, praxis, and the right hemisphere: Clues to some mechanisms of consciousness. Neurology 27:1144-1147.   (Cited by 22 | Google | More links)
Gazzaniga, Michael S. (1977). On dividing the self: Speculations from brain research. Excerpta Medica 434:233-44.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Gazzaniga, Michael S. & Miller, Melvin E. (2000). Testing tulving: The split brain approach. In Endel Tulving (ed.), Memory, Consciousness, and the Brain: The Tallinn Conference. Psychology Press/Taylor & Francis.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Harrington, A. (1985). Nineteenth-century ideas on hemisphere differences and "duality of mind". Behavioral and Brain Sciences 8:617-660.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Henke, Hal; Robinson, P.; Drysdale, P. & Loxley, P. (2009). Spatiotemporal dynamics of pattern formation in the primary visual cortex and hallucinations. Biological Cybernetics 101 (1):3-18.   (Google)
Joseph, R. (1988). The right cerebral hemisphere: Emotion, music, visual-spatial skills, body-image, dreams, and awareness. Journal of Clinical Psychology 44:630-673.   (Cited by 45 | Google | More links)
Kavcic, V.; Fei, R.; Hu, S. & Doty, R. W. (2000). Hemispheric interaction, metacontrol, and mnemonic processing in split-brain macaques. Behavioural Brain Research 111:71-82.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Keenan, Julian Paul; Rubio, Jennifer; Racioppi, Connie; Johnson, Amanda & Barnacz, Allyson (2005). The right hemisphere and the dark side of consciousness. Cortex. Special Issue 41 (5):695-704.   (Google)
Kurian, G. & Santhakumari, K. (1990). Consciousness and the left cerebral hemisphere. Journal of Indian Psychology 8:33-36.   (Google)
Landis, Theodor; Graves, R. E. & Goodglass, H. (1981). Dissociated awareness of manual performance on two different visual associative tasks: A "split-brain" phenomenon in normal subjects? Cortex 17:435-440.   (Google)
LeDoux, J. E.; Wilson, David H. & Gazzaniga, Michael S. (1977). A divided mind: Observations of the conscious properties of the separated hemispheres. Annals of Neurology 2:417-21.   (Cited by 11 | Google | More links)
LeDoux, J. E.; Wilson, David H. & Gazzaniga, Michael S. (1979). Beyond commissurotomy: Clues to consciousness. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), Handbook of Behavioral Neurobiology. , Volume 2.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
LeDoux, J. E. (1986). Brain, mind, and language. In David A. Oakley (ed.), Brain and Mind. Methuen.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Lishman, W. A. (1971). Emotion, consciousness, and will after brain bisection in man. Cortex 7:181-92.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Mackay, Donald M. (1987). Divided brains -- divided minds? In Colin Blakemore & Susan A. Greenfield (eds.), Mindwaves. Blackwell.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Manly, Tom; Dobler, Veronika B.; Dodds, Christopher M. & George, Melanie A. (2005). Rightward shift in spatial awareness with declining alertness. Neuropsychologia 43 (12):1721-1728.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Marks, Charles E. (1980). Commissurotomy, Consciousness, and Unity of Mind. MIT Press.   (Cited by 29 | Google | More links)
Mark, V. (1996). Conflicting communication in a split-brain patient: Support for dual consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Google)
Miller, L. (1986). Some comments on cerebral hemispheric models of consciousness. Psychoanalytic Review 73:129-44.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Morin, Alain (2002). Right hemispheric self-awareness: A critical assessment. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (3):396-401.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In this commentaryI evaluate the claim made byKeenan, Nelson, OÕConnor, and Pascual-Leone (2001) that since self-recognition results from right hemispheric activity, self-awareness too is likely to be produced by the activity of the same hemisphere. This reasoning is based on the assumption that self-recognition represents a valid operationalization of self-awareness; I present two views that challenge this rationale. Keenan et al. also support their claim with published evidence relating brain activityand self-awareness; I closelyexamine their analysis of one specific review of literature and conclude that it appears to be biased. Finally, recent research suggests that inner speech (which is associated with left hemispheric activity) is linked to self-awareness—an observation that further casts doubt on the existence of a right hemispheric self-awareness. Ó 2002 Elsevier Science (USA). All rights reserved
Morin, Alain (2005). Self-awareness and the left hemisphere: The dark side of selectively reviewing the literature. Cortex 41:695-704.   (Google)
Morin, Alain (2001). The split-brain debate revisited: On the importance of language and self-recognition for right hemispheric consciousness. Journal of Mind and Behavior 22 (2):107-118.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In this commentary I use recent empirical evidence and theoretical analyses concerning the importance of language and the meaning of self-recognition to reevaluate the claim that the right mute hemisphere in commissurotomized patients possesses a full consciousness. Preliminary data indicate that inner speech is deeply linked to self-awareness; also, four hypotheses concerning the crucial role inner speech plays in self-focus are presented. The legitimacy of self-recognition as a strong operationalization of self-awareness in the right hemisphere is also questioned on the basis that it might rather tap a preexisting body awareness having little to do with an access to mental events. I conclude with the formulation of an alternative interpretation of commissurotomy according to self-awareness — a “complete” one in the left hemisphere and a “primitive” one in the right hemisphere
Natsoulas, Thomas (1987). Consciousness and commissurotomy:. Spheres and Streams of Consciousness. Journal of Mind and Behavior 8 (2):435-468.   (Google)
Natsoulas, Thomas (1988). Consciousness and commissurotomy:. Some Pertinencies for Intact Functioning. Journal of Mind and Behavior 9:515-548.   (Google)
Natsoulas, Thomas (1991). Consciousness and commissurotomy: 3. toward the improvement of alternative conceptions. Journal of Mind and Behavior 12 (2):1-32.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Natsoulas, Thomas (1992). Consciousness and commissurotomy:. Three Hypothesized Dimensions of Deconnected Left-Hemispheric Consciousness. Journal of Mind and Behavior 13:37-67.   (Google)
Natsoulas, Thomas (1991). Consciousness and commissurotomy: 5. concerning a hypothesis of normal dual consciousness. Journal of Mind and Behavior 14 (2):179-202.   (Google)
Natsoulas, Thomas (1991). Consciousness and commissurotomy: 6. evidence for normal dual consciousness. Journal of Mind and Behavior 16 (2):181-205.   (Google)
Niebauer, Christopher L. (2004). Handedness and the fringe of consciousness: Strong handers ruminate while mixed handers self-reflect. Consciousness and Cognition 13 (4):730-745.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Niebauer, Christopher L.; Aselage, Justin & Schutte, Christian (2002). Hemispheric interaction and consciousness: Degree of handedness predicts the intensity of a sensory illusion. Laterality 7 (1):85-96.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Preilowski, B. (1979). Self-recognition as a test of consciousness in left and right hemisphere of "split-brain" patients. Activitas Nervosa Superior 19.   (Google)
Puccetti, Roland (1977). Bilateral organization of consciousness in man. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 299:448-58.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Puccetti, Roland (1981). The case for mental duality: Evidence from split-brain data and other considerations. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 4:93-123.   (Cited by 19 | Google)
Quen, J. M. (ed.) (1986). Split Minds/Split Brains: Historical and Current Perspectives. New York University Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Rusalova, M. N. (2005). Characteristics of interhemisphere interactions at different levels of consciousness. Neuroscience and Behavioral Physiology 35 (8):821-827.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Sergent, J. (1987). A new look at the human split brain. Brain 110:1375-92.   (Cited by 24 | Google | More links)
Smith, Stephen D. & Bulman-Fleming, M. Barbara (2004). A hemispheric asymmetry for the unconscious perception of emotion. Brain and Cognition 55 (3):452-457.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Smith, Stephen D. (ms). Hemispheric specialization for the conscious and unconscious perception of emotional stimuli.   (Google)
Sperry, Roger W. (1964). Brain bisection and mechanisms of consciousness. In John C. Eccles (ed.), Brain and Conscious Experience. Springer-Verlag.   (Google)
Sperry, Roger W. (1984). Consciousness, personal identity and the divided brain. Neuropsychologia 22:611-73.   (Cited by 52 | Google)
Sperry, Roger W. (1977). Forebrain commissurotomy and conscious awareness. Journal of Medicine and Philosophy 2 (June):101-26.   (Cited by 32 | Google)
Sperry, Roger W. (1968). Hemisphere deconnection and unity in conscious awareness. American Psychologist 23:723-733.   (Cited by 127 | Google)
Sperry, Roger W.; Zaidel, E. & Zaidel, D. (1979). Self recognition and social awareness in the deconnected minor hemisphere. Neuropsychologia 17:153-166.   (Cited by 67 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Two patients with cerebral commissurotomy were tested with visual input lateralized to left or right half of the visual field by an opaque hemifield screen set in the focal plane of an optical system mounted on a scleral contact lens which allowed prolonged exposure and ocular scanning of complex visual arrays. Key personal and affect-laden stimuli along with items for assessing general social knowledgability were presented among neutral unknowns in visual arrays with 4-9 choices. Selective manual and associated emotional responses obtained from the minor hemisphere to pictures of subject's self, relatives, pets and belongings, and of public, historical and religious figures and personalities from the entertainment world revealed a characteristic social, political, personal and self-awareness comparable roughly to that of the major hemisphere of the same subject
Trevarthen, Colwyn (1974). Analysis of central activities that generate and regulate consciousness in commissurotomy patients. In S. J. Dimond & J. Graham Beaumont (eds.), Hemisphere Function in the Human Brain. Elek.   (Google)
Uddin, Lucina Q.; Rayman, Jan & Zaidel, Eran (2005). Split-brain reveals separate but equal self-recognition in the two cerebral hemispheres. Consciousness and Cognition 14 (3):633-640.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Wessinger, C. M.; Fendrich, R.; Ptito, A. & Villemure, J. G. (1996). Residual vision with awareness in the field contralateral to a partial or complete functional hemispherectomy. Neuropsychologia 34:1129-1137.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Wilkes, Kathleen V. (1978). Consciousness and commissurotomy. Philosophy 53 (April):185-99.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Zangwill, O. L. (1974). Consciousness and the cerebral hemispheres. In S. J. Dimond & J. Graham Beaumont (eds.), Heremisphere Function in the Human Brain. Wiley.   (Cited by 5 | Google)

8.1d Neural Timing and Consciousness

Banks, William P. & Pockett, Susan (2007). Benjamin Libet's work on the neuroscience of free will. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Bittner, T. J. (1996). Consciousness and the act of will. Philosophical Studies 81 (2-3):31-41.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Bolbecker, Amanda R.; Cheng, Zixi; Felsten, Gary; Kong, King-Leung; Lim, Corrinne C. M.; Nisly-Nagele, Sheryl J.; Wang-Bennett, Lolin T. & Wasserman, Gerald S. (2002). Two asymmetries governing neural and mental timing. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):265-272.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Breitmeyer, Bruno G. (2002). In support of Pockett's critique of Libet's studies of the time course of consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):280-283.   (Google)
Chalmers, David J. (online). Determining the moment of consciousness? Commentary on Valerie Hardcastle.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: It's very interesting to see neurophysiological evidence brought to bear on the puzzling question of conscious experience. Many have observed that information-processing models of cognition seem to leave consciousness untouched; it is natural to hope that turning to neurophysiology might lead us to the Holy Grail. Still, I think there are reasons to be skeptical. There are good reasons to suppose that neurophysiological investigation contributes to cognitive explanation at best in virtue of constraining the information-processing structure of cognition. Of course this is a very large and significant role for it to play, but it may be over-optimistic to suppose that it can play some further explanatory role, taking us where information-processing theories cannot. If so, then neurophysiological accounts will be no more and no less successful at dealing with consciousness than information-processing accounts are
Churchland, Patricia S. (1981). Discussion: The timing of sensations: Reply to Libet. Philosophy of Science 48 (September):492-497.   (Google)
Churchland, Patricia S. (1981). On the alleged backward referral of experience and its relevance to the mind-body problem. Philosophy of Science 48 (June):165-81.   (Google | More links)
Churchland, Patricia S. (1981). The timing of sensations: Reply to Libet. Philosophy of Science 48 (3):492-7.   (Cited by 17 | Google | More links)
Dennett, Daniel C. & Kinsbourne, Marcel (1992). Time and the observer: The where and when of consciousness in the brain. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 15:183-201.   (Cited by 394 | Annotation | Google | More links)
Abstract: _Behavioral and Brain Sciences_ , 15, 183-247, 1992. Reprinted in _The Philosopher's Annual_ , Grim, Mar and Williams, eds., vol. XV-1992, 1994, pp. 23-68; Noel Sheehy and Tony Chapman, eds., _Cognitive Science_ , Vol. I, Elgar, 1995, pp.210-274
Durgin, Frank H. & Sternberg, Saul (2002). The time of consciousness and vice versa. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):284-290.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Elitzur, Avshalom C. (1996). Time and consciousness: The uneasy bearing of relativity on the mind-body problem. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Google)
Fingelkurts, Andrew A. & Fingelkurts, Alexander A. (2006). Timing in cognition and EEG brain dynamics: Discreteness versus continuity. Cognitive Processing 7 (3):135-162.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Abstract: This article provides an overview of recent developments in solving the timing problem (discreteness vs. continuity) in cognitive neuroscience. Both theoretical and empirical studies have been considered, with an emphasis on the framework of Operational Architectonics (OA) of brain functioning (Fingelkurts and Fingelkurts, 2001, 2005). This framework explores the temporal structure of information flow and interarea interactions within the network of functional neuronal populations by examining topographic sharp transition processes in the scalp EEG, on the millisecond scale. We conclude, based on the OA framework, that brain functioning is best conceptualized in terms of continuity-discreteness unity which is also the characteristic property of cognition. At the end we emphasize where one might productively proceed for the future research.
Glynn, I. M. (1990). Consciousness and time. Nature 348:477-79.   (Cited by 19 | Google | More links)
Gomes, Gilberto (2002). On experimental and philosophical investigations of mental timing: A response to commentary. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):304-307.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Gomes, Gilberto (2002). Problems in the timing of conscious experience. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):191-97.   (Cited by 15 | Google | More links)
Gomes, Gilberto (2002). The interpretation of Libet's results on the timing of conscious events: A commentary. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):221-230.   (Google)
Gomes, Gilberto (1999). Volition and the readiness potential. Journal of Consciousness Studies 6 (8-9):59-76.   (Cited by 17 | Google)
Abstract: 1. Introduction The readiness potential was found to precede voluntary acts by about half a second or more (Kornhuber & Deecke, 1965). Kornhuber (1984) discussed the readiness potential in terms of volition, arguing that it is not the manifestation of an attentional processes. Libet discussed it in relation to consciousness and to free will (Libet et al. 1983a; 1983b; Libet, 1985, 1992, 1993). Libet asked the following questions. Are voluntary acts initiated by a conscious decision to act? Are the physiological facts compatible with the belief that free will determines our voluntary acts? What is the role of consciousness in voluntary action? In this paper I will discuss these questions and the answers that Libet gave to them
Green, Christopher D. & Gillett, Grant R. (1995). Are mental events preceded by their physical causes? Philosophical Psychology 8 (4):333-340.   (Google)
Abstract: Libet's experiments, supported by a strict one-to-one identity thesis between brain events and mental events, have prompted the conclusion that physical events precede the mental events to which they correspond. We examine this claim and conclude that it is suspect for several reasons. First, there is a dual assumption that an intention is the kind of thing that causes an action and that can be accurately introspected. Second, there is a real problem with the method of timing the mental events concerned given that Libet himself has found the reports of subjects to be unreliable in this regard. Third, there is a suspect assumption that there are such things as timable and locatable mental and brain events accompanying and causing human behaviour. For all these reasons we reject the claim that physical events are prior to and explain mental events
Haggard, Patrick & Libet, Benjamin W. (2001). Conscious intention and brain activity. Journal of Consciousness Studies 8 (11):47-63.   (Cited by 22 | Google | More links)
Honderich, Ted (ms). Is the mind ahead of the brain? Rejoinder to Benjamin Libet.   (Google)
Honderich, Ted (2005). On Benjamin Libet: Is the mind ahead of the brain? Behind it? In On Determinism and Freedom. Edinburgh University Press.   (Google)
Abstract: Benjamin Libet and also Libet and collaborators claim to advance a single hypothesis, with important consequences, about the time of a conscious experience in relation to the time when there occurs a certain physical condition in the brain. This condition is spoken of as
_neural_
_adequacy_ for the experience, or, as we can as well say, _neural adequacy_ .5 This finding has been taken to throw doubt on theories that take neural and mental events to be in necessary or lawlike connection, and also certain identity theories of mind and brain, as well as determinist theories
Honderich, Ted (1984). The time of a conscious sensory experience and mind-brain theories. Journal of Theoretical Biology 110 (1):115-129.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Hoy, Ronald C. (1982). Ambiguities in the subjective timing of experiences debate. Philosophy of Science 49 (June):254-262.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Joordens, S.; van Duijn, Marc & Spalek, T. M. (2002). When timing the mind should also mind the timing: Biases in the measurement of voluntary actions. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):231-40.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Kiefer, Markus & Spitzer, Manfred (2000). Time course of conscious and unconscious semantic brain activation. Neuroreport 11 (11):2401-2407.   (Cited by 50 | Google | More links)
Klein, Stanley (2002). Libet's research on the timing of conscious intention to act: A commentary. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):273-279.   (Cited by 11 | Google | More links)
Klein, S. A. (2002). Libet's temporal anomalies: A reassessment of the data. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):198-214.   (Cited by 11 | Google | More links)
Klein, Stanley (2002). Libet's timing of mental events: Commentary on the commentaries. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):326-333.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Levy, Neil (2005). Libet's impossible demand. Journal of Consciousness Studies 12 (12):67-76.   (Google)
Libet, Benjamin W. (1996). Commentary on free will in the light of neuropsychiatry. Philosophy, Psychiatry, and Psychology 3 (2):95-96.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Libet, Benjamin W. (2004). Mind Time: The Temporal Factor in Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 53 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Over a long career, Libet has conducted experiments that have shown, in clear and concrete ways, how the brain produces conscious awareness.
Libet, Benjamin W. (1993). Neurophysiology of Consciousness: Selected Papers and New Essays. Birkhauser.   (Cited by 46 | Google | More links)
Libet, Benjamin W. (1978). Neuronal vs. subjective timing for a conscious sensory experience. In P. A. Buser & A. Rougeul-Buser (eds.), Cerebral Correlates of Conscious Experience. Elsevier.   (Cited by 24 | Google)
Libet, Benjamin W.; Wright, E. W.; Feinstein, B. & Pearl, D. K. (1992). Retroactive enhancement of a skin sensation by a delayed cortical stimulus in man: Evidence for delay of a conscious sensory experience. Consciousness and Cognition 1:367-75.   (Google)
Libet, Benjamin W. (1985). Subjective antedating of a sensory experience and mind-brain theories: Reply to Honderich. Journal of Theoretical Biology 114:563-70.   (Google)
Libet, Benjamin W.; E. W, Feinstein & B., Pearl (1979). Subjective referral of the timing for a cognitive sensory experience. Brain 102:193-224.   (Google)
Libet, Benjamin W. (1981). The experimental evidence for subjective referral of a sensory experience backwards in time: Reply to P.s. Churchland. Philosophy of Science 48 (June):182-197.   (Cited by 30 | Google | More links)
Libet, Benjamin W. (2000). Time factors in conscious processes: Reply to Gilberto Gomes. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (1):1-12.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The critical reinterpretations of Libet's research by G. Gomes make speculative, unwarranted, and untested assumptions. These assumptions and arguments are analyzed and their status relative to Libet's findings is criticized
Libet, Benjamin W. (1993). The neural time factor in conscious and unconscious events. In Experimental and Theoretical Studies of Consciousness. (Ciba Foundation Symposium 174).   (Cited by 59 | Google)
Libet, Benjamin W. (1981). Timing of cerebral processes relative to concomitant conscious experiences in man. In G. Adam, I. Meszaros & E.I. Banyai (eds.), Advances in Physiological Science.   (Google)
Libet, Benjamin W. (2003). Timing of conscious experience: Reply to the 2002 commentaries on Libet's findings. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (3):321-331.   (Google | More links)
Libet, Benjamin W. (2002). The timing of mental events: Libet's experimental findings and their implications. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):291-99.   (Cited by 16 | Google | More links)
Libet, Benjamin W. (1985). Unconscious cerebral initiative and the role of conscious will in voluntary action. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 8:529-66.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
McKeen Cattell, James (1886). The time taken up by cerebral operations. Mind 11 (42):220-242.   (Google | More links)
Mele, Alfred R. (2006). Free will: Theories, analysis, and data. In Susan Pockett, William P. Banks & Shaun Gallagher (eds.), Does Consciousness Cause Behavior? MIT Press.   (Google)
Mele, Alfred R. (1997). Strength of motivation and being in control - learning from Libet. American Philosophical Quarterly 34:319-32.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Miller, Jeff G. & Trevena, Judy A. (2002). Cortical movement preparation and conscious decisions: Averaging artifacts and timing biases. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):308-313.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Mortensen, Chris (1980). Neurophysiology and experiences. Australasian Journal of Philosophy 58 (September):250-264.   (Google | More links)
Oakley, David A. & Haggard, Patrick (2006). The timing of brain events: Authors' response to Libet's 'reply'. Consciousness and Cognition 15 (3):548-550.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Pockett, Susan (2002). Backward referral, flash-lags, and quantum free will: A response to commentaries on articles by Pockett, Klein, Gomes, and trevena and Miller. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):314-325.   (Google)
Pockett, Susan (2004). Hypnosis and the death of "subjective backwards referral". Consciousness and Cognition 13:621-25.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Pockett, Susan (2002). On subjective back-referral and how long it takes to become conscious of a stimulus: A reinterpretation of Libet's data. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):141-61.   (Google)
Pockett, Susan (2006). The great subjective back-referral debate: Do neural responses increase during a train of stimuli? Consciousness and Cognition 15 (3):551-559.   (Google)
Pollen, Daniel A. (2006). Brain stimulation and conscious experience: Electrical stimulation of the cortical surface at a threshold current evokes sustained neuronal activity only after a prolonged latency. Consciousness and Cognition 15 (3):560-565.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Pollen, Daniel A. (2004). Brain stimulation and conscious experience. Consciousness and Cognition 13 (3):626-645.   (Google)
Proust, Joelle (1994). Time and conscious experience. In C.C. Gould (ed.), Artifacts, Representations, and Social Practice. Kluwer.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Ramakrishna, Chakravarthi (2002). Real latencies and facilitation. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):300-303.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Rossi, E. L. (1988). Paradoxes of time, consciousness, and free will: Integrating Bohm, Jung, and Libet on ethics. Psychological Perspectives 19:50-55.   (Google)
Rosenthal, David M. (2002). The timing of conscious states. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):215-20.   (Cited by 11 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Striking experimental results by Benjamin Libet and colleagues have had an impor- tant impact on much recent discussion of consciousness. Some investigators have sought to replicate or extend Libet’s results (Haggard, 1999; Haggard & Eimer, 1999; Haggard, Newman, & Magno, 1999; Trevena & Miller, 2002), while others have focused on how to interpret those findings (e.g., Gomes, 1998, 1999, 2002; Pockett, 2002), which many have seen as conflicting with our commonsense picture of mental functioning
Shariff, Azim F. & Peterson, Jordan B. (2005). Anticipatory consciousness, Libet's Veto and a close-enough theory of free will. In Ralph D. Ellis & Natika Newton (eds.), Consciousness & Emotion: Agency, Conscious Choice, and Selective Perception. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Shevrin, Howard; Ghannam, Jess H. & Libet, Benjamin W. (2002). A neural correlate of consciousness related to repression. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (2):334-41.   (Google)
Trevena, Judy A. & Miller, Jeff G. (2002). Cortical movement preparation before and after a conscious decision to move. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (2):162-90.   (Cited by 31 | Google | More links)
van de Grind, Wim (2002). Physical, neural, and mental timing. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (2):241-64.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Wolf, Fred Alan (1998). The timing of conscious experience: A causality-violating interpretation. Journal of Scientific Exploration 12 (4).   (Google)

8.1e Neural Synchrony and Binding

Arecchi, F. Tito (2003). Chaotic neuron dynamics, synchronization, and feature binding: Quantum aspects. Mind and Matter 1 (1):15-43.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Abstract: A central issue of cognitive neuroscience is to understand how a large collection of coupled neurons combines external signals with internal memories into new coherent patterns of meaning. An external stimulus localized at some input spreads over a large assembly of coupled neurons, building up a collective state univocally corresponding to the stimulus. Thus, the synchronization of spike trains of many individual neurons is the basis of a coherent perception. Based on recent investigations of homoclinic chaotic systems and their synchronization, a novel conjecture for the dynamics of single neurons and, consequently, for neuron assemblies is formulated. Homoclinic chaos is proposed as a suitable way to code information in time by trains of equal spikes occurring at apparently erratic times. In order to classify the set of different perceptions, the percept space can be given a metric structure by introducing a distance measure between distinct percepts. The distance in percept space is conjugate to the duration of the perception in the sense that an uncertainty relation in percept space is associated with time-limited perceptions. This coding of different percepts by synchronized spike trains entails fundamental quantum features which are not restricted to microscopic phenomena. It is conjectured that they are related to the details of the perceptual chain rather than depending on Planck's action
Cotterill, Rodney M. J. & Nielsen, C. (1991). A model for cortical 40-Hertz oscillations invokes inter-area interactions. Neuroreport 2:289-92.   (Google)
Crick, Francis & Koch, Christof (1990). Toward a neurobiological theory of consciousness. Seminars in the Neurosciences 2:263-275.   (Google)
Damasio, Antonio R. (1990). Synchronous activation in multiple cortical regions: A mechanism for recall. Seminars in the Neurosciences 2:287-96.   (Cited by 74 | Google)
Damasio, Antonio R. (1989). The brain binds entities and events by multiregional activation from convergence zones. Neural Computation 1:123-32.   (Cited by 213 | Google)
Damasio, Antonio R. (1989). Time-locked multiregional retroactivation: A systems-level proposal for the neural substrates of recognition and recall. Cognition 3:25-62.   (Cited by 580 | Google)
Doesburg, Sam M.; Kitajo, Keiichi & Ward, Lawrence M. (2005). Increased gamma-band synchrony precedes switching of conscious perceptual objects in binocular rivalry. Neuroreport 16 (11):1139-1142.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Eckhorn, Reinhard; Reitbock, H. J.; Arndt, M. & Dicke, P. (1989). A neural network for feature linking via synchronous activity: Results from cat visual cortex and from simulations. In Rodney M. J. Cotterill (ed.), Models of Brain Function. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 43 | Google)
Eckhorn, Reinhard; Bauer, R.; Jordan, W.; Brosch, M. & Reitbock, H. J. (1988). Coherent oscillations: A mechanism for feature linking in the visual cortex. Biological Cybernetics 60:121-30.   (Cited by 616 | Google)
Engel, Andreas K.; Konig, P. Kreiter & Singer, Wolf (1991). Direct physiologic evidence for scene segmentation by temporal coding. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 88:1936-40.   (Google)
Engel, Andreas K.; Fries, P.; Konig, P. Kreiter; Brecht, M. & Singer, Wolf (1999). Does time help to understand consciousness? Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):260-68.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Engel, Andreas K. (2003). Time and conscious visual processing. In Hede Helfrich (ed.), Time and Mind II: Information Processing Perspectives. Hogrefe & Huber Publishers.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Engel, Andreas K. (2003). Temporal binding and the neural correlates of consciousness. In Axel Cleeremans (ed.), The Unity of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Engel, Andreas K. & Singer, Wolf (2001). Temporal binding and the neural correlates of sensory awareness. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 5 (1):16-25.   (Cited by 300 | Google | More links)
Engel, Andreas K.; Fries, P.; Konig, P. Kreiter; Brecht, M. & Singer, Wolf (1999). Temporal binding, binocular rivalry, and consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):128-51.   (Cited by 130 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Cognitive functions like perception, memory, language, or consciousness are based on highly parallel and distributed information processing by the brain. One of the major unresolved questions is how information can be integrated and how coherent representational states can be established in the distributed neuronal systems subserving these functions. It has been suggested that this so-called ''binding problem'' may be solved in the temporal domain. The hypothesis is that synchronization of neuronal discharges can serve for the integration of distributed neurons into cell assemblies and that this process may underlie the selection of perceptually and behaviorally relevant information. As we intend to show here, this temporal binding hypothesis has implications for the search of the neural correlate of consciousness. We review experimental results, mainly obtained in the visual system, which support the notion of temporal binding. In particular, we discuss recent experiments on the neural mechanisms of binocular rivalry which suggest that appropriate synchronization among cortical neurons may be one of the necessary conditions for the buildup of perceptual states and awareness of sensory stimuli
Engel, Andreas K.; Konig, P. Kreiter & A. K., Schillen (1992). Temporal coding in the visual cortex: New vistas on integration in the nervous system. Trends in Neurosciences 15:218-26.   (Cited by 338 | Google | More links)
Fingelkurts, Andrew A.; Fingelkurts, Alexander A.; Kallio, Sakari & Revonsuo, Antti (2007). Cortex functional connectivity as a neurophysiological correlate of hypnosis: An EEG case study. Neuropsychologia 45 (7):14521462.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Cortex functional connectivity associated with hypnosis was investigated in a single highly hypnotizable subject in a normal baseline condition

and under neutral hypnosis during two sessions separated by a year. After the hypnotic induction, but without further suggestions as compared to

the baseline condition, all studied parameters of local and remote functional connectivity were significantly changed. The significant differences

between hypnosis and the baseline condition were observable (to different extent) in five studied independent frequency bands (delta, theta, alpha,

beta, and gamma). The results were consistent and stable after 1 year. Based on these findings we conclude that alteration in functional connectivity of the brain may be regarded as a neuronal correlate of hypnosis (at least in very highly hypnotizable subjects) in which separate cognitive modules and subsystems may be temporarily incapable of communicating with each other normally.
Fingelkurts, Andrew A. & Fingelkurts, Alexander A. (2004). Making Complexity Simpler: Multivariability and Metastability in the Brain. The International Journal of Neuroscience 114 (7):843 - 862.   (Google)
Abstract: This article provides a retrospective, current and prospective overview on developments in brain research and neuroscience. Both theoretical and empirical studies are considered, with emphasis in the concept of multivariability and metastability in the brain. In this new view on the human brain, the potential multivariability of the neuronal networks appears to be far from continuous in time, but confined by the dynamics of short-term local and global metastable brain states. The article closes by suggesting some of the implications of this view in future multidisciplinary brain research.
Fingelkurts, Andrew A. & Fingerlkurts, Alexander A. (2001). Operational architectonics of the human brain biopotential field: Toward solving the mind-brain problem. Brain and Mind 2 (3):261-296.   (Cited by 38 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The understanding of the interrelationship between brain and mind remains far from clear. It is well established that the brain's capacity to integrate information from numerous sources forms the basis for cognitive abilities. However, the core unresolved question is how information about the "objective" physical entities of the external world can be integrated, and how unifiedand coherent mental states (or Gestalts) can be established in the internal entities of distributed neuronal systems. The present paper offers a unified methodological and conceptual basis for a possible mechanism of how the transient synchronization of brain operations may construct the unified and relatively stable neural states, which underlie mental states. It was shown that the sequence of metastable spatial EEG mosaics does exist and probably reflects the rapid stabilization periods of the interrelation of large neuron systems. At the EEG level this is reflected in the stabilization of quasi-stationary segments on corresponding channels. Within the introduced framework, physical brain processes and psychological processes are considered as two basic aspects of a single whole informational brain state. The relations between operational process of the brain, mental states and consciousness are discussed.
Fries, Pascal; Roelfsema, Pieter R.; Engel, Andreas K. & Singer, Wolf (1997). Synchronization of oscillatory responses in visual cortex correlates with perception in interocular rivalry. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 94:12699-12704.   (Cited by 182 | Google | More links)
Garson, James W. (2001). (Dis)solving the binding problem. Philosophical Psychology 14 (4):381 – 392.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: The binding problem is to explain how information processed by different sensory systems is brought together to unify perception. The problem has two sides. First, we want to explain phenomenal binding: the fact that we experience a single world rather than separate perceptual fields for each sensory modality. Second, we must solve a functional problem: to explain how a neural net like the brain links instances to types. I argue that phenomenal binding and functional binding require very different treatments. The puzzle of phenomenal binding rests on a confusion and so can be dissolved. So only functional binding deserves explanation. The general solution to that problem is that information to be bound is arrayed along different dimensions. So sensory coding into separate topographic maps facilitates functional binding and there is no need based on the unity of perception for special mechanisms that bring "back together" information in different maps
Gold, Ian (1999). Does 40-hz oscillation play a role in visual consciousness? Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):186-95.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Golledge, H. D. R.; Hilgetag, C. C. & Tovee, M. J. (1996). Information processing: A solution to the binding problem. Current Biology 6:1092-95.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Gray, Charles M.; Konig, P. Kreiter; Engel, Andreas K. & Singer, Wolf (1992). Oscillatory responses in cat visual cortex exhibit inter-columnar synchronization which reflects global stimulus properties. Nature 338:334-7.   (Google)
Gray, Charles M. (1994). Synchronous oscillations in neuronal systems: Mechanisms and functions. Journal of Computational Neuroscience 1:11-38.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Hardcastle, Valerie Gray (1997). Consciousness and the neurobiology of perceptual binding. Seminars in Neurology 17:163-70.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Hardcastle, Valerie Gray (1996). How we get there from here: Dissolution of the binding problem. Journal of Mind and Behavior 17 (3):251-66.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Hardcastle, Valerie Gray (1994). Psychology's "binding problem" and possible neurobiological solutions. Journal of Consciousness Studies 1:66-90.   (Cited by 32 | Google | More links)
Helekar, S. A. (1999). In defense of experience-coding nonarbitrary temporal neural activity patterns. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (4):455-461.   (Google | More links)
Humphreys, Glyn W. (2003). Conscious visual representations built from multiple binding processes: Evidence from neuropsychology. In Axel Cleeremans (ed.), The Unity of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Konig, P. Kreiter & Engel, Andreas K. (1995). Correlated firing in sensory-motor systems. Current Opinion in Neurobiology 5:511-19.   (Cited by 81 | Google | More links)
Konig, P. Kreiter; Engel, Andreas K.; Roelfsema, P. R. & Singer, Wolf (1995). How precise is neural synchronization? Neural Computation 7:469-85.   (Google)
Konig, P. Kreiter; Engel, Andreas K. & Singer, Wolf (1995). Relation between oscillatory activity and long-range synchronization in cat visual cortex. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 92:290-94.   (Cited by 128 | Google | More links)
Lipton, Peter (1998). Binding the mind. In J. Cornwell (ed.), Consciousness and Human Identity. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Abstract: Several of the essays in this collection discuss the `binding problem', the problem of explaining in neurophysiological terms how it is that we see the various perceptual qualities of a physical object, such as its shape, colour, location and motion, as features of a single object. The perceived object seems to us a unitary thing, but its sensory properties are diverse and turn out to be processed in different areas of the brain. How then does the brain manage the integration? Readers of the essays in this collection may find themselves suffering from an analogous binding problem about the study of consciousness, though this problem is conceptual rather than perceptual, and here the difficulty is to achieve the integration rather than to understand how an effortless integration is achieved. Consciousness is the ideal topic for inter-disciplinary investigation. It is a central concern of such diverse disciplines as neurophysiology, evolutionary biology, psychology, cognitive science, philosophy and theology, among others, yet none of these disciplines has come close to providing full answers to the central questions that consciousness raises. Inter-disciplinary investigation seems an obvious way forward, but it generates the conceptual binding problem that this collection displays. The standard of the essays is very high, but it is extraordinarily difficult to integrate their content into anything like a single picture. We are all apparently talking about the same phenomenon, the conscious awareness of the world that each of us enjoys first-hand, but it is quite unclear how to see the very different things we say about this phenomenon as part of a single picture, or even as parts of different but compatible pictures. Having raised the binding problem for the inter-disciplinary study of consciousness, I hasten to say that I will not attempt even a partial substantive solution here: that is left as an exercise for the readers of this book.
Llinas, R. & Ribary, U. (1998). Temporal conjunction in thalamocortical transactions. In H. Jasper, L. Descarries, V. Castellucci & S. Rossignol (eds.), Consciousness: At the Frontiers of Neuroscience. Lippincott-Raven.   (Cited by 12 | Google)
Lutz, Antoine; Martinerie, Jacques; Lachaux, Jean-Philippe & Varela, Francisco J. (2002). Guiding the study of brain dynamics by using first- person data: Synchrony patterns correlate with ongoing conscious states during a simple visual task. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA 99 (3):1586-1591.   (Google)
Abstract: Laboratoire de Neurosciences Cognitives et Imagerie Ce´re´brale (LENA), Hoˆpital de La Salpeˆtrie`re, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS)
McFadden, J. (2002). Synchronous firing and its influence on the brain's electromagnetic field: Evidence for an electromagnetic field theory of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 9 (4):23-50.   (Google)
Meador, Kimford J.; Ray, P. G.; Echauz, J. R.; Loring, D. W. & Vachtsevanos, G. J. (2002). Gamma coherence and conscious perception. Neurology 59 (6):847-854.   (Cited by 27 | Google | More links)
Nelson, J. I. (1995). Binding in the visual system. In Michael A. Arbib (ed.), Handbook of Brain Theory and Neural Networks. MIT Press.   (Cited by 11 | Google)
Newman, J. B. & Grace, A. A. (1999). Binding across time: The selective gating of frontal and hippocampal systems modulating working memory and attentional states. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):196-212.   (Cited by 41 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Temporal binding via 40-Hz synchronization of neuronal discharges in sensory cortices has been hypothesized to be a necessary condition for the rapid selection of perceptually relevant information for further processing in working memory. Binocular rivalry experiments have shown that late stage visual processing associated with the recognition of a stimulus object is highly correlated with discharge rates in inferotemporal cortex. The hippocampus is the primary recipient of inferotemporal outputs and is known to be the substrate for the consolidation of working memories to long-term, episodic memories. The prefrontal cortex, on the other hand, is widely thought to mediate working memory processes, per se. This article reviews accumulated evidence for the role of a subcortical matrix in linking frontal and hippocampal systems to select and ''stream'' conscious episodes across time (hundreds of milliseconds to several seconds). ''Streaming'' is hypothesized to be mediated by the selective gating of reentrant flows of information between these cortical systems and the subcortical matrix. The physiological mechanism proposed for this temporally extended form of binding is synchronous oscillations in the slower EEG spectrum (< 8 Hz)
O'Reilly, R. C.; Busby, R. & Soto, R. (2003). Three forms of binding and their neural substrates: Alternatives to temporal synchrony. In Axel Cleeremans (ed.), The Unity of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 16 | Google | More links)
Prinzmetal, W. Amiri (1981). Principles of feature integration in visual perception. Perception and Psychophysics 30:330-40.   (Cited by 68 | Google | More links)
Revonsuo, A. & Newman, J. B. (1999). Binding and consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):123-127.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Revonsuo, Antti (1999). Binding and the phenomenal unity of consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):173-85.   (Cited by 15 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The binding problem is frequently discussed in consciousness research. However, it is by no means clear what the problem is supposed to be and how exactly it relates to consciousness. In the present paper the nature of the binding problem is clarified by distinguishing between different formulations of the problem. Some of them make no mention of consciousness, whereas others are directly related to aspects of phenomenal experience. Certain formulations of the binding problem are closely connected to the classical philosophical problem of the unity of consciousness and the currently fashionable search for the neural correlates of consciousness. Nonetheless, only a part of the current empirical research on binding is directly relevant to the study of consciousness. The main message of the present paper is that the science of consciousness needs to establish a clear theoretical view of the relation between binding and consciousness and to encourage further empirical work that builds on such a theoretical foundation
Robertson, Lynn C. (2003). Binding, spatial attention and perceptual awareness. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 4 (2):93-102.   (Cited by 43 | Google | More links)
Roskies, Adina L. (1999). The binding problem. Neuron 24.   (Cited by 69 | Google | More links)
Abstract: (von der Malsburg, 1981), “the binding problem” has with the visual percept of it, so that both are effortlessly captured the attention of researchers across many disci- perceived as being aspects of a single event. I like to plines, including psychology, neuroscience, computa- refer to these sorts of problems as perceptual binding tional modeling, and even philosophy. Despite the is- problems, since they involve unifying aspects of per- sue’s prominence in these fields, what “binding” means cepts. In addition, there are cognitive binding problems: is rarely made explicit. In this paper, I will briefly survey they include relating a concept to a percept, such as the many notions of binding and will introduce some linking the visual representation of an apple to all the issues that will be explored more fully in the reviews semantic knowledge stored about it (it is edible, how it that follow
Sauve, K. (1999). Gamma-band synchronous oscillations: Recent evidence regarding their functional significance. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):213-24.   (Cited by 28 | Google | More links)
Abstract: How do our brains represent distinct objects in consciousness? In order to consciously distinguish between objects, our brains somehow selectively bind together activity patterns of spatially intermingled neurons that simultaneously represent similar and dissimilar features of distinct objects. Gamma-band synchronous oscillations (GSO) of neuroelectrical activity have been hypothesized to be a mechanism used by our brains to generate and bind conscious sensations to represent distinct objects. Most experiments relating GSO to specific features of consciousness have been published only in the last several years. This brief review focuses on a wide variety experiments in which animals, including humans, discriminate between sensory stimuli and make these discriminations evident in their behavior. Performance of these tasks, in humans, is invariably accompanied by conscious awareness of both stimuli and behavior. Results of these experiments indicate that specific patterns of GSO correlate closely with specific aspects of conscious sensorimotor processing. That is, GSO appear to be closely correlated with neural generation of our most paradigmatic cognitive state: consciousness
Schillen, T. B. & Konig, P. Kreiter (1994). Binding by temporal structure in multiple feature domains of an oscillatory neural network. Biological Cybernetics 5:397-405.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Sewards, Terence V. & Sewards, Mark A. (2001). On the correlation between synchronized oscillatory activities and consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (4):485-495.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Recent experiments have shown that the amplitudes of cortical gamma band oscillatory activities that occur during anesthesia are often greater than amplitudes of similar activities that occur without anesthesia. This result is apparently at odds with the hypothesis that synchronized oscillatory activities constitute the neural correlate of consciousness. We argue that while synchronization and oscillatory patterning are necessary conditions for consciousness, they are not sufficient. Based on the results of a binocular rivalry study of Fries et al. (1997), we propose that the degrees of oscillatory strength and synchronization of neuronal activities determine the degree of awareness those activities produce. On the other hand, the overal firing rates of neurons in cortical sensory areas are not correlated with the degree of awareness the activities of those neurons produce. The results of the experiment of Fries et al. (1997) appear to conflict with the results of another binocular rivalry experiment, in which monkeys were trained to pull a lever in order to report which stimulus object was being perceived (Leopold & Logothetis, 1996). In the latter experiment, it was demonstrated that the firing rates of neurons in striate cortex did not change during perceptual alterations, while 90% of neurons in inferior and superior temporal cortices changed their firing rate when the perceived image changed. This result led to the conclusion that activities in temporal cortex are correlated with visual awareness, but those in striate cortex are not. We argue that activities in temporal cortex contribute little, if anything, to perceptual awareness, and that their primary function is computational. Thus the correlation between the firing rates of neurons in these areas and the responses of the monkeys is due to the recognition of a particular stimulus object, which in turn is due to the computations made there
Shastri, Lokendra (2002). Episodic memory and cortico-hippocampal interactions. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6:162-168.   (Cited by 81 | Google | More links)
Shastri, L. & Ajjanagadde, V. (1993). From simple associations to systematic reasoning: A connectionist representation of rules, variables, and dynamic binding using temporal synchrony. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 16:417-51.   (Google)
Sillito, A. M.; Jones, H. E.; Gerstein, G. L. & West, D. C. (1994). Feature-linked synchronization of thalamic relay cell firing induced by feedback from the visual cortex. Nature 369:479-82.   (Cited by 282 | Google | More links)
Singer, Wolf (2001). Consciousness and the binding problem. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 929:123-46.   (Cited by 68 | Google | More links)
Singer, Wolf; Engel, Andreas K.; Kreiter, A.; Munk, M. & Roelfsema, P. R. (1997). Neuronal assemblies: Necessity, signature, and detectability. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 1:252-60.   (Cited by 110 | Google)
Singer, Wolf (1993). Synchronization of cortical activity and its putative role in information processing and learning. Annual Review of Physiology 55:349-74.   (Cited by 704 | Google | More links)
Singer, Wolf & Gray, Charles M. (1995). Visual feature integration and the temporal correlation hypothesis. Annual Review of Neuroscience 18:555-86.   (Cited by 1435 | Google | More links)
Srinivasan, Ramesh (2004). Internal and external neural synchronization during conscious perception. International Journal of Bifurcation and Chaos 14:825-42.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Steriade, Mircea (1998). Corticothalamic networks, oscillations, and plasticity. In H. Jasper, L. Descarries, V. Castellucci & S. Rossignol (eds.), Consciousness: At the Frontiers of Neuroscience. Lippincott-Raven.   (Cited by 15 | Google)
Steriade, Mircea; McCormick, D. A. & Sejnowski, Terrence J. (1993). Thalamocortical oscillations in the sleeping and aroused brain. Science 262:679-85.   (Cited by 1057 | Google | More links)
Stryker, M. (1989). Is grandmother an oscillation? Nature 338:297-8.   (Cited by 45 | Google | More links)
Summerfield, Christopher; Jack, Anthony Ian & Burgess, Adrian Philip (2002). Induced gamma activity is associated with conscious awareness of pattern masked nouns. International Journal of Psychophysiology 44 (2):93-100.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Tallon-Baudry, Catherine (2004). Attention and awareness in synchrony. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 8 (12):523-525.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Tallon-Baudry, Catherine (2003). Oscillatory synchrony as a signature for the unity of visual experience in humans. In Axel Cleeremans (ed.), The Unity of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Treisman, Anne (1980). A feature integration theory of attention. Cognitive Psychology 12:97-136.   (Cited by 2811 | Google | More links)
Treisman, Anne (1996). The binding problem. Current Opinion in Neurobiology 6:171-8.   (Cited by 248 | Google | More links)
Usher, Matthew & Donnelly, N. (1998). Visual synchrony affects binding and segmentation in perception. Nature 394:179-82.   (Google)
Vanni, S. (1999). Neural synchrony and dynamic connectivity. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):159-163.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Varela, F. & Thompson, Evan (2003). Neural synchrony and the unity of mind: A neurophenomenological perspective. In Axel Cleeremans (ed.), The Unity of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 14 | Google)
von der Malsburg, Christoph (1995). Binding in models of perception and brain function. Current Opinion in Neurobiology 5:520-28.   (Cited by 170 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The development of the issue of binding as fundamental to neural dynamics has made possible recent advances in the modeling of difficult problems of perception and brain function. Among them is perceptual segmentation, invariant pattern recognition and one-shot learning. Also, longer-term conceptual developments that have led to this success are reviewed
Ward, Lawrence M.; Doesburg, Sam M.; Kitajo, Keiichi; MacLean, Shannon E. & Roggeveen, Alexa B. (2006). Neural synchrony in stochastic resonance, attention, and consciousness. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology 60 (4):319-326.   (Google)
Ward, Leo R. (2003). Synchronous neural oscillations and cognitive processes. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 7:553-559.   (Cited by 53 | Google | More links)
Wolfe, J. M. & Bennett, S. C. (1997). Preattentive object Files: Shapeless bundles of basic features. Vision Research 37:25-43.   (Cited by 146 | Google)

8.1f Consciousness and Neuroscience, Foundational Issues

Antoine, Lutz; Thompson E., Lutz & Cosmelli, D. (online). Neurophenomenology: An introduction for neurophilosophers in cognition and the brain : The philosophy and neuroscience movement.   (Google)
Atlas, Jay David, Qualia, consciousness, and memory: Dennett (2005), Rosenthal (2002), Ledoux (2002), and Libet (2004).   (Google)
Abstract: In his recent (2005) book "Sweet Dreams: philosophical obstacles to a science of consciousness," Dennett renews his attack on a philosophical notion of qualia, the success of which attack is required if his brand of Functionalism is to survive. He also articulates once again what he takes to be essential to his notion of consciousness. I shall argue that his new, central argument against the philosophical concept of qualia fails. In passing I point out a difficulty that David Rosenthal's "higher-order thought" theory of consciousness also faces in accounting for qualia. I then contrast Dennett's newest account of consciousness with interestingly different conceptions by contemporary neuro-scientists, and I suggest that philosophers should take the recent suggestions by neuro-scientists more seriously as a subject for philosophical investigation
Baars, Bernard J. & McGovern, Katharine A. (2000). Consciousness cannot be limited to sensory qualities: Some empirical counterexamples. Neuro-Psychoanalysis 2 (1):11-13.   (Google)
Baars, Bernard J. (2001). How could brain imaging not tell us about consciousness? Journal Of Consciousness Studies 8 (3):24-29.   (Google)
Baars, Bernard J. & Laureys, Steven (2005). One, not two, neural correlates of consciousness. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 9 (6):269.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Baars, Bernard J. (2004). Peer commentary on are there neural correlates of consciousness: A stew of confusion. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):29-31.   (Google)
Baars, Bernard J. (2005). Subjective experience is probably not limited to humans: The evidence from neurobiology and behavior. Consciousness and Cognition 14 (1):7-21.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Baars, Bernard J. (2001). The brain basis of a "consciousness monitor": Scientific and medical significance. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (2):159-164.   (Google)
Abstract: Surgical patients under anesthesia can wake up unpredictably and be exposed to intense, traumatic pain. Current medical techniques cannot maintain depth of anesthesia at a perfectly stable and safe level; the depth of unconsciousness may change from moment to moment. Without an effective consciousness monitor anesthesiologists may not be able to adjust dosages in time to protect patients from pain. An estimated 40,000 to 200,000 midoperative awakenings may occur in the United States annually. E. R. John and coauthors present the scientific basis of a practical ''consciousness monitor'' in two articles. One article is empirical and shows widespread and consistent electrical field changes across subjects and anesthetic agents as soon as consciousness is lost; these changes reverse when consciousness is regained afterward. These findings form the basis of a surgical consciousness monitor that recently received approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. This may be the first practical application of research on the brain basis of consciousness. The other John article suggests theoretical explanations at three levels, a neurophysiological account of anesthesia, a neural dynamic account of conscious and unconscious states, and an integrative field theory. Of these, the neurophysiology is the best understood. Neural dynamics is evolving rapidly, with several alternative points of view. The field theory sketched here is the most novel and controversial
Bayne, Timothy J. (2004). Closing the gap: Some questions for neurophenomenology. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 3 (4):349-64.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Abstract:   In his 1996 paper Neurophenomenology: A methodological remedy for the hard problem, Francisco Varela called for a union of Husserlian phenomenology and cognitive science. Varela''s call hasn''t gone unanswered, and recent years have seen the development of a small but growing literature intent on exploring the interface between phenomenology and cognitive science. But despite these developments, there is still some obscurity about what exactly neurophenomenology is. What are neurophenomenologists trying to do, and how are they trying to do it? To what extent is neurophenomenology a distinctive and unified research programme? In this paper I attempt to shed some light on these questions
Bayne, Timothy J. (2004). Peer commentary on are there neural correlates of consciousness: Phenomenal holism, internalism, and the neural correlates of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):32-37.   (Google)
Bayne, Timothy J. (2004). Phenomenal holism, internalism, and the NCC. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1).   (Google)
Bayne, Timothy J. (2004). Phenomenal holism, internalism and the neural correlates of consciousness: Comment. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):32-37.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Bickle, John (2005). Phenomenology and cortical microstimulation. In David Woodruff Smith & Amie L. Thomasson (eds.), Phenomenology and Philosophy of Mind. Oxford: Clarendon Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Birnbacher, Dieter (2006). Causal interpretations of correlations between neural and conscious events. Journal of Consciousness Studies 13 (1-2):115-128.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: The contribution argues that causal interpretations of empirical correlations between neural and conscious events are meaningful even if not fully verifiable and that there are reasons in favour of an epiphenomenalist construction of psychophysical causality. It is suggested that an account of causality can be given that makes interactionism, epiphenomenalism and Leibnizian parallelism semantically distinct interpretations of the phenomena. Though neuroscience cannot strictly prove or rule out any one of these interpretations it can be argued that methodological principles favour a causal interpretation on epiphenomenalist lines, both for reasons of metaphysical parsimony and for reasons of coherence with established physical principles such as the conservation of energy. In the concluding chapter, some of the philosophical and the empirical challenges following from this model are outlined, the most important being closer scrutiny of the neurophysiological processes accompanying conscious volition
Bisiach, E. (1988). The (haunted) brain and consciousness. In Anthony J. Marcel & E. Bisiach (eds.), Consciousness in Contemporary Science. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 30 | Annotation | Google)
Block, Ned (web). Consciousness, accessibility, and the mesh between psychology and neuroscience. Behavioral and Brain Sciences.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: How can we disentangle the neural basis of phenomenal consciousness from the neural machinery of the cognitive access that underlies reports of phenomenal consciousness? We can see the problem in stark form if we ask how we could tell whether representations inside a Fodorian module are phenomenally conscious. The methodology would seem straightforward: find the neural natural kinds that are the basis of phenomenal consciousness in clear cases when subjects are completely confident and we have no reason to doubt their authority, and look to see whether those neural natural kinds exist within Fodorian modules. But a puzzle arises: do we include the machinery underlying reportability within the neural natural kinds of the clear cases? If the answer is ‘Yes’, then there can be no phenomenally conscious representations in Fodorian modules. But how can we know if the answer is ‘Yes’? The suggested methodology requires an answer to the question it was supposed to answer! The paper argues for an abstract solution to the problem and exhibits a source of empirical data that is relevant, data that show that in a certain sense phenomenal consciousness overflows cognitive accessibility. The paper argues that we can find a neural realizer of this overflow if assume that the neural basis of phenomenal consciousness does not include the neural basis of cognitive accessibility and that this assumption is justified (other things equal) by the explanations it allows
Block, Ned (2001). How not to find the neural correlate of consciousness. In The Foundations of Cognitive Science. Oxford: Clarendon Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract: There are two concepts of consciousness that are easy to confuse with one another, access-consciousness and phenomenal consciousness. However, just as the concepts of water and H2O are different concepts of the same thing, so the two concepts of consciousness may come to the same thing in the brain. The focus of this paper is on the problems that arise when these two concepts of consciousness are conflated. I will argue that John Searle’s reasoning about the function of consciousness goes wrong because he conflates the two senses. And Francis Crick and Christof Koch fall afoul of the ambiguity in arguing that visual area V1 is not part of the neural correlate of consciousness. Crick and Koch’s work raises issues that suggest that these two concepts of consciousness may have different (though overlapping) neural correlates--despite Crick and Koch’s implicit rejection of this idea
Block, Ned (1998). How to find the neural correlate of consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Block, Ned (2005). The merely verbal problem of consciousness. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 9 (6):270.   (Google)
Block, Ned (2003). Tactile sensation via spatial perception. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 7:285-286.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Boyle, Noel (2008). Neurobiology and phenomenology: Towards a three-tiered intertheoretic model of explanation. Journal of Consciousness Studies 15 (3):34-58.   (Google)
Abstract: Analytic and continental philosophies of mind are too long divided. In both traditions there is extensive discussion of consciousness, the mind-body problem, intentionality, subjectivity, perception (especially visual) and so on. Between these two discussions there are substantive disagreements, overlapping points of insight, meaningful differences in emphasis, and points of comparison which seems to offer nothing but confusion. In other words, there are the ideal circumstances for doing philosophy. Yet, there has been little discourse. This paper invites expanding discourse between these two philosophical traditions. The first part briefly describes the existing literature which works across the analytic- phenomenology divide, situating my work within it as a focus on analytic physicalism and phenomenal explanation. In the longer second part, I sketch a model for explanation embedded simultaneously in both traditions. Hopefully, a theoretical framework emerges that the unlikely combination of Maurice Merleau- Ponty and Patricia Churchland could accept. In the third part, I apply the three-tiered model to a discussion of plasticity and suggest that the model both reflects existing research across three levels of analysis and can be a fruitful way to approach future research. My suggestion for a three-tiered model is quite tentative. Much less tentative is my claim that constructive dialogue between phenomeno- logical and physicalist study of consciousness is long-overdue, illuminating, and practical
Buck, R. (1993). What is this thing called subjective experience? Reflections on the neuropsychology of qualia. Neuropsychology 7:490-99.   (Cited by 16 | Google)
Chalmers, David J. (1998). On the search for the neural correlate of consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A.C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 18 | Google | More links)
Abstract: *[[This paper appears in _Toward a Science of Consciousness II: The Second Tucson Discussions and Debates_ (S. Hameroff, A. Kaszniak, and A.Scott, eds), published with MIT Press in 1998. It is a transcript of my talk at the second Tucson conference in April 1996, lightly edited to include the contents of overheads and to exclude some diversions with a consciousness meter. A more in-depth argument for some of the claims in this paper can be found in Chapter 6 of my book _The Conscious Mind_ (Chalmers, 1996). ]]
Chalmers, David J. (2000). What is a neural correlate of consciousness? In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 79 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The search for neural correlates of consciousness (or NCCs) is arguably the cornerstone in the recent resurgence of the science of consciousness. The search poses many difficult empirical problems, but it seems to be tractable in principle, and some ingenious studies in recent years have led to considerable progress. A number of proposals have been put forward concerning the nature and location of neural correlates of consciousness. A few of these include
Churchland, Paul M. (2005). Chimerical colors: Some phenomenological predictions from cognitive neuroscience. Philosophical Psychology 18 (5):527-560.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The Hurvich-Jameson (H-J) opponent-process network offers a familiar account of the empirical structure of the phenomenological color space for humans, an account with a number of predictive and explanatory virtues. Its successes form the bulk of the existing reasons for suggesting a strict identity between our various color sensations on the one hand, and our various coding vectors across the color-opponent neurons in our primary visual pathways on the other. But anti-reductionists standardly complain that the systematic parallels discovered by the H-J network are just empirical correspondences, constructed post facto, with no predictive or explanatory purchase on the intrinsic characters of qualia proper. The present paper disputes that complaint, by illustrating that the H-J model yields some novel and unappreciated predictions, and some novel and unappreciated explanations, concerning the qualitative characters of a considerable variety of color sensations possible for human experience, color sensations that normal people have almost certainly never had before, color sensations whose accurate descriptions in ordinary language appear semantically ill-formed or even self-contradictory. Specifically, these "impossible" color sensations are activation-vectors (across our opponent-process neurons) that lie inside the space of neuronally possible activation-vectors, but outside the central 'color spindle' that confines the familiar range of sensations for possible objective colors. These extra-spindle chimerical-color sensations correspond to no reflective color that you will ever see objectively displayed on a physical object. But the H-J model both predicts their existence and explains their highly anomalous qualitative characters in some detail. It also suggests how to produce these rogue sensations by a simple procedure made available in the latter half of this paper. The relevant color plates will allow you to savor these sensations for yourself
Churchland, Patricia S. (1994). Can neurobiology teach us anything about consciousness? Proceedings and Addresses of the American Philosophical Association 67 (4):23-40.   (Cited by 24 | Google)
Churchland, Patricia S. (1988). Reduction and the neurobiological basis of consciousness. In Anthony J. Marcel & E. Bisiach (eds.), Consciousness in Contemporary Science. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 25 | Google)
Clapson, Philip (2001). Consciousness: The organismic approach. Neuro-Psychoanalysis 3 (2):203-220.   (Google)
Clark, Austen (forthcoming). Vicissitudes of consciousness, varieties of correlates: Review of The Neural Correlates of Consciousness: Empirical and Conceptual Questions. American Journal of Psychology.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: and denotes a number of different phenomena. We reason about “consciousness” using some premises that apply to one of the..
Cleeremans, Axel & Haynes, John (1999). Correlating consciousness: A vew from empirical science. Revue Internationale de Philosophie 3 (209):387-420.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Research on consciousness is currently enjoying a spectacular revival of interest in the cognitive sciences. From an empirical point of view, the NCC program — the search for the “Neural Correlates of Consciousness” — holds the promise of establishing correlations between physiological and phenomenal states in a way that directly resembles G. T. Fechner´s (1860) so-called “inner psychophysics”. Should the NCC program be entirely successful, we would thus be able to predict phenomenal states based on physiological states. we would be able to predict phenomenal states based on physiological states. In this paper, we explore some of the conceptual and methodological difficulties of this approach. In both neurobiology and psychology, there are serious measurement problems that stand in the way of correlation research, even after the “hard problem” has been set aside. Thus, even if one had identified certain internal functional states as indicators of phenomenal states, the empirical psychologist would still be confronted with fundamental problems, such as determining the absence or presence of these functional states. In this respect, philosophy of science may help and provide a metatheoretical framework for the current interdisciplinary project
Cobb, S. (1952). On the nature and locus of mind. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry 67:172-7.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Creutzfeld, O. D. (1987). Inevitable deadlocks of the brain-mind discussion. In B. Gulyas (ed.), The Brain-Mind Problem: Philosophical and Neurophyiological Approaches. Leuven University Press.   (Google)
Crick, Francis & Koch, Christof (2003). A framework for consciousness. Nature Neuroscience 6:119-26.   (Cited by 196 | Google | More links)
Crick, Francis & Koch, Christof (2000). The Unconscious Homunculus. In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Vimal, Ram Lakhan Pandey (2009). Dual Aspect Framework for Consciousness and Its Implications: West meets East for Sublimation Process. In G. Derfer, Z. Wang & M. Weber (eds.), The Roar of Awakening. A Whiteheadian Dialogue Between Western Psychotherapies and Eastern Worldviews. Ontos Verlag.   (Google)
Abstract: Previously (Vimal, 2009b) in Whitehead Psychology Nexus Studies, we discussed (i) the dual-aspect-dual-mode proto-experience (PE)-subjective experience (SE) framework of consciousness based on neuroscience, (ii) its implication in war, suffering, peace, and happiness, (iii) the process of sublimation for optimizing them and converting the negative aspects of seven groups of self-protective energy system (desire, anger, ego, greed, attachment, jealousy, and selfish-love) into their positive aspects from both western and eastern perspectives. In this article, we summarize the recent development since then as follows. (1) In (Vimal, 2009e), we rigorously investigated the classical and quantum matching and selection processes for precisely experiencing a specific SE in a specific neural-network. (2) In (Vimal, 2009i), we unpacked the quantum view of superposition related to the superposition-based hypothesis H1 of our framework in terms of subquantum dual-aspect primal entities (bhutatmas) and addressed the related explanatory gaps. (3) In, we developed alternative hypotheses of our framework, namely, the superposition-then-integration-emergence based H2, the integration-emergence based H3, the intelligent mechanism based H4, and the vacuum/Aether based H5. We concluded that our framework with H1 is the most optimal one because it has the least number of problems (Vimal, 2009j). (4) In, we found over 40 different but overlapping meanings attributed to the term ‘consciousness’ and suggested that authors must specify which aspect of consciousness they refer to when using this term to minimize confusion (Vimal, 2009f). (5) In, we proposed definitions of consciousness, qualia, mind, and awareness (Vimal, 2009h). (6) In, we investigated the necessary ingredients for access (reportable) consciousness: wakefulness, re-entry, attention, working memory and so on (Vimal, 2009g). (7) In, we discussed Nāgārjuna’s philosophy of dependent co-origination with respect to our PE-SE framework (Vimal, 2009a). (8) In, we linked dynamic systems theory and fractal catalytic theory with standard representation theory using our framework (Vimal, 2009d). (9) In, we introduce the PE-SE aspects of consciousness in theoretical classical and quantum physics including loop quantum gravity and string theory (Vimal, 2009k). (10) In (Vimal, 2009c), we proposed that the SE of subject or ‘self’ in self-related neural-network is tuned to the self-related SEs/PEs superposed in other innumerable entities during samadhi state via matching and selection processes. This leads to bliss, ecstasy, or exceptionally high degree of climax at samadhi state. We conclude that, so far, the dual-aspect-dual-mode PE-SE framework with hypothesis H1 is the most optimal framework for explaining our conventional reality because it has the least number of problems.
Dalton, Thomas C. (1998). The developmental gap in phenomenal experience: A comment on J. G. Taylor's "cortical activity and the explanatory gap''. J:Consciousness and cognition 7 (2):159-164. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (2):159-164.   (Google)
Abstract: J. G. Taylor advances an empirically testable local neural network model to understand the neural correlates of phenomenal experience. Taylor's model is better able to explain the presence (i.e., persistence, latency, and seamlessness) and unity of phenomenal consciousness which support the idea that consciousness is coherent, undivided, and centered. However, Taylor fails to offer a satisfactory explanation of the nonlinear relationship between local and global neural systems. In addition, the ontological assumptions that PE is immediate, intrinsic, and incorrigible limit an understanding of the different experiential forms consciousness takes during neurobehavioral development. Recent studies suggest that neurobehavioral development is discontinuous and that judgment emerges under conditions of uncertainty to render feeling and perception in equivalent terms of energy and behavior. Approaching the problem of phenomenal experience from a developmental perspective may help resolve the paradox of feeling infinitely close as well as distant from one's self
de JongLooren, Huib (1996). Brain waves and bridges: Comments on Hardcastle's Discovering the Moment of Consciousness?. Philosophical Psychology 9 (2):197-209.   (Google)
Farber, Ilya B. & Churchland, Patricia S. (1995). Consciousness and the neurosciences: Philosophical and theoretical issues. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The Cognitive Neurosciences. MIT Press.   (Cited by 16 | Google)
Farber, Ilya B. (2005). How a neural correlate can function as an explanation of consciousness: Evidence from the history of science regarding the likely explanatory value of the NCC approach. Journal of Consciousness Studies 12 (4-5):77-95.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Abstract: A frequent criticism of the neuroscientific approach to consciousness is that its theories describe only 'correlates' or 'analogues' of consciousness, and so fail to address the nature of consciousness itself. Despite its apparent logical simplicity, this criticism in fact relies on some substantive assumptions about the nature and evolution of scientific explanations. In particular, it is usually assumed that, in expressing correlations, neural correlate of consciousness (NCC) theories must fail to capture the causal structure relating brain and mind. Drawing on work in the history and philosophy of science, I argue that this assumption - along with the related claim that even a correct NCC theory would fail to explain consciousness - is grounded in an inadequate conception of the way in which scientific explanations develop. Examination of parallel developments in 20th century biology reveals that, under the right circumstances, seemingly crude correspondences can play an essential role in scientific discovery and can sometimes become central to our everyday understanding of the phenomena in question. A proper understanding of this process clarifies the value of NCC theories and sheds light on the standards by which they should be evaluated. In closing, I describe two specific criteria for evaluating NCC proposals: intertheoretic bridge potential and detailed mapping
Fingelkurts, Alexander A.; Fingelkurts, Andrew A.; Kallio, Sakari & Revonsuo, Antti (2007). HYPNOSIS INDUCES A CHANGED COMPOSITION OF BRAIN OSCILLATIONS IN EEG: A CASE STUDY. Contemporary Hypnosis 24 (1):3-18.   (Google)
Abstract: Cognitive functions associated with the frontal lobes of the brain may be specifi cally involved in hypnosis. Thus, the frontal area of the brain has recently been of great interest when searching for neural changes associated with hypnosis. We tested the hypothesis that EEG during pure hypnosis would differ from the normal non-hypnotic EEG especially above the frontal area of the brain. The composition of brain oscillations was examined in a broad frequency band (130 Hz) in the electroencephalogram (EEG) of a single virtuoso subject. Data was collected in two independent data collection periods separated by one year. The hypnotic and non-hypnotic conditions were repeated multiple times during each data acquisition session. We found that pure hypnosis induced reorganization in the composition of brain oscillations especially in prefrontal and right occipital EEG channels. Additionally, hypnosis was characterized by consistent rightside-dominance asymmetry. In the prefrontal EEG channels the composition of brain oscillations included spectral patterns during hypnosis that were completely different from those observed during non-hypnosis. Furthermore, the EEG spectral patterns observed overall during the hypnotic condition did not return to the pre-hypnotic baseline EEG immediately when hypnosis was terminated. This suggests that for the brain, the return to a normal neurophysiological baseline condition after hypnosis is a time-consuming process. The present results suggest that pure hypnosis is characterized by an increase in alertness and heightened attention, refl ected as cognitive and neuronal activation. Taken together, the present data provide support for the hypothesis that in a very highly hypnotizable person (a hypnotic virtuoso) hypnosis as such may be accompanied by a changed pattern of neural activity in the brain.
Fingelkurts, Andrew A.; Fingelkurts, Alexander A. & Neves, Carlos F. H. (2010). Natural World Physical, Brain Operational, and Mind Phenomenal Space-Time. Physics of Life Reviews 7 (2):195-249.   (Google)
Abstract: Concepts of space and time are widely developed in physics. However, there is a considerable lack of biologically plausible theoretical frameworks that can demonstrate how space and time dimensions are implemented in the activity of the most complex life-system – the brain with a mind. Brain activity is organized both temporally and spatially, thus representing space-time in the brain. Critical analysis of recent research on the space-time organization of the brain’s activity pointed to the existence of so-called operational space-time in the brain. This space-time is limited to the execution of brain operations of differing complexity. During each such brain operation a particular short-term spatio-temporal pattern of integrated activity of different brain areas emerges within related operational space-time. At the same time, to have a fully functional human brain one needs to have a subjective mental experience. Current research on the subjective mental experience offers detailed analysis of space-time organization of the mind. According to this research, subjective mental experience (subjective virtual world) has definitive spatial and temporal properties similar to many physical phenomena. Based on systematic review of the propositions and tenets of brain and mind space-time descriptions, our aim in this review essay is to explore the relations between the two. To be precise, we would like to discuss the hypothesis that via the brain operational space-time the mind subjective space-time is connected to otherwise distant physical space-time reality.
Freeman, Walter J. (2004). Peer commentary on Are There Neural Correlates of Consciousness: Commentary on essay by Alva Noe and Evan Thompson. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):38-39.   (Google)
Freeman, Walter J. (1997). Three centuries of category errors in studies of the neural basis of consciousness and intentionality. Neural Networks 10:1175-83.   (Cited by 15 | Google | More links)
Frith, Christopher D. (2001). Commentary on Revonsuo's Can Functional Brain Imaging Discover Consciousness in the Brain?. Journal of Consciousness Studies 8 (3):30.   (Google)
Gillett, Grant R. (1988). Consciousness and brain function. Philosophical Psychology 1:325-39.   (Google)
Gillett, Grant R. (1995). Consciousness, thought, and neurological integrity. Journal of Mind and Behavior 16 (3):215-33.   (Google)
Gloor, P. (1986). Consciousness as a neurological concept in epileptology: A critical review. Epilepsia 27.   (Cited by 38 | Google)
Gordon, G.; Maxwell, Grover & Savodnik, I. (eds.) (1976). Consciousness and the Brain: A Scientific and Philosophical Inquiry. Plenum.   (Google)
Gray, Jeffrey A. (1998). Creeping up on the hard question of consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Grossenbacher, Peter G. (2001). A phenomenological introduction to the cognitive neuroscience of consciousness. In Peter G. Grossenbacher (ed.), Finding Consciousness in the Brain: A Neurocognitive Approach. Advances in Consciousness Research. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Hamanaka, T. (1997). The concept of consciousness in the history of neuropsychiatry. History of Psychiatry 8:361-373.   (Google | More links)
Hardcastle, Valerie Gray (1996). Discovering the moment of consciousness? I: Bridging techniques at work, & II. Philosophical Psychology 9 (2):149-96.   (Google)
Hardcastle, Valerie Gray (2000). How to understand the N in NCC. In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Hardcastle, Valerie Gray (1995). Locating Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 34 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Spelling out in detail what we do and do not know about phenomenological experience, this book denies the common view of consciousness as a central decision...
Hardcastle, Valerie Gray (2004). Peer commentary on are there neural correlates of consciousness: Situated reductionism, or how to be an internalist and an externalist at the same time. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):39-42.   (Google)
Hernegger, Rudolf (ms). Changes of paradigm in consciousness research.   (Google)
Hohwy, Jakob & Frith, Christopher D. (2004). Can neuroscience explain consciousness? Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (7-8):180-198.   (Cited by 32 | Google)
Hohwy, Jakob & Frith, Christopher D. (2004). NCCs: Room for improvement but on the right track. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1).   (Google)
Hohwy, Jakob & Frith, Christopher D. (2004). Peer commentary on Are There Neural Correlates of Consciousness?. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):45-51.   (Google)
Hohwy, Jakob & Frith, Christopher D. (2004). The neural correlates of consciousness: Room for improvement, but on the right track: Comment. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):45-51.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Hohwy, Jakob (2007). The search for neural correlates of consciousness. Philosophy Compass 2 (3):461–474.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Most consciousness researchers, almost no matter what their views of the metaphysics of consciousness, can agree that the first step in a science of consciousness is the search for the neural correlate of consciousness (the NCC). The reason for this agreement is that the notion of ‘correlation’ doesn’t by itself commit one to any particular metaphysical view about the relation between (neural) matter and consciousness. For example, some might treat the correlates as causally related, while others might view the correlation as evidence for identity between conscious states and brain states. The common ground therefore seems to be that the scientific search for the NCC is largely independent of the metaphysics of consciousness
Hurley, Susan L. & No, (2003). Neural plasticity and consciousness. Biology and Philosophy 18 (1):131-168.   (Cited by 68 | Google | More links)
Hurley, Susan L. & Noe, Alva (2003). Neural plasticity and consciousness: Reply to Block. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 7 (1):342.   (Cited by 68 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Susan Hurley Susan Hurley Susan Hurley Susan Hurley1111 andAlva Noë andAlva Noë andAlva Noë andAlva Noë2222
Hurley, Susan L. (1998). Unity, neuropsychology, and action. In Consciousness in Action. Harvard University Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Ivanitsky, A. M. (1993). Consciousness: Criteria and possible mechanisms. International Journal of Psychophysiology 14:179-87.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Jackendoff, Ray S. (2000). Unconscious, yes; homunculus,??? Neuro-Psychoanalysis 2 (1):17-20.   (Google | More links)
Kinsbourne, Marcel (1997). What qualifies a representation for a role in consciousness? In Jonathan D. Cohen & Jonathan W. Schooler (eds.), Scientific Approaches to Consciousness. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Cited by 16 | Google)
Kitazawa, S. (2002). Where conscious sensation takes place. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (3):475-477.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Kriegel, Uriah (2007). Gray matters: Functionalism, intentionalism, and the search for NCC in Jeffrey gray's work. Journal of Consciousness Studies 14 (4):96-116.   (Google)
Abstract: Since Francis Crick popularized the term `Neural Correlate of Consciousness' (NCC), it has been the focus of what is perhaps the most exciting research area in the cognitive sciences. Different researchers and laboratories have offered different brain structures as candidates for the NCC prize. Different chunks of gray matter have been identified as the potential seat of consciousness. Some researchers attempt to identify the NCC via a characterization of the cognitive aspects of consciousness, such as its functional significance or intentional directedness, while others attempt a direct identification of the NCC, without any cognitive intermediary. Needless to say, no consensus is in sight on any of this
Kurthen, M. Moskopp (1999). Conscious behavior explained. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):155-158.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Current neurobiological research on temporal binding in binocular rivalry settings contributes to a better understanding of the neural correlate of perceptual consciousness. This research can easily be integrated into a theory of conscious behavior, but if it is meant to promote a naturalistic theory of perceptual consciousness itself, it is confronted with the notorious explanatory gap argument according to which any statement of psychophysical correlations (and their interpretation) leaves the phenomenal character of, e.g., states of perceptual consciousness open. It is argued that research on temporal binding plays no role in a naturalistic theory of consciousness if the gap argument can be solved on internal philosophical grounds or if it turns out to be unsolvable at the time being. But there may be a way to dissolve or deconstruct it, and the accessibility of this way may well depend on scientific progress, including neurobiological research on the neural correlate of perceptual consciousness
Kurthen, M.; Grunwald, T. & Elger, C. E. (1998). Will there be a neuroscientific theory of consciousness? Trends in Cognitive Sciences 2:229-34.   (Cited by 55 | Google | More links)
Lahav, Ran (1997). The conscious and the nonconscious: Philosophical implications of neuropsychology. In Martin Carrier & Peter K. Machamer (eds.), Mindscapes: Philosophy, Science, and the Mind. Pittsburgh University Press.   (Google)
Lahav, Ran (1993). What neuropsychology tells us about consciousness. Philosophy of Science 60 (1):67-85.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Libet, Benjamin W. (2000). Conscious and unconscious mental activity. Neuro-Psychoanalysis 2 (1):21-24.   (Google | More links)
Lloyd, Dan (2002). Functional MRI and the study of human consciousness. Journal Of Cognitive Neuroscience 14 (6):818-831.   (Cited by 46 | Google | More links)
Abstract: & Functional brain imaging offers new opportunities for the begin with single-subject (preprocessed) scan series, and study of that most pervasive of cognitive conditions, human consider the patterns of all voxels as potential multivariate consciousness. Since consciousness is attendant to so much encodings of phenomenal information. Twenty-seven subjects of human cognitive life, its study requires secondary analysis from the four studies were analyzed with multivariate of multiple experimental datasets. Here, four preprocessed methods, revealing analogues of phenomenal structures, datasets from the National fMRI Data Center are considered: particularly the structures of temporality. In a second Hazeltine et al., Neural activation during response competi- interpretive approach, artificial neural networks were used tion; Ishai et al., The representation of objects in the human to detect a more explicit prediction from phenomenology, occipital and temporal cortex; Mechelli et al., The effects of namely, that present experience contains and is inflected by presentation rate during word and pseudoword reading; and past states of awareness and anticipated events. In all of 21 Postle et al., Activity in human frontal cortex associated with subjects in this analysis, nets were successfully trained to spatial working memory and saccadic behavior. The study of extract aspects of relative past and future brain states, in consciousness also draws from multiple disciplines. In this comparison with statistically similar controls. This exploratory article, the philosophical subdiscipline of phenomenology study thus concludes that the proposed methods for provides initial characterization of phenomenal structures ‘‘neurophenomenology’’ warrant further application, includ- conceptually necessary for an analysis of consciousness. These ing the exploration of individual differences, multivariate structures include phenomenal intentionality, phenomenal differences between cognitive task conditions, and explora- superposition, and experienced temporality..
Mandik, Pete (2007). The neurophilosophy of consciousness. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Abstract: The neurophilosophy of consciousness brings neuroscience to bear on philosophical issues concerning phenomenal consciousness, especially issues concerning what makes mental states conscious, what it is that we are conscious of, and the nature of the phenomenal character of conscious states. Here attention is given largely to phenomenal consciousness as it arises in vision. The relevant neuroscience concerns not only neurophysiological and neuroanatomical data, but also computational models of neural networks. The neurophilosophical theories that bring such data to bear on the core philosophical issues of phenomenal conscious construe consciousness largely in terms of representations in neural networks associated with certain processes of attention and memory
McLaughlin, Brian P. & Bartlett, Gary (2004). Have Noe and Thompson cast doubt on the neural correlates of consciousness programme? Comment. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):56-67.   (Google)
McLauglin, B. & Bartlett, Gary (2004). Have Noe and Thompson cast doubt on the NCC programme? Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):29-86.   (Google)
McLaughlin, Brian P. & Bartlett, Gary (2004). Peer commentary on are there neural correlates of consciousness: Have Noe and Thompson cast doubt on the neural correlates of consciousness programme? Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):56-67.   (Google)
Metzinger, Thomas (2004). Peer commentary on "are there neural correlates of consciousness": Appearance is not knowledge: The incoherent straw man, content-content confusions and mindless conscious subjects. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):67-72.   (Google)
Miller, Steven M. (2007). On the correlation/constitution distinction problem (and other hard problems) in the scientific study of consciousness. Acta Neuropsychiatrica 19 (3):159-176.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Myin, Erik (2004). Peer commentary on are there neural correlates of consciousness: Quining kinds of content: The primacy of experience. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):72-77.   (Google)
Natsoulas, Thomas (1999). A commentary system for consciousness?! Journal of Mind and Behavior 20 (2):155-181.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Niedermeyer, E. (1999). A concept of consciousness. Italian Journal of Neurological Sciences 20:7-15.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Niedermeyer, E. (1994). Consciousness: Function and definition. Clinical Electroencephalography 25:86-93.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Noë, Alva & Thompson, Evan (2004). Are there neural correlates of consciousness? Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):3-28.   (Cited by 44 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In the past decade, the notion of a neural correlate of consciousness (or NCC) has become a focal point for scientific research on consciousness (Metzinger, 2000a). A growing number of investigators believe that the first step toward a science of consciousness is to discover the neural correlates of consciousness. Indeed, Francis Crick has gone so far as to proclaim that ‘we … need to discover the neural correlates of consciousness.… For this task the primate visual system seems especially attractive.… No longer need one spend time attempting … to endure the tedium of philosophers perpetually disagreeing with each other. Con- sciousness is now largely a scientific problem’ (Crick, 1996, p. 486).2 Yet the question of what it means to be a neural correlate of consciousness is actually far from straightforward, for it involves fundamental empirical, methodological, and _philosophical _issues about the nature of consciousness and its relationship to the brain. Even if one assumes, as we do, that states of consciousness causally depend on states of the brain, one can nevertheless wonder in what sense there is, or could be, such a thing as a neural correlate of consciousness
Noë, Alva & O'Regan, Kevin J. (2002). On the brain-basis of visual consciousnes: A sensorimotor account. In A. Noe & E. Thompson (eds.), Vision and Mind: Selected Readings in the Philosophy of Perception. MIT Press.   (Google)
Noe, Alva & Thompson, Evan (2004). Sorting out the neural basis of consciousness: Authors' reply to commentators. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):87-98.   (Google)
Panksepp, Jaak (2000). The cradle of consciousness: A periconscious emotional homunculus? Neuro-Psychoanalysis 2 (1):24-32.   (Google)
Panksepp, Jaak (2000). The neuro-evolutionary cusp between emotions and cognitions: Implications for understanding consciousness and the emergence of a unified mind science. Consciousness and Emotion 1 (1):15-54.   (Cited by 41 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The neurobiological systems that mediate the basic emotions are beginning to be understood. They appear to be constituted of genetically coded, but experientially refined executive circuits situated in subcortical areas of the brain which can coordinate the behavioral, physiological and psychological processes that need to be recruited to cope with a variety of primal survival needs (i.e., they signal evolutionary fitness issues). These birthrights allow newborn organisms to begin navigating the complexities of the world and to learn about the values and contingencies of the environment. Some of these systems have been identified and characterized using modern neuroscientific and psychobiological tools. The fundamental emotional systems can now be defined by the functional psychobiological characteristics of the underlying circuitries ? characteristics which help coordinate behavioral, physiological and psychological aspects of emotionality, including the valenced affective feeling states that provide fundamental values for the guidance of behavior. The various emotional circuits are coordinated by different neuropeptides, and the arousal of each system may generate distinct affective/neurodynamic states and imbalances may lead to various psychiatric disorders. The aim of this essay is to discuss the underlying conceptual issues that must be addressed for additional progress in understanding the nature of primary process affective consciousness
Prinz, Jesse J. & Jack, Anthony I. (2004). Peer commentary on are there neural correlates of consciousness: Searching for a scientific experience. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):51-56.   (Google)
Rees, Geraint (2001). Can philosophy discover consciousness in the brain? Commentary on Revonsuo's Can Functional Brain Imaging Discover Consciousness in the Brain?. Journal of Consciousness Studies 8 (3):34-38.   (Google)
Rees, Geraint & Frith, Christopher D. (2007). Methodologies for identifying the neural correlates of consciousness. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Rees, Geraint & Haynes, John (2004). Peer commentary on Are There Neural Correlates of Consciousness: Causal or representational holism? Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):42-45.   (Google)
Rees, Geraint (2001). Seeing is not perceiving. Nature Neuroscience 4:678-680.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Revonsuo, Antti (2001). Can functional brain imaging discover consciousness in the brain? Journal of Consciousness Studies 8 (3):3-23.   (Cited by 22 | Google)
Revonsuo, Antti (2001). Discovering the mechanisms of consciousness: Reply to commentaries. Journal Of Consciousness Studies 8 (3):44-50.   (Google)
Revonsuo, Antti (1998). How to take consciousness seriously in cognitive neuroscience. Communication and Cognition 30 (3-4):185-205.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Revonsuo, Antti (2001). Imaging consciousness: Can cognitive neuroscience discover visual awareness in the brain? In Paavo Pylkkanen & Tere Vaden (eds.), Dimensions of Conscious Experience. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Revonsuo, Antti (2000). Prospects for a scientific research program on consciousness. In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 20 | Google)
Roy, Jean-Michel (2004). Peer commentary on Are There Neural Correlates of Consciousness: Is there a content matching doctrine? Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):77-79.   (Google)
Schiller, F. C. S. (1952). Consciousness reconsidered. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry 67:199-227.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Schwartz, James H. (2000). The Unconscious Homunculus: Comment. Neuro-Psychoanalysis 2 (1):36-37.   (Google)
Searle, John R. (2004). Comments on Noe and Thompson, Are There Neural Correlates of Consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):80-82.   (Google)
Searle, John R. (2004). Peer commentary on Are There Neural Correlates of Consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):80-82.   (Google)
Smith, D. (2000). Freudian science of consciousness: Then and now. Neuro-Psychoanalysis 2 (1):38-45.   (Google)
Smythies, J. (1999). Consciousness: Some basic issues- a neurophilosophical perspective. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (2):164-172.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: This paper concentrates on the basic properties of ''consciousness'' that temporal coding is postulated to relate to. A description of phenomenal consciousness based on what introspection tells us about its contents is offered. This includes a consideration of the effect of various brain lesions that result in cortical blindness, apperceptive and associative agnosia, and blindsight, together with an account of the manner in which sight is regained after cortical injuries. I then discuss two therories of perception-Direct Realism and the Representative Theory. This includes a discussion of the concept of the body-image, phantom limbs, the alleged projection of sensations, the ontological status of phenomenal space, the homunculus argument, the validity of topographic coding, the difference between the stimulus field and the visual field, and two theories of brain-mind relationship-the Identity Theory and the Bohr-Heisenberg theory of brain-mind complementarity. Finally I suggest that the binocular rivalry obtained in the case of the stroboscopic patterns that result from intermittent photic stimulation of one eye, when used in animal expeiments with unit recording, offers a good experimental method of investigating the binding problem
Smythies, J. R. (1994). Shipwreck of a grand hypothesis (francis Crick, The Astonishing Hypothesis). Inquiry 37 (2):267-281.   (Google)
Sperry, Roger W. (1975). In search of psyche. In F.G. Worden, J.P. Swazey & G. Adelman (eds.), The Neurosciences: Paths of Discovery. MIT Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Sperry, Roger W. (1952). Neurology and the mind-brain problem. American Scientist 40 (2).   (Cited by 94 | Google)
Sperry, Roger W. (1968). Psychobiology and vice versa. Engineering and Science Magazine, November 1968.   (Google)
Tannenbaum, Arnold S. (2006). Consciousness and the self-sensing brain: Implications for feeling and meaning. American Journal of Psychology 119 (2):205-222.   (Google | More links)
Taylor, John G. (2001). Functional brain imaging to search for consciousness needs attention. Journal Of Consciousness Studies 8 (3):39-43.   (Google)
Thompson, Evan & Varela, Francisco J. (2001). Radical embodiment: Neural dynamics and consciousness. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 5 (10):418-425.   (Cited by 166 | Google)
Vaas, Ruediger (1999). Why neural correlates of consciousness are fine, but not enough. Anthropology and Philosophy 2 (2).   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The existence of neural correlates of consciousness (NCC) is not enough for philosophical purposes. On the other hand, there's more to NCC than meets the sceptic's eye. (I) NCC are useful for a better understanding of conscious experience, for instance: (1) NCC are helpful to explain phenomenological features of consciousness – e.g., dreaming. (2) NCC can account for phenomenological opaque facts – e.g., the temporal structure of consciousness. (3) NCC reveal properties and functions of consciousness which cannot be elucidated either by introspective phenomenology or by psychological experiments alone – e.g., vision. (II) There are crucial problems and shortcomings of NCC: (1) Correlation implies neither causation nor identity. (2) There are limitations of empirical access due to the problem of other minds and the problem of self-deception, and (3) due to the restrictions provided by inter- and intraindividual variations. (4) NCC cannot be catched by neuroscience alone because of the externalistic content of representations. Therefore, NCC are not sufficient for a naturalistic theory of mind, (5) nor are they necessary because of the possibility of multiple realization. (III) Nevertheless, NCC are relevant and important for the mind-body problem: (1) NCC reveal features that are necessary at least for behavioral manifestations of human consciousness. (2) But NCC are compatible with very different proposals for a solution of the mind-body problem. This seems to be both advantageous and detrimental. (3) NCC restrict nomological identity accounts. (4) The investigation of NCC can refute empirical arguments for interactionism as a case study of John Eccles' dualistic proposals will show. (5) The discoveries of NCC cannot establish a naturalistic theory of mind alone, for which, e.g., a principle of supervenience and a further condition – and therefore philosophical arguments – are required
van Gulick, Robert (2004). Neural correlates and the diversity of content. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1).   (Google)
van Gulick, Robert (2004). Peer commentary on are there neural correlates of consciousness: Neural correlates and the diversity of content. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (1):82-86.   (Google)
Varela, F. (2002). Upwards and downwards causation in the brain: Case studies on the emergence and efficacy of consciousness. In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Vimal, Ram Lakhan Pandey (2009). Dependent Co-origination and Inherent Existence: Dual-Aspect Framework. Vision Research Institute: Living Vision and Consciousness Research 1 (2).   (Google)
Abstract: Nāgārjuna rejects ‘inherent existence’ or ‘essence’ in favor of co-dependent origination, and that is also why he rejects causality. Causality is a major issue in metaphysical views; for example, one could argue that consciousness causes/affects our brain/behavior/function/matter or vice-versa. My goals are as follows: (i) which entities lack ‘inherent existence’ or ‘essence’ and which ones inherently exist? (ii) Do the entities that lack inherent existence dependently co-arise and hence can we reject causality as in Nāgārjuna’s philosophy? (iii) Do the entities that exist inherently cause entities that lack inherent existence? (iv) Do structure, function, experience, and environment cause each other? And (v) we critically analyze, extend, and examine Nāgārjuna’s philosophy of dependent co-origination (Nāgārjuna & Garfield, 1995)with respect to the dual-aspect-dual-mode PE-SE framework (Vimal, 2008a, 2008b, 2009a, 2009c). Our analysis suggests that: (i)All conventional entities lack inherently existence, except subjective experiences (SEs)/proto-experiences (PEs) that are fundamental and irreducible and hence inherently exist. (ii) The entities that lack inherent existence dependently co-arise, and hence causality for them can be rejected but instead conditions (such as efficient, percept-object, immediate, and dominant conditions) might be necessary, as in Nāgārjuna’s philosophy. (iii) It is not clear that SEs that exist inherently cause entities that lack inherent existence, but one could argue that (a) superposed PEs/SEs in the mental aspect of stings or elementary particles might be the motivation for the evolution to form neural-nets to realize a specific SE, and (b) Nāgārjuna’s rejection of causality and ‘relational ontology’ (Caponigro & Prakash, 2009) need to be reconsidered for SEs. For example, the SE redness (redness-bhutatma (Vimal, 2009g)) inherently, independently, and eternally exists; and hence causality may not be rejected and the ‘relational ontology’ may not apply for any such SE. (iv) It is not clear that structure, function, experience, and environment cause each other, but they might be linked via conditions. (v) Furthermore, (a) an entity has double aspect: mental and material aspects, (b) string is a dual-aspect entity that dependently co-arises from string-vacuum or brane, and (c) the dual-aspect-dual-mode PE-SE framework is consistent with these premises. For example, PEs/SEs inherently exist and are in superposed form in the mental aspect of (a) string-vacuum and/or brane before Big-Bang, (b) strings, elementary particles (bosons and fermions) and all evolved entities after Big-Bang, and (c) entities before and after Big-Freeze/Big-Crunch or entities in cyclic universe as in the big bounce/quantum-bounce (Loop Quantum Gravity) framework. However, the selection of a specific SE has dependent co-origination (and hence not inherently existent, consistent with Nāgārjuna), i.e., a specific SE occurs in brain when (i) relevant neural-net is formed via neural Darwinism, (ii) the specific SE is selected via matching and selection mechanisms, and (iii) the necessary ingredients ―such as wakefulness, re-entry, attention, working memory, stimulus at above threshold, and neural-net PEs― are satisfied. If this is true, then only experiences (PEs/SEs in superposed form) are inherently existent and other entities have dependent co-origination.

8.1g Consciousness and Neuroscience, Misc

Alkire, M. T.; Haier, R. J. & Fallon, J. H. (2000). Toward a unified theory of narcosis: Brain imaging evidence for a thalamocortical switch as the neurophysiologic basis of anesthetic-induced unconsciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 9 (3):370-386.   (Google)
Abstract: A unifying theory of general anesthetic-induced unconsciousness must explain the common mechanism through which various anesthetic agents produce unconsciousness. Functional-brain-imaging data obtained from 11 volunteers during general anesthesia showed specific suppression of regional thalamic and midbrain reticular formation activity across two different commonly used volatile agents. These findings are discussed in relation to findings from sleep neurophysiology and the implications of this work for consciousness research. It is hypothesized that the essential common neurophysiologic mechanism underlying anesthetic-induced unconsciousness is, as with sleep-induced unconsciousness, a hyperpolarization block of thalamocortical neurons. A model of anesthetic-induced unconsciousness is introduced to explain how the plethora of effects anesthetics have on cellular functioning ultimately all converge on a single neuroanatomic/neurophysiologic system, thus providing for a unitary physiologic theory of narcosis related to consciousness
Arhem, P. (1996). Vertical information flow in the brain: On neuronal micro events and consciousness. Biosystems 38:191-98.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Ascoli, Giorgio A. (2000). The complex link between neuroanatomy and consciousness. Complexity 6 (1):20-26.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Baars, Bernard J. (2003). How brain reveals mind: Neural studies support the fundamental role of conscious experience. Journal of Consciousness Studies 10 (9-10):100-114.   (Cited by 14 | Google)
Baars, Bernard J. (1998). The Neural Basis of Conscious Experience. In A Cognitive Theory of Consciousness. Cambridge University Press.   (Google)
Bachmann, Talis (2004). Inaptitude of the signal detection theory, useful vexation from the microgenetic view, and inevitability of neurobiological signatures in understanding perceptual (un)awareness. Consciousness and Cognition 13 (1):101-106.   (Google)
Balog, Katalin (2007). Comments on Ned Block's target article “Consciousness, accessibility, and the mesh between psychology and neuroscience”. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (4):499-500.   (Google)
Abstract: Block argues that relevant data in psychology and neuroscience shows that access consciousness is not constitutively necessary for phenomenality. However, a phenomenal state can be access conscious in two radically different ways. Its content can be access conscious, or its phenomenality can be access conscious. I’ll argue that while Block’s thesis is right when it is formulated in terms of the first notion of access consciousness, there is an alternative hypothesis about the relationship between phenomenality and access in terms of the second notion that is not touched by Block’s argument.
Ballard, Clive & Piggott, Margaret (2002). Neuroleptics. In Elaine Perry, Heather Ashton & Allan Young (eds.), Neurochemistry of Consciousness: Neurotransmitters in Mind. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Barr, W. B. (1998). Neurobehavioral Disorders of Awareness and Their Relevance to Schizophrenia. In Xavier F. Amador & Anthony S. David (eds.), Insight and Psychosis: Awareness of Illness in Schizophrenia and Related Disorders. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 11 | Google)
Beck, Heinrich (1976). Neuropsychological servosystems, consciousness, and the problem of embodiment. Behavioral Science 21:139-60.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Behrendt, Ralf-Peter (2004). A neuroanatomical model of passivity phenomena. Consciousness and Cognition 13 (3):579-609.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Beitman, Bernard D. & Nair, Jyotsna (2004). Self-Awareness Deficits in Psychiatric Patients: Neurobiology, Assessment, and Treatment. W.W.Norton.   (Google)
Bernhaut, M.; Gellhorn, E. & Rasmussen, A. T. (1953). Experimental contributions to the problem of consciousness. Journal of Neurophysiology 16:21-35.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Bogen, Joseph E. (2001). An experimental disconnection approach to a function of consciousness. International Journal of Neuroscience 111 (3):135-136.   (Google)
Bondi, Massimo & Bondi, Manuele (1998). The role of synaptic junctions in the identification of human consciousness. Rivista Di Biologia-Biology Forum 91 (2):329-334.   (Google)
Borrett, Donald; Kelly, Sean D. & Kwan, Hon (2000). Phenomenology, dynamical neural networks and brain function. Philosophical Psychology 13 (2):213-228.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Current cognitive science models of perception and action assume that the objects that we move toward and perceive are represented as determinate in our experience of them. A proper phenomenology of perception and action, however, shows that we experience objects indeterminately when we are perceiving them or moving toward them. This indeterminacy, as it relates to simple movement and perception, is captured in the proposed phenomenologically based recurrent network models of brain function. These models provide a possible foundation from which predicative structures may arise as an emergent phenomenon without the positing of a representing subject. These models go some way in addressing the dual constraints of phenomenological accuracy and neurophysiological plausibility that ought to guide all projects devoted to discovering the physical basis of human experience
Burgess, Adrian (2007). On the contribution of neurophysiology to hypnosis research: Current state and future directions. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Calvin, William H. (1996). The Cerebral Code. MIT Press.   (Cited by 91 | Google | More links)
Calvin, William H. (1990). The Cerebral Symphony: Seashore Reflections on the Structure of Consciousness. Bantam.   (Cited by 61 | Google | More links)
Cole, Jonathan (2005). Imagination after neurological losses of movement and sensation: The experience of spinal cord injury. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 4 (2).   (Google)
Abstract:   To what extent is imagination dependent on embodied experience? In attempting to answer such questions I consider the experiences of those who have to come to terms with altered neurological function, namely those with spinal cord injury at the neck. These people have each lost all sensation and movement below the neck. How might these new ways of living affect their imagination?
Cole, Jonathan; Depraz, Natalie & Gallagher, Shaun (online). Unity and disunity in bodily awareness: Phenomenology and neuroscience.   (Google)
Cosmelli, Diego J.; Lachaux, Jean-Philippe & Thompson, Evan (2007). Neurodynamics of consciousness. In P.D. Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Abstract: cal basis of consciousness. We continue by discussing the relation between spatiotem- One of the outstanding problems in the cog- poral patterns of brain activity and con- nitive sciences is to understand how ongo- sciousness, with particular attention to pro- ing conscious experience is related to the cesses in the gamma frequency band. We workings of the brain and nervous system. then adopt a critical perspective and high-
Cowey, Alan (1997). Current awareness: Spotlight on consciousness. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology 39:54-62.   (Google)
Cowey, Alan & Stoerig, Petra (1991). The neurobiology of blindsight. Trends in Neurosciences 14:140-5.   (Cited by 150 | Google)
Creutzfeld, O. D. (1979). Neurophysiological mechanisms and consciousness. In Brain and Mind. (Ciba Foundation Symposium 69).   (Google)
Crick, Francis (1994). The Astonishing Hypothesis: The Scientific Search for the Soul. Scribners.   (Cited by 1055 | Google | More links)
Crick, Francis & Koch, Christof (1992). The problem of consciousness. Scientific American 267 (3):152-60.   (Cited by 78 | Google | More links)
Cytowic, Richard (1995). Synesthesia: Phenomenology and neuropsychology. Psyche 2 (10).   (Cited by 79 | Google | More links)
Dehaene, Stanislas; Kerszberg, Michel & Changeux, Jean-Pierre (2001). A neuronal model of a global workspace in effortful cognitive tasks. Pnas 95 (24):14529-14534.   (Cited by 140 | Google | More links)
Dehaene, Stanislas (ed.) (2002). The Cognitive Neuroscience of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 17 | Google | More links)
Abstract: This book investigates the philosophical, empirical, and theoretical bases on which a cognitive neuroscience of consciousness can be founded.
Delacour, J. (1995). An introduction to the biology of consciousness. Neuropsychologia 33:1061-1074.   (Cited by 28 | Google | More links)
Delafresnaye, J. F. (ed.) (1954). Brain Mechanisms and Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Delacour, J. (1997). Neurobiology of consciousness: An overview. Behavioural Brain Research 85:127-141.   (Cited by 22 | Google | More links)
Depraz, Natalie (2002). Confronting death before death: Between imminence and unpredictability. Francisco Varela's neurophenomenology of radical embodiment. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 1 (2).   (Google)
Depraz, Natalie (2008). The Rainbow of emotions: At the crossroads of neurobiology and phenomenology. Continental Philosophy Review 41 (2).   (Google)
Abstract:  This contribution seeks to explicitly articulate two directions of a continuous phenomenal field: (1) the genesis of intersubjectivity in its bodily basis (both organic and phylogenetic); and (2) the re-investment of the organic basis (both bodily and cellular) as a self-transcendence. We hope to recast the debate about the explanatory gap by suggesting a new way to approach the mind-body and Leib/Körper problems: with a heart-centered model instead of a brain-centered model. By asking how the physiological dynamics of heart and breath can become constitutive of a subjective (qua intersubjective) point of view, we give an account of the specific circular and systemic dynamic that we call “the rainbow of emotions.” This dynamic, we argue, is composed of both structural and experiential components and better evidences the seamless, non-dual articulation between the organic and the experiential
Desmedt, J. E. Tomberg (1995). Consciousness. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, Supplement 44:227-34.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Donnelly, G. F. (1982). Consciousness: The brain and self-regulation modalities. Topics in Clinical Nursing 3:13-20.   (Google | More links)
Donchin, E.; McCarthy, G.; Kutas, M. & Ritter, W. (1983). Event-related brain potentials in the study of consciousness. In Richard J. Davidson, Sophie Schwartz & D. H. Shapiro (eds.), Consciousness and Self-Regulation. Plenum Press.   (Cited by 14 | Google)
Donald, Matthew (1995). The neurobiology of human consciousness: An evolutionary approach. Neuropsychologia 33:1087-1102.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Doty, R. W. (1975). Consciousness from neurons. Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis 35:791-804.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Eccles, John C. (ed.) (1966). Brain and Conscious Experience. Springer.   (Cited by 24 | Google)
Eccles, John C. (1974). Cerebral activity and consciousness. In F. Ayala & T. Dobzhansky (eds.), Studies in the Philosophy of Biology. University of California Press.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Eccles, John C. (1987). The effect of silent thinking on the cerebral cortex. In B. Gulyas (ed.), The Brain-Mind Problem: Philosophical and Neurophysiological Approaches. Leuven University Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Ellis, Ralph D. (2006). Phenomenology-friendly neuroscience: The return to Merleau-ponty as psychologist. Human Studies 29 (1).   (Google)
Abstract: This paper reports on the Kuhnian revolution now occurring in neuropsychology that is finally supportive of and friendly to phenomenology – the “enactive” approach to the mind-body relation, grounded in the notion of self-organization, which is consistent with Husserl and Merleau-Ponty on virtually every point. According to the enactive approach, human minds understand the world by virtue of the ways our bodies can act relative to it, or the ways we can imagine acting. This requires that action be distinguished from passivity, that the mental be approached from a first person perspective, and that the cognitive capacities of the brain be grounded in the emotional and motivational processes that guide action and anticipate action affordances. It avoids the old intractable problems inherent in the computationalist approaches of twentieth century atomism and radical empiricism, and again allows phenomenology to bridge to neuropsychology in the way Merleau-Ponty was already doing over half a century ago
Elpidorou, Andreas (2010). Alva noë: Out of our heads: Why you are not your brain, and other lessons from the biology of consciousness. Minds and Machines 20 (1).   (Google)
Faw, Bill (2004). Cognitive neuroscience of consciousness: A review article. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (2):69-72.   (Google)
Faw, Bill (2000). My amygdala-orbitofrontal-circuit made me do it. Consciousness and Emotion 1 (1):167-179.   (Google)
Abstract: I have suggested that the prefrontal cortex constitutes an ?executive committee? with five streams coming from posterior cortex and subcortical areas to five pre-frontal executive regions, each of which chairs at least one on-going ?sub-committee? and vies with the other executives for taking over central control of conscious attention and willed action. It is through the dynamic interaction of this executive committee that unified conscious experiences and a sense of continuous self-identity are created. There is growing evidence that the amygdala-orbitofrontal brain circuit, in particular, is crucial to impulse control, ?knowledge of good and evil,? personality, personhood, and even ?how X-me made Y-me do something.? There are striking examples of the ways that orbitofrontal and anterior cingulate ?committee members? can stage an insurrection against the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex executive chair
Fessard, A. E. (1952). Mechanisms of nervous integration and conscious experience. In J. F. Delafresnaye (ed.), Brain Mechanisms and Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Fingelkurts, Andrew A. & Fingerlkurts, Alexander A. (2001). Operational architectonics of the human brain biopotential field: Toward solving the mind-brain problem. Brain and Mind 2 (3):261-296.   (Cited by 38 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The understanding of the interrelationship between brain and mind remains far from clear. It is well established that the brain's capacity to integrate information from numerous sources forms the basis for cognitive abilities. However, the core unresolved question is how information about the "objective" physical entities of the external world can be integrated, and how unifiedand coherent mental states (or Gestalts) can be established in the internal entities of distributed neuronal systems. The present paper offers a unified methodological and conceptual basis for a possible mechanism of how the transient synchronization of brain operations may construct the unified and relatively stable neural states, which underlie mental states. It was shown that the sequence of metastable spatial EEG mosaics does exist and probably reflects the rapid stabilization periods of the interrelation of large neuron systems. At the EEG level this is reflected in the stabilization of quasi-stationary segments on corresponding channels. Within the introduced framework, physical brain processes and psychological processes are considered as two basic aspects of a single whole informational brain state. The relations between operational process of the brain, mental states and consciousness are discussed.
Focquaert, Farah; Braeckman, Johan & Platek, Steven M. (2008). An evolutionary cognitive neuroscience perspective on human self-awareness and theory of mind. Philosophical Psychology 21 (1):47 – 68.   (Google)
Abstract: The evolutionary claim that the function of self-awareness lies, at least in part, in the benefits of theory of mind (TOM) regained attention in light of current findings in cognitive neuroscience, including mirror neuron research. Although certain non-human primates most likely possess mirror self-recognition skills, we claim that they lack the introspective abilities that are crucial for human-like TOM. Primate research on TOM skills such as emotional recognition, seeing versus knowing and ignorance versus knowing are discussed. Based upon current findings in cognitive neuroscience, we provide evidence in favor of an introspection-based simulation theory account of human mindreading
Frith, Christopher D. (1992). Consciousness, information processing, and the brain. Journal of Psychopharmacology 6:436-40.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Gaillard, Jean-Michel (2000). Neurobiological correlates of the unlocking of the unconscious. International Journal of Intensive Short-Term Dynamic Psychotherapy 14 (4):89-107.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Gallup, Gordon G. & Platek, Steven M. (2001). Cognitive empathy presupposes self-awareness: Evidence from phylogeny, ontogeny, neuropsychology, and mental illness. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 25 (1):36-37.   (Google)
Abstract: We argue that cognitive empathy and other instances of mental state attribution are a byproduct of self-awareness. Evidence is brought to bear on this proposition from comparative psychology, early child development, neuropsychology, and abnormal behavior
Gallese, Vittorio (2005). Embodied simulation: From neurons to phenomenal experience. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 4 (1):23-48.   (Cited by 34 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The same neural structures involved in the unconscious modeling of our acting body in space also contribute to our awareness of the lived body and of the objects that the world contains. Neuroscientific research also shows that there are neural mechanisms mediating between the multi-level personal experience we entertain of our lived body, and the implicit certainties we simultaneously hold about others. Such personal and body-related experiential knowledge enables us to understand the actions performed by others, and to directly decode the emotions and sensations they experience. A common functional mechanism is at the basis of both body awareness and basic forms of social understanding: embodied simulation. It will be shown that the present proposal is consistent with some of the perspectives offered by phenomenology
Gallagher, Shaun (2003). Phenomenology and neurophenomenology: An interview with Shaun Gallagher. Aluze 2:92-102.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Gastaut, H. (1954). The brain stem and cerebral electrogenesis in relation to consciousness. In J. F. Delafresnaye (ed.), Brain Mechanisms and Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Gazzaniga, Michael S. (1988). Brain modularity: Toward a philosophy of conscious experience. In Anthony J. Marcel & E. Bisiach (eds.), Consciousness in Contemporary Science. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 27 | Google)
Gazzaniga, Michael S. & Gallagher, Shaun (1998). The neuronal platonist. Journal of Consciousness Studies 5 (5-6):706-717.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Abstract: Psychology is dead. The self is a fiction invented by the brain. Brain plasticity isn?t all it?s cracked up to be. Our conscious learning is an observation post factum, a recollection of something already accomplished by the brain. We don?t learn to speak; speech is generated when the brain is ready to say something. False memories are more prevalent than one might think, and they aren?t all that bad. We think we?re in charge of our lives, but actually we are not. On top of all this, the common belief that reading to a young child will make her brain more attuned to reading is simply untrue
Georgiev, Danko, Interneuronal macroscopic quantum coherence in the brain cortex! The role of the intrasynaptic adhesive proteins beta-neurexin and neuroligin-.   (Google)
Abstract: There are many blank areas in understanding the brain dynamics and especially how it gives rise to consciousness. Quantum mechanics is believed to be capable of explaining the enigma of conscious experience, however till now there is not good enough model considering both the data from clinical neurology and having some explanatory power! In this paper is presented a novel model in defence of macroscopic quantum events within and between neural cells. The beta-neurexin-neuroligin-1 link is claimed to be not just the core of the central neural synapse, instead it is a device mediating entanglement between the cytoskeletons of the cortical neurons. Thus a macroscopic quantum state can extend throughout large brain cortical areas and the subsequent collapse of the wavefunction could affect simultaneously the subneuronal events in millions of neurons. The beta-neurexin-neuroligin-1 complex also controls the process of exocytosis and provides an interesting and simple mechanism for retrograde signalling during learning-dependent changes in synaptic connectivity
Globus, Gordon G.; Maxwell, Grover & Savodnik, I. (eds.) (1975). Consciousness and the Brain. Plenum Press.   (Google)
Gray, Charles M. & di Prisco, Gonzalo V. (1997). Stimulus-dependent neuronal oscillations and local synchonization in striate cortex of the alert cat. Journal of Neuroscience 17 (9).   (Google)
Greenfield, Susan A. & Collins, T. F. T. (2006). A neuroscientific approach to consciousness. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Greenfield, Susan A. (1995). Journey to the Centers of the Mind. W.H. Freeman and Co.   (Cited by 38 | Google)
Hameroff, Stuart R. (ms). The brain is both neurocomputer and quantum computer.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: _Figure 1. Dendrites and cell bodies of schematic neurons connected by dendritic-dendritic gap junctions form a laterally connected input_ _layer (“dendritic web”) within a neurocomputational architecture. Dendritic web dynamics are temporally coupled to gamma synchrony_ _EEG, and correspond with integration phases of “integrate and fire” cycles. Axonal firings provide input to, and output from, integration_ _phases (only one input, and three output axons are shown). Cell bodies/soma contain nuclei shown as black circles; microtubule networks_ _pervade the cytoplasm. According to the Orch OR theory, gamma EEG-synchronized integration phases include quantum computations in_ _microtubule networks which culminate with conscious moments. Insert closeup shows a gap junction through which microtubule quantum_ _states entangle among different neurons, enabling macroscopic quantum states in dendritic webs extending throughout cortex and other_ _brain regions._
Heilman, K. M. (2000). Emotional experience: A neurological model. In Richard D. R. Lane, L. Nadel, G. L. Ahern, J. Allen & Alfred W. Kaszniak (eds.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Emotion. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 18 | Google)
Hodgson, David (1994). Neuroscience and folk psychology: An overview. Journal of Consciousness Studies 1 (2):205-216.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Hubbard, Edward M. & Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. (2005). Neurocognitive mechanisms of synesthesia. Neuron 48 (3):509-520.   (Cited by 21 | Google | More links)
Hubbard, Edward M. (2007). Neurophysiology of synesthesia. Current Psychiatry Reports 9 (3):193-199.   (Google | More links)
Jasper, H. & Shagass, C. (1941). Conscious time judgments related to conditioned time intervals and voluntary control of the alpha rhythm. Journal of Experimental Psychology 28:503-508.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Jones, Stephen (online). Introduction to the physiology of ordinary consciousness.   (Google)
Karo, Roland & Friedenthal, Meelis (2008). Kenōsis, anamnēsis, and our place in history: A neurophenomenological account. Zygon 43 (4):823-836.   (Google)
Abstract: We assess St. Paul's account of kenōsis in Philippians 2:5–8 from a neurophenomenological horizon. We argue that kenōsis is not primarily a unique event but belongs to a class of experiences that could be called kenotic and are, at least in principle, to some degree accessible to all human beings. These experiences can be well analyzed, making use of both a phenomenological approach and the cognitive neuroscience of altered states of consciousness. We argue that kenotic experiences are ecstatic, in that they involve—both phenomenologically and neurologically—one's "stepping out of" his/her self and history. This seemingly impossible task of stepping out has led to the understanding of kenōsis as a unique event. We conclude that kenotic experiences are continuous with common, everyday experiences of the self's intimate communion with everything that exists. This means that kenotic Christology does not necessarily have to rest solely on the scriptures but can also be arrived at by way of the worldly experiences of actual, living persons
Kety, S. S. (1952). Consciousness and the metabolism of the brain. In H. A. Abramson (ed.), Problems of Consciousness: Transactions of the Third Conference. Josiah Macy Foundation.   (Google)
Kotchoubey, Boris; Kübler, Andrea; Strehl, Ute; Flor, Herta & Birbaumer, Niels (2002). Can humans perceive their brain states? Consciousness and Cognition 11 (1):98-113.   (Cited by 15 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Although the brain enables us to perceive the external world and our body, it remains unknown whether brain processes themselves can be perceived. Brain tissue does not have receptors for its own activity. However, the ability of humans to acquire self-control of brain processes indicates that the perception of these processes may also be achieved by learning. In this study patients learned to control low-frequency components of their EEG: the so-called slow cortical potentials (SCPs). In particular ''probe'' sessions, the patients estimated the quality of the SCP shift they had produced in the preceding trial. The correspondence between the recorded SCP amplitudes and the subjective estimates increased with training. The ability to perceive the SCPs was related to the ability to control them; this perception was not mediated by peripheral variables such as changes in muscle tonus and cannot be reduced to simple vigilance monitoring. These data provide evidence that humans can learn to perceive the neural activity of their brain. Alternative interpretations are discussed
Kretz, Robert K. (2000). The evolution of self-awareness: Advances in neurological understandings since Julian Jaynes' "bicameral mind". Dissertation Abstracts International 60.   (Google)
LaBerge, David (2006). Apical dendrite activity in cognition and consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 15 (2):235-257.   (Google)
Laureys, Steven (2006). The Boundaries of Consciousness: Neurobiology and Neuropathology. Elsevier.   (Google)
Leh, Sandra E.; Johansen-Berg, Heidi & Ptito, Alain (2006). Unconscious vision: New insights into the neuronal correlate of blindsight using diffusion tractography. Brain 129 (7):1822-1832.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Libet, Benjamin W. (2003). Cerebral physiology of conscious experience: Experimental studies in human subjects. In Naoyuki Osaka (ed.), Neural Basis of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Lin, S.; Tsai, Y. & Liou, C. (1993). Conscious mental tasks and their EEG signals. Medical and Biological Engineering and Computing 31:421-26.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Luria, A. (1978). The Human Brain and Conscious Activity. In G.E. Schwartz & D. H. Shapiro (eds.), Consciousness and Self-Regulation. Plenum Publishing Corporation.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Luu, Phan; Kelley, John M. & Levitin, Daniel (2001). Consciousness: A preparatory and comparative process. In Peter G. Grossenbacher (ed.), Finding Consciousness in the Brain: A Neurocognitive Approach. Advances in Consciousness Research. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Merker, Bjorn (2007). Consciousness without a cerbral cortex: A challenge for neuroscience and medicine. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (1):63-81.   (Google)
Abstract: A broad range of evidence regarding the functional organization of the vertebrate brain – spanning from comparative neurology to experimental psychology and neurophysiology to clinical data – is reviewed for its bearing on conceptions of the neural organization of consciousness. A novel principle relating target selection, action selection, and motivation to one another, as a means to optimize integration for action in real time, is introduced. With its help, the principal macrosystems of the vertebrate brain can be seen to form a centralized functional design in which an upper brain stem system organized for conscious function performs a penultimate step in action control. This upper brain stem system retained a key role throughout the evolutionary process by which an expanding forebrain – culminating in the cerebral cortex of mammals – came to serve as a medium for the elaboration of conscious contents. This highly conserved upper brainstem system, which extends from the roof of the midbrain to the basal diencephalon, integrates the massively parallel and distributed information capacity of the cerebral hemispheres into the limited-capacity, sequential mode of operation required for coherent behavior. It maintains special connective relations with cortical territories implicated in attentional and conscious functions, but is not rendered nonfunctional in the absence of cortical input. This helps explain the purposive, goal-directed behavior exhibited by mammals after experimental decortication, as well as the evidence that children born without a cortex are conscious. Taken together these circumstances suggest that brainstem mechanisms are integral to the constitution of the conscious state, and that an adequate account of neural mechanisms of conscious function cannot be confined to the thalamocortical complex alone. (Published Online May 1 2007) Key Words: action selection; anencephaly; central decision making; consciousness; control architectures; hydranencephaly; macrosystems; motivation; target selection; zona incerta
Miller, Arthur I. (2007). Unconscious thought, intuition, and visual imagery: A critique of "working memory, cerebellum, and creativity". Creativity Research Journal 19 (1):47-48.   (Google | More links)
Miller, Greg (2005). What is the biological basis of consciousness? Science 309 (5731):79.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Mitterauer, E. (1998). An interdisciplinary approach towards a theory of consciousness. Biosystems 45:99-121.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Mogi, Ken (online). Creativity and the neural basis of qualia.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In what computational aspect is the brain different from the computer? In what objective measures can the brain said to be “creative”? These are the fundamental questions that concerns the neural basis of human mental activity. Here we discuss several important aspects of the essential computational ingredients of human mind in order to understand the “creative” process going on in the brain. One of the key concepts is the nature of the source of "externality" that adds new ingredients to the system and its output. We argue that in addition to information input and stochasticity, we need to consider a third possibility, namely "dynamics-embedded externality". We discuss how the neural origin of the subjective sensory qualities (qualia) is related to this aspect of creativity. The invariance of qualia under a certain class of transformation, and the mapping of discrete,
Mogi, Ken (1997). Qualia and the brain. Nikkei Science.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: _The concept of qualia describes the unique properties that_ _accompany our senses. It is an essential concept when we try to_ _understand the principle that bridges the neural firings in our_ _brain and our perception. The idea of qualia is also of crucial_ _importance when we try to study the functions of the brain from_ _an objective point of view. Qualia must be part of the_ _mathematical formulation of information we use to understand_ _the function of the brain._
Pare, D. & Llinas, R. (1995). Conscious and pre-conscious processes as seen from the standpoint of sleep-waking cycle neurophysiology. Neuropsychologia 33:1155-1168.   (Cited by 44 | Google | More links)
Penfield, W. (1975). The Mystery of the Mind. Princeton University Press.   (Cited by 143 | Google)
Picton, Terence W. & Stuss, Donald T. (1994). Neurobiology of conscious experience. Current Opinion in Neurobiology 4:256-65.   (Cited by 35 | Google)
Pribram, Karl H. (1990). Brain and Consciousness: A Wealth of Data. In E. Roy John (ed.), Machinery of the Mind: Data, Theory, and Speculations About Higher Brain Function. Birkhauser.   (Google)
Price, D. Barrell & J., Rainville (2002). Integrating experimental-phenomenological methods and neuroscience to study neural mechanisms of pain and consciousness. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (4):593-608.   (Google)
-, - (1995). Recommendations for the use of uniform nomenclature pertinent to patients with severe alterations in consciousness. Arch Phys Med Rehabilation 76:205-209.   (Google)
Århem, Peter; Liljenström, Hans & Lindahl, B. I. B. (2003). Consciousness and comparative neuroanatomy: Report on the agora workshop in sigtuna, sweden, on 21 August, 2002. Journal of Consciousness Studies 10 (3):85-88.   (Google)
Rose, Steven P. R. (1973). The Conscious Brain. Paragon House.   (Cited by 32 | Google)
Salazar, A.; Grafman J., Vance S. & Dillon J. D., Ludlow (1986). Consciousness and amnesia after penetrating head injury: Neurology and anatomy. Neurology 36:178-87.   (Cited by 17 | Google | More links)
Sanchez-Vives, Maria V. & Slater, Mel (2005). From presence to consciousness through virtual reality. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 6 (4):332-339.   (Cited by 33 | Google)
Schoenle, P. W. & Schmeider, K. (2001). Consciousness: A neurological perspective. In Peter K. Machamer, Peter McLaughlin & Rick Grush (eds.), Theory and Method in the Neurosciences. University of Pittsburgh Press.   (Google)
Simonov, P. V. (1994). Consciousness and the brain. Neuroscience and Behavioral Physiology 24:234-38.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Singer, Wolf (2000). Phenomenal awareness and consciousness from a neurobiological perspective. In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Stapp, Henry P. & Schwartz, Jeffrey M., Appendix to Schwartz's paper in J. consc. Studies.   (Google)
Abstract: The data emerging from the clinical and brain studies described above suggest that, in the case of OCD, there are two pertinent brain mechanisms that are distinguishable both in terms of neuro dynamics and in terms of the conscious experiences that accompany them. These mechanisms can be characterized, on anatomical and perhaps evolutionary grounds, as a lower level and a higher level mechanism. The clinical treatment has, when successful, an activating effect on the higher level mechanism, and a suppressive effect on the lower level one
Stamenov, Maxim I. & Gallese, Vittorio (eds.) (2002). Mirror Neurons and the Evolution of Brain and Language. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 87 | Google)
Abstract: Selected contributions to the symposium on "Mirror neurons and the evolution of brain and language" held on July 5-8, 2000 in Delmenhorst, Germany.
Takeda, G. (2002). Cascade hypothesis of brain functions and consciousness. In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Taylor, John G. (2002). Paying attention to consciousness. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6 (5):206-210.   (Cited by 48 | Google | More links)
Tiengo, M. (2003). Pain perception, brain and consciousness. Neurological Sciences 24:76- 79.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Trevarthen, Colwyn (1979). The tasks of consciousness: How could the brain do them? In Brain and Mind. (Ciba Foundation Symposium 69).   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Turner, B. H. & Knapp, M. E. (1995). Consciousness: A neurobiological approach. Integrative Physiological and Behavioral Science 30:151-6.   (Google)
Verhagen, Justus V. (2007). The neurocognitive bases of human multimodal food perception: Consciousness. Brain Research Reviews 53 (2):271-286.   (Google | More links)
Walter, W. G. (1954). Theoretical properties of diffuse projection systems in relation to behaviour and consciousness. In J. F. Delafresnaye (ed.), Brain Mechanisms and Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Watt, Douglas F. & Pincus, David I. (2004). Neural Substrates of Consciousness: Implications for Clinical Psychiatry. In Jaak Panksepp (ed.), Textbook of Biological Psychiatry. Wiley-Liss.   (Cited by 15 | Google)
Webb, A. C. (1970). Consciousness and the cerebral cortex. British Journal of Anaesthesia 55:209-19.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Zeki, Semir (2004). The neurology of ambiguity. Consciousness and Cognition 13 (1):173-196.   (Cited by 3 | Google)

8.10 Disorders and Syndromes of Consciousness

8.10a Blindsight

Allen-Hermanson, Sean (2010). Blindsight in Monkeys: Lost and (perhaps) found. Journal of Consciousness Studies 17 (1-2).   (Google)
Abstract: Stoerig and Cowey’s work is widely regarded as showing that monkeys with lesions in the primary visual cortex have blindsight. However, Mole and Kelly persuasively argue that the experimental results are compatible with an alternative hypothesis positing only a deficit in attention and perceptual working memory. I describe a revised procedure which can distinguish these hypotheses, and offer reasons for thinking that the blindsight hypothesis provides a superior explanation. The study of blindsight might contribute towards a general investigation into animal consciousness, though there is a problem when it comes to showing how a non-verbal animal can indicate whether or not it is perceiving consciously. Perhaps whether there is something that it is like to be a given animal depends on whether it exhibits the cognitive profile of conscious vision as opposed to non-conscious “natural blindsight.”
Allen-Hermanson, Sean (2008). Insects and the problem of simple minds: Are bees natural zombies? Journal of Philosophy 105 (8).   (Google)
Anders, Silke; Birbaumer, Niels; Sadowski, Bettina; Erb, Michael; Mader, Irina; Grodd, Wolfgang & Lotze, Martin (2004). Parietal somatosensory association cortex mediates affective blindsight. Nature Neuroscience 7 (4):339-340.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Azzopardi, Paul & Cowey, Alan (1998). Blindsight and visual awareness. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (3):292-311.   (Cited by 21 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Some patients with damaged striate cortex have blindsight-the ability to discriminate unseen stimuli in their clinically blind visual field defects when forced-choice procedures are used. Blindsight implies a sharp dissociation between visual performance and visual awareness, but signal detection theory indicates that it might be indistinguishable from the behavior of normal subjects near the lower limit of conscious vision, where the dissociations could arise trivially from using different response criteria during clinical and forced-choice tests. We tested the latter possibility with a hemianopic subject during yes-no and forced-choice detection of static and moving targets. His response criterion differed significantly between yes-no and forced-choice responding, and the difference was sufficient to produce a blindsight-like dissociation with bias-sensitive measures of performance. When measured independently of bias, his sensitivity to static targets was greater in the forced-choice than in the yes-no task (unlike normal control subjects), but his sensitivity to moving targets did not differ. Differences in response criterion could therefore account for dissociations between yes-no and forced-choice detection of motion, but not of static pattern. The results explain why patients with blindsight are apparently more often ''aware'' of moving stimuli than of static stimuli. However, they also imply that blindsight is unlike normal vision near threshold, and that pattern- and motion-detection in blindsight may depend on different sets of neural mechanisms during yes-no and forced-choice tests
Azzopardi, Paul & Cowey, Alan (1997). Is blindsight like normal, near-threshold vision? Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 94 (25):14190-14194.   (Cited by 42 | Google | More links)
Azzopardi, Paul & Cowey, Alan (2001). Why is blindsight blind? In Beatrice De Gelder, Edward H. F. De Haan & Charles A. Heywood (eds.), Out of Mind: Varieties of Unconscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Barbur, J. L.; Watson, J. D. G.; Frackowiak, R. D. G. & Zeki, Semir (1993). Conscious visual perception without V. Brain 116:1293-1302.   (Google | More links)
Braddick, O.; Atkinson, J.; Hood, B. & Harkness, W. (1992). Possible blindsight in infants lacking one cerebral hemisphere. Nature 360:461-463.   (Cited by 37 | Google | More links)
Campion, J.; Latto, R. & Smith, Y. (1983). Is blindsight an effect of scattered light, spared cortex, and near-threshold vision? Behavioral and Brain Sciences 6:423-86.   (Cited by 194 | Google)
Carey, D. P.; Goodale, Melvyn A. & Sprowl, E. G. (1990). Blindsight in rodents: The use of a "high-level" distance cue in gerbils with lesions of primary visual cortex. Behavioural Brain Research 38:283-289.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Carruthers, Peter (2001). Who is blind to blindsight? Psyche 7 (4).   (Google)
Cowey, Alan (1995). Blindsight in monkeys. Nature 373:247-9.   (Cited by 140 | Google | More links)
Cowey, Alan (1995). Blindsight in real sight. Nature 377:290-1.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Cowey, A.; Stoerig, P. & Le Mare, C. (1998). Effects of unseen stimuli on reaction times to seen stimuli in monkeys with blindsight. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (3):312-323.   (Google)
Abstract: In three macaque monkeys with unilateral removal of primary visual cortex and in one unoperated monkey, we measured reaction times to a visual target that was presented at a lateral eccentricity of 20o in the normal, left, visual hemifield. When an additional stimulus was presented at the corresponding position in the right hemifield (hemianopic in three of the monkeys), it significantly slowed the reaction time to the left target if it preceded it by delays from 100-500 msec. The most effective delay depended on the particular experimental paradigm and perhaps on the experience of the monkey with the task. The results show that reaction times to seen targets in the normal hemifield of monkeys are influenced by the presentation of ''unseen'' targets in the anopic hemifield, as in some patients with cortically blind visual field defects
Cowey, Alan & Azzopardi, Paul (2001). Is blindsight motion blind? In Beatrice De Gelder, Edward H. F. De Haan & Charles A. Heywood (eds.), Out of Mind: Varieties of Unconscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Cowey, Alan & Stoerig, Petra (1992). Reflections on blindsight. In A. David Milner & M. D. Rugg (eds.), The Neuropsychology of Consciousness. Academic Press.   (Cited by 49 | Google)
Cowey, Alan & Stoerig, Petra (1991). The neurobiology of blindsight. Trends in Neurosciences 14:140-5.   (Cited by 150 | Google)
Cowey, Alan (2004). The 30th sir Frederick Bartlett lecture: Fact, artefact, and myth about blindsight. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology A 57 (4):577-609.   (Cited by 10 | Google | More links)
Cowey, Alan & Stoerig, Petra (1997). Visual detection in monkeys with blindsight. Neuopsychologia 35:929-39.   (Cited by 21 | Google)
Danckert, James & Goodale, Melvyn A. (2000). Blindsight: A conscious route to unconscious vision. Current Biology 10 (1):31-43.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Danckert, James & Rossetti, Yves (2005). Blindsight in action: What can the different sub-types of blindsight tell us about the control of visually guided actions? Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews 29 (7):1035-1046.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Danckert, James; Revol, Patrice; Pisella, Laure; Krolak-Salmon, Pierre; Vighetto, Alain; Goodale, Melvyn A. & Rosetti, Yves (2003). Measuring unconscious actions in action-blindsight: Exploring the kinematics of pointing movements to targets in the blind field of two patients with cortical hemianopia. Neuropsychologia 41 (8):1068-1081.   (Google)
de Gelder, Beatrice; Vroomen, Jean; Pourtois, Gilles & Weiskrantz, Lawrence (2000). Affective blindsight: Are we blindly led by emotions? Response to Heywood and Kentridge (2000). Trends in Cognitive Sciences 4 (4):126-127.   (Google | More links)
de Gelder, Beatrice; Pourtois, Gilles; van Raamsdonk, Monique; Vroomen, Jean & Weiskrantz, Lawrence (2001). Unseen stimuli modulate conscious visual experience: Evidence from interhemispheric summation. Neuroreport 12 (2):385-391.   (Cited by 22 | Google | More links)
Engelien, Almut; Huber, W.; Silbersweig, D.; Stern, E.; Frith, Christopher D.; Doring, W.; Thron, A. & Frachowiak, R. S. J. (2000). The neural correlates of 'deaf-hearing' in man. Conscious sensory awareness enabled by attentional modulation. Brain 123 (3):532-545.   (Google)
Gazzaniga, Michael S.; Fendrich, R. & Wessinger, C. M. (1994). Blindsight reconsidered. Current Directions in Psychological Science 3:93-96.   (Cited by 26 | Google | More links)
De Gelder, Beatrice; Vroomen, Jean & Pourtois, Gilles (2001). Covert affective cognition and affective blindsight. In Beatrice De Gelder, Edward H. F. De Haan & Charles A. Heywood (eds.), Out of Mind: Varieties of Unconscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Goebel, Rainer; Muckli, Lars; Zanella, Friedhelm E.; Singer, Wolf & Stoerig, Petra (2001). Sustained extrastriate cortical activation without visual awareness revealed by fMRI studies in hemianopic patients. Vision Research 41 (10):1459-1474.   (Cited by 59 | Google | More links)
Graves, R. E. & Jones, B. S. (1992). Conscious visual perceptual awareness vs non-conscious visual spatial localisation examined with normal subjects using possible analogues of blindsight and neglect. Cognitive Neuropsychology 9:487-508.   (Google)
Guzeldere, Guven; Flanagan, Owen J. & Hardcastle, Valerie Gray (2000). The nature and function of consciousness: Lessons from blindsight. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The New Cognitive Neurosciences: 2nd Edition. MIT Press.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Hamm, Alfons O.; Weike, Almut I.; Schupp, Harald T.; Treig, Thomas; Dressel, Alexander & Kessler, Christof (2003). Affective blindsight: Intact fear conditioning to a visual cue in a cortically blind patient. Brain 126 (2):267-275.   (Cited by 26 | Google | More links)
Harris, Justin A.; Karlov, Lisa & Clifford, Colin W. G. (2006). Localization of tactile stimuli depends on conscious detection. Journal of Neuroscience 26 (3):948-952.   (Google | More links)
Heywood, Charles A. & Kentridge, Robert W. (2000). Affective blindsight? Trends in Cognitive Sciences 4 (4):125-126.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Heywood, Charles A.; Kentridge, Robert W. & Cowey, Alan (1998). Cortical color blindness is not ''blindsight for color''. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (3):410-423.   (Cited by 36 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Cortical color blindness, or cerebral achromatopsia, has been likened by some authors to ''blindsight'' for color or an instance of ''covert'' processing of color. Recently, it has been shown that, although such patients are unable to identify or discriminate hue differences, they nevertheless show a striking ability to process wavelength differences, which can result in preserved sensitivity to chromatic contrast and motion in equiluminant displays. Moreover, visually evoked cortical potentials can still be elicited in response to chromatic stimuli. We suggest that these demonstrations reveal intact residual processes rather than the operation of covert processes, where proficient performance is accompanied by a denial of phenomenal awareness. We sought evidence for such covert processes by conducting appropriate tests on achromatopsic subject M.S. An ''indirect'' test entailing measurement of reaction times for letter identification failed to reveal covert color processes. In contrast, in a forced choice oddity task for color, M.S. was unable to verbally indicate the position of the different color, but was surprisingly adept at making an appropriate eye movement to its location. This ''direct'' test thus revealed the possible covert use of chromatic differences
Heywood, Charles A.; Cowey, Alan & Newcombe, F. (1991). Chromatic discrimination in a cortically colour-blind observer. European Journal of Neuroscience 3:802-12.   (Cited by 33 | Google | More links)
Holt, Jason (1999). Blindsight in debates about qualia. Journal of Consciousness Studies 6 (5):54-71.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Humphrey, Nicholas (1974). Vision in a monkey without striate cortex: A case study. Perception 3 (3):241-55.   (Cited by 33 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Abstract. A rhesus monkey, Helen, from whom the striate cortex was almost totally removed, was studied intensively over a period of 8 years. During this time she regained an effective, though limited, degree of visually guided behaviour. The evidence suggests that while Helen suffered a permanent loss of `focal vision she retained (initially unexpressed) the capacity for `ambient vision
Jackson, Stephen (2000). Perception, awareness and action: Insights from blindsight. In Yves Rossetti & Antti Revonsuo (eds.), Beyond Dissociation: Interaction Between Dissociated Implicit and Explicit Processing. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Kelly, Sean Dorrance, On the demonstration of blindsight in monkeys.   (Google)
Abstract: : The work of Alan Cowey and Petra Stoerig is often taken to have shown that, following lesions analogous to those that cause blindsight in humans, there is blindsight in monkeys. The present paper reveals a problem in Cowey and Stoerig ’ s case for blindsight in monkeys. The problem is that Cowey and Stoerig ’ s results would only provide good evidence for blindsight if there is no difference between their two experimental paradigms with regard to the sorts of stimuli that are likely to come to consciousness. We show that the paradigms could differ in this respect, given the connections that have been shown to exist between working memory, perceptual load, attention, and consciousness
Kentridge, Robert W. & Heywood, Charles A. (2001). Attention and alerting: Cognitive processes spared in blindsight. In Beatrice De Gelder, Edward H. F. De Haan & Charles A. Heywood (eds.), Out of Mind: Varieties of Unconscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Kentridge, Robert W.; Heywood, Charles A. & Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1999). Attention without awareness in blindsight. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B 266:1805-11.   (Cited by 43 | Google | More links)
Kentridge, Robert W.; Heywood, Charles A. & Weiskrantz, Lawrence (2004). Spatial attention speeds discrimination without awareness in blindsight. Neuropsychologia 42 (6):831-835.   (Cited by 12 | Google)
Kentridge, Robert W. & Heywood, Charles A. (1999). The status of blindsight: Near-threshold vision, islands of cortex and the riddoch phenomenon. Journal of Consciousness Studies 6 (5):3-11.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Kentridge, Robert W. (2001). Why do stationary visual transients apparently fail to elicit phenomenal vision after unilateral destruction of primary visual cortex? Consciousness and Cognition 10 (4):588-590.   (Google)
Kentridge, R. W. (1999). When is information represented explicitly in blindsight and cerebral achromatopsia? Behavioral and Brain Sciences 22 (1):156-157.   (Google)
Abstract: Discrimination of forms defined solely by color and discrimination of hue are dissociated in cerebral achromatopsia. Both must be based on potentially explicit information derived from differentially color-sensitive photoreceptors, yet only one gives rise to phenomenal experience of color. By analogy, visual information may be used to form explicit representations for action without giving rise to any phenomenal experience other than that of making the action
Klein, S. A. (1998). Double-judgment psychophysics for research on cosnciousness: Application to blindsight. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Google)
Kolb, F. C. & Braun, Jochen (1995). Blindsight in normal observers. Nature 377:336-8.   (Cited by 79 | Google | More links)
Kranda, K. (1998). Blindsight in the blind spot. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 21 (6):762-763.   (Google)
Abstract: The filling-in process proposed as a cover up for the existence of the blind spot has some conceptual similarities to blindsight. The perceptual operation of a hypothetical mechanism responsible for filling in represents a logical paradox. The apparent indeterminacy of the percept in the optic-disc region can be tested experimentally by viewing the grating test pattern below
Kroustallis, Basileios (2005). Blindsight. Philosophical Psychology 18 (1):31-43.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Blindsight is the ability of patients with an impaired visual cortex to perform visually in their blind field without acknowledging that performance. This ability has been interpreted as a sign of the absence of phenomenal consciousness, and neuroscientific studies have extensively studied cases of it. Different proposals separate visual form recognition from motion perception, and attempt to show that either the former or the latter is solely responsible for blindsight performance. However, a review of current experimental evidence shows that a poor performance (on both form and motion) is accompanied by poor awareness. Blindsight cases do not influence the qualia debate, because they denote a severe visual performance deficit, and not because of a purportedly non-phenomenal nature of consciousness
Lamme, Victor A. F. (2001). Blindsight: The role of feedforward and feedback corticocortical connections. Acta Psychologica 107 (1):209-228.   (Cited by 47 | Google)
Lane, Richard D. R.; Ahern, G. L.; Schwartz, Gary E. & Kaszniak, Alfred W. (1997). Is alexithymia the emotional equivalent of blindsight? Biological Psychiatry 42:834-44.   (Cited by 107 | Google | More links)
Lau, Hakwan C. & Passingham, Richard E. (2006). Relative blindsight in normal observers and the neural correlate of visual consciousness. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 103 (49):18763-18768.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Leh, Sandra E.; Johansen-Berg, Heidi & Ptito, Alain (2006). Unconscious vision: New insights into the neuronal correlate of blindsight using diffusion tractography. Brain 129 (7):1822-1832.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Marshall, John C. & Halligan, Peter W. (1988). Blindsight and insight in visuospatial neglect. Nature 336:766-67.   (Google)
Marcel, Anthony J. (1998). Blindsight and shape perception: Deficit of visual consciousness or of visual function? Brain 121:1565-88.   (Cited by 52 | Google | More links)
McCauley, Robert N. (1993). Why the blind can't lead the blind: Dennett on the blind spot, blindsight, and sensory qualia. Consciousness and Cognition 2:155-64.   (Cited by 3 | Annotation | Google)
Mole, Christopher & Kelly, Sean D. (2006). On the demonstration of blindsight in monkeys. Mind and Language 21 (4):475-483.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: The work of Alan Cowey and Petra Stoerig is often taken to have shown that, following lesions analogous to those that cause blindsight in humans, there is blindsight in monkeys. The present paper reveals a problem in Cowey and Stoerig's case for blindsight in monkeys. The problem is that Cowey and Stoerig's results would only provide good evidence for blindsight if there is no difference between their two experimental paradigms with regard to the sorts of stimuli that are likely to come to consciousness. We show that the paradigms could differ in this respect, given the connections that have been shown to exist between working memory, perceptual load, attention, and consciousness
Moore, Tirin; Rodman, Hillary R. & Gross, Charles G. (2001). Recovery of visual function following damage to the striate cortex in monkeys. In Beatrice De Gelder, Edward H. F. De Haan & Charles A. Heywood (eds.), Out of Mind: Varieties of Unconscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Morgan, Morris J.; Mason, A. J. S. & Solomon, J. A. (1997). Blindsight in normal subjects? Nature 385:401-2.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Natsoulas, Thomas (1997). Blindsight and consciousness. American Journal of Psychology 110:1-33.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Natsoulas, Thomas (1982). Conscious perception and the paradox of "blind-sight". In G. Underwood (ed.), Aspects of Consciousness, Volume 3: Awareness and Self-Awareness. Academic Press.   (Google)
Paillard, Jacques; Michel, F. & Stelmach, C. E. (1983). Localization without content: A tactile analogue of "blind sight". Archives of Neurology 40:548-51.   (Cited by 93 | Google | More links)
Place, Ullin T. (2000). Consciousness and the zombie within: A functional analysis of the blindsight evidence. In Yves Rossetti & Antti Revonsuo (eds.), Beyond Dissociation: Interaction Between Dissociated Implicit and Explicit Processing. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Pylyshyn, Zenon W. (1999). Is vision continuous with cognition? The case for cognitive impenetrability of visual perception. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 22 (3):341-365.   (Cited by 130 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Although the study of visual perception has made more progress in the past 40 years than any other area of cognitive science, there remain major disagreements as to how closely vision is tied to general cognition. This paper sets out some of the arguments for both sides (arguments from computer vision, neuroscience, Psychophysics, perceptual learning and other areas of vision science) and defends the position that an important part of visual perception, which may be called early vision or just vision, is prohibited from accessing relevant expectations, knowledge and utilities - in other words it is cognitively impenetrable. That part of vision is complex and articulated and provides a representation of the 3-D surfaces of objects sufficient to serve as an index into memory, with somewhat different outputs being made available to other systems such as those dealing with motor control. The paper also addresses certain conceptual and methodological issues, including the use of signal detection theory and event-related potentials to assess cognitive penetration of vision. A distinction is made among several stages in visual processing. These include, in addition to the inflexible early-vision stage, a pre-perceptual attention allocation stage and a post-perceptual evaluation, memory-accessing, and inference stage which provide several different highly constrained ways in which cognition can affect the outcome of visual perception. The paper discusses arguments that have been presented in both computer vision and psychology showing that vision is "intelligent" and involves elements of problem solving". It is suggested that these cases do not show cognitive penetration, but rather they show that certain natural constraints on interpretation, concerned primarily with optical and geometrical properties of the world, have been compiled into the visual system. The paper also examines a number of examples where instructions and "hints" are alleged to affect
Pylyshyn, Zenon W. (2000). Is vision continuous with cognition? Behavioral and Brain Sciences.   (Cited by 140 | Google | More links)
Rao, Anling; Nobre, Anna C. & Cowey, Alan (2001). Disruption of visual evoked potentials following a v1 lesion: Implications for blindsight. In Beatrice De Gelder, Edward H. F. De Haan & Charles A. Heywood (eds.), Out of Mind: Varieties of Unconscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Robichaud, Leonard & Stelmach, Lew B. (2003). Inducing blindsight in normal observes. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review 10 (1):206-209.   (Google)
Ro, Tony & Rafal, Robert (2006). Visual restoration in cortical blindness: Insights from natural and TMS-induced blindsight. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation 16 (4):377-396.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Sahraie, Arash; Weiskrantz, Lawrence; Barbur, J. L.; Simmons, Alison & Brammer, M. (1997). Pattern of neuronal activity associated with conscious and unconscious processing of visual signals. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 94:9406-9411.   (Cited by 106 | Google | More links)
Schurger, Aaron; Cowey, Alan & Tallon-Baudry, Catherine (2006). Induced gamma-band oscillations correlate with awareness in hemianopic patient GY. Neuropsychologia 44 (10):1796-1803.   (Google)
Schärli, Heinz; Brugger, P.; Regard, M.; Mohr, C. & Landis, Th (2003). Localisation of "unseen" visual stimuli: Blindsight in normal observers? Swiss Journal of Psychology - Schweizerische Zeitschrift Für Psychologie - Revue Suisse de Psychologie 62 (3):159-165.   (Google)
Schumacher, Ralph (1998). Visual perception and blindsight: The role of the phenomenal qualities. Acta Analytica 20 (20):71-82.   (Google)
Silvanto, Juha (2008). A re-evaluation of blindsight and the role of striate cortex (V1) in visual awareness. Neuropsychologia.   (Google)
Abstract: Some patients with a lesion to the striate cortex (V1), when assessed through forced-choice paradigms, are able to detect stimuli presented in the blind field, despite reporting a complete lack of visual experience. This phenomenon, known as blindsight, strongly implicates V1 in visual awareness. However, the view that V1 is indispensable for conscious visual perception is challenged by a recent finding that the blindsight subject GY can be aware of visual qualia in his blind field, implying that V1may not be critical under all circumstances. This apparent contradiction raises the following question: if V1 is not always necessary for phenomenal awareness, why do V1 lesions have such a detrimental effect on conscious perception? It is suggested here that this contradiction can be resolved by considering the impact of V1 lesions on the functioning of the whole visual cortex.
Stoerig, Petra; Zontanou, Aspasia & Cowey, Alan (2002). Aware or unaware: Assessment of cortical blindness in four men and a monkey. Cerebral Cortex 12 (6):565-574.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Stoerig, Petra & Cowey, Alan (1993). Blindsight and perceptual consciousness: Neuropsychological aspects of striate cortical function. In B. Gulyas, D. Ottoson & P. Rol (eds.), Functional Organization of the Human Visual Cortex. Pergamon Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Stoerig, Petra & Cowey, Alan (1997). Blindsight in man and monkey. Brain 120:535-59.   (Cited by 139 | Google | More links)
Stoerig, Petra & Cowey, Alan (1991). Increment threshold spectral sensitivity in blindsight: Evidence for colour opponency. Brain 114 (3):1487-1512.   (Cited by 23 | Google | More links)
Stoerig, Petra & Barth, E. (2001). Low-level phenomenal vision despite unilateral destruction of primary visual cortex. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (4):574-587.   (Google)
Abstract: GY, an extensively studied human hemianope, is aware of salient visual events in his cortically blind field but does not call this ''vision.'' To learn whether he has low-level conscious visual sensations or whether instead he has gained conscious knowledge about, or access to, visual information that does not produce a conscious phenomenal sensation, we attempted to image process a stimulus s presented to the impaired field so that when the transformed stimulus T(s) was presented to the normal hemifield it would cause a sensation similar to that caused by s in the impaired field. While degradation of contrast, spatio-temporal filtering, contrast reversal, and addition of smear and random blobs all failed to match the response to a flashed bar sf, moving textures of low contrast were accepted to match the response to a moving contrast-defined bar, sm. Orientation and motion direction discrimination of the perceptually matched stimuli [sm and T(sm)] was closely similar. We suggest that the existence of a satisfactory match indicates that GY has phenomenal vision
Stoerig, Petra (1997). Phenomenal vision and apperception: Evidence from blindsight. Mind and Language 2 (2):224-37.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Stoerig, Petra (1998). Varieties of vision: From blind responses to conscious recognition. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 94 | Google | More links)
Stoerig, Petra & Cowey, Alan (1989). Wavelength sensitivity in blindsight. Nature 342:916-18.   (Cited by 54 | Google | More links)
Stoerig, Petra & Cowey, Alan (1989). Wavelength sensitivity in blindsight. Wavelength sensitivity in blindsight. Brain 115:425-44.   (Google)
Tapp, J. D. (1997). Blindsight in hindsight. Consciousness and Cognition 6:67-74.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Torjussen, T. (1978). Visual processing in cortically blind hemifields. Neuropsychologia 16:5-21.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Trevethan, Ceri T.; Sahraie, Arash & Weiskrantz, Larry (2007). Can blindsight be superior to 'sighted-sight?'. Cognition 103 (3):491-501.   (Google)
Tye, Michael (1993). Blindsight, the absent qualia hypothesis, and the mystery of consciousness. In Christopher Hookway (ed.), Philosophy and the Cognitive Sciences. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 11 | Annotation | Google)
Vaina, L. M. (1995). Akinetopsia, achromatopsia and blindsight: Recent studies on perception without awareness. Synthese 105 (3):253-271.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract:   The neural substrate of early visual processing in the macaque is used as a framework to discuss recent progress towards a precise anatomical localization and understanding of the functional implications of the syndromes of blindsight, achromatopsia and akinetopsia in humans. This review is mainly concerned with how these syndromes support the principles of organization of the visual system into parallel pathways and the functional hierarchy of visual mechanisms
Vision, Gerald (1998). Blindsight and philosophy. Philosophical Psychology 11 (2):137-59.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Abstract: The evidence of blindsight is occasionally used to argue that we can see things, and thus have perceptual belief, without the distinctive visual awareness accompanying normal sight; thereby displacing phenomenality as a component of the concept of vision. I maintain that arguments to this end typically rely on misconceptions about blindsight and almost always ignore associated visual (or visuomotor) pathologies relevant to the lessons of such cases. More specifically, I conclude, first, that the phenomena very likely do not result from dissociations within a single system, but from the interaction of evolutionarily distinct, if interacting, systems; second, that a closer study of spared motor abilities indicates that verbal responses of patients result not from degraded vision but from proprioception; and, finally, above chance verbal responses, being forced guesses, are not tentative beliefs and cannot become beliefs just by training patients to have more confidence in their responses
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1986). Blindsight: A Case Study and Implications. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 609 | Google)
Abstract: within-field task as testing proceeded. (In any case, the two-field task is presumably a more difficult one than the one-field task. ...
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1995). Blindsight: Conscious vs. unconscious aspects. In Joseph E. King & Karl H. Pribram (eds.), Scale in Conscious Experience. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (2000). Blindsight: Implications for the conscious experience of emotion. In Richard D. R. Lane, L. Nadel & G. L. Ahern (eds.), Cognitive Neuroscience of Emotion. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1995). Blindsight: Not an island unto itself. Current Directions in Psychological Science 4 (1):146-151.   (Cited by 20 | Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (2001). Blindsight - Putting Beta (?) on the Back Burner. In Beatrice De Gelder, Edward H. F. De Haan & Charles A. Heywood (eds.), Out of Mind: Varieties of Unconscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1996). Blindsight revisited. Current Opinion in Neurobiology 6:215-220.   (Cited by 76 | Google | More links)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1998). Consciousness and commentaries. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1997). Consciousness Lost and Found. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 296 | Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence & Cowey, Alan (1970). Filling in the scotoma: A study of residual vision after striate cortex lesions in monkeys. Progress in Physiological Psychology 3.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1990). Outlooks for blindsight: Explicit methodologies for implicit processes. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B 239:247-78.   (Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (2002). Prime-sight and blindsight. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (4):568-581.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence; Barbur, J. L. & Sahraie, Arash (1995). Parameters affecting conscious versus unconscious visual discrimination without V. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 92:6122-26.   (Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1998). Pupillary responses with and without awareness in blindsight. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (3):324-326.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (2007). The case of blindsight. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Wessinger, C. M.; Fendrich, R. & Gazzaniga, Michael S. (1997). Islands of residual vision in hemianopic patients. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 9:203-21.   (Google)
Wessinger, C. M.; Fendrich, R.; Ptito, A. & Villemure, J. G. (1996). Residual vision with awareness in the field contralateral to a partial or complete functional hemispherectomy. Neuropsychologia 34:1129-1137.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Zeki, Semir (1996). The motion vision of the blind and the modularity of consciousness. Transactions of the Medical Society of London 112:11-18.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Zeki, Semir; Aglioti, S.; McKeefry, D. & Berlucchi, G. (1999). The neurological basis of conscious color perception in a blind patient. Proceedings Of The National Academy Of Sciences Of The United States Of America 96 (24):14124-14129.   (Cited by 29 | Google | More links)
Zeki, Semir & Ffytche, D. H. (1998). The riddoch syndrome: Insights into the neurobiology of conscious vision. Brain 121:25-45.   (Cited by 83 | Google | More links)
Zihl, J. (1980). "Blindsight": Improvement of visually guided eye movements by systematic practice in patients with cerebral blindness. Neuropsychologia 18 (1):71-77.   (Cited by 32 | Google)
Zihl, J. & Werth, R. (1984). Contributions to the study of "blindsight", parts I & II. Neuropsychologia 22:1-22.   (Google)
Zihl, J. & von Cramon, D. (1980). Registration of light stimuli in the cortically blind hemifield and its effect on localization. Behavior and Brain Research 1:287-298.   (Cited by 13 | Google)

8.10b Neglect and Extinction

Bartolomeo, Paolo (2006). A parietofrontal network for spatial awareness in the right hemisphere of the human brain. Archives of Neurology 63 (9):1238-1241.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Becchio, Cristina & Bertone, Cesare (2005). The ontology of neglect. Consciousness and Cognition 14 (3):483-494.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Behrmann, M. & Meegan, D. V. (1998). Visuomotor processing in unilateral neglect. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (3):381-409.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The extent to which visual information on the contralateral, unattended side influences the performance of patients with hemispatial neglect was studied in a visuomotor reaching task. We replicated the well-established finding that, relative to target-alone trials, normal subjects are slower to reach to targets in the presence of visual distractors which appear either ipsilateral or contralateral to the target, with greater interference in the former condition. Six patients with hemispatial neglect showed even greater interference than did the normal subjects when the distractor appeared ipsilaterally but showed no significant interference from contralateral distractors. This pattern of performance was qualitatively similar for patients with lesions restricted to posterior regions and for patients with more extensive lesions involving both posterior and anterior brain regions. These findings suggest that, in the visuomotor domain, information on the contralateral side is processed minimally, if at all, in patients with hemispatial neglect
Berti, Anna (2002). Unconscious processing in neglect. In Hans-Otto Karnath, David Milner & Giuseppe Vallar (eds.), The Cognitive and Neural Bases of Spatial Neglect. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Berti, Anna & Rizzolatti, G. (1992). Visual processing without awareness: Evidence from unilateral neglect. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 4:345-51.   (Cited by 124 | Google)
Bisiach, E. & Rusconi, M. L. (1990). Breakdown of perceptual awareness in unilateral neglect. Cortex 26:643-49.   (Cited by 39 | Google | More links)
Bisiach, E. (1993). Mental representation in unilateral neglect and related disorders. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 46 (3):435-461.   (Cited by 72 | Google | More links)
Bisiach, E. (1992). Understanding consciousness: Clues from unilateral neglect and related disorders. In A. David Milner & M. D. Rugg (eds.), The Neuropsychology of Consciousness. Academic Press.   (Cited by 24 | Google)
Bisiach, E.; Luzzatti, C. & Perani, D. (1979). Unilateral neglect, representational schema, and consciousness. Brain 102:609-18.   (Cited by 121 | Google | More links)
Bisiach, E.; Ricci, R. & Modona, M. N. (1998). Visual awareness and anisometry of space representation in unilateral neglect: A panoramic investigation by means of a line extension task. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (3):327-355.   (Google)
Abstract: Ninety-one right brain-damaged patients with left neglect and 43 right brain-damaged patients without neglect were asked to extend horizontal segments, either left- or rightward, starting from their right or left endpoints, respectively. Earlier experiments based on similar tasks had shown, in left neglect patients, a tendency to overextend segments toward the left side. This seemingly paradoxical phenomenon was held to undermine current explanations of unilateral neglect. The results of the present extensive research demonstrate that contralesional overextension is also evident in most right brain-damaged patients without contralesional neglect. Furthermore, they show that in a minority of left neglect patients, the opposite behavior, i.e., right overextension can be found. The paper also reports the results of correlational analyses comprising the parameters of line-extension, line-bisection, and cancellation tasks, as well as the parameters relative to the Milner Landmark Task, by which a distinction is drawn between perceptual and response biases in unilateral neglect. A working hypothesis is then advanced about the brain dysfunction underlying neglect and an attempt is made at finding an explanation of neglect and the links between the mechanisms of space representation and consciousness through the study of the changes induced by unilateral brain lesions in the characteristics of space-coding neurons. Abbreviations: C, control group;GN+91,full group of neglect patients;GN+27,group of neglect patients with relative left overextension;GN+14,group of neglect patients with relative right overextension;GN-43,full group of non-neglect patients;GN-9,group of non-neglect patients with relative left overextension; H canc, H cancellation task; LE, left extension; LE/RE, ratio of left-right extension; N+, neglect patients; N-, non-neglect patients; PB Land-M, perceptual bias on Landmark motor task; PB Land-V, perceptual bias on Landmark verbal task; RB Land-M, response bias on Landmark motor task; RB Land-V, response bias on Landmark verbal task; RE, right extension
Boardman, William S. (online). Austin and the inferential account of perception.   (Google)
Abstract: O SET THE STAGE for the discussion[1], I will rehearse and clarify a well-known dispute between A. J. Ayer and J. L. Austin concerning whether perceptual judgments are inferences. Both in his Sense and Sensibilia[2] and in his "Other Minds,"[3] Austin carefully distinguishes recognizing that p from inferring that p. For the purpose of comparing his position to Ayer's, we might put his basic claim in this way: given the way words such as "recognize" and "infer" are used outside philosophical discussions, one clearly distinguishes instances of recognizing from instances of inferring. Yet Ayer does not dispute that, but replies that while non-philosophers do make a sharp distinction between the two, it is arbitrary for philosophical purposes.[4] Claims based upon one's having recognized something are sufficiently like claims based upon one's having inferred, Ayer supposes, that it is useful to treat them as instances of a common category. So the issue is not whether the distinction is recognized outside philosophical circles, but whether it is a defensible and useful one to make. Clearly, Austin insists upon the distinction because he supposes that failing to make it will promote philosophical confusion; indeed, he argues that one traditional problem of skepticism is largely due to this confusion.[5] In his "Other Minds," Austin tries to suggest how recognizing differs from inferring by showing how the sorts of questions or challenges brought to bear differ between the two sorts of claim:[6] for inferences, one wants a rehearsal of the pieces of evidence and an account of their connections to the judgment; for perceptual claims of recognition, one explores whether the observer had the opportunity to see what he claimed to have seen, whether he had acquired the expertise to recognize the sort of thing he claimed to have seen, and whether the circumstances were free of evident distraction and defect. But his readers' appreciation of these things depends
Cappelletti, Marinella & Cipolotti, Lisa (2006). Unconscious processing of arabic numerals in unilateral neglect. Neuropsychologia 44 (10):1999-2006.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Davies, Anne Aimola (2004). Disorders of spatial orientation and awareness: Unilateral neglect. In Jennie Ponsford (ed.), Cognitive and Behavioral Rehabilitation: From Neurobiology to Clinical Practice. Guilford Press.   (Google)
Deouell, L. (2002). Pre-requisites for conscious awareness: Clues from electrophysiological and behavioral studies of unilateral neglect patients. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (4):546-567.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Driver, Julia; Vullumieur, P.; Eimer, Martin & Rees, Geraint (2001). FMRI and ERP correlates of conscious and unconscious vision in parietal extinction patients. NeuroImage 14.   (Google)
Driver, John & Vuilleumier, Patrik (2001). Perceptual awareness and its loss in unilateral neglect and extinction. Cognition 79 (1):39-88.   (Cited by 147 | Google | More links)
Driver, Jon & Vuilleumier, Patrik (2001). Unconscious processing in neglect and extinction. In Beatrice De Gelder, Edward H. F. De Haan & Charles A. Heywood (eds.), Out of Mind: Varieties of Unconscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Eimer, Martin; Maravita, Angelo; Van Velzen, Jose; Husain, Masud & Driver, Jon (2002). The electrophysiology of tactile extinction: ERP correlates of unconscious somatosensory processing. Neuropsychologia 40 (13):2438-2447.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Esterman, Michael; McGlinchey-Berroth, Regina; Verfaellie, Mieke; Grande, Laura; Kilduff, Patrick & Milberg, William (2002). Aware and unaware perception in hemispatial neglect: Evidence from a stem completion priming task. Cortex 38 (2):233-246.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
George, Melanie A.; Dobler, Veronika B.; Nicholls, Elaine & Manly, Tom (2005). Spatial awareness, alertness, and ADHD: The re-emergence of unilateral neglect with time-on-task. Brain and Cognition 57 (3):264-275.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Halligan, Peter W. & Marshall, John C. (1998). Neglect of awareness. Consciousness and Cognition 7 (3):356-380.   (Cited by 13 | Google | More links)
Abstract: We describe some of the signs and symptoms of left visuo-spatial neglect. This common, severe and often long-lasting impairment is the most striking consequence of right hemisphere brain damage. Patients seem to (over-)attend to the right with subsequent inability to respond to stimuli in contralesional space. We draw particular attention to how patients themselves experience neglect. Furthermore, we show that the neglect patient's loss of awareness of left space is crucial to an understanding of the condition. Even after left space has been brought into the patient's consciousness (either by local cueing on the left or by an emphasis on global properties of the scene as a whole), this awareness of left space rapidly declines. We suggest that much of the symptomology of left neglect can be interpreted as a disconnection between brain mechanisms that are relatively specialized for local (detail) visual processing and global (panoramic) processing. This failure of communication between functional (subpersonal) mechanisms then has consequences for how perceptual and representational content enters into awareness. Failure of the local contents of left space to be consciously accessed is, in turn, an important aspect of why left neglect is so difficult to remediate. Patients can ''know'' that they have neglect but are cut off from the perceptual awareness that would enable them to overcome their attentional bias to the right
Karnath, Hans-Otto; Ferber, Susanne & Himmelbach, Marc (2001). Spatial awareness is a function of the temporal not the posterior parietal lobe. Nature 411 (6840):951-953.   (Cited by 269 | Google | More links)
Ladavas, E.; Berti, Anna & Farne, A. (2000). Dissociation between conscious and non-conscious processing in neglect. In Yves Rossetti & Antti Revonsuo (eds.), Beyond Dissociation: Interaction Between Dissociated Implicit and Explicit Processing. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Marzi, C.; Girelli, M.; Miniussi, Carlo; Smania, N. & Maravita, Angelo (2000). Electrophysiological correlates of conscious vision: Evidence from unilateral extinction. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 12 (5):869-877.   (Cited by 28 | Google | More links)
Marshall, John C.; Fink, Gereon R.; Halligan, Peter W. & Vallar, Giuseppe (2002). Spatial awareness: A function of the posterior parietal lobe? Cortex 38 (2):253-257.   (Google)
Rafal, Robert; Ward, Robert & Danziger, Shai (2006). Selection for action and selection for awareness: Evidence from hemispatial neglect. Brain Research. Special Issue 1080 (1):2-8.   (Google | More links)
Rees, Geraint; Wojciulik, E.; Clarke, Karen; Husain, Masud & Frith, Christopher D. (2002). Neural correlates of conscious and unconscious vision in parietal extinction. Neurocase 8 (5):387-393.   (Cited by 16 | Google | More links)
Rees, Geraint; Wojciulik, E.; Clarke, Karen; Husain, Masud; Frith, Christopher D. & Driver, Julia (2000). Unconscious activation of visual cortex in the damaged right hemisphere of a parietal patient with extinction. Brain 123 (8):1624-1633.   (Cited by 129 | Google | More links)
Robertson, L. C. (1999). What can spatial deficits teach us about feature binding and spatial maps? Visual Cognition 6 (3):409-30.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Sarri, Margarita; Blankenburg, Felix & Driver, Jon (2006). Neural correlates of crossmodal visual-tactile extinction and of tactile awareness revealed by fMRI in a right-hemisphere stroke patient. Neuropsychologia 44 (12):2398-2410.   (Google)
Tham, Kerstin; Ginsburg, Elisabeth; Fisher, Anne G. & Tegnér, Richard (2001). Training to improve awareness of disabilities in clients with unilateral neglect. American Journal of Occupational Therapy 55 (1):46-54.   (Cited by 18 | Google)
Valenza, Nathalie; Seghier, Mohamed L.; Schwartz, Sophie; Lazeyras, François & Vuilleumier, Patrik (2004). Tactile awareness and limb position in neglect: Functional magnetic resonance imaging. Annals of Neurology 55 (1):139-143.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Verleger, Rolf (2001). Comment on Electrophysiological Correlates of Conscious Vision: Evidence From Unilateral Extinction by marzi, girelli, miniussi, smania, and maravita, in JOCN 12:. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 13 (3):416-417.   (Google)
Vuilleumier, Patrik & Schwartz, Sophie (2001). Beware and be aware: Capture of spatial attention by fear-related stimuli iin neglect. Neuroreport 12 (6):1119-1122.   (Cited by 34 | Google | More links)
Vuilleumier, P.; Sagiv, N.; Hazeltine, E.; Poldrack, R. A.; Swick, D.; Rafal, R. D. & Gabrieli, J. D. E. (2001). Neural fate of seen and unseen faces in visuospatial neglect: A combined event-related fMRI and ERP study. Pnas 98 (6):3495-3500.   (Cited by 119 | Google | More links)
Vuilleumier, Patrik; Armony, J. L.; Clarke, Karen; Husain, Masud; Driver, Julia & Dolan, Raymond J. (2002). Neural response to emotional faces with and without awareness; event-related fMRI in a parietal patient with visual extinction and spatial neglect. Neuropsychologia 40 (12):2156-2166.   (Google)
Vuilleumier, Patrik & Sagiv, Noam (2001). Two eyes make a pair: Facial organization and perceptual learning reduce visual extinction. Neuropsychologia 39 (11):1144-9.   (Cited by 11 | Google | More links)
Watson, R. T.; Valenstein, Elliot S.; Day, Alice T. & Heilman, K. M. (1994). Posterior neocortical systems subserving awareness and neglect: Neglect associated with superior temporal sulcus but not area 7 lesions. Archives of Neurology 51:1014-1021.   (Google)

8.10c Schizophrenia

Amador, Xavier F. & David, Anthony S. (2004). Insight and psychosis: awareness of illness in schizophrenia and related disorders. Oxford University Press, USA.   (Cited by 62 | Google | More links)
Andreasen, N. (2000). Is schizophrenia a disorder of memory or consciousness? In Endel Tulving (ed.), Memory, Consciousness, and the Brain: The Tallinn Conference. Psychology Press/Taylor & Francis.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Area, R.; Garcia-Caballero, A.; Gómez, I.; Somoza, M. J.; Garcia-Lado, I.; Recimil, M. J. & Vila, L. (2003). Conscious compensations for thought insertion. Psychopathology 36 (3):129-131.   (Google | More links)
Bacon, E.; Danion, J. M.; Kauffmann-Muller, F. & Bruant, A. (2001). Consciousness in schizophrenia: A metacognitive approach to semantic memory. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (4):473-484.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Recent studies have shown that schizophrenia may be a disease affecting the states of consciousness. The present study is aimed at investigating metamemory, i.e., the knowledge about one's own memory capabilities, in patients with schizophrenia. The accuracy of the Confidence level (CL) in the correctness of the answers provided during a recall phase, and the predictability of the Feeling of Knowing (FOK) when recall fails were measured using a task consisting of general information questions and assessing semantic memory. Nineteen outpatients were paired with 19 control subjects with respect to age, sex, and education. Results showed that patients with schizophrenia exhibited an impaired semantic memory. CL ratings as well as CL and FOK accuracy were not significantly different in the schizophrenic and the control groups. However, FOK ratings were significantly reduced for the patient group, and discordant FOK judgments were also observed more frequently. Such results suggest that FOK judgments are impaired in patients with schizophrenia, which confirms that schizophrenia is an illness characterized by an impaired conscious awareness of one's own knowledge
Barr, W. B. (1998). Neurobehavioral Disorders of Awareness and Their Relevance to Schizophrenia. In Xavier F. Amador & Anthony S. David (eds.), Insight and Psychosis: Awareness of Illness in Schizophrenia and Related Disorders. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 11 | Google)
Baumann, Sean E. (2005). The schizophrenias as disorders of self consciousness. South African Psychiatry Review 8 (3):95-99.   (Google | More links)
Behrendt, R. P. & Young, C. (2004). Hallucinations in schizophrenia, sensory impairment, and brain disease: A unifying model. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 27 (6):771-787.   (Cited by 30 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Based on recent insight into the thalamocortical system and its role in perception and conscious experience, a unified pathophysiological framework for hallucinations in neurological and psychiatric conditions is proposed, which integrates previously unrelated neurobiological and psychological findings. Gamma-frequency rhythms of discharge activity from thalamic and cortical neurons are facilitated by cholinergic arousal and resonate in networks of thalamocortical circuits, thereby transiently forming assemblies of coherent gamma oscillations under constraints of afferent sensory input and prefrontal attentional mechanisms. If perception is based on synchronisation of intrinsic gamma activity in the thalamocortical system, then sensory input to specific thalamic nuclei may merely play a constraining role. Hallucinations can be regarded as underconstrained perceptions that arise when the impact of sensory input on activation of thalamocortical circuits and synchronisation of thalamocortical gamma activity is reduced. In conditions that are accompanied by hallucinations, factors such as cortical hyperexcitability, cortical attentional mechanisms, hyperarousal, increased noise in specific thalamic nuclei, and random sensory input to specific thalamic nuclei may, to a varying degree, contribute to underconstrained activation of thalamocortical circuits. The reticular thalamic nucleus plays an important role in suppressing random activity of relay cells in specific thalamic nuclei, and its dysfunction may be implicated in the biological vulnerability to hallucinations in schizophrenia. Combined with general activation during cholinergic arousal, this leads to excessive disinhibition in specific thalamic nuclei, which may allow cortical attentional mechanisms to recruit thalamic relay cells into resonant assemblies of gamma oscillations, regardless of their actual sensory input, thereby producing an underconstrained perceptual experience. Key Words: Charles Bonnet syndrome; gamma oscillations; hallucinations; late paraphrenia; Lewy body dementia; perception; schizophrenia; thalamocortical system
Bermudez, Jose Luis (2001). Normativity and rationality in delusional psychiatric disorders. Mind and Language 16 (5):457-493.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Bortolotti, Lisa & Broome, Matthew (2009). A role for ownership and authorship in the analysis of thought insertion. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 8 (2):205-224.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Philosophers are interested in the phenomenon of thought insertion because it challenges the common assumption that one can ascribe to oneself the thoughts that one can access first-personally. In the standard philosophical analysis of thought insertion, the subject owns the ‘inserted’ thought but lacks a sense of agency towards it. In this paper we want to provide an alternative analysis of the condition, according to which subjects typically lack both ownership and authorship of the ‘inserted’ thoughts. We argue that by appealing to a failure of ownership and authorship we can describe more accurately the phenomenology of thought insertion, and distinguish it from that of non-delusional beliefs that have not been deliberated about, and of other delusions of passivity. We can also start developing a more psychologically realistic account of the relation between intentionality, rationality and self knowledge in normal and abnormal cognition
Campbell, J. (1999). Schizophrenia, the space of reasons and thinking as a motor process. The Monist 82 (4):609-625.   (Cited by 42 | Google)
Carruthers, Glenn (forthcoming). The case for the comparator model as an explanation of the sense of agency and its breakdowns. Consciousness and Cognition.   (Google)
Abstract: I compare Frith and colleagues’ influential comparator account of how the sense of agency is elicited to the multifactorial weighting model advocated by Synofzik and colleagues. I defend the comparator model from the common objection that the actual sensory consequences of action are not needed to elicit the sense of agency. I examine the comparator model’s ability to explain the performance of healthy subjects and those suffering from delusions of alien control on various self-attribution tasks. It transpires that the comparator model needs case-by-case adjustment to deal with problematic data. In response to this, the multifactorial weighting model of Synofzik and colleagues is introduced. Although this model is incomplete, it is more naturally constrained by the cases that are problematic for the comparator model. However, this model may be untestable. I conclude that currently the comparator model approach has stronger support than the multifactorial weighting model approach.
Chadwick, Ruth F. (1994). Kant, thought insertion, and mental unity. Philosophy, Psychiatry, and Psychology 1 (2):105-113.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Chung, M.; Fulford, K. William M. & Graham, George (2005). The Philosophical Understanding of Schizophrenia. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Coltheart, Max (2005). Conscious experience and delusional belief. Philosophy, Psychiatry, and Psychology 12 (2):153-157.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Coltheart, Max & Davies, Martin (2000). Pathologies of Belief. Blackwell.   (Cited by 15 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Blackwell, 2000 Review by George Graham, Ph.D on Oct 27th 2000 Volume: 4, Number: 43
Carruthers, Glenn (2009). Commentary on Synofzik, Vosgerau and Newen 2008. Consciousness and Cognition 18 (2):515-520.   (Google)
Abstract: Synofzik, Vosgerau, and Newen (2008) offer a powerful explanation of the sense of agency. To argue for their model they attempt to show that one of the standard models (the comparator model) fails to explain the sense of agency and that their model offers a more general account than is aimed at by the standard model. Here I offer comment on both parts of this argument. I offer an alternative reading of some of the data they use to argue against the comparator model. I argue that contrary to Synofzik, Vosgerau and Newen’s reading the case of G.L. supports rather than contradicts the comparator model. Next I suggest how the comparator model can differentiate failures of action attribution in patients suffering parietal lobe lesions and delusions of alien control. I also argue that the apparently unexpected phenomenon of “hyperassociation” is predicted by the comparator model. Finally I suggest that as it stands Synofzik, Vosgerau and Newen’s model is not well specified enough to explain deficits in the sense of agency associated with delusions of thought insertion. Thus they have not met their second argumentative burden of showing how their model is more general than the comparator model.
Danion, Jean-Marie; Cuervo, Christine; Piolino, Pascale; Huron, Caroline; Riutort, Marielle; Peretti, Charles S. & Eustache, Francis (2005). Conscious recollection in autobiographical memory: An investigation in schizophrenia. Consciousness and Cognition 14 (3):535-547.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Danion, Jean-Marie & Huron, Caroline (2007). Can we study subjective experiences objectively? First-person perspective approaches and impaired subjective states of awareness in schizophrenia? In Philip David Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Google)
Danion, Jean-Marie; Huron, Caroline; Rizzo, Lydia & Vidailhet, Pierre (2004). Emotion, memory, and conscious awareness in schizophrenia. In Daniel Reisberg & Paula Hertel (eds.), Memory and Emotion. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Del Cul, Antoine; Dehaene, Stanislas & Leboyer, Marion (2006). Preserved subliminal processing and impaired conscious access in schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry 63 (12):1313-1323.   (Google)
Depraz, Natalie (2003). Putting the epoche into practice: Schizophrenic experience as illustrating the phenomenological exploration of consciousness. In K. William M. Fulford, Katherine J. Morris, John Z. Sadler & Giovanni Stanghellini (eds.), Nature and Narrative: An Introduction to the New Philosophy of Psychiatry. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Edelstyn, Nicola M. J.; Drakeford, Justine; Oyebode, Femi & Findlay, Chris (2003). Investigation of conscious recollection, false recognition and delusional misidentification in patients with schizophrenia. Psychopathology 36 (6):312-319.   (Google)
Evans, Cathryn E. Y.; Bowman, Caroline H. & Turnbull, Oliver H. (2005). Subjective awareness on the iowa gambling task: The key role of emotional experience in schizophrenia. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology 27 (6):656-664.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Fernández, Jordi (2010). Thought insertion and self-knowledge. Mind and Language 25 (1):66-88.   (Google)
Abstract: I offer an account of thought insertion based on a certain model of self-knowledge. I propose that subjects with thought insertion do not experience being committed to some of their own beliefs. A hypothesis about self-knowledge explains why. According to it, we form beliefs about our own beliefs on the basis of our evidence for them. First, I will argue that this hypothesis explains the fact that we feel committed to those beliefs which we are aware of. Then, I will point to one feature of schizophrenia that suggests that subjects with thought insertion may not be able to know their own beliefs in that way
Flashman, Laura A. (2004). Disorders of insight, self-awareness, and attribution in schizophrenia. In Bernard D. Beitman & Jyotsna Nair (eds.), Self-Awareness Deficits in Psychiatric Patients: Neurobiology, Assessment, and Treatment. W.W. Norton & Co.   (Google)
Flashman, Laura A. & Roth, Robert M. (2004). Neural correlates of unawareness of illness in psychosis. In Xavier F. Amador & Anthony S. David (eds.), Insight and Psychosis: Awareness of Illness in Schizophrenia and Related Disorders. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Frith, Christopher D. (1979). Consciousness, information processing and schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry 134:225-35.   (Cited by 108 | Google | More links)
Frith, Christopher D.; Blakemore, S. J. & Wolpert, D. (2000). Explaining the symptoms of schizophrenia: Abnormalities in the awareness of action. Brain Research Reviews 31 (2):357-363.   (Cited by 140 | Google | More links)
Frith, Christopher D. & Gallagher, Shaun (2002). Models of the pathological mind. Journal of Consciousness Studies 9 (4):57-80.   (Cited by 36 | Google)
Fuchs, Thomas (2005). Corporealized and disembodied minds: A phenomenological view of the body in melancholia and schizophrenia. Philosophy, Psychiatry, and Psychology 12 (2):95-107.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Gallagher, Shaun (2004). Agency, ownership, and alien control in schizophrenia. In Dan Zahavi, T. Grunbaum & Josef Parnas (eds.), The Structure and Development of Self-Consciousness: Interdisciplinary Perspectives. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Gallup Jr, Gordon G.; Anderson, James R. & Platek, Steven M. (2003). Self-awareness, social intelligence and schizophrenia. In Tilo Kircher & Anthony David (eds.), The Self in Neuroscience and Psychiatry. Cambridge University Press.   (Google)
Gambini, O.; Barbieri, V. & Scarone, S. (2004). Theory of mind in schizophrenia: First person vs third person perspective. Consciousness and Cognition 13 (1):39-46.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Grant, Donald C. (2002). Becoming conscious and schizophrenia. Neuro-Psychoanalysis 4 (1):199-207.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Haggard, Patrick; Martin, Flavie; Taylor-Clarke, Marisa; Jeannerod, Marc & Franck, Nicolas (2003). Awareness of action in schizophrenia. Neuroreport 14 (7):1081-1085.   (Cited by 10 | Google | More links)
Herzog, Michael H. (2006). The relationship of visual masking and basic object recognition in healthy observers and patients with schizophrenia. In gmen, Haluk; Breitmeyer, Bruno G. (2006). The First Half Second: The Microgenesis and Temporal Dynamics of Unconscious and Conscious Visual Processes. (Pp. 259-274). Cambridge, MA, US: MIT Press. Xi, 410 Pp.   (Google)
Hoerl, Christoph (2001). Introduction: Understanding, explaining, and intersubjectivity in schizophrenia. Philosophy, Psychiatry, and Psychology 8 (2-3):83-88.   (Google)
Abstract: This article provides an introduction to a special issue of the journal Philosophy, Psychiatry and Psychology, On Understanding and Explaining Schizophrenia. The article identifies a common thread running through the different contributions to this special issue, inspired by Jaspers's (1963) suggestion that a profound impairment in the ability to engage in interpersonal and social relations is a key factor in psychiatric disorders. It is argued that this suggestion can help solve a central dilemma in psychopathology, which is to make intelligible the emergence and nature of psychiatric phenomena involving disturbances of rationality, intentionality and self-consciousness, whilst at the same time accounting for a sense in which such phenomena resist understanding.
Kircher, T. T. J. & Thienel, R. (2006). Functional brain imaging of symptoms and cognition in schizophrenia. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Kircher, T. T. J. & Leube, D. (2003). Self-consciousness, self-agency, and schizophrenia. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (4):656-669.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Empirical approaches on topics such as consciousness, self-awareness, or introspective perspective, need a conceptual framework so that the emerging, still unconnected findings can be integrated and put into perspective. We introduce a model of self-consciousness derived from phenomenology, philosophy, the cognitive, and neurosciences. We will then give an overview of research data on one particular aspect of our model, self-agency, trying to link findings from cognitive psychology and neuroscience. Finally, we will expand on pathological aspects of self-agency, and in particular on psychosis in schizophrenia. We show, that a deficient self-monitoring system underlies, in part, hallucinations and formal thought (language) disorder in schizophrenia. We argue, that self-consciousness is a valid construct and can be studied with the instruments of cognitive and neuroscience
Light, G. & Braff, D. (2000). Do self-reports of perceptual anomalies reflect gating deficits in schizophrenia patients? Biological Psychiatry 47:463-467.   (Cited by 50 | Google | More links)
Medalia, Alice & Lim, Rosa W. (2004). Self-awareness of cognitive functioning in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research 71 (2):331-338.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Parnas, Josef & Sass, Louis A. (2001). Self, solipsism, and schizophrenic delusions. Philosophy, Psychiatry, and Psychology 8 (2-3):101-120.   (Cited by 16 | Google | More links)
Reynolds, Gavin P. (2002). Schizophrenia. In Elaine Perry, Heather Ashton & Allan Young (eds.), Neurochemistry of Consciousness: Neurotransmitters in Mind. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Roussel, Jean-Robert & Bachelor, Alexandra (2000). Altered state and phenomenology of consciousness in schizophrenia. Imagination, Cognition and Personality 20 (2):141-159.   (Google)
Sass, Louis A. (2004). Affectivity in schizophrenia: A phenomenological view. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (10-11):127-147.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Sass, Louis A. & Parnas, Josef (2001). Phenomenology of self-disturbances in schizophrenia: Some research findings and directions. Philosophy, Psychiatry, and Psychology 8 (4):347-356.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Sass, Louis A. & Parnas, Josef (2003). Schizophrenia, consciousness, and the self. Schizophrenia Bulletin 29 (3):427-444.   (Cited by 28 | Google | More links)
Sass, Louis A. (2000). Schizophrenia, self-experience, and the so-called "negative symptoms": Reflections on hyperreflexivity. In Dan Zahavi (ed.), Exploring the Self: Philosophical and Psychopathological Perspectives on Self-Experience. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 28 | Google)
Schwartz, Michael A.; Wiggins, Osborne P.; Naudin, Jean & Spitzer, Manfred (2005). Rebuilding reality: A phenomenology of aspects of chronic schizophrenia. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 4 (1).   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Schizophrenia, like other pathological conditions of mental life, has not been systematically included in the general study of consciousness. By focusing on aspects of chronic schizophrenia, we attempt to remedy this omission. Basic components of Husserl’s phenomenology (intentionality, synthesis, constitution, epoche, and unbuilding) are explicated and then employed in an account of chronic schizophrenia. In schizophrenic experience, basic constituents of reality are lost and the subject must try to explicitly re-constitute them. “Automatic mental life” is weakened such that much of the world that is normally taken-for-granted cannot continue to be so. The subject must actively re-lay the ontological foundations of reality
Sonntag, Philippe; Gokalsing, Erick; Olivier, Carinne; Robert, Philippe; Burglen, Franck; Kauffmann-Muller, Françoise; Huron, Caroline; Salame, Pierre & Danion, Jean-Marie (2003). Impaired strategic regulation of contents of conscious awareness in schizophrenia. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (2):190-200.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Stephens, G. Lynn & Graham, George (2005). The delusional stance. In M. Chung, K. William M. Fulford & George Graham (eds.), The Philosophical Understanding of Schizophrenia. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Tononi, Giulio Srinivasan & Edelman, Gerald M. (2000). Schizophrenia and the mechanisms of conscious integration. Brain Research Reviews 31 (2):391-400.   (Cited by 97 | Google | More links)
Tsou, Jonathan Y. (2007). Hacking on the looping effects of psychiatric classifications: What is an interactive and indifferent kind? International Studies in the Philosophy of Science 21 (3):329 – 344.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: This paper examines Ian Hacking's analysis of the looping effects of psychiatric classifications, focusing on his recent account of interactive and indifferent kinds. After explicating Hacking's distinction between 'interactive kinds' (human kinds) and 'indifferent kinds' (natural kinds), I argue that Hacking cannot claim that there are 'interactive and indifferent kinds,' given the way that he introduces the interactive-indifferent distinction. Hacking is also ambiguous on whether his notion of interactive and indifferent kinds is supposed to offer an account of classifications or objects of classification. I argue that these conceptual difficulties show that Hacking's account of interactive and indifferent kinds cannot be based on - and should be clearly separated from - his distinction between interactive kinds and indifferent kinds. In clarifying Hacking's account, I argue that interactive and indifferent kinds should be regarded as objects of classification (i.e., kinds of people) that can be identified with reference to a law-like biological regularity and are aware of how they are classified. Schizophrenia and depression are discussed as examples. I subsequently offer reasons for resisting Hacking's claim that the objects of classification in the human sciences - as a result of looping effects - are 'moving targets'
Tsou, Jonathan Y. (2008). The Reality and Classification of Mental Disorders. Dissertation, University of Chicago   (Google)
Abstract: This dissertation examines psychiatry from a philosophy of science perspective, focusing on issues of realism and classification. Questions addressed in the dissertation include: What evidence is there for the reality of mental disorders? Are any mental disorders natural kinds? When are disease explanations of abnormality warranted? How should mental disorders be classified? In addressing issues concerning the reality of mental disorders, I draw on the accounts of realism defended by Ian Hacking and William Wimsatt, arguing that biological research on mental disorders supports the inference that some mental disorders (e.g., schizophrenia, mood disorders, and anxiety disorders) are real theoretical entities, and that the evidence supporting this inference is causal and abductive. In explicating the nature of such entities, I argue that real mental disorders are natural kinds insofar as they are natural classes of abnormal behavior whose members share the same causal structure. I present this position in terms of Richard Boyd’s homeostatic cluster property theory of natural kinds, and argue that this perspective reveals limitations of Hacking’s account on the looping effects of human kinds, which suggests that the objects classified by psychiatrists are unstable entities. I subsequently argue that a subset of mental disorders (e.g., schizophrenia and Down syndrome) are mental illnesses insofar as they are disorders caused by a dysfunctional biological process that leads to harmful consequences for individuals. I present this analysis against Thomas Szasz’s argument that mental illness is a myth. In addressing issues of psychiatric classification, my analysis focuses on the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM), which has been published regularly by the American Psychiatric Association since 1952, and is currently in its fourth edition. After examining the history of DSM in the twentieth century, and in particular, DSM’s shift to an atheoretical and purely descriptive system in the 1980s, I consider the relative merits of descriptive versus causal systems of classification. Drawing on Carl Hempel’s analysis of taxonomic systems in psychiatry, I argue that a causal classification system would provide a superior approach to psychiatric classification than the descriptive system currently favored by DSM.
Villagrán, José M. (2003). Consciousness disorders in schizophrenia: A forgotten land for psychopathology. International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy 3 (2):209-234.   (Google)
Zahavi, Dan (2001). Schizophrenia and self-awareness. Philosophy, Psychiatry, and Psychology. Special Issue 8 (4):339-341.   (Google | More links)

8.10d Anosognosia

Bisiach, E. & Geminiani, G. (1991). Anosognosia related to hemiplegia and hemianopia. In George P. Prigatano & Daniel L. Schacter (eds.), Awareness of Deficits After Brain Injury. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 83 | Google)
Clare, Linda (2002). Developing awareness about awareness in early-stage dementia: The role of psychosocial factors. Dementia 1 (3):295-312.   (Cited by 31 | Google)
Cohen, D. Ashley (online). Differences in awareness of neuropsychological deficits among three patient populations.   (Google)
Davies, Martin; Davies, Anne Aimola & Coltheart, Max (2005). Anosognosia and the two-factor theory of delusions. Mind and Language 20 (2):241-57.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Anosognosia is literally ‘unawareness of or failure to acknowledge one’s hemi- plegia or other disability’ (OED). Etymology would suggest the meaning ‘lack of knowledge of disease’ so that anosognosia would include any denial of impairment, such as denial of blindness (Anton’s syndrome). But Babinski, who introduced the term in 1914, applied it only to patients with hemiplegia who fail to acknowledge their paralysis. Most commonly, this is failure to acknowledge paralysis of the left side of the body following damage to the right hemisphere of the brain. In this paper, we shall mainly be concerned with anosognosia for hemiplegia. But we shall also use the term ‘anosognosia’ in an inclusive way to encompass lack of knowledge or acknowledgement of any impairment. Indeed, in the construction ‘anosognosia for X’, X might even be anosognosia for some Y
Dirette, Diane (2002). The development of awareness and the use of compensatory strategies for cognitive deficits. Brain Injury 16 (10):861-871.   (Cited by 19 | Google | More links)
Fleming, J. M. & Ownsworth, T. (2006). A review of awareness interventions in brain injury rehabilitation. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation 16 (4):474-500.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Galin, David (1992). Theoretical reflections on awareness, monitoring, and self in relation on anosognosia. Consciousness and Cognition 1:152-62.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Gremley, Shelley Marie, Self-awareness and memory deficits in sub-acute traumatic brain injury.   (Google)
Halligan, Peter W. (2006). Awareness and knowing: Implications for rehabilitation. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation 16 (4):456-473.   (Google | More links)
Hart, Tessa; Whyte, John; Kim, Junghoon & Vaccaro, Monica (2005). Executive function and self-awareness of "real-world" behavior and attention deficits following traumatic brain injury. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation. Special Issue 20 (4):333-347.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Hellman, K. M. (1991). Anosognosia: Possible neuropsychological mechanisms. In G. P. Prigatono & Daniel L. Schacter (eds.), Awareness of Deficit After Brain Injury: Clinical and Theoretical Issues. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Hufford, Bradley J. (2000). Self-Awareness of Neuropsychological Deficits in Children and Adolescents with Epilepsy. Dissertation, Purdue University   (Google | More links)
Jehkonen, M.; Ahonen, J.; Dastidar, P. & Vilkki, J. (2000). Unawareness of deficits after right hemisphere stroke: Double-dissociations of anosognosias. Acta Neurologica Scandinavica 102:378-384.   (Cited by 26 | Google | More links)
Karnath, Hans-Otto; Baier, Bernhard & Nägele, Thomas (2005). Awareness of the functioning of one's own Limbs mediated by the insular cortex? Journal of Neuroscience 25 (31):7134-7138.   (Cited by 37 | Google | More links)
Kihlstrom, John F. & Tobias, Betsy A. (1991). Anosognosia, consciousness, and the self. In G. P. Prigatono & Daniel L. Schacter (eds.), Awareness of Deficit After Brain Injury: Clinical and Theoretical Issues. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 17 | Google)
Leritz, Elizabeth; Loftis, Chris; Crucian, Greg; Friedman, William J. & Bowers, Dawn (2004). Self-awareness of deficits in Parkinson disease. Clinical Neuropsychologist 18 (3):352-361.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Marková, Ivana S. & Berrios, German E. (2006). Approaches to the assessment of awareness: Conceptual issues. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation 16 (4):439-455.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Martin-Scull, Rebecca & Nilsen, Robert (2002). Evaluating awareness: A rating scale and its uses. International Journal of Cognitive Technology 7 (1):31-37.   (Google)
McGrath, John & Allman, Rebecca (2000). Awareness and unawareness of thought disorder. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry 34 (1):35-42.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
McGlynn, S. M. & Schacter, Daniel L. (1989). Unawareness of deficits in neuropsychological syndromes. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology 11:143-205.   (Cited by 214 | Google | More links)
Nikolinakos, Drakon (2004). Anosognosia and the unity of consciousness. Philosophical Studies 119 (3):315-342.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Prigatono, G. P. & Schacter, Daniel L. (eds.) (1991). Awareness of Deficit After Brain Injury: Clinical and Theoretical Issues. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. (1995). Anosognosia in parietal lobe syndrome. Consciousness and Cognition 4:22-51.   (Cited by 70 | Google)
Rankin, K. P.; Baldwin, E.; Pace-Savitsky, C.; Kramer, J. H. & Miller, B. L. (2005). Self awareness and personality change in dementia. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry 76 (5):632-639.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Schacter, Daniel L. (1990). Toward a cognitive neuropsychology of awareness: Implicit knowledge and anosognosia. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology 12:155-78.   (Cited by 82 | Google)
Seiffer, A.; Clare, Linda & Harvey, Rudolf (2005). The role of personality and coping style in relation to awareness of current functioning in early-stage dementia. Aging and Mental Health 9 (6):535-541.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Carruthers, Glenn (2008). Types of body representation and the sense of embodiment. Consciousness and Cognition 17 (1302):1316.   (Google)
Abstract: The sense of embodiment is vital for self recognition. An examination of anosognosia for hemiplegia—the inability to recognise that one is paralysed down one side of one’s body—suggests the existence of ‘online’ and ‘offline’ representations of the body. Online representations of the body are representations of the body as it is currently, are newly constructed moment by moment and are directly “plugged into” current perception of the body. In contrast, offline representations of the body are representations of what the body is usually like, are relatively stable and are constructed from online representations. This distinction is supported by an analysis of phantom limb—the feeling that an amputated limb is still present—phenomena. Initially it seems that the sense of embodiment may arise from either of these types of representation; however, an integrated representation of the body seems to be required. It is suggested information from vision and emotions is involved in generating these representations. A lack of access to online representations of the body does not necessarily lead to a loss in the sense of embodiment. An integrated offline representation of the body could account for the sense of embodiment and perform the functions attributed to this sense.
Turnbull, Oliver H.; Jones, Karen & Reed-Screen, Judith (2002). Implicit awareness of deficit in anosognosia? An emotion-based account of denial of deficit. Comment. Neuro-Psychoanalysis 4 (1):69-86.   (Google)
Venneri, Annalena & Shanks, Michael F. (2004). Belief and awareness: Reflections on a case of persistent anosognosia. Neuropsychologia 42 (2):230-238.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)

8.10e The Minimally Conscious State

Ashwal, Stephen (2003). Medical aspects of the minimally conscious state in children. Brain and Development 25 (8):535-545.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Bernat, James L. (2006). Chronic disorders of consciousness. Lancet 367 (9517):1181-1192.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Bernat, James L. (2002). Questions remaining about the minimally conscious state. Neurology 58 (3):337-338.   (Cited by 20 | Google | More links)
Bernat, James L. (2002). The biophilosophical basis of whole-brain death. Soc Philos Policy 19 (2):324-42.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Boly, Melanie; Faymonville, Marie-Elisabeth E. & Peigneux, Philippe (2004). Auditory processing in severely brain injured patients: Differences between the minimally conscious state and the persistent vegetative state. Archives of Neurology 61 (2):233-238.   (Google)
Coleman, Diane; Shewmon, D. Alan & Giacino, J. T. (2002). "The minimally conscious state: Definition and diagnostic criteria": Comments and reply. Neurology 58 (3):506-507.   (Google)
Fins, Joseph J.; Schiff, Nicholas D. & Foley, Kathleen M. (2007). Late recovery from the minimally conscious state: Ethical and policy implications. Neurology 68 (4):304-307.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Fins, Joseph J. (2005). Rethinking disorders of consciousness: New research and its implications. Hastings Center Report 35 (2):22-24.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Giacino, Joseph T. & Kalmar, Kathleen (2005). Diagnostic and prognostic guidelines for the vegetative and minimally conscious states. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation. Vol 15 (3-4):166-174.   (Google)
Giacino, Joseph T. & Trott, Charlotte T. (2004). Rehabilitative management of patients with disorders of consciousness: Grand Rounds. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation 19 (3):254-265.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Giacino, Joseph T. & Ashwal S., Childs N. (2002). The minimally conscious state: Definition and diagnostic criteria. Neurology 58 (3):349-353.   (Cited by 163 | Google | More links)
Giacino, Joseph T. (2006). The minimally conscious state: Defining the borders of consciousness. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Giacino, Joseph T. & Whyte, J. T. (2005). The vegetative and minimally conscious states: Current knowledge and remaining questions. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilation 20 (1):30-50.   (Cited by 15 | Google | More links)
Giacino, Joseph T. & Kalmar, Kathleen (1997). The vegetative and minimally conscious states: A comparison of clinical features and functional outcome. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilation 12:36-51.   (Cited by 45 | Google)
Gill-Thwaites, H. & Munday, R. (2004). The sensory modality assessment and rehabilitation technique (SMaRT): A valid and reliable assessment for vegetative state and minimally conscious state patients. Brain Injury 18 (12):1255-1269.   (Google)
Glannon, Walter (2008). Neurostimulation and the minimally conscious state. Bioethics 22 (6):337–345.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Neurostimulation to restore cognitive and physical functions is an innovative and promising technique for treating patients with severe brain injury that has resulted in a minimally conscious state (MCS). The technique may involve electrical stimulation of the central thalamus, which has extensive projections to the cerebral cortex. Yet it is unclear whether an improvement in neurological functions would result in a net benefit for these patients. Quality-of-life measurements would be necessary to determine whether any benefit of neurostimulation outweighed any harm in their response to different degrees of cognitive and physical disability. These measures could also indicate whether the technique could be ethically justified and whether surrogates could give proxy consent to its use on brain-injured patients
Guérit, Jean-Michel (2005). Neurophysiological patterns of vegetative and minimally conscious states. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation. Vol 15 (3-4):357-371.   (Google)
Katz, Douglas (online). Minimally conscious states.   (Google)
Knight, Robert T. (2008). Consciousness unchained: Ethical issues and the vegetative and minimally conscious state. American Journal of Bioethics 8 (9):1 – 2.   (Google)
Laureys, Steven; Perrin, Fabien & Faymonville, Marie-Elisabeth E. (2004). Cerebral processing in the minimally conscious state. Neurology 63 (5):916-918.   (Cited by 26 | Google | More links)
Laureys, Steven; Faymonville, Marie-Elisabeth E. & Ferring, M. (2003). Differences in brain metabolism between patients in coma, vegetative state, minimally conscious state and locked-in syndrome. European Journal of Neurology 10.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Naccache, Lionel (2006). Is she conscious? Science 313 (5792).   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Perrin, Fabien; Schnakers, Caroline; Schabus, Manuel; Degueldre, Christian; Goldman, Serge; Brédart, Serge; Faymonville, Marie-Elisabeth E.; Lamy, Maurice; Moonen, Gustave; Luxen, André; Maquet, Pierre & Laureys, Steven (2006). Brain response to one's own name in vegetative state, minimally conscious state, and locked-in syndrome. Archives of Neurology 63 (4):562-569.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Schiff, Nicholas D.; Rodriguez-Moreno, D. & Kamal, A. (2005). FMRI reveals large-scale network activation in minimally conscious patients. Neurology 64:514-523.   (Cited by 52 | Google | More links)
Schiff, Nicholas D. (2006). Modeling the minimally conscious state: Measurements of brain function and therapeutic possibilities. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Talbot, L. R. & Whitaker, H. A. (1994). Brain-injured persons in an altered state of consciousness: Measures and intervention strategies. Brain Injury 8:689-99.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Varelius, Jukka (2009). Minimally conscious state and human dignity. Neuroethics 2 (1).   (Google)
Abstract: Recent progress in neurosciences has improved our understanding of chronic disorders of consciousness. One example of this advancement is the emergence of the new diagnostic category of minimally conscious state (MCS). The central characteristic of MCS is impaired consciousness. Though the phenomenon now referred to as MCS pre-existed its inclusion in diagnostic classifications, the current medical ethical concepts mainly apply to patients with normal consciousness and to non-conscious patients. Accordingly, how we morally should stand with persons in minimally conscious state remains unclear. In this paper, I examine whether the notion of human dignity could provide us with guidance with the moral difficulties MCS gives rise to. More precisely, I focus on the question of whether we are justified in holding that persons in minimally conscious state possess human dignity
Varelius, Jukka (forthcoming). Respect for autonomy, advance directives, and minimally conscious state. Bioethics.   (Google)
Abstract: In this article, I consider whether the advance directive of a person in minimally conscious state ought to be adhered to when its prescriptions conflict with her current wishes. I argue that an advance directive can have moral significance after its issuer has succumbed to minimally conscious state. I also defend the view that the patient can still have a significant degree of autonomy. Consequently, I conclude that her advance directive ought not to be applied. Then I briefly assess whether considerations pertaining to respecting the patient's autonomy could still require obedience to the desire expressed in her advance directive and arrive at a negative answer
White, Mary Terrell (2006). Diagnosing PVS and minimally conscious state: The role of tacit knowledge and intuition. Journal of Clinical Ethics 17 (1):62-71.   (Google)

8.10f Vegetative State and Coma

Beaumont, J. Graham & Kenealy, Pamela M. (2005). Incidence and prevalence of the vegetative and minimally conscious states. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation 15 (3):184-189.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Bekinschtein, Tristan; Tiberti, Cecilia; Niklison, Jorge; Tamashiro, Mercedes; Ron, Melania; Carpintiero, Silvina; Villarreal, Mirta; Forcato, Cecilia; Leiguarda, Ramon & Manes, Facundo (2005). Assessing level of consciousness and cognitive changes from vegetative state to full recovery. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation. Vol 15 (3-4):307-322.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Bernat, James L. (2006). The concept and practice of brain death. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Boly, Melanie; Faymonville, Marie-Elisabeth E. & Peigneux, Philippe (2004). Auditory processing in severely brain injured patients: Differences between the minimally conscious state and the persistent vegetative state. Archives of Neurology 61 (2):233-238.   (Google)
Botros, Sophie (1995). Acts, omissions, and keeping patients alive in a persistent vegetative state. In Philosophy and Technology. New York: Cambridge University Press.   (Google)
Cattorini, Paolo & Reichlin, Massimo (1997). Persistent vegetative state: A presumption to treat. Theoretical Medicine and Bioethics 18 (3).   (Google)
Abstract: The article briefly analyzes the concept of a person, arguing that personhood does not coincide with the actual enjoyment of certain intellectual capacities, but is coextensive with the embodiment of a human individual. Since in PVS patients we can observe a human individual functioning as a whole, we must conclude that these patients are still human persons, even if in a condition of extreme impairment. It is then argued that some forms of minimal treatment may not be futile for these patients; they may constitute a form of respect for their human dignity and benefit these patients, even if they are not aware of that. Moreover, it is important to consider the symbolic significance of care: while many believe that PVS is a kind of imprisonment, for others providing food and fluids is the only way to testify our proximity to these persons. The best policy would be to provide, as a general rule, artificial nutrition and hydration to PVS patients: this treatment could be withdrawn, after a period of observation and reflection by the family and proxies, on the basis of the proxies' objection to the continuation or of the patient's advance directives specifically referring to this situation
Celesia, Gastone G. (1997). Persistent vegetative state: Clinical and ethical issues. Theoretical Medicine and Bioethics 18 (3).   (Google)
Abstract: Coma, vegetative state, lock-in syndrome and akinetic mutism are defined. Vegetative state is a state with no evidence of awareness of self or environment and showing cycles of sleep and wakefulness. PVS is an operational definition including time as a variable. PVS is a vegetative state that has endured or continued for at least one month. PVS can be diagnosed with a reasonable amount of medical certainty; however, the diagnosis of PVS must be kept separate from the outcome. The patient outcome can be predicted based on etiology and age. Using outcome probabilities and etiology as criteria, patients can be subdivided in 5 groups and reasonable management guidelines can be suggested. Three levels of care can be provided to PVS patients: high technology, supportive and compassionate care. Pragmatic options for the various subgroups of patients are suggested. Management decisions will remain difficult for both the family and the health-care team. The role of the physician in these difficult cases is to share the decision-making with the family
Coleman, Diane; Shewmon, D. Alan & Giacino, J. T. (2002). "The minimally conscious state: Definition and diagnostic criteria": Comments and reply. Neurology 58 (3):506-507.   (Google)
Combs, Allan; Kahn, David & Krippner, Stanley (2000). Dreaming and the self-organizing brain. Journal of Consciousness Studies 7 (7):4-11.   (Google)
de Giorgio, C. M. & Lew, M. F. (1991). Consciousness, coma, and the vegetative state: Physical basis and definitional character. Issues in Law and Medicine 6:361-371.   (Google)
Ditto, Peter H. (2008). What would Terri want? : Advance directive and the psychological challenges of surrogate decision making. In James L. Werth & Dean Blevins (eds.), Decision Making Near the End of Life: Issues, Development, and Future Directions. Brunner-Routledge.   (Google)
Fins, Joseph J. & Plum, F. (2004). Neurological diagnosis is more than a state of mind: Diagnostic clarity and impaired consciousness. Archives of Neurology 61 (9):1354-1355.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Fins, Joseph & Schiff, Nicholas D. (2005). The afterlife of Terri schiavo. Hastings Center Report 35 (4).   (Google)
Gillett, Grant (1992). Coma, death and moral dues: A response to Serafini. Bioethics 6 (4):375–377.   (Google | More links)
Gill-Thwaites, H. & Munday, R. (2004). The sensory modality assessment and rehabilitation technique (SMaRT): A valid and reliable assessment for vegetative state and minimally conscious state patients. Brain Injury 18 (12):1255-1269.   (Google)
Graham, D. I.; Maxwell, W. L.; Adams, J. H. & Jennett, Bryan (2006). Novel aspects of the neuropathology of the vegetative state after Blunt head. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Google)
Greenberg, Daniel L. (2007). Comment on "detecting awareness in the vegetative state". Science 315 (5816).   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Hausman, David B. & Kappler, A. Serge (1978). Death as irreversible coma: An appraisal. Journal of Value Inquiry 12 (1).   (Google)
Jennett, Bryan (2006). 30 years of the vegetative state: Clinical, ethical and legal problems. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Google)
Jennett, Bryan (2002). The Vegetative State: Medical Facts, Ethical and Legal Dilemmas. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 81 | Google | More links)
Abstract: A survey of the medical, ethical and legal issues that surround this controversial topic.
Jouvet, M. (1969). Coma and other disorders of consciousness. In P. Vinken & G. Bruyn (eds.), Handbook of Clinical Neurology. North Holland.   (Cited by 20 | Google)
Kahane, Guy & Savulescu, Julian (2009). Brain-Damaged Patients and the Moral Significance of Consciousness. The Journal of Medicine and Philosophy 34 (1):6-26.   (Google)
Abstract: Neuroimaging studies of brain-damaged patients diagnosed as in the vegetative state suggest that the patients might be conscious. This might seem to raise no new ethical questions given that in related disputes both sides agree that evidence for consciousness gives strong reason to preserve life. We question this assumption. We clarify the widely held but obscure principle that consciousness is morally significant. It is hard to apply this principle to difficult cases given that philosophers of mind distinguish between a range of notions of consciousness and that is unclear which of these is assumed by the principle. We suggest that the morally relevant notion is that of phenomenal consciousness and then use our analysis to interpret cases of brain damage. We argue that enjoyment of consciousness might actually give stronger moral reasons not to preserve a patient's life and, indeed, that these might be stronger when patients retain significant cognitive function.
Kobylarz, Erik J. & Schiff, Nicholas D. (2005). Neurophysiological correlates of persistent vegetative and minimally conscious states. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation. Vol 15 (3-4):323-332.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Laureys, Steven; Majerus, S. & Moonen, Gustave (online). Assessing consciousness in critically ill patients.   (Cited by 11 | Google)
Laureys, Steven; Owen, Adrian M. & Schiff, Nicholas D. (2004). Brain function in coma, vegetative state, and related disorders. Lancet Neurology 3:537-546.   (Cited by 54 | Google | More links)
Laureys, Steven; Faymonville, Marie-Elisabeth E. & Ferring, M. (2003). Differences in brain metabolism between patients in coma, vegetative state, minimally conscious state and locked-in syndrome. European Journal of Neurology 10.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Laureys, Steven (2005). The neural correlate of (un)awareness: Lessons from the vegetative state. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 9 (12):556-559.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Lizza, John P. (2009). Commentary on "the incoherence of determining death by neurological criteria". Kennedy Institute of Ethics Journal 19 (4):pp. 393-395.   (Google)
Machado, C. & Shewmon, D. E. (eds.) (2004). Brain Death and Disorders of Consciousness. Plenum.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Mappes, Thomas A., Persistent vegetative state, prospective thinking, and advance directives.   (Google)
Abstract: : This article begins with a discussion of persistent vegetative state (PVS), focusing on concerns related to both diagnosis and prognosis and paying special attention to the 1994 Multi-Society Task Force report on the medical aspects of PVS. The article explores the impact of diagnostic and prognostic uncertainties on prospective thinking regarding the possibility of PVS and considers the closely related question of how prospective thinkers might craft advance directives in order to deal most effectively with this possibility
Nachev Parashkev, & Husain, Masud (2007). Comment on "detecting awareness in the vegetative state". Science 315 (5816).   (Google)
Owen, Adrian M.; Coleman, Martin R.; Boly, Melanie; Davis, Matthew H.; Laureys, Steven; Jolles, Dietsje & Pickard, John D. (2006). Detecting awareness in the conscious state. Science 313:1402.   (Google)
Owen, Adrian M.; Coleman, Martin R.; Boly, Melanie; Davis, Matthew H.; Laureys, Steven; Jolles, Dietsje & Pickard, John D. (2007). Response to comments on "detecting awareness in the vegetative state". Science 315 (5816).   (Google | More links)
Owen, Adrian M.; Coleman, Martin R.; Menon, D. K.; Berry, E. L.; Johnsrude, I. S.; Rodd, J. M.; Davis, Matthew H. & Pickard, John D. (2006). Using a hierarchical approach to investigate residual auditory cognition in persistent vegetative state. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Owen, Adrian M.; Coleman, Martin R.; Boly, Melanie; Davis, Matthew H.; Laureys, Steven & Pickard, John D. (2007). Using functional magnetic resonance imaging to detect Covert awareness in the vegetative state. Archives of Neurology 64 (8):1098-1102.   (Google)
Perrin, Fabien; Schnakers, Caroline; Schabus, Manuel; Degueldre, Christian; Goldman, Serge; Brédart, Serge; Faymonville, Marie-Elisabeth E.; Lamy, Maurice; Moonen, Gustave; Luxen, André; Maquet, Pierre & Laureys, Steven (2006). Brain response to one's own name in vegetative state, minimally conscious state, and locked-in syndrome. Archives of Neurology 63 (4):562-569.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Posner, J. B. (1978). Coma and other states of consciousness: The differential diagnosis of brain death. Annals of the New York Academy of Science 315:215-27.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Prigatano, George P. & Johnson, Sterling C. (2003). The three vectors of consciousness and their disturbances after brain injury. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation 13 (1):13-29.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Protevi, John (ms). The Terri schiavo case: Biopolitics and biopower: Agamben and Foucault.   (Google)
Abstract: While Agamben acknowledges the Arendtian and Foucaultian thesis of the modernity of biopower, he will claim that sovereignty and biopolitics are equally ancient and essentially intertwined in the originary gesture of all politics; sovereignty is the power to decide the state of exception whereby bare life or zoe is exposed "underneath" political life or bios. Agamben then finds in the concentration camp the modern biopolitical paradigm, in which the state of exception has become the rule and we have all become [potentially] bearers of exposed bare life in that we are all subject to what I will call a "de-politicizing predication": to use the current American jargon, being named an "enemy combatant."
Protevi, John, The Terri Schiavo case: Empathy, love, sacrifice, singularity.   (Google)
Abstract: In the first part of this talk I show how some ideas in the new "4EA" branch of cognitive science (embodied, embedded, extended, enactive, affective), which gets away from the computer metaphor to talk about affective cognition as the direction of action of an organism, can be illuminated by Deleuze's ontology. Now that may sound ridiculous, as Deleuze's terminology is notoriously baroque – how could it ever "illuminate" anything? So I'm going to be using plain English translations of his concepts; I think his concepts are too good, too useful, for his terminology to be such a barrier to entry. Then I'm going to use this mixture of Deleuze and 4EA ideas to examine a case study which has, besides its metaphysical and psychological implications, some ethical, political, and legal ones as well. So to deal with them we'll deal just a bit with Agamben and Foucault
-, - (1995). Recommendations for the use of uniform nomenclature pertinent to patients with severe alterations in consciousness. Arch Phys Med Rehabilation 76:205-209.   (Google)
Schnakers, Caroline; Giacino, Joseph; Kalmar, Kathleen; Piret, Sonia; Lopez, Eduardo; Boly, Mélanie; Malone, Richard & Laureys, Steven (2006). Does the FOUR score correctly diagnose the vegetative and minimally conscious states? Annals of Neurology 60 (6):744-745.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Schiff, Nicholas D. (2006). Multimodal neuroimaging approaches to disorders of consciousness. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation. Special Issue 21 (5):388-397.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Schotsmans, P. (1993). The patient in a persistent vegetative state: An ethical re-appraisal. Bijdragen, Tijdschrift Voor Filosofie En Theologie 54 (1):2-18.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Seifert, Josef (2004). Consciousness, mind, brain, and death. In C. Machado & D. Shewmon (eds.), Brain Death and Disorders of Consciousness. Plenum.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Serafini, Anthony (1992). Gillett on consciousness and the comatose. Bioethics 6 (4):365-374.   (Google | More links)
Serafini, Anthony (1993). Is coma morally equivalent to anencephalia? Ethics and Behavior 3 (2):187 – 198.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: In this article I contend that the tendency to equate coma with anencephalia is a mistake. A key idea here is that there is a type of "mental-state" predicate that is applicable to the comatose but not to anencephalics. One of the moral implications of this is that the concept of "brain death", its alleged popularity notwithstanding, is badly confused. Also, because anencephalics have no mental life, there are few moral grounds for hesitating to use anencephalics as organ donors
Sharova, E. V. (2005). Electrographic correlates of brain reactions to afferent stimuli in postcomatose unconscious states after severe brain injury. Human Physiology 31 (3):245-254.   (Google)
Shewmon, D. A.; Holmes, G. L. & Byrne, P. A. (1999). Consciousness in congenitally decorticate children: Developmental vegetative state as self-fulfilling prophecy. Dev Med Child Neurol 41:364-374.   (Cited by 27 | Google | More links)
Shepherd, Lois L. (2009). If That Ever Happens to Me: Making Life and Death Decisions After Terri Schiavo. University of North Carolina Press.   (Google)
Abstract: Disorders of consciousness and the permanent vegetative state -- Legal and political wrangling over Terri's life -- In context--law and ethics -- Terri's wishes -- The limits of evidence -- The implications of surrogacy -- Qualities of life -- Feeding -- The preservation of life -- Respect and care : an alternative framework.
Shea, Nicholas & Bayne, Tim, The vegetative state and the science of consciousness.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Consciousness in experimental subjects is typically inferred from reports and other forms of voluntary behaviour. A wealth of everyday experience confirms that healthy subjects do not ordinarily behave in these ways unless they are conscious. Investigation of consciousness in vegetative state (VS) patients has been based on the search for neural evidence that such broad functional capacities are preserved in some VS patients. We call this the standard approach. To date, the results of the standard approach have suggested that some VS patients might indeed be conscious, although they fall short of being demonstrative. The fact that some VS patients show evidence of consciousness according to the standard approach is remarkable, for the standard approach to consciousness is rather conservative, and leaves open the pressing question of how to ascertain whether patients who fail such tests are conscious or not. We argue for a cluster-based ‘natural kind’ methodology that is adequate to that task, both as a replacement for the approach that currently informs research into the presence or absence of consciousness in VS patients, and as a methodology for the science of consciousness more generally
Smythies, J. R. (1999). The biochemical basis of coma. Psycoloquy 10 (26).   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Current research on the neural basis of consciousness is based mainly on neuroimaging, physiology and psychophysics. This target article reviews what is known about biochemical factors that may contribute to the development of consciousness, based on loss of consciousness (i.e., coma). There are two theories of the biochemical mode of action of general anaesthetics. One is that anaesthesia is a direct (i.e., not receptor-mediated) effect of the anaesthetic on cellular neurophysiological function; the other is that some alteration of receptor function occurs. General anaesthetics are mainly GABA agonists but some (such as ketamine) are glutamate antagonists. They also affect other systems, particularly cholinergic ones. There are various comas of metabolic origin. For example, a combination of small doses of the iron chelators desferrioxamine and prochlorperazine induce a profound and long lasting coma in humans. The mechanisms that might mediate this include redox mechanisms at the glutamate synapse, post-synaptic endocytosis of dopamine and iron, and intracellular iron-dopamine complexes, which are powerful dismuters of the superoxide anion. New findings in cell biology relating to endocytosis and recycling of receptors are discussed in a wider context. These biochemical events may induce coma by two mechanisms: (i) Consciousness may depend on widespread cortical (or cortico-thalamic) activation. (ii) Whereas these biochemical changes are widespread, only the changes in a subset of consciousness' neurons may count. An experimental program to distinguish between these two alternatives is proposed
Stanczak, D. E.; White, J. G. & Gouview, W. D. (1984). Assessment of level of consciousness following severe neurological insult: A comparison of the psychometric qualities of the Glasgow coma scale and the comprehensive level of consciousness scale. Journal of Neurosurgery 60:955-60.   (Google)
Stins, John F. & Laureys, Steven (2009). Thought translation, tennis and Turing tests in the vegetative state. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 8 (3).   (Google)
Abstract: Brain damage can cause massive changes in consciousness levels. From a clinical and ethical point of view it is desirable to assess the level of residual consciousness in unresponsive patients. However, no direct measure of consciousness exists, so we run into the philosophical problem of other minds. Neurologists often make implicit use of a Turing test-like procedure in an attempt to gain access to damaged minds, by monitoring and interpreting neurobehavioral responses. New brain imaging techniques are now being developed that permit communication with unresponsive patients, using their brain signals as carriers of messages relating to their mental states
Stone, Jim (2007). Pascal's Wager and the persistent vegetative state. Bioethics 21 (2):84–92.   (Google | More links)
Suchy-Dicey, Carolyn (2009). It takes two: Ethical dualism in the vegetative state. Neuroethics 2 (3).   (Google)
Abstract: To aid neuroscientists in determining the ethical limits of their work and its applications, neuroethical problems need to be identified, catalogued, and analyzed from the standpoint of an ethical framework. Many hospitals have already established either autonomy or welfare-centered theories as their adopted ethical framework. Unfortunately, the choice of an ethical framework resists resolution: each of these two moral theories claims priority at the exclusion of the other, but for patients with neurological pathologies, concerns about the patient’s welfare are treated as meaningless without consideration of the patient’s expressed wishes, and vice versa. Ethicists have long fought over whether suffering or autonomy should be our primary concern, but in neuroethics a resolution of this question is essential to determine the treatment of patients in medical and legal limbo. I propose a solution to this problem in the form of ethical dualism. My paper deviates from this text in many ways, but especially in the inclusion of autonomy and happiness as part of ethical theories, rather than guiding principles. This is a conservative measure in that it retains both sides of the debate: both happiness and autonomy have intrinsic value. However, this move is often met with resistance because of its more complex nature—it is more difficult to make a decision when there are two parallel sets of values that must be considered than when there is just one such set. The monist theories, though, do not provide enough explanatory power: namely, I will present two recently publicized cases where it is clear that neither ethical value on its own (neither welfare nor autonomy) can fully account for how a vegetative patient should be treated. From the neuroethical cases of Terri Schiavo and Lauren Richardson, I will argue that a dualist framework is superior to its monist predecessors, and I will describe the main features of such an account
Sugiura, K.; Muraoka, K.; Chishiki, T. & Baba, M. (1983). The edinburgh-2 coma scale: A new scale for assessing impaired consciousness. Neurosurgery 12:411-15.   (Google)
Sullivan, Philip R. (1996). Physicians and the problem of other consciousnesses. Southern Journal of Philosophy 34 (1):115-123.   (Google)
Teasdale, Graham & Jennett, Bryan (1974). Assessment of coma and impaired consciousness. Lancet 2:81-84.   (Cited by 430 | Google)
Teasdale, Graham; Knill-Jones, R. & van der Sande, J. (1978). Observer variability in assessing impaired consciousness and coma. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and Psychiatry 41:603-610.   (Cited by 74 | Google | More links)
van de Kelft E., Segnarbieux F.; Candon E., Couchet P. & Frerebeau P., Daures J. P. (1994). Clinical recovery of consciousness after traumatic coma. Critical Care Medicine 22:1108-13.   (Google)
Wijdicks, Eelco F. M.; Bamlet, William R.; Maramattom, Boby V.; Manno, Edward M. & McClelland, Robyn L. (2006). Does the FOUR score correctly diagnose the vegetative and minimally conscious states?: Reply. Annals of Neurology 60 (6):745.   (Google)
Young, G. B.; Ropper, A. H. & Bolton, C. F. (1998). Coma and Impaired Consciousness: A Clinical Perspective. McGraw-Hill.   (Cited by 18 | Google)
Abstract: All-encompassing text examines every aspect of coma from neurochemistry, monitoring, and treatments to prognostic factors.
Young, Andrew W. (2003). Face recognition with and without awareness. In Axel Cleeremans (ed.), The Unity of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Google)

8.10g Synesthesia

Adajian, Thomas (2006). Visual music: Synaesthesia in art and music since 1900 edited by brougher, Kerry, Olivia mattis, Jeremy Strick, Ari Wiseman and Judith zilczer. Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism 64 (4):488–489.   (Google | More links)
Alter, Torin (2006). Does synesthesia undermine representationalism? Psyche 12 (5).   (Google)
Abstract: Does synesthesia undermine representationalism? Gregg Rosenberg (2004) argues that it does. On his view, synesthesia illustrates how phenomenal properties can vary independently of representational properties. So, for example, he argues that sound/color synesthetic experiences show that visual experiences do not always represent spatial properties. I will argue that the representationalist can plausibly answer Rosenberg
Baron-Cohen, Simon; Bor, D.; Billington, J.; Asher, J.; Wheelwright, S. & Ashwin, C. (2007). Savant memory in a man with colour form-number synaesthesia and asperger. Journal of Consciousness Studies 14 (s 9-10):237-251.   (Google)
Abstract: Extreme conditions like savantism, autism or synaesthesia, which have a neurological 2AH, UK basis, challenge the idea that other minds are similar to our own. In this paper we report a single case study of a man in whom all three of these conditions co-occur. We suggest, on the basis of this single case, that when savantism and synaesthesia co- occur, it is worthwhile testing for an undiagnosed Autism Spectrum Condition (ASC). This is because savantism has an established association with ASC, and the combination of ASC with synaesthesia may increase the likelihood of savantism. The implications of these conditions for philosophy of mind are introduced
Cazeaux, Clive (1999). Synaesthesia and epistemology in abstract painting. British Journal of Aesthetics 39 (3).   (Google)
Cohen Kadosh, R.; Sagiv, N.; Linden, D. E. J.; Robertson, L. C.; Elinger, G. & Henik, A. (2005). When blue is larger than red: Colors influence numerical cognition in synesthesia. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 17 (11):1766-73.   (Google)
Cytowic, Richard (1995). Synesthesia: Phenomenology and neuropsychology. Psyche 2 (10).   (Cited by 79 | Google | More links)
Day, Sean (2005). Some demographic and socio-cultural aspects of synesthesia. In Robertson, C. L. & N. Sagiv (eds.), Synesthesia: Perspectives From Cognitive Neuroscience. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 14 | Google)
Dixon, M.; Smilek, Daniel; Cudahy, C. & Merikle, Philip M. (2000). Five plus two equals yellow: Mental arithmetic in people with synaesthesia is not coloured by visual experience. Nature 406.   (Cited by 54 | Google | More links)
Downey, June E. (1912). Literary synesthesia. Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods 9 (18):490-498.   (Google | More links)
Gammack, John G. (2002). Synaesthesia and knowing. In Language, Vision, and Music. Amsterdam: J Benjamins.   (Google)
Gray, Richard (2001). Cognitive modules, synaesthesia and the constitution of psychological natural kinds. Philosophical Psychology 14 (1):65-82.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Fodor claims that cognitive modules can be thought of as constituting a psychological natural kind in virtue of their possession of most or all of nine specified properties. The challenge to this considered here comes from synaesthesia. Synaesthesia is a type of cross-modal association: input to one sensory modality reliably generates an additional sensory output that is usually generated by the input to a distinct sensory modality. The most common form of synaesthesia manifests Fodor's nine specified properties of modularity, and hence, according to Segal (1997), it should be understood as involving an extra module. Many psychologists believe that synaesthesia involves a breakdown in modularity. After outlining how both theories can explain the manifestation of the nine alleged properties of modularity in synaesthesia, I discuss the two concepts of function which initially motivate the respective theories. I argue that only a teleological concept of function is properly able to adjudicate between the two theories. The upshot is a further application of so-called externalist considerations to mental phenomena
Gray, Jeffrey A. & Chopping S., Nunn J. (2002). Implications of synaesthesia for functionalism: Theory and experiments. Journal of Consciousness Studies 9 (12):5-31.   (Cited by 15 | Google | More links)
Gray, Richard (2001). Synesthesia and misrepresentation: A reply to Wager. Philosophical Psychology 14 (3):339-46.   (Google)
Abstract: Wager has argued that synaesthesia provides material for a counterexample to representational theories of the phenomenal character of experience. He gives a series of three cases based on synaesthesia; he requires the second and third cases to bolster the doubtfulness of the first. Here I further endorse the problematic nature of the first case and then show why the other two cases do not save his argument. I claim that whenever synaesthesia is a credible possibility its phenomenal character can be understood in terms of misrepresentation
Gray, Jeffrey A. (2005). Synesthesia: A window on the hard problem of consciousness. In Lynn C. Robertson & Noam Sagiv (eds.), Synesthesia: Perspectives From Cognitive Neuroscience. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Gray, Richard (2004). What synaesthesia really tells us about functionalism. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (9):64-69.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Hark, Michel ter (2009). Coloured vowels: Wittgenstein on synaesthesia and secondary meaning. Philosophia 37 (4).   (Google)
Abstract: The aim of this article is to give both a sustained interpretation of Wittgenstein’s obscure remarks on the experience of meaning of language, synthaesthesia and secondary use and to apply his insights to recent philosophical discussions about synthaesthesia. I argue that synthaesthesia and experience of meaning are conceptually related to aspect-seeing. The concept of aspect-seeing is not reducible to either seeing or imaging but involves a modified notion of experience. Likewise, synthaesthesia involves a modified notion of experience. In particular, the concept of synthaesthesia involves a secondary use of ‘experience’ and hence is intrinsically dependent on the primary use of language. Recent discussions tend to overlook this distinction between the primary and secondary use of language
Hochel, M.; Milan, E. G.; Gonzalez, A.; Tornay, F.; McKenney, K.; Diaz Caviedes, R.; Mata Martin, J. L.; Rodriguez Artacho, M. A.; Dominguez Garcia, E. & Vila, J. (2007). Experimental study of phantom colours in a colour blind synaesthete. Journal of Consciousness Studies 14 (4):75-95.   (Google)
Abstract: Synaesthesia is a condition in which one type of stimulation evokes the sensation of another, as when the hearing of a sound produces photisms, i.e. mental percepts of colours. R is a 20 year old colour blind subject who, in addition to the relatively common grapheme-colour synaesthesia, presents a rarely reported cross modal perception in which a variety of visual stimuli elicit aura-like percepts of colour. In R, photisms seem to be closely related to the affective valence of stimuli and typically bring out a consistent pattern of emotional responses. The present case study suggests that colours might be an intrinsic category of the human brain. We developed an empirical methodology that allowed us to study the subject's otherwise inaccessible phenomenological experience. First, we found that R shows a Stroop effect (delayed response due to interference) elicited by photisms despite the fact that he does not show a regular Stroop with real colours. Secondly, by manipulating the colour context we confirmed that colours can alter R's emotional evaluation of the stimuli. Furthermore, we demonstrated that R's auras may actually lead to a partially inverted emotional spectrum where certain stimuli bring out emotional reactions opposite to the normal ones. These findings can only be accounted for by considering R's subjective colour experience or qualia. Therefore the present paper defends the view that qualia are a useful scientific concept that can be approached and studied by experimental methods
Hubbard, Edward M.; Manohar, Sanjay & Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. (2006). Contrast affects the strength of synesthetic colors. Cortex (Special Issue on Synesthesia) 42 (2):184-194.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Hubbard, Edward M.; Arman, A. Cyrus; Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. & Boynton, Geoffrey M. (2005). Individual differences among grapheme-color synesthetes: Brain-behavior correlations. Neuron 5 (6):975-985.   (Cited by 29 | Google | More links)
Hubbard, Edward M. & Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. (2005). Neurocognitive mechanisms of synesthesia. Neuron 48 (3):509-520.   (Cited by 21 | Google | More links)
Hubbard, Edward M. (2007). Neurophysiology of synesthesia. Current Psychiatry Reports 9 (3):193-199.   (Google | More links)
Hunt, Harry T. (2005). Synaesthesia, metaphor and consciousness: A cognitive-developmental perspective. Journal of Consciousness Studies 12 (12):26-45.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Ione, Amy (2004). Klee and kandinsky polyphonic painting, chromatic chords and synaesthesia. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (3-4):148-158.   (Google)
Macpherson, Fiona (2007). Synaesthesia. In Mario de Caro, Francesco Ferretti & Massimo Marraffa (eds.), Cartographies of the Mind: Philosophy and Psychology in Intersection. Kleuwer.   (Google | More links)
Marks, Lawrence E. & Odgaard, Eric C. (2005). Developmental constraints on theories of synesthesia. In Robertson, C. L. & N. Sagiv (eds.), Synesthesia: Perspectives From Cognitive Neuroscience. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Mattingley, Jason B.; Rich, Anina N.; Yelland, Greg & Bradshaw, John L. (2001). Unconscious priming eliminates automatic binding of colour and alphanumeric form in synaesthesia. Nature 410 (6828):580-582.   (Google)
Maurer, D. & Mondloch, C. (2005). Neonatal synesthesia: A re-evaluation. In Robertson, C. L. & N. Sagiv (eds.), Synesthesia: Perspectives From Cognitive Neuroscience. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
O'Malley, Glenn (1957). Literary synesthesia. Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism 15 (4):391-411.   (Google | More links)
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. & Hubbard, Edward M. (2003). Hearing colors, tasting shapes. Scientific American (May):52-59.   (Cited by 16 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Jones and Coleman are among a handful of otherwise normal as a child and the number 5 was red and 6 was green. This the- people who have synesthesia. They experience the ordinary ory does not answer why only some people retain such vivid world in extraordinary ways and seem to inhabit a mysterious sensory memories, however. You might _think _of cold when you no-man’s-land between fantasy and reality. For them the sens- look at a picture of an ice cube, but you probably do not feel es—touch, taste, hearing, vision and smell—get mixed up in- cold, no matter how many encounters you may have had with stead of remaining separate. ice and snow during your youth. Modern scientists have known about synesthesia since Another prevalent idea is that synesthetes are merely being 1880, when Francis Galton, a cousin of Charles Darwin, pub- metaphorical when they describe the note C flat as “red” or say lished a paper in _Nature _on the phenomenon. But most have that chicken tastes “pointy”—just as you and I might speak of brushed it aside as fakery, an artifact of drug use (LSD and a “loud” shirt or “sharp” cheddar cheese. Our ordinary lan- mescaline can produce similar effects) or a mere curiosity. guage is replete with such sense-related metaphors, and perhaps About four years ago, however, we and others began to un- synesthetes are just especially gifted in this regard. cover brain processes that could account for synesthesia. Along We began trying to find out whether synesthesia is a gen- the way, we also found new clues to some of the most mysteri- uine sensory experience in 1999. This deceptively simple ques- ous aspects of the human mind, such as the emergence of ab- tion had plagued researchers in this field for decades. One nat- stract thought, metaphor and perhaps even language. ural approach is to start by asking the subjects outright: “Is this A common explanation of synesthesia is that the affected just a memory, or do you actually see the color as if it were right people are simply experiencing childhood memories and asso- in front of you?” When we tried asking this question, we did ciations..
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. & Hubbard, Edward M. (2001). Psychophysical investigations into the neural basis of synaesthesia. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, B 268:979-983.   (Cited by 61 | Google | More links)
Abstract: We studied two otherwise normal, synaesthetic subjects who `saw' a speci¢c colour every time they saw a speci¢c number or letter. We conducted four experiments in order to show that this was a genuine perceptual experience rather than merely a memory association. (i)The synaesthetically induced colours could lead to perceptual grouping, even though the inducing numerals or letters did not. (ii)Synaesthetically induced colours were not experienced if the graphemes were presented peripherally. (iii)Roman numerals were ine¡ective: the actual number grapheme was required. (iv)If two graphemes were alternated the induced colours were also seen in alternation. However, colours were no longer experienced if the graphemes were alternated at more than 4 Hz. We propose that grapheme colour synaesthesia arises from `cross-wiring' between the `colour centre' (area V4 or V8)and the `number area', both of which lie in the fusiform gyrus. We also suggest a similar explanation for the representation of metaphors in the brain: hence, the higher incidence of synaesthesia among artists and poets
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. & Hubbard, Edward M. (2001). Synaesthesia: A window into perception, thought and language. Journal of Consciousness Studies 8 (12):3-34.   (Cited by 98 | Google | More links)
Abstract: (1) The induced colours led to perceptual grouping and pop-out, (2) a grapheme rendered invisible through ‘crowding’ or lateral masking induced synaesthetic colours — a form of blindsight — and (3) peripherally presented graphemes did not induce colours even when they were clearly visible. Taken collectively, these and other experiments prove conclusively that synaesthesia is a genuine percep- tual phenomenon, not an effect based on memory associations from childhood or on vague metaphorical speech. We identify different subtypes of number–colour synaesthesia and propose that they are caused by hyperconnectivity between col- our and number areas at different stages in processing; lower synaesthetes may have cross-wiring (or cross-activation) within the fusiform gyrus, whereas higher synaesthetes may have cross-activation in the angular gyrus. This hyperconnec- tivity might be caused by a genetic mutation that causes defective pruning of con- nections between brain maps. The mutation may further be expressed selectively (due to transcription factors) in the fusiform or angular gyri, and this may explain the existence of different forms of synaesthesia. If expressed very diffusely, there may be extensive cross-wiring between brain regions that represent abstract concepts, which would explain the link between creativity, metaphor and synaesthesia (and the higher incidence of synaesthesia among artists and poets). Also, hyperconnectivity between the sensory cortex and amygdala would explain the heightened aversion synaesthetes experience when seeing numbers printed in the ‘wrong’ colour. Lastly, kindling (induced hyperconnectivity in the temporal lobes of temporal lobe epilepsy [TLE] patients) may explain the purported higher incidence of synaesthesia in these patients. We conclude with a synaesthesia-based theory
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. & Rogers-Ramachandran, Diane (1996). Synaesthesia in phantom Limbs induced with mirrors. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 263:377-386.   (Cited by 124 | Google | More links)
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. & Hubbard, Edward M. (2003). The phenomenology of synaesthesia. Journal of Consciousness Studies 10 (8):49-57.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Abstract: This article supplements our earlier paper on synaesthesia published in JCS (Ramachandran & Hubbard, 2001a). We discuss the phenomenology of synaesthesia in greater detail, raise several new questions that have emerged from recent studies, and suggest some tentative answers to these questions
Rouw, Romke & Scholte, H. Steven (2007). Increased structural connectivity in grapheme-color synesthesia. Nature Neuroscience 10 (6):792 - 797.   (Google | More links)
Sagiv, Noam & Ward, Jamie (2006). Cross-Modal Interactions: Lessons From Synesthesia. In Susana Martinez-Conde, S. L. Macknik, L. M. Martinez, J-M Alonso & P. U. Tse (eds.), Progress in Brain Research. Elsevier Science.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Abstract: Synesthesia is a condition in which stimulation in one modality also gives rise to a perceptual experience in a second modality. In two recent studies we found that the condition is more common than previously reported; up to 5% of the population may experience at least one type of synesthesia. Although the condition has been traditionally viewed as an anomaly (e.g., breakdown in modularity), it seems that at least some of the mechanisms underlying synesthesia do reflect universal cross-modal mechanisms. We review here a number of examples of cross-modal correspondences found in both synesthetes and non-synesthetes including pitch-lightness and vision-touch interaction, as well as cross-domain spatial- numeric interactions. Additionally, we discuss the common role of spatial attention in binding shape and color surface features (whether ordinary or synesthetic color). Consistently with behavioral and neuroimaging data showing that chromatic-graphemic (colored-letter) synesthesia is a genuine perceptual phenomenon implicating extrastriate cortex, we also present electrophysiological data showing modulation of visual evoked potentials by synesthetic color congruency
Sagiv, Noam; Heer, Jeffrey & Robertson, Lynn (2006). Does binding of synesthetic color to the evoking grapheme require attention? Cortex 42 (2):232-42.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Sagiv, Noam (2005). Synesthesia in perspective. In Robertson, C. L. & N. Sagiv (eds.), Synesthesia: Perspectives From Cognitive Neuroscience. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Sagiv, Noam; Simner, Julia; Collins, James; Butterworth, Brian & Ward, Jamie (2006). What is the relationship between synaesthesia and visuo-spatial number forms? Cognition 101 (1):114-28.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Shanon, Benny (2003). Three stories concerning synaesthesia: A commentary on the paper by Ramachandran and Hubbard. Journal of Consciousness Studies 10:69-74.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Simner, J.; Mulvenna, C.; Sagiv, N.; Tsakanikos, E.; Witherby, S. A.; Fraser, C.; Scott, K. & Ward, J. (2006). Synaesthesia: The prevalence of atypical cross-modal experiences. Perception 35 (8):1024-33.   (Cited by 11 | Google | More links)
Treisman, Anne (2005). Synesthesia: Implications for attention, binding, and consciousness--a commentary. In Lynn C. Robertson & Noam Sagiv (eds.), Synesthesia: Perspectives From Cognitive Neuroscience. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Wager, A. (2001). Synaesthesia misrepresented. Philosophical Psychology 14 (3):347-351.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Gray argues that my three earlier counterexamples fail to refute representational theories of phenomenal character. I maintain that, despite Gray's arguments, each example does in fact work against the particular representational theory at which it is targeted. Further, I question whether my internalism regarding phenomenal character and Gray's externalism regarding modularity are in genuine conflict with one another
Wager, A. (1999). The extra qualia problem: Synaesthesia and representationism. Philosophical Psychology 12 (3):263-281.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Representationism is the view that the phenomenal character of an experience supervenes on its representational content. Synaesthesia is a condition in which the phenomenal character of the experience produced in a subject by stimulation of one sensory modality contains elements characteristic of a second, unstimulated sensory modality. After reviewing some of the recent psychological literature on synaesthesia and one of the leading versions of representationism, I argue that cases of synaesthesia, as instances of what I call the extra qualia problem, are counterexamples to externalist versions of representationism
Walsh, Roger (2005). Can synaesthesia be cultivated?: Indications from surveys of meditators. Journal of Consciousness Studies 12 (s 4-5):5-17.   (Google)
Abstract: Synaesthesia is considered a rare perceptual capacity, and one that is not capable of cultivation. However, meditators report the experience quite commonly, and in questionnaire surveys, respondents claimed to experience synaesthesia in 35% of meditation retreatants, in 63% of a group of regular meditators, and in 86% of advanced teachers. These rates were significantly higher than in nonmeditator controls, and displayed significant correlations with measures of amount of meditation experience. A review of ancient texts found reports suggestive of synaesthesia in advanced meditators from India and China. These findings suggest that synaesthesia may be cultivated by meditation, and that laboratory studies of meditators could be rewarding
Ward, Jamie & Sagiv, Noam (2007). Synaesthesia for finger counting and dice patterns: A case of higher synaesthesia? Neurocase 13 (2):86-93.   (Google | More links)
Ward, Jamie; Li, Ryan; Salih, Shireen & Sagiv, Noam (2006). Varieties of grapheme-colour synaesthesia: A new theory of phenomenological and behavioural differences. Consciousness and Cognition.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)

8.10h Other Disorders and Syndromes

Ballard, Clive (2002). Disturbances of conscious in dementia with Lewy bodies assocated with alterantion in nicotonic receoptor binding in the temporal cortex. Consciousness and Cognition 11 (3):461-474.   (Google)
Balfour, Andrew (2006). Thinking about the experience of dementia: The importance of the unconscious. Journal of Social Work Practice 20 (3):329-346.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Bates, D. & Cartlidge, N. (1994). Disorders of consciousness. In E. Critchley (ed.), The Neurological Boundaries of Reality. Farrand.   (Google)
Bentall, Richard P. (2007). Clinical pathologies and unusual experiences. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Berti, Anna (2004). Cognition in dyschiria: Edoardo bisiach's theory of spatial disorders and consciousness. Cortex 40 (2):275-80.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Bisiach, E. & Berti, Anna (1995). Consciousness in dyschiria. In M. Gazzniga (ed.), The Cognitive Neurosciences. MIT Press.   (Cited by 16 | Google)
Blumenfeld, H. (2006). Consciousness and epilepsy: Why are patients with absence seizures absent? In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Brady, J. P. & Lind, D. L. (1961). Experimental analysis of hysterical blindness. Archives of General Psychiatry 4:331-39.   (Cited by 22 | Google)
Chadwick, Peter (2001). Psychotic consciousness. International Journal of Social Psychiatry 47 (1):52-62.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Clare, Linda & Halligan, Peter W. (2006). Editorial: Pathologies of awareness: Bridging the gap between theory and practice. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation 16 (4):353-355.   (Google)
Cock, Josephine; Fordham, Claire; Cockburn, Janet & Haggard, Patrick (2003). Who knows best? Awareness of divided attention difficulty in a neurological rehabilitation setting. Brain Injury 17 (7):561-574.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Cole, Jonathan (2000). "Self-consciousness and the body": Commentary. Journal of Consciousness Studies 7 (6):50-52.   (Google)
Cole, Jonathan (2007). The phenomenology of agency and intention in the face of paralysis and insentience. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 6 (3):309-325.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Studies of perception have focussed on sensation, though more recently the perception of action has, once more, become the subject of investigation. These studies have looked at acute experimental situations. The present paper discusses the subjective experience of those with either clinical syndromes of loss of movement or sensation (spinal cord injury, sensory neuronopathy syndrome or motor stroke), or with experimental paralysis or sensory loss. The differing phenomenology of these is explored and their effects on intention and agency discussed. It is shown that sensory loss can have effects on the focussing of motor command and that for some a sense of agency can return despite paralysis
Cooney, Jeffrey W. & Gazzaniga, Michael S. (2003). Neurological disorders and the structure of human consciousness. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 7 (4):161-165.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
de Haan, Edward H. F.; Young, Andrew W. & Newcombe, F. (1987). Face recognition without awareness. Cognitive Neuropsychology 4:385-415.   (Cited by 56 | Google)
de Renzi, E. (1986). Current issues in prosopagnosia. In H. Ellis, M. Jeeves, F. Newcombe & Andrew W. Young (eds.), Aspects of Face Processing. Martinus Nijhoff.   (Cited by 76 | Google)
Desjardins, Sophie & Zadra, Antonio (2006). Is the threat simulation theory threatened by recurrent dreams? Consciousness and Cognition 15 (2):470-474.   (Google)
Eigen, Joel P. (2006). The case of the missing defendant: Medical testimony in trials of the unconscious. Harvard Review of Psychiatry 14 (3):177-181.   (Google | More links)
Engelien, Almut; Huber, W.; Silbersweig, D.; Frith, Christopher D. & Frachowiak, R. S. J. (2000). The neural correlates of 'deaf-hearing' in man. Brain 123:532-545.   (Google)
Farah, Martha J. (2001). Consciousness. In B. Rapp (ed.), The Handbook of Cognitive Neuropsychology: What Deficits Reveal About the Human Mind. Psychology Press/Taylor & Francis.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Farah, Martha J. & Feinberg, Todd E. (1997). Consciousness of perception after brain damage. Seminars in Neurology 17:145-52.   (Cited by 21 | Google)
Farah, Martha J. & Feinberg, Todd E. (2000). Disorders of perception and awareness. In Martha J. Farah & Todd E. Feinberg (eds.), Patient-Based Approaches to Cognitive Neuroscience. MIT Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Farah, Martha J. (1994). Perception and awareness after brain damage. Current Opinion in Neurobiology 4:252-55.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Farah, Martha J.; O'Reilly, R. C. & Vecera, Shaun P. (1997). The neural correlates of perceptual awareness: Evidence from Covert recognition in prosopagnosia. In Jonathan D. Cohen & Jonathan W. Schooler (eds.), Scientific Approaches to Consciousness. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Farah, Martha J. (1990). Visual Agnosia: Disorders of Object Recognition and What They Tell Us About Normal Vision. MIT Press.   (Cited by 577 | Google | More links)
Farah, Martha J. (1994). Visual perception and visual awareness after brain damage: A tutorial overview. In Carlo Umilta & Morris Moscovitch (eds.), Consciousness and Unconscious Information Processing: Attention and Performance 15. MIT Press.   (Cited by 81 | Google)
Faulkner, Deborah & Foster, Jonathan K. (2002). The decoupling of "explicit" and "implicit" processing in neuropsychological disorders: Insights into the neural basis of consciousness? Psyche 8 (2).   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Feinberg, Todd E. (1997). Some interesting perturbations of the self in neurology. Seminars in Neurology 17:129-35.   (Cited by 17 | Google)
Feinberg, Todd E. & Keenan, Julian Paul (2005). Where in the brain is the self? Consciousness and Cognition 14 (4):671-678.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Filoteo, J. Vincent; Friedrich, Frances J.; Rabbel, Catherine & Stricker, John L. (2002). Visual perception without awareness in a patient with posterior cortical atrophy: Impaired explicit but not implicit processing of global information. Journal of the International Neuropsychological Society 8 (3):461-472.   (Google)
Fins, Joseph J. (2006). Clinical pragmatism and the care of brain damaged patients: Towards a palliative neuroethics for disorders of consciousness. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Google)
Fredericks, J. A. M. (1969). Consciousness. In P. Vinken & G. Bruyn (eds.), Handbook of Clinical Neurology. North Holland.   (Google)
Giacino, Joseph T. (1997). Disorders of consciousness: Differential diagnosis and neuropathologic features. Seminars in Neurology 17:105-11.   (Cited by 28 | Google)
Gibson, K. R. (1992). Toward an empirical basis for understanding consciousness and self-awareness. Consciousness and Cognition 1:163-68.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Gil, Roger; Arroyo-Anllo, E. M.; Ingrand, P.; Gil, M.; Neau, J. P.; Ornon, C. & Bonnaud, V. (2001). Self-consciousness and alzheimer's disease. Acta Neurologica Scandinavica 104 (5):296-300.   (Cited by 24 | Google | More links)
Grosz, H. J. & Zimmerman, J. A. (1965). Experimental analysis of hysterical blindness: A follow-up report and new experimental data. Archives of General Psychiatry 13:255-60.   (Cited by 17 | Google)
Heywood, Charles A.; Kentridge, Robert W. & Cowey, Alan (2001). Colour and the cortex: Wavelength processing in cortical achromatopsia. In Beatrice De Gelder, Edward H. F. De Haan & Charles A. Heywood (eds.), Out of Mind: Varieties of Unconscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Jackson, Georgina M.; Shepherd, Tracy; Mueller, Sven C.; Husain, Masid & Jackson, Stephen R. (2006). Dorsal simultanagnosia: An impairment of visual processing or visual awareness? Cortex 42 (5):740-749.   (Google)
Johanson, Mirja; Revonsuo, Antii; Chaplin, John & Wedlund, Jan-Eric (2003). Level and contents of consciousness in connection with partial epileptic seizures. Epilepsy and Behavior 4 (3):279-285.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Katz, J. M. (2000). Individual differences in the consciousness of phantom Limbs. In Robert G. Kunzendorf & B. Alan Wallace (eds.), Individual Differences in Conscious Experience. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
K?bler, A. & Neumann, N. (2006). Brain-computer interfaces the key for the conscious brain locked into a paralysed body. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Google)
Koehler, S. & Moscovitch, Morris (1997). Unconscious visual processing in neuropsychological syndromes: A survey of the literature and evaluation of models of consciousness. In M. D. Rugg (ed.), Cognitive Neuroscience. MIT Press.   (Google)
Lane, Richard D. R.; Ahern, G. L.; Schwartz, Gary E. & Kaszniak, Alfred W. (1997). Is alexithymia the emotional equivalent of blindsight? Biological Psychiatry 42:834-44.   (Cited by 107 | Google | More links)
Laureys, Steven (2006). The locked-in syndrome: What is it like to be conscious but paralysed and mute? In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Li, Chiang-shan R.; Chen, Mon-chu; Yang, Yong-yi; Chang, Hsueh-ling; Liu, Chia-yih; Shen, Seng & Chen, Ching-yen (2000). Perceptual alternation in obsessive compulsive disorder--implications for a role of the cortico-striatal circuitry in mediating awareness. Behavioural Brain Research 111 (1):61-69.   (Google)
Majerus, S.; Gill-Thwaites, H.; Andrews, Kristin & Laureys, Steven (2006). Behavioral evaluation of consciousness in severe brain damage. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Milner, A. David (1991). Disorders of perceptual awareness: Commentary. In A. David Milner & M. D. Rugg (eds.), The Neuropsychology of Consciousness. Academic Press.   (Cited by 11 | Google)
Milner, A. David & Rugg, M. D. (eds.) (1991). The Neuropsychology of Consciousness. Academic Press.   (Cited by 37 | Google)
Mole, Christopher (2009). Illusions, Demonstratives and the Zombie Action Hypothesis. Mind 118 (472).   (Google | More links)
Abstract: David Milner and Melvyn Goodale, and the many psychologists and philosophers who have been influenced by their work, claim that ‘the visual system that gives us our visual experience of the world is not the same system that guides our movements in the world’. The arguments that have been offered for this surprising claim place considerable weight on two sources of evidence — visual form agnosia and the reaching behaviour of normal subjects when picking up objects that induce visual illusions. The present article shows that, if we are careful to consider the possibility that a demonstrative gesture can contribute content to a conscious experience, then neither source of evidence is compelling.
Newcombe, F. (1985). Neuropsychology of consciousness: A review of human clinical evidence. In David A. Oakley (ed.), Brain and Mind. Methuen.   (Google)
Ng, Wing K.; Thompson, Risa N.; Yablon, Stuart A. & Sherer, Mark (2001). Conceptual dilemmas in evaluating individuals with severely impaired consciousness. Brain Injury 15 (7):639-643.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
O'Brien, John T.; Firbank, Michael J.; Mosimann, Urs P.; Burn, David J. & McKeith, Ian G. (2005). Change in perfusion, hallucinations and fluctuations in consciousness in dementia with Lewy bodies. Psychiatry Research 139 (2):79-88.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Porter, R. J. (1991). Disorders of consciousness and associated complex behaviors. Seminars in Neurology 11:110-17.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. (1993). Behavioral and magnetoencephalographic correlates of plasticity in the adult human brain. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA 90:10413-10420.   (Cited by 109 | Google | More links)
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S.; Rogers-Ramachandran, Diane & Stewart, Marni (1992). Perceptual correlates of massive cortical reorganization. Science 258:1159-1160.   (Google)
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. & Rogers-Ramachandran, Diane (1996). Synaesthesia in phantom Limbs induced with mirrors. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 263:377-386.   (Cited by 124 | Google | More links)
Ramachandran, Vilayanur S. & Hirstein, William (1998). The perception of phantom Limbs: The D. O. Hebb lecture. Brain 121:1603-1630.   (Cited by 201 | Google | More links)
Rioch, D. M. (1954). Psychopathological and neuropathological aspects of consciousness. In J. F. Delafresnaye (ed.), Brain Mechanisms and Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Rossetti, Yves; Rode, Gilles & Boisson, Dominique (2001). Numbsense: A case study and implications. In Beatrice De Gelder, Edward H. F. De Haan & Charles A. Heywood (eds.), Out of Mind: Varieties of Unconscious Processes. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Salmon, E.; Ruby, P.; Perani, D.; Kalbe, E.; Laureys, Steven; Adam, S. & Collette, F. (2006). Two aspects of impaired consciousness in alzheimer's. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Google)
Schacter, Daniel L.; McAndrews, M. P. & Moscovitch, Morris (1986). Access to consciousness: Dissociations between implicit and explicit knowledge in neuropsychological syndromes. In Lawrence Weiskrantz (ed.), Thought Without Language. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 40 | Google)
Schiff, Nicholas D. (2007). Global disorders of consciousness. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Schwartz, Sophie; Assal, Frédéric; Valenza, Nathalie; Seghier, Mohamed L. & Vuilleumier, Patrik (2005). Illusory persistence of touch after right parietal damage: Neural correlates of tactile awareness. Brain 128 (2):277-290.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Schiff, Nicholas D. (2004). The neurology of impaired consciousness: Challenges for cognitive neuroscience. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The Cognitive Neurosciences. MIT Press.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Schiff, Nicholas D. & Plum, F. (2000). The role of arousal and "gating" systems in the neurology of impaired consciousness. Journal Of Clinical Neurophysiology 17:438-452.   (Cited by 45 | Google | More links)
Seltzer, Benjamin; Vasterling, Jennifer J.; Mathias, Charles W. & Brennan, Angela (2001). Clinical and neuropsychological correlates of impaired awareness of deficits in alzheimer disease and Parkinson disease: A comparative study. Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, and Behavioral Neurology 14 (2):122-129.   (Cited by 18 | Google | More links)
Sherer, Mark; Hart, Tessa; Whyte, John; Nick, Toad G. & Yablon, Stuart A. (2005). Neuroanatomic basis of impaired self-awareness after traumatic brain injury: Findings from early computed tomography. Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation. Special Issue 20 (4):287-300.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Sherer, Mark (2005). Rehabilitation of impaired awareness. In Walter M. Jr. High, Angelle M. Sander, Margaret A. Struchen & Karen A. Hart (eds.), Rehabilitation for Traumatic Brain Injury. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Stone, Anna; Valentine, Tim & Davis, Rob (2001). Face recognition and emotional Valence: Processing without awareness by neurologically intact participants does not simulate Covert recognition in prosopagnosia. Cognitive, Affective and Behavioral Neuroscience 1 (2):183-191.   (Google)
Toglia, Joan & Kirk, Ursula (2000). Understanding awareness deficits following brain injury. NeuroRehabilitation 15 (1):57-70.   (Cited by 29 | Google | More links)
Tranel, D. (1988). Nonconscious face recognition in patients with prosopagnosia. Behavioral Brain Research 30:235-49.   (Google)
Turner, Gary R. & Levine, Brian (2004). Disorders of executive functioning and self-awareness. In Jennie Ponsford (ed.), Cognitive and Behavioral Rehabilitation: From Neurobiology to Clinical Practice. Guilford Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Vaina, L. M. (1995). Akinetopsia, achromatopsia and blindsight: Recent studies on perception without awareness. Synthese 105 (3):253-271.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract:   The neural substrate of early visual processing in the macaque is used as a framework to discuss recent progress towards a precise anatomical localization and understanding of the functional implications of the syndromes of blindsight, achromatopsia and akinetopsia in humans. This review is mainly concerned with how these syndromes support the principles of organization of the visual system into parallel pathways and the functional hierarchy of visual mechanisms
Vecera, Shaun P. & Gilds, K. S. (1997). What is it like to be a patient with apperceptive agnosia? Consciousness and Cognition 6:237-66.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
von Cramon, D. (1978). Consciousness and disturbances of consciousness. Journal of Neurology 219:1-13.   (Google)
Walker, M. & Perry, Elaine (2002). Dementia with Lewy bodies: A disorder of consciousness? In Elaine Perry, Heather Ashton & Andrew W. Young (eds.), Neurochemistry of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1987). Neuropsychology and the nature of consciousness. In Colin Blakemore & Susan A. Greenfield (eds.), Mindwaves. Blackwell.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1994). Neuropsychology and the nature of consciousness. In H. Gutfreund & G. Toulouse (eds.), Biology and Computation: A Physicist's Choice. World Scientific.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Weiskrantz, Lawrence (1988). Some contributions of neuropsychology of vision and memory to the problem of consciousness. In Anthony J. Marcel & E. Bisiach (eds.), Consciousness in Contemporary Science. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 32 | Google)
Yamadori, A. (1997). Body awareness and its disorders. In M. Ito, Y. Miyashita & Edmund T. Rolls (eds.), Cognition, Computation, and Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Young, Andrew W. (1994). Conscious and unconscious recognition of familiar faces. In Carlo Umilta & Morris Moscovitch (eds.), Consciousness and Unconscious Information Processing: Attention and Performance 15. MIT Press.   (Google)
Young, Andrew W. (1994). Covert recognition. In Martha J. Farah & G. Ratcliff (eds.), The Neuropsychology of High-Level Vision. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Cited by 13 | Google)
Young, Andrew W. (1996). Dissociable aspects of consciousness. In Max Velmans (ed.), The Science of Consciousness. Routledge.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Young, Andrew W. (1995). Face recognition and awareness after brain injury. In A. David Milner & M. D. Rugg (eds.), The Neuropsychology of Consciousness. Academic Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Young, Andrew W. (1995). Neuropsychology of awareness. In Antti Revonsuo & M. Kampinnen (eds.), Consciousness in Philosophy and Cognitive Neuroscience. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Cited by 18 | Google)
Zappulla, R. A. (1997). Epilepsy and consciousness. Seminars in Neurology 17:113-19.   (Cited by 3 | Google)

8.2 States of Consciousness

Backman, S. B.; Fiset, P. & Plourde, G. (2004). Cholinergic mechanisms mediating anesthetic induced altered states of consciousness. Progress in Brain Research 145:197-206.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Dennis, Geoffrey W. (2008). The use of water as a medium for altered states of consciousness in early jewish mysticism: A cross-disciplinary analysis. Anthropology of Consciousness 19 (1):84-106.   (Google)
Abstract: This article combines the disciplines of textual/linguistic analysis, anthropology, and perceptual psychology to examine selected ancient Jewish mystical texts that claim to describe the praxis for ascents into heaven and encounters with angelic spirits in order to reconstruct the psychosocial context of these literary works. Specifically, the article examines Hekhalot or "Divine Palaces" texts that deal with hydromancy, giving attention to their mythic–symbolic assumptions, their described preparatory and triggering rituals, and their accounts of the ASC (altered states of consciousness) visions resulting from these rituals that are experienced by the practitioners. The article suggests that these accounts correlate with ASC practices identified in the literature and additionally suggests that although the mystical texts are written to resemble biblical accounts of revelatory experiences, the texts under consideration are more than works of fabulous imagination; they are literary artifacts of an actual ecstatic ASC praxis among the Jews of Late Antiquity
Hanegraaff, Wouter J. (2008). Altered states of knowledge: The attainment of gnōsis in the hermetica. International Journal of the Platonic Tradition 2 (2):128-163.   (Google)
Abstract: Research into the so-called “philosophical” Hermetica has long been dominated by the foundational scholarship of André-Jean Festugière, who strongly emphasized their Greek and philosophical elements. Since the late 1970s, this perspective has given way to a new and more complex one, due to the work of another French scholar, Jean-Pierre Mahé, who could profit from the discovery of new textual sources, and called much more attention to the Egyptian and religious dimensions of the hermetic writings. This article addresses the question of how, on these foundations, we should evaluate and understand the frequent hermetic references to profound but wholly ineffable revelatory and salvational insights received during “ecstatic” states. Festugière dismissed them as “literary fictions”, whereas Mahé took them much more seriously as possibly reflecting ritual practices that took place in hermetic communities. Based upon close reading of three central texts (CH I, CH XIII, NH VI6), and challenging existing translations and interpretations, this article argues that the authors of the hermetic corpus assumed a sequential hierarchy of “levels of knowledge”, in which the highest and most profound knowledge (gnōsis) is attained only during ecstatic or “altered” states of consciousness that transcend rationality. While the hermetic teachings have often been described as unsystematic, inconsistent, incoherent or confused, in fact they are grounded in a precise and carefully formulated doctrine of how the hermetic initiate may move from the domain of mere rational discourse to the attainment of several “trans-rational” stages of direct experiential knowledge, and thereby from the limited and temporal domain of material reality to the unlimited and eternal one of Mind
Krippner, Stanley & George, L. (1986). Psi phenomena as related to altered states of consciousness. In Benjamin B. Wolman & M. Ullman (eds.), Handbook of States of Consciousness. Van Nostrand Reinhold.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Palmer, John (1998). Parapsychology, anomaly, and altered states of consciousness. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 21 (2):302-303.   (Google)
Revonsuo, Antti; Kallio, Sakari & Sikka, Pilleriin (2009). What is an altered state of consciousness? Philosophical Psychology 22 (2):187 – 204.   (Google)
Abstract: “Altered State of Consciousness” (ASC) has been defined as a changed overall pattern of conscious experience, or as the subjective feeling and explicit recognition that one's own subjective experience has changed. We argue that these traditional definitions fail to draw a clear line between altered and normal states of consciousness (NSC). We outline a new definition of ASC and argue that the proper way to understand the concept of ASC is to regard it as a representational notion: the alteration that has happened is not an alteration of consciousness (or subjective experience) per se, but an alteration in the informational or representational relationships between consciousness and the world. An altered state of consciousness is defined as a state in which the neurocognitive background mechanisms of consciousness have an increased tendency to produce misrepresentations such as hallucinations, delusions, and memory distortions. Paradigm examples of such generally misrepresentational, temporary, and reversible states are dreaming, psychotic episodes, psychedelic drug experiences, some epileptic seizures, and hypnosis in highly hypnotizable subjects. The representational definition of ASC should be applied in the theoretical and empirical studies of ASCs to unify and clarify the conceptual basis of ASC research
Roussel, Jean-Robert & Bachelor, Alexandra (2000). Altered state and phenomenology of consciousness in schizophrenia. Imagination, Cognition and Personality 20 (2):141-159.   (Google)
Sidky, H. (2009). A shaman's cure: The relationship between altered states of consciousness and shamanic healing. Anthropology of Consciousness 20 (2):171-197.   (Google)
Abstract: This study, which is based upon ethnographic data collected between 1999 and 2008 in Nepal, examines the connection between the shaman's altered states of consciousness (ASC; i.e., what goes on inside the healer's mind/brain) and therapeutic changes that take place in the patient's mind/body. Unlike other studies that primarily emphasize the shaman's internal psychological state, this article attempts to explain the role of the healer's ASC and elucidate how desired therapeutic changes depend upon patient–healer interactions. This question is explored in the context of a healing ritual highlighting various aspects of the cosmology of Nepalese shamans
Talbot, L. R. & Whitaker, H. A. (1994). Brain-injured persons in an altered state of consciousness: Measures and intervention strategies. Brain Injury 8:689-99.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)

8.2a Consciousness, Sleep, and Dreaming

Antrobus, John S. (2000). How does the dreaming brain explain the dreaming mind? Behavioral and Brain Sciences 23 (6):904-907.   (Google)
Abstract: Recent work on functional brain architecture during dreaming provides invaluable clues for an understanding of dreaming, but identifying active brain regions during dreaming, together with their waking cognitive and cognitive functions, informs a model that accounts for only the grossest characteristics of dreaming. Improved dreaming models require cross discipline apprehension of what it is we want dreaming models to “explain.” [Hobson et al.; Neilsen; Revonsuo; Solms]
Arden, J. B. (1996). Consciousness, Dreams, and Self: A Transdisciplinary Approach. Psychosocial Press.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Baruss, Imants (2003). Dreams. In Imants Baruss (ed.), Alterations of Consciousness: An Empirical Analysis for Social Scientists. American Psychological Association.   (Google)
Baruss, Imants (2003). Sleep. In Imants Baruss (ed.), Alterations of Consciousness: An Empirical Analysis for Social Scientists. American Psychological Association.   (Google)
Bassetti, Claudio (2001). Disturbances of consciousness and sleep-wake functions. In Julien Bogousslavsky & Louis R. Caplan (eds.), Stroke Syndromes. Cambridge University Press.   (Google)
Bentley, E. (2000). Awareness: Biorhythms, Sleep and Dreaming. Routledge.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Blackmore, Susan J. (1991). Lucid dreaming: Awake in your sleep? Skeptical Inquirer 15:362-370.   (Google)
Abstract: What could it mean to be conscious in your dreams? For most of us, dreaming is something quite separate from normal life. When we wake up from being chased by a ferocious tiger, or seduced by a devastatingly good-looking Nobel Prize winner we realize with relief or disappointment that "it was only a dream."
Bosinelli, M. (1995). Mind and consciousness during sleep. Behavioural Brain Research 69:195-201.   (Cited by 27 | Google)
Brereton, Derek P. (2000). Dreaming, adaptation, and consciousness: The social mapping hypothesis. Ethos 28 (3):377-409.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Brewer, Bill (2001). Precis of perception and reason, and response to commentator (michael ayers). Philosophy and Phenomenological Research.   (Google)
Abstract: What is the role of conscious perceptual experience in the acquisition of empirical knowledge? My central claim is that a proper account of the way in which perceptual experiences contribute to our understanding of the most basic beliefs about particular things in the mind-independent world around us reveals how such experiences provide peculiarly fundamental reasons for such beliefs. There are, I claim, epistemic requirements upon the very possibility of empirical belief. The crucial epistemological role of experiences lies in their essential contribution to the subject’s understanding of certain perceptual demonstrative contents, simply grasping which provides him with a reason to endorse them in belief. Part I of my book argues that this must be so; Part II explains in detail how it is so
Broughton, R. J. (1982). Human consciousness and sleep/waking rhythms: A review and some neuropsychological considerations. Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology 4:193-218.   (Cited by 29 | Google)
Cicogna, P. & Bosinelli, M. (2001). Consciousness during dreams. Consciousness and Cognition 10 (1):26-41.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Two aspects of consciousness are first considered: consciousness as awareness (phenomenological meaning) and consciousness as strategic control (functional meaning). As to awareness, three types can be distinguished: first, awareness as the phenomenal experiences of objects and events; second, awareness as meta-awareness, i.e., the awareness of mental life itself; third, awareness as self-awareness, i.e., the awareness of being oneself. While phenomenal experience and self-awareness are usually present during dreaming (even if many modifications are possible), meta-awareness is usually absent (apart from some particular experiences of self-reflectiveness) with the major exception of lucid dreaming. Consciousness as strategic control may also be present in dreams. The functioning of consciousness is then analyzed, following a cognitive model of dream production. In such a model, the dream is supposed to be the product of the interaction of three components: (a) the bottom-up activation of mnemonic elements coming from LTM systems, (b) interpretative and elaborative top-down processes, and (c) monitoring of phenomenal experience. A feedback circulation is activated among the components, where the top-down interpretative organization and the conscious monitoring of the oneiric scene elicitates other mnemonic contents, according to the requirements of the dream plot. This dream productive activity is submitted to unconscious and conscious processes
Combs, Allan & Krippner, Stanley (1998). Dream sleep and waking reality: A dynamical view. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Google)
Drewitt, J. A. J. (1911). On the distinction between waking and dreaming. Mind 20 (77):67-73.   (Google | More links)
Flanagan, Owen J. (1997). Prospects for a unified theory of consciousness or, what dreams are made of. In Jonathan D. Cohen & Jonathan W. Schooler (eds.), Scientific Approaches to Consciousness. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Foulkes, D. (1990). Dreaming and consciousness. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology 2:39-55.   (Cited by 15 | Google)
Gackenbach, J. & LaBerge, S. (1988). Conscious Mind, Sleeping Brain: Perspectives on Lucid Dreaming. Plenum Press.   (Cited by 15 | Google)
Green, Christopher D. & McGreery, C. (1994). Lucid Dreaming: The Paradox of Consciousness During Sleep. Routledge.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Abstract: Throughout, there are many case histories to illustrate the text.
Hearne, K. M. (1992). Prolucid dreaming, lucid dreams, and consciousness. Journal of Mental Imagery 16:119-123.   (Google)
Hobson, Allan (2004). A model for madness? Dream consciousness: Our understanding of the neurobiology of sleep offers insight into abnormalities in the waking brain. Nature 430 (6995):21.   (Google)
Hobson, J. Allan; Pace-Schott, Edward F. & Stickgold, Robert (2000). Consciousness: Its vicissitudes in waking and sleep. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The New Cognitive Neurosciences: 2nd Edition. MIT Press.   (Cited by 33 | Google)
Hobson, J. Allan; Pace-Schott, Edward F. & Stickgold, Robert (2000). Dreaming and the brain: Toward a cognitive neuroscience of conscious states. Behavioral And Brain Sciences 23 (6):793-842; 904-1018; 1083-1121.   (Cited by 214 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Sleep researchers in different disciplines disagree about how fully dreaming can be explained in terms of brain physiology. Debate has focused on whether REM sleep dreaming is qualitatively different from nonREM (NREM) sleep and waking. A review of psychophysiological studies shows clear quantitative differences between REM and NREM mentation and between REM and waking mentation. Recent neuroimaging and neurophysiological studies also differentiate REM, NREM, and waking in features with phenomenological implications. Both evidence and theory suggest that there are isomorphisms between the phenomenology and the physiology of dreams. We present a three-dimensional model with specific examples from normally and abnormally changing conscious states. Key Words: consciousness; dreaming; neuroimaging; neuromodulation; NREM; phenomenology; qualia; REM; sleep
Hobson, J. Allan; Pace-Schott, Edward F. & Stickgold, Robert (2003). Dreaming and the brain: Toward a cognitive neuroscience of conscious states. In Edward F. Pace-Schott, Mark Solms, Mark Blagrove & Stevan Harnad (eds.), Sleep and Dreaming: Scientific Advances and Reconsiderations. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 216 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Sleep researchers in different disciplines disagree about how fully dreaming can be explained in terms of brain physiology. Debate has focused on whether REM sleep dreaming is qualitatively different from nonREM (NREM) sleep and waking. A review of psychophysiological studies shows clear quantitative differences between REM and NREM mentation and between REM and waking mentation. Recent neuroimaging and neurophysiological studies also differentiate REM, NREM, and waking in features with phenomenological implications. Both evidence and theory suggest that there are isomorphisms between the phenomenology and the physiology of dreams. We present a three-dimensional model with specific examples from normally and abnormally changing conscious states. Key Words: consciousness; dreaming; neuroimaging; neuromodulation; NREM; phenomenology; qualia; REM; sleep
Hobson, J. Allan & Pace-Schott, Edward F. (2002). The cognitive neuroscience of sleep: Neuronal systems, consciousness and learning. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 3:679-93.   (Cited by 171 | Google | More links)
Stickgold, R. & Hobson, J. Allan (1995). The conscious state paradigm: A neurocognitive approach to waking, sleeping, and dreaming. In Michael S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The Cognitive Neurosciences. MIT Press.   (Cited by 13 | Google)
Hobson, J. Allan (1998). The conscious state paradigm: A neuropsychological analysis of waking, sleeping, and dreaming. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Google)
Hobson, J. Allan (2003). The Dream Drugstore: Chemically Altered States of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 20 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In this book J. Allan Hobson offers a new understanding of altered states of consciousness based on knowledge of how our brain chemistry is balanced when we are...
Johnstone Jr, Henry W. (1973). Toward a philosophy of sleep. Philosophy and Phenomenological Research 34 (September):73-81.   (Google)
Jones, B. E. (1998). The neural basis of consciousness across the sleep-waking cycle. In H. Jasper, L. Descarries, V. Castellucci & S. Rossignol (eds.), Consciousness: At the Frontiers of Neuroscience. Lippincott-Raven.   (Cited by 25 | Google)
Kahan, Tracey L. & LaBerge, S. (1996). Cognition and metacognition in dreaming and waking: Comparisons of first and third-person ratings. Dreaming 6:235-249.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Kahan, Tracey L. (2001). Consciousness in dreaming: A metacognitive approach. In Kelly Bulkeley (ed.), Dreams: A Reader on Religious, Cultural, and Psychological Dimensions of Dreaming. Palgrave.   (Google)
Kahn, David; Pace-Schott, Edward F. & Hobson, J. Allan (1997). Consciousness in waking and dreaming: The roles of neuronal oscillation and neuromodulation in determining similarities and differences. Neuroscience 78:13-38.   (Google)
Kahan, Tracey L. & LaBerge, S. (1994). Lucid dreaming as metacognition: Implications for cognitive science. Consciousness and Cognition 3:246-64.   (Cited by 13 | Google)
Kahn, David & Hobson, J. Allan (2003). State dependence of character perception: Implausibility differences in dreaming and waking consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 10 (3):57-68.   (Google)
Khan, D.; Krippner, Stanley & Combs, Allan (2000). Dreaming and the self-organizing brain. Journal of Consciousness Studies 7:4-11.   (Google)
King, C. Daly (1947). Dream and the problem of consciousness. Journal of General Psychology 37:15-24.   (Google)
Kleitman, N. (1957). Sleep, wakefulness, and consciousness. Psychological Bulletin 54:354-359.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Kozmová, Miloslava & Wolman, Richard N. (2006). Self-awareness in dreaming. Dreaming 16 (3):196-214.   (Google)
Krippner, Stanley & Combs, Allan (2000). Self-organization in the dreaming brain. Journal of Mind and Behavior 21 (4):399-412.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
LaBerge, S. (1998). Dreaming and consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
LaBerge, S. (1985). Lucid Dreaming. J.   (Cited by 98 | Google | More links)
LaBerge, S.; Levitan, L. & Dement, W. C. (1986). Lucid dreaming: Physiological correlates of consciousness during Rem sleep. Journal of Mind and Behavior 7:251-258.   (Cited by 12 | Google)
LaBerge, S. (1990). Lucid dreaming: Psychophysiological studies of consciousness during Rem sleep. In R. Bootsen, John F. Kihlstrom & Daniel L. Schacter (eds.), Sleep and Cognition. American Psychological Association Press.   (Cited by 86 | Google | More links)
LaBerge, S. & DeGracia, D. (2000). Varieties of lucid dreaming experience. In Robert G. Kunzendorf & B. Alan Wallace (eds.), Individual Differences in Conscious Experience. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Lindsley, D. B. (1960). Attention, consciousness, sleep, and wakefulness. In H. W. Magoun & V. Hall (eds.), Handbook of Physiology. Section I: Neurophysiology. American Physiological Society.   (Cited by 44 | Google)
Mahowald, Mark W. (2004). Commentary on Sleep and Dream Suppression Following a Lateral Medullary Infarct: A First Person Account by J. Allan Hobson. Consciousness and Cognition 13 (1):134-137.   (Google | More links)
Makeig, S.; Jung, T. & Sejnowski, Terrence J. (2000). Awareness during drowsiness: Dynamics and electrophysiological correlates. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology 54 (4):266-273.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Maquet, Pierre; Ruby, P.; Maudoux, A.; Albouy, G.; Sterpenich, V.; Dan-Vu, T.; Desseilles, M.; Boly, Melanie; Perrin, Fabien; Peigneux, Philippe & Laureys, Steven (2006). Human cognition during Rem sleep and the activity profile within frontal and parietal cortices. A reappraisal of functional neuroimaging data. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Google)
Monnier, M. (1952). Experimental work on sleep and other variations of consciousness. In H. A. Abramson (ed.), Problems of Consciousness: Transactions of the Third Conference. Josiah Macy Foundation.   (Google)
Moorcroft, W. & Breitenstein, J. (2000). Awareness of time during sleep. Annals of Medicine 32 (4):236-238.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Munglani, R. & Jones, J. G. (1992). Sleep and general anesthesia as altered states of consciousness. Journal of Psychopharmacology 6:399-409.   (Google)
Pare, D. & Llinas, R. (1995). Conscious and pre-conscious processes as seen from the standpoint of sleep-waking cycle neurophysiology. Neuropsychologia 33:1155-1168.   (Cited by 44 | Google | More links)
Revonsuo, Antti (1995). Consciousness, dreams and virtual realities. Philosophical Psychology 8 (1):35-58.   (Cited by 87 | Google)
Abstract: In this paper I develop the thesis that dreams are essential to an understanding of waking consciousness. In the first part I argue in opposition to the philosophers Malcolm and Dennett that empirical evidence now shows dreams to be real conscious experiences. In the second part, three questions concerning consciousness research are addressed. (1) How do we isolate the system to be explained (consciousness) from other systems? (2) How do we describe the system thus isolated? (3) How do we reveal the mechanisms on which this system is based? I suggest that empirical dream research combined with other empirical approaches can help us to sketch answers to all of these questions. I argue that the subjective form of dreams reveals the subjective, macro-level form of consciousness in general and that both dreams and the everyday phenomenal world may be thought of as constructed “virtual realities”. A major task for empirical consciousness research is to find out the mechanisms which bind this experienced world into a coherent whole
Rowland, Eleanor H. (1909). A case of visual sensations during sleep. Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods 6 (13):353-357.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Rusalova, M. N. (2006). Frequency-amplitude characteristics of the EEG at different levels of consciousness. Neuroscience and Behavioral Physiology 36 (4):351-358.   (Google | More links)
Simon, C. W. & Emmons, W. (1956). Consciousness, and sleep. Science 124:1066-1069.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Solms, Mark (2002). Dreaming: Cholinergic and dopaminergic hypotheses. In Elaine Perry, Heather Ashton & Allan Young (eds.), Neurochemistry of Consciousness: Neurotransmitters in Mind. Advances in Consciousness Research. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Stoyva, J. & Kamiya, J. (1968). Electrophysiological studies of dreaming as the prototype of a new strategy in the study of consciousness. Psychological Review 75:192-205.   (Cited by 15 | Google)
Tulku, Tarab (2000). Lucid dreaming: Exerting the creativity of the unconscious. In Gay Watson, Stephen Batchelor & Guy Claxton (eds.), The Psychology of Awakening: Buddhism, Science, and Our Day-to-Day Lives. Samuel Weiser.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Valli, Katja & Revonsuo, Antti (2006). Recurrent dreams: Recurring threat simulations? Consciousness and Cognition 15 (2):464-469.   (Google)
Windt, Jennifer Michelle & Metzinger, Thomas (2007). The philosophy of dreaming and self-consciousness: What happens to the experiential subject during the dream state? In Deirdre Barrett & Patrick McNamara (eds.), The New Science of Dreaming Vol 3: Cultural and Theoretical Perspectives. Praeger Publishers/Greenwood Publishing Group.   (Google)
Zadra, Antonio; Desjardins, Sophie & Marcotte, Éric (2006). Evolutionary function of dreams: A test of the threat simulation theory in recurrent dreams. Consciousness and Cognition 15 (2):450-463.   (Google)

8.2b Hypnosis and Consciousness

Alexander, A.; Andrew, A.; Sakari, Kallio & Antti, Revonsuo (2007). Hypnosis induces a changed composition of brain oscillations in EEG: A case study. Contemporary Hypnosis 24 (1):3-18.   (Google)
Araoz, Daniel L. (2001). The unconscious in Ericksonian hypnotherapy. Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis 22 (2):78-92.   (Google)
Baruss, Imants (2003). Hypnosis. In Imants Baruss (ed.), Alterations of Consciousness: An Empirical Analysis for Social Scientists. American Psychological Association.   (Google)
Bayne, Tim (2007). Hypnosis and the unity of consciousness. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Abstract: Hypnosis appears to generate unusual—and sometimes even astonishing—changes in the contents of consciousness. Hypnotic subjects report perceiving things that are not there, they report not perceiving things that are there, and they report unusual alterations in the phenomenology of agency. In addition to apparent alterations in the contents of consciousness, hypnosis also appears to involve alterations in the structure of consciousness. According to many theorists—most notably Hilgard—hypnosis demonstrates that the unity of consciousness is an illusion (Hilgard 1977)
Beahrs, J. O. (1983). Co-consciousness: A common denominator in hypnosis, multiple personality, and normalcy. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis 26:100-13.   (Cited by 10 | Google)
Beahrs, J. O. (1982). Unity and Multiplicity: Multilevel Consciousness of Self in Hypnosis, Psychiatric Disorder, and Mental Health. Brunner/Mazel.   (Cited by 37 | Google)
Benner, D. G. & Evans, C. Stephen (1984). Unity and multiplicity in hypnosis, commissurotomy, and multiple personality disorder. Journal of Mind and Behavior 5:423-431.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Binet, Alfred (1884). Visual hallucinations in hypnotism. Mind 9 (35):413-415.   (Google | More links)
Block, Ned (2002). Behaviorism revisited. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 24 (5):977-978.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Abstract: O'Regan and Noe declare that the qualitative character of experience is constituted by the nature of the sensorimotor contingencies at play when we perceive. Sensorimotor contingencies are a highly restricted set of input-output relations. The restriction excludes contingencies that don’t essentially involve perceptual systems. Of course if the ‘sensory’ in ‘sensorimotor’ were to be understood mentalistically, the thesis would not be of much interest, so I assume that these contingencies are to be understood non-mentalistically. Contrary to their view, experience is a matter of what mediates between input and output, not input-output relations all by themselves. However, instead of mounting a head-on collision with their view, I think it will be more useful to consider a consequence of their view that admits of obvious counterexamples. The consequence consists of two claims: (1) any two systems that share that highly restricted set of input-output relations are therefor experientially the same and (2) conversely, any two systems that share experience must share these sensorimotor contingencies. Once stated, the view is so clearly wrong that my ascription of it to them might be challenged. At least it is a consequence of a major strand in their view. Perhaps this will be an opportunity for them to disassociate themselves from it. I will limit myself to (1)
Boly, Mélanie; Faymonville, Marie-Elisabeth; Vogt, Brent A.; Maquet, Pierre & Laureys, Steven (2007). Hypnotic regulation of consciousness and the pain neuromatrix. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Borch-Jacobsen, Mikkel (2005). Simulating the unconscious. Psychoanalysis and History 7 (1):5-20.   (Google)
Bryant, Richard A. & Mallard, David (2003). Seeing is believing: The reality of hypnotic hallucinations. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (2):219-230.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Burgess, Adrian (2007). On the contribution of neurophysiology to hypnosis research: Current state and future directions. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
C., M. & P., W. (2003). Hypnotic control of attention in the stroop task: A historical footnote. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (3):347-353.   (Google)
Abstract: have recently provided a compelling demonstration of enhanced attentional control under post-hypnotic suggestion. Using the classic color-word interference paradigm, in which the task is to ignore a word and to name the color in which it is printed (e.g., RED in green, say ''green''), they gave a post-hypnotic instruction to participants that they would be unable to read. This eliminated Stroop interference in high suggestibility participants but did not alter interference in low suggestibility participants. replicated this pattern and further demonstrated that it is not due to a visual strategy (such as blurring or looking at a different location). As a historical footnote, we describe a ''case study'' from 18 years ago in which we observed the same result using a hypnotic instruction to a single highly suggestible individual that he could not read. The elimination of Stroop interference has important implications for both the study of attention and the study of hypnosis
Cheyne, J. A.; Rueffer, S. D. & Newby-Clark, I. R. (1999). Hypnagogic and hypnopompic hallucinations during sleep paralysis: Neurological and cultural construction of the night-Mare. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (3):319-337.   (Google)
Abstract: Hypnagogic and hypnopompic experiences (HHEs) accompanying sleep paralysis (SP) are often cited as sources of accounts of supernatural nocturnal assaults and paranormal experiences. Descriptions of such experiences are remarkably consistent across time and cultures and consistent also with known mechanisms of REM states. A three-factor structural model of HHEs based on their relations both to cultural narratives and REM neurophysiology is developed and tested with several large samples. One factor, labeled Intruder, consisting of sensed presence, fear, and auditory and visual hallucinations, is conjectured to originate in a hypervigilant state initiated in the midbrain. Another factor, Incubus, comprising pressure on the chest, breathing difficulties, and pain, is attributed to effects of hyperpolarization of motoneurons on perceptions of respiration. These two factors have in common an implied alien ''other'' consistent with occult narratives identified in numerous contemporary and historical cultures. A third factor, labeled Unusual Bodily Experiences, consisting of floating/flying sensations, out-of-body experiences, and feelings of bliss, is related to physically impossible experiences generated by conflicts of endogenous and exogenous activation related to body position, orientation, and movement. Implications of this last factor for understanding of orientational primacy in self-consciousness are considered. Central features of the model developed here are consistent with recent work on hallucinations associated with hypnosis and schizophrenia
Cleeremans, Axel & Myin, Erik (1999). A short review of Consciousness in Action by Susan Hurley. Revue Internationale de Philosophie 3:455-458.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Consider Susan Hurley's depiction of mainstream views of the mind: "The mind is a kind of sandwich, and cognition is the filling" (p. 401). This particular sandwich (with perception as the bottom loaf and action as the top loaf) tastes foul to Hurley, who devotes most of "Consciousness in Action" to a systematic and sometimes extraordinarily detailed critique of what has otherwise been dubbed "classical" models of the mind. This critique then provides the basis for her alternative proposal, in which perception, action and environment are deeply intertwined
David, Alvin; Moore, Mark & Rusu, Dan (2002). Unconscious information processing, hypnotic amnesia, and the misattribution of arousal: Schachter and Singer's theory revised. Journal of Cognitive and Behavioral Psychotherapies 2 (1):23-33.   (Google)
De Pascalis, Vilfredo (2007). Phase-ordered gamma oscillations and the modulation of hypnotic experience. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Dienes, Zoltán & Perner, Josef (2007). Executive control without conscious awareness: The cold control theory of hypnosis. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Double, Richard (1989). Puppeteers, hypnotists, and neurosurgeons. Philosophical Studies 56 (June):163-73.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Egner, Tobias & Raz, Amir (2007). Cognitive control processes and hypnosis. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Fingelkurts, Andrew A.; Fingelkurts, Alexander A.; Kallio, Sakari & Revonsuo, Antti (2007). Cortex functional connectivity as a neurophysiological correlate of hypnosis: An EEG case study. Neuropsychologia 45 (7):14521462.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Cortex functional connectivity associated with hypnosis was investigated in a single highly hypnotizable subject in a normal baseline condition

and under neutral hypnosis during two sessions separated by a year. After the hypnotic induction, but without further suggestions as compared to

the baseline condition, all studied parameters of local and remote functional connectivity were significantly changed. The significant differences

between hypnosis and the baseline condition were observable (to different extent) in five studied independent frequency bands (delta, theta, alpha,

beta, and gamma). The results were consistent and stable after 1 year. Based on these findings we conclude that alteration in functional connectivity of the brain may be regarded as a neuronal correlate of hypnosis (at least in very highly hypnotizable subjects) in which separate cognitive modules and subsystems may be temporarily incapable of communicating with each other normally.
Fingelkurts, Alexander A.; Fingelkurts, Andrew A.; Kallio, Sakari & Revonsuo, Antti (2007). HYPNOSIS INDUCES A CHANGED COMPOSITION OF BRAIN OSCILLATIONS IN EEG: A CASE STUDY. Contemporary Hypnosis 24 (1):3-18.   (Google)
Abstract: Cognitive functions associated with the frontal lobes of the brain may be specifi cally involved in hypnosis. Thus, the frontal area of the brain has recently been of great interest when searching for neural changes associated with hypnosis. We tested the hypothesis that EEG during pure hypnosis would differ from the normal non-hypnotic EEG especially above the frontal area of the brain. The composition of brain oscillations was examined in a broad frequency band (130 Hz) in the electroencephalogram (EEG) of a single virtuoso subject. Data was collected in two independent data collection periods separated by one year. The hypnotic and non-hypnotic conditions were repeated multiple times during each data acquisition session. We found that pure hypnosis induced reorganization in the composition of brain oscillations especially in prefrontal and right occipital EEG channels. Additionally, hypnosis was characterized by consistent rightside-dominance asymmetry. In the prefrontal EEG channels the composition of brain oscillations included spectral patterns during hypnosis that were completely different from those observed during non-hypnosis. Furthermore, the EEG spectral patterns observed overall during the hypnotic condition did not return to the pre-hypnotic baseline EEG immediately when hypnosis was terminated. This suggests that for the brain, the return to a normal neurophysiological baseline condition after hypnosis is a time-consuming process. The present results suggest that pure hypnosis is characterized by an increase in alertness and heightened attention, refl ected as cognitive and neuronal activation. Taken together, the present data provide support for the hypothesis that in a very highly hypnotizable person (a hypnotic virtuoso) hypnosis as such may be accompanied by a changed pattern of neural activity in the brain.
Gallagher, Shaun (2005). Review of Alva noë's Action in Perception. Times Literary Supplement.   (Google)
Abstract: In Action in Perception, Alva Noë provides a persuasive account of the “enactive” approach to perception, according to which perception is not simply based on the processing of sensory information, or on the construction of internal representations, but is fundamentally shaped by the motor possibilities of the perceiving body. As John Dewey put it in 1896, in his essay, “The Reflex Arc Concept in Psychology”
Gruzelier, John (2005). Altered states of consciousness and hypnosis in the twenty-first century: Comment. Contemporary Hypnosis 22 (1):1-7.   (Google | More links)
Gurney, Edmund (1887). Further problems of hypnotism (I.). Mind 12 (46):212-232.   (Google | More links)
Gurney, Edmund (1887). Further problems of hypnotism (II.). Mind 12 (47):397-422.   (Google | More links)
Gurney, Edmund (1884). The problems of hypnotism. Mind 9 (36):477-508.   (Google | More links)
Gurney, Edmund (1884). The stages of hypnotism. Mind 9 (33):110-121.   (Google | More links)
Hall, G. Stanley (1883). Reaction-time and attention in the hypnotic state. Mind 8 (30):170-182.   (Google | More links)
Hall, G. Stanley (1881). Recent researches on hypnotism. Mind 6 (21):98-104.   (Google | More links)
Hilgard, Ernest R. (1979). Consciousness and control: Lessons from hypnosis. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis 7:103-15.   (Google)
Hurley, Susan L. (2007). Neural dominance, neural deference, and sensorimotor dynamics. In M. Velmans (ed.), Encyclopedia of Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Abstract: Why is neural activity in a particular area expressed as experience of red rather than green, or as visual experience rather than auditory? Indeed, why does it have any conscious expression at all? These familiar questions indicate the explanatory gap between neural activity and ‘what it’s like’-- qualities of conscious experience. The comparative explanatory gaps, intermodal and intramodal, can be separated from the absolute explanatory gap and associated zombie issues--why does neural activity have any conscious expression at all?. Here I focus on comparative gaps: why is neural activity in a given area expressed as this type of experience rather than that type of experience?
Jamieson, Graham A., Hypnosis and conscious states: The cognitive neuroscience perspective.   (Google)
Jamieson, Graham A. & Hasegawa, Harutomo (2007). New paradigms of hypnosis research. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Jamieson, Graham A. (2007). Previews and prospects for the cognitive neuroscience of hypnosis and conscious states. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Jones, Simon R.; Fernyhough, Charles & Larøi, Frank (2010). A phenomenological survey of auditory verbal hallucinations in the hypnagogic and hypnopompic states. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 9 (2).   (Google)
Abstract: The phenomenology of auditory verbal hallucinations (AVHs) occurring in hypnagogic and hypnopompic (H&H) states has received little attention. In a sample of healthy participants ( N = 325), 108 participants reported H&H AVHs and answered subsequent questions on their phenomenology. AVHs in the H&H state were found (1) to be more likely to only feature the occasional clear word than to be clear, (2) to be more likely to be one-off voices than to be recurrent voices, (3) to be more likely to be voices of people known to the individual than unknown persons, (4) to be more likely to talk directly to the person rather than not, and (5) to only rarely give commands, ask questions, or to result in an interactive conversation. Their phenomenology was similar to normative AVHs in wakefulness (as established by previous research) in that the voice-hearer was usually the target of the voice, and the voice was more likely to be of a recognized person. However, H&H AVHs differed from AVHs in wakefulness in that commands and questions were rare, and there was typically no dialogical engagement with the voice. We conclude by proposing that two distinct types of H&H AVHs may exist (which we term “dialogic” and “monologic”), based on an analysis of the phenomenology of the experience, and suggest avenues for future research
Kallio, Sakari & Revonsuo, Antti (2003). Hypnotic phenomena and altered states of consciousness: A multilevel framework of description and explanation. Contemporary Hypnosis 20 (3):111-164.   (Cited by 18 | Google | More links)
Kihlstrom, John F. (2007). Consciousness in hypnosis. In Philip David Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Google)
Kihlstrom, John F. (2005). Is hypnosis an altered state of consciousness or what?: Comment. Contemporary Hypnosis 22 (1):34-38.   (Google | More links)
Kirsch, Irving & Lynn, Steven Jay (2004). Hypnosis and will. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 27 (5):667-668.   (Google)
Abstract: Although we are sympathetic to his central thesis about the illusion of will, having previously advanced a similar proposal, Wegner's account of hypnosis is flawed. Hypnotic behavior derives from specific suggestions that are given, rather than from the induction, of trance, and it can be observed in 90% of the population. Thus, it is very pertinent to the illusion of will. However, Wegner exaggerates the loss of subjective will in hypnosis
Kirsch, Irving (1997). Hypnotic responding and self-deception. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 20 (1):118-119.   (Google)
Abstract: As understood by neodissociation and sociocognitive theorists, hypnotic responses are instances of self-deception. Neodissociation theory matches the strict definition of Sackeim and Gur (1978) and sociocognitive theory matches Mele's looser definition. Recent data indicate that many hypnotized individuals deceive themselves into holding conflicting beliefs without dissociating, but others convince themselves that the suggested state of affairs is true without simultaneously holding a contrary belief
Kunzendorf, Robert G.; Beltz, S. M. & Tymowicz, G. (1992). Self-awareness in autistic subjects and deeply hypnotized subjects: Dissociation of self-concept versus self-consciousness. Imagination, Cognition and Personality 11:129-41.   (Google)
Levy, Donald (1983). Post-hypnotic suggestion and the existence of unconscious mental activity. Analysis 43 (October):184-189.   (Google)
Lynn, Steven Jay; Kirsch, Irving; Knox, Josh; Fassler, Oliver & Lilienfeld, Scott O. (2007). Hypnosis and neuroscience: Implications for the altered state debate. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
MacLeod, C. M. & Sheehan, P. W. (2003). Hypnotic control of attention in the stroop task: A historical footnote. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (3):347-353.   (Google)
Abstract: have recently provided a compelling demonstration of enhanced attentional control under post-hypnotic suggestion. Using the classic color-word interference paradigm, in which the task is to ignore a word and to name the color in which it is printed (e.g., RED in green, say ''green''), they gave a post-hypnotic instruction to participants that they would be unable to read. This eliminated Stroop interference in high suggestibility participants but did not alter interference in low suggestibility participants. replicated this pattern and further demonstrated that it is not due to a visual strategy (such as blurring or looking at a different location). As a historical footnote, we describe a ''case study'' from 18 years ago in which we observed the same result using a hypnotic instruction to a single highly suggestible individual that he could not read. The elimination of Stroop interference has important implications for both the study of attention and the study of hypnosis
Marone, Fulvio (2002). Suggestions from the unconscious: Freud, hypnosis, and the mind-body problem. In Gertrudis Van de Vijver & Filip Geerardyn (eds.), The Pre-Psychoanalytic Writings of Sigmund Freud. Karnac Books.   (Google)
Margolis, Joseph & Margolis, Clorinda G. (1979). The theory of hypnosis and the concept of persons. Behaviorism 7:97-111.   (Google)
Myers, Frederic W. H. (1887). On a case of alleged hypnotic hyperacuity of vision. Mind 12 (45):154-156.   (Google | More links)
Myers, Frederic W. H. (1893). Professor wundt on hypnotism and suggestion. Mind 2 (5):95-101.   (Google | More links)
Naish, Peter (2005). Detecting hypnotically altered states of consciousness: Comment. Contemporary Hypnosis 22 (1):24-30.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Naish, Peter L. N. (2007). Time distortion, and the nature of hypnosis and consciousness. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Oakley, David A. (1999). Hypnosis and consciousness: A structural model. Contemporary Hypnosis 16:215-223.   (Cited by 16 | Google | More links)
Ott, Ulrich (2007). States of absorption: In search of neurobiological foundations. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Pekala, Ronald J. & Kumar, V. K. (2007). An empirical-phenomenological approach to quantifying consciousness and states of consciousness: With particular reference to understanding the nature of hypnosis. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Pekala, Ronald J. & Kumar, V. K. (2000). Individual differences in patterns of hypnotic experience across low and high hypnotically susceptible individuals. In Robert G. Kunzendorf & Benjamin Wallace (eds.), Individual Differences in Conscious Experience. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Pekala, Ronald J. & Kumar, V. K. (2000). Individual differences in patterns of hypnotic experience across low and high hypnotically susceptible individuals. In (r. Kunzendorf & B. Wallace, eds) individual differences in conscious experience. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Pekala, Ronald J. & Kumar, V. K. (1989). Phenomenological patterns of consciousness during hypnosis: Relevance to cognition and individual differences. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis 17:1-20.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Pockett, Susan (2004). Hypnosis and the death of "subjective backwards referral". Consciousness and Cognition 13:621-25.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Rainville, Pierre; Hofbauer, Rrrobert K.; Bushnell, M. Catherine; Duncan, Gary H. & Price, Donald D. (2002). Hypnosis modulates activity in brain structures involved in the regulation of consciousness. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 14 (6):887-901.   (Cited by 73 | Google | More links)
Rainville, Pierre & Price, Donald D. (2003). Hypnosis phenomenology and the neurobiology of consciousness. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis 51 (2):105-29.   (Cited by 16 | Google | More links)
Rossi, Ernest L. & Rossi, Kathryn L. (2006). The neuroscience of observing consciousness & mirror neurons in therapeutic hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis 48 (4):263-278.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Schultz, Johannes; Sebanz, Natalie & Frith, Chris (2004). Conscious will in the absence of ghosts, hypnotists, and other people. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 27 (5):674-675.   (Google)
Abstract: We suggest that certain experiences reported by patients with schizophrenia show that priority, consistency, and exclusivity are not sufficient for the experience of willing an action. Furthermore, we argue that even if priority, consistency, and exclusivity cause the experience of being the author of an action, this does not mean that conscious will is an illusion
Spiegel, David (2005). Multileveling the playing field: Altering our state of consciousness to understand hypnosis: Comment. Contemporary Hypnosis 22 (1):31-33.   (Google)
Spivak, L.; V. Puzenko, S. Medvedev & Polyakov, Y. (1990). Neurophysiological correlates of the altered state of consciousness during hypnosis. Human Physiology 16:405-410.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
T., W. (1888). Prof. Delboeuf on the curative effects of hypnotism. Mind 13 (49):148-152.   (Google | More links)
Woody, Erik & Szechtman, Henry (2007). To see feelingly: Emotion, motivation, and hypnosis. In Graham A. Jamieson (ed.), Hypnosis and Conscious States: The Cognitive Neuroscience Perspective. Oxford University Press.   (Google)

8.2c Meditation and Consciousness

Aftanas, L. I. & Golosheikin, S. A. (2003). Changes in cortical activity in altered states of consciousness: The study of meditation by high-resolution EEG. Human Physiology 29 (2):143-151.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Atkinson, R. P. & Earl, H. (1996). Enhanced vigilance in guided meditation: Implications of altered consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Google)
Austin, James H. (1998). Zen and the Brain: Toward an Understanding of Meditation and Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 111 | Google | More links)
Barušs, Imants (2003). Transcendence. In Imants Baruss (ed.), Alterations of Consciousness: An Empirical Analysis for Social Scientists. American Psychological Association.   (Google)
Fasching, Wolfgang (2008). Consciousness, self-consciousness, and meditation. Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 7 (4).   (Google)
Abstract: Many spiritual traditions employ certain mental techniques (meditation) which consist in inhibiting mental activity whilst nonetheless remaining fully conscious, which is supposed to lead to a realisation of one’s own true nature prior to habitual self-substantialisation. In this paper I propose that this practice can be understood as a special means of becoming aware of consciousness itself as such. To explain this claim I conduct some phenomenologically oriented considerations about the nature of consciousness qua presence and the problem of self-presence of this presence
Fontana, David (2007). Meditation. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Forman, R. (1998). What does mysticism have to teach us about consciousness? In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 22 | Google)
Goleman, Daniel (1976). Meditation and consciousness: An asian approach to mental health. American Journal of Psychotherapy 30:41-54.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Griffiths, Paul J. (1986). On Being Mindless: Buddhist Meditation And The Mind-Body Problem. La Salle: Open Court.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Hanna, Fred J. (2000). Dissoving the center: Streamlining the mind and dismantling the self. In Tobin Hart, Peter L. Nelson & Kaisa Puhakka (eds.), Transpersonal Knowing: Exploring the Horizon of Consciousness. State University of New York Press.   (Google)
Humphrey, N. (2000). One self: A meditation on the unity of consciousness. [Journal (Paginated)] 67 (4):1059-1066.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: What unites the many selves that constitute the human mind? How is the self-binding problem solved? I argue that separate selves come to belong together as one Self as a result of their dynamic participation in creating a single life, rather as the members of an orchestra come to belong together as a result of their jointly creating a single work of music
Humphrey, Nicholas (ms). One self: A meditation on the unity of consciousness. Social research, 67, no. 4, 32-39, 2000.   (Google)
Abstract: I am looking at my baby son, as he thrashes around in his crib, two arms flailing, hands grasping randomly, legs kicking the air, head and eyes turning this way and that, a smile followed by a grimace crossing his face. . . And I’m wondering: what is it like to be him? What is he feeling now? What kind of experience is he having of himself?
Irwin, Ronald R. (2000). Meditation and the evolution of consciousness: Theoretical and practical solutions to midlife angst. In Melvin E. Miller & Alan N. West (eds.), Spirituality, Ethics, and Relationship in Adulthood: Clinical and Theoretical Explorations. Psychosocial Press.   (Google)
Josipovic, Zoran, Neural correlates of nondual awareness.   (Google)
Korman, Robert K. C. (1986). Pure consciousness events and mysticism. Sophia 25 (April):49-58.   (Google)
Lutz, Antoine; Dunne, John D. & Davidson, Richard J. (2007). Meditation and the neuroscience of consciousness. In P.D. Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: in Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness edited by Zelazo P., Moscovitch M. and Thompson E. (2007)
MacKenna, Christopher (2004). Conscious change and changing consciousness: Some thoughts on the psychology of meditation. British Journal of Psychotherapy 21 (1):103-118.   (Google)
Menon, Sangeetha (2008). Transpersonal Psychology of the Bhagavad Gita: Consciousness, Meditation, Work and Love. In K. Ramakrishna Rao (ed.), Handbook of Indian Psychology. Cambridge University Press.   (Google)
Novak, P. (1996). Buddhist meditation and consciousness of time. Journal of Consciousness Studies 3 (3):267-77.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Pascual-Leone, Juan (2000). Mental attention, conscious, and the progressive emergence of wisdom. Journal of Adult Development. Special Issue 1949 (4):241-254.   (Google)
Pendleton, Gene (1996). Of pure consciousness experiences: A reply to Forman. Sophia 35 (2):63-66.   (Google)
Saltoon, Diana (1979). The Common Book of Consciousness: Relieve Stress and Take Charge of Your Environment Through Diet, Exercise, and Meditation. Chronicle Books.   (Google)
Shapiro, D. H. (1982). Meditation as an altered state of consciousness: Contributions of western behavioral science. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology 15:61-81.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Shear, Jonathan & Jevning, Ron (1999). Pure consciousness: Scientific exploration of meditation techniques. Journal of Consciousness Studies 6 (2-3):189-209.   (Cited by 18 | Google | More links)
Shear, Jonathan (1983). The experience of pure consciousness: A new perspective for theories of self. Metaphilosophy 14 (January):53-62.   (Google | More links)
Srinivasan, N. & Baijal, S. (2007). Concentrative meditation enhances pre-attentive processing: A MMN study. Neuroreport 18 (16):1709-1712.   (Google | More links)
Travis, Frederick T. & Wallace, R. K. (1999). Autonomic and EEG patterns during eyes-closed rest and transcendental meditation (TM) practice: The basis for a neural model of TM practice. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (3):302-318.   (Google)
Abstract: In this single-blind within-subject study, autonomic and EEG variables were compared during 10-min, order-balanced eyes-closed rest and Transcendental Meditation (TM) sessions. TM sessions were distinguished by (1) lower breath rates, (2) lower skin conductance levels, (3) higher respiratory sinus arrhythmia levels, and (4) higher alpha anterior-posterior and frontal EEG coherence. Alpha power was not significantly different between conditions. These results were seen in the first minute and were maintained throughout the 10-min sessions. TM practice appears to (1) lead to a state fundamentally different than eyes-closed rest; (2) result in a cascade of events in the central and autonomic nervous systems, leading to a rapid change in state (within a minute) that was maintained throughout the TM session; and (3) be best distinguished from other conditions through autonomic and EEG alpha coherence patterns rather than alpha power. Two neural networks that may mediate these effects are suggested. The rapid shift in physiological functioning within the first minute might be mediated by a ''neural switch'' in prefrontal areas inhibiting activity in specific and nonspecific thalamocortical circuits. The resulting ''restfully alert'' state might be sustained by a basal ganglia-corticothalamic threshold regulation mechanism automatically maintaining lower levels of cortical excitability
Travis, Frederick T. & Pearson, C. (2000). Pure consciousness: Distinct phenomenological and physiological correlates of "consciousness itself". International Journal of Neuroscience 100 (1):77-89.   (Cited by 27 | Google | More links)
Dunne, John D.; Lutz, Antione & Davidson, Richard (2007). Meditation and the neuroscience of consciousness: An introduction. In Morris Moscovitch, Philip Zelazo & Evan Thompson (eds.), Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness.   (Google)
Venkatesh, S.; Raju, T. R.; Shivani, Y.; Tompkins, G. & Meti, B. L. (1997). A study of structure of phenomenology of consciousness in meditative and non-meditative states. Indian Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology 41:149-53.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
West, M. (1983). Meditation and self-awareness: Physiological and phenomenological approaches. In G. Underwood (ed.), Aspects of Consciousness, Volume 3: Awareness and Self-Awareness. Academic Press.   (Google)

8.2d Drugs and Consciousness

Ballard, Clive & Piggott, Margaret (2002). Neuroleptics. In Elaine Perry, Heather Ashton & Allan Young (eds.), Neurochemistry of Consciousness: Neurotransmitters in Mind. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Baruss, Imants (2003). Psychedelics. In Imants Baruss (ed.), Alterations of Consciousness: An Empirical Analysis for Social Scientists. American Psychological Association.   (Google)
Bresnick, T. & Levin, R. (2006). Phenomenal qualities of ayahuasca ingestion and its relation to fringe consciousness and personality. Journal of Consciousness Studies 13 (9):5-24.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Ayahuasca, a hallucinogen with profound consciousness- altering properties, has been increasingly utilized in recent studies (e.g., Strassman, 2001; Shanon, 2002a,b). However, other than Shanon's recent work, there has been little attempt to examine the effects of ayahuasca on perceptual, affective and cognitive experience, its relation to fringe consciousness or to pertinent personality variables. Twenty-one volunteers attending a seminar on ayahuasca were administered personality measures and a semi-structured interview about phenomenal qualities of their experience. Ayahuasca ingestion was associated with profound alterations of temporal- spatial experiences including expansive space and slowed time. Ayahuasca use was also associated with positive emotional states, higher levels of fantasy proneness and psychological absorption and a greater openness to mystical experiences. Conversely, quickened time was associated with negative emotionality. The results are discussed within a multi-faceted model of fringe consciousness with a particular emphasis on Hunt's (1995) models of cross-modal translation as the basis for higher-order symbolic cognition and support James' (1890/1950) contention that fringe consciousness is essential to human cognition
Comer, Sandy M. & Zacny, James P. (2005). Subjective effects of opioids. In Mitch Earleywine (ed.), Mind-Altering Drugs. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Harman, Willis W. (1963). The issue of the consciousness-expanding drugs. Main Currents 20 (September-October):5-14.   (Google)
Hetem, L. A. B.; Danion, J. M.; Diemunsch, P. & Brandt, C. (2000). Effect of a subanesthetic dose of ketamine on memory and conscious awareness in healthy volunteers. Psychopharmacology 152 (3):283-288.   (Cited by 24 | Google | More links)
Houston, Jean (1965). Psycho-chemistry and the religious consciousness. International Philosophical Quarterly 5 (September):397-413.   (Google)
Keen, Ernest (2000). Chemicals for the mind: psychopharmacology and human consciousness. Greenwood Publishing Group.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Lyvers, Michael (2003). The neurochemistry of psychedelic experiences. Science and Consciousness Review 1.   (Google | More links)
Metzner, Ralph (2005). Psychedelic, psychoactive, and addictive drugs and states of consciousness. In Mitch Earleywine (ed.), Mind-Altering Drugs: The Science of Subjective Experience. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Pace-Schott, Edward F. & Allan Hobson, J. (2007). Altered states of consciousness: Drug induced states. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Spivak, Leonid Ivanovich (1991). Psychoactive Drug Research in the Soviet Scientific Tradition. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs 23 (3):271-281.   (Google)
Abstract: During the past 200 years, Soviet scientists have extensively investigated and evaluated the effects of psychoactive drugs in humans. An examination of the resultant literature provides insight into the four distinct periods that comprise this era of research.
Perry, Elaine (2002). Plants of the gods: Ethnic routes to altered consciousness. In Elaine Perry, Heather Ashton & Andrew W. Young (eds.), Neurochemistry of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 22 | Google)
Shanon, Benny (2004). Altered states and the study of consciousness: The case of ayahuasca. Journal of Mind and Behavior 24 (2):125-154.   (Google)
Shanon, Benny (2001). Altered temporality. Journal of Consciousness Studies 8 (1):35-58.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Strassman, Rick (2005). Hallucinogens. In Mitch Earleywine (ed.), Mind-Altering Drugs. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Vollenweider, Franz X. & Geyer, Mark A. (2001). A systems model of altered consciousness: Integrating natural and drug-induced psychoses. Brain Research Bulletin. Special Issue 56 (5):495-507.   (Cited by 40 | Google | More links)
Walker, Diana J. & Zacny, James P. (2005). Subjective effects of nitrous oxide. In Mitch Earleywine (ed.), Mind-Altering Drugs. Oxford University Press.   (Google)

8.2e Other Altered States of Consciousness

Apter, Andrew (1992). Depersonalization, the experience of prosthesis, and our cosmic insignificance: The experimental phenomenology of an altered state. Philosophical Psychology 5 (3):257-285.   (Google)
Abstract: Psychogenic depersonalization is an altered mental state consisting of an unusual discontinuity in the phenomenological perception of personal being; the individual is engulfed by feelings of unreality, self-detachment and unfamiliarity in which the self is felt to lack subjective perspective and the intuitive feeling of personal embodiment. A new sub-feature of depersonalization is delineated. 'Prosthesis' consists in the thought that the thinker is a 'mere thing'. It is a subjectively realized sense of the specific and objective 'thingness' of the particular object thought about. I show that prosthesis is an important cognitive feature of depersonalization, and may be psychologically connected with the tendency of depersonalized individuals to report 'philosophical' types of thinking. Indeed, several philosophical issues concerning the identity of the self appear to have been enhanced by prosthesis experiences. Thus, far more efficient than William James's experimental attempts to uncover philosophical truths under the influence of nitrous oxide intoxication, prosthesis may be a safe and recommended experience for philosophers. The history of depersonalization theories is presented from Krishaber to Freud, and the main approaches to prosthesis criticized. Finally, a fresh approach to psychogenic depersonalization is outlined on the basis of certain cognitive similarities with visual agnosia. This paper may be understood as continuing the Jamesian tradition 'experimental abnormal psychology', that is, of examining extraordinary mental states with an eye to their philosophical implications
Ashton, Heather (2002). Delirium and hallucinations. In Elaine Perry, Heather Ashton & Allan Young (eds.), Neurochemistry of Consciousness: Neurotransmitters in Mind. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Barušs, Imants (2003). Death. In Imants Baruss (ed.), Alterations of Consciousness: An Empirical Analysis for Social Scientists. American Psychological Association.   (Google)
Barušs, Imants (2003). Introduction. In Imants Baruss (ed.), Alterations of Consciousness: An Empirical Analysis for Social Scientists. American Psychological Association.   (Google)
Baruss, Imants (2003). Trance. In Imants Baruss (ed.), Alterations of Consciousness: An Empirical Analysis for Social Scientists. American Psychological Association.   (Google)
Behrendt, R. P. (2003). Hallucinations: Synchronisation of thalamocortical ? oscillations underconstrained by sensory input. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (3):413-451.   (Cited by 42 | Google | More links)
Abstract: What we perceive is the product of an intrinsic process and not part of external physical reality. This notion is consistent with the philosophical position of transcendental idealism but also agrees with physiological findings on the thalamocortical system. -Frequency rhythms of discharge activity from thalamic and cortical neurons are facilitated by cholinergic arousal and resonate in thalamocortical networks, thereby transiently forming assemblies of coherent oscillations under constraints of sensory input and prefrontal attentional mechanisms. Perception and conscious experience may be based on such assemblies and sensory input to thalamic nuclei plays merely a constraining role in their formation. In schizophrenia, the ability of sensory input to modulate self-organisation of thalamocortical activity may be generally reduced. If during arousal thalamocortical self-organisation is underconstrained by sensory input, then attentional mechanisms alone may determine the content of perception and hallucinations may arise
Blanke, Olaf & Mohr, Christine (2005). Out-of-body experience, heautoscopy, and autoscopic hallucination of neurological origin. Implications for neurocognitive mechanisms of corporeal awareness and self consciousness. Brain Research Reviews 50 (1):184-199.   (Google)
Bünning, S. & Blanke, Olaf (2006). The out-of-body experience: Precipitation factors and neural correlates. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Google)
Braud, William (2003). Nonordinary and transcendent experiences: Transpersonal aspects of consciousness. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research 97 (1):1-26.   (Google)
Bundzen, P. V.; Zagrantsev, V. V.; Korotkov, K. G.; Leisner, P. & Unestahl, L. -E. (2000). Comprehsnive bioelectrographic analysis of mechanisms of the alternative state of consciousness. Human Physiology 26 (5):558-566.   (Google)
Dietrich, A. (2003). Functional neuroanatomy of altered states of consciousness: The transient hypofrontality hypothesis. Consciousness and Cognition 12 (2):231-256.   (Cited by 29 | Google)
Fingelkurts, Andrew A.; Fingelkurts, Alexander A.; Kallio, Sakari & Revonsuo, Antti (2007). Cortex functional connectivity as a neurophysiological correlate of hypnosis: An EEG case study. Neuropsychologia 45 (7):14521462.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Cortex functional connectivity associated with hypnosis was investigated in a single highly hypnotizable subject in a normal baseline condition

and under neutral hypnosis during two sessions separated by a year. After the hypnotic induction, but without further suggestions as compared to

the baseline condition, all studied parameters of local and remote functional connectivity were significantly changed. The significant differences

between hypnosis and the baseline condition were observable (to different extent) in five studied independent frequency bands (delta, theta, alpha,

beta, and gamma). The results were consistent and stable after 1 year. Based on these findings we conclude that alteration in functional connectivity of the brain may be regarded as a neuronal correlate of hypnosis (at least in very highly hypnotizable subjects) in which separate cognitive modules and subsystems may be temporarily incapable of communicating with each other normally.
Fingelkurts, Alexander A.; Fingelkurts, Andrew A.; Kallio, Sakari & Revonsuo, Antti (2007). HYPNOSIS INDUCES A CHANGED COMPOSITION OF BRAIN OSCILLATIONS IN EEG: A CASE STUDY. Contemporary Hypnosis 24 (1):3-18.   (Google)
Abstract: Cognitive functions associated with the frontal lobes of the brain may be specifi cally involved in hypnosis. Thus, the frontal area of the brain has recently been of great interest when searching for neural changes associated with hypnosis. We tested the hypothesis that EEG during pure hypnosis would differ from the normal non-hypnotic EEG especially above the frontal area of the brain. The composition of brain oscillations was examined in a broad frequency band (130 Hz) in the electroencephalogram (EEG) of a single virtuoso subject. Data was collected in two independent data collection periods separated by one year. The hypnotic and non-hypnotic conditions were repeated multiple times during each data acquisition session. We found that pure hypnosis induced reorganization in the composition of brain oscillations especially in prefrontal and right occipital EEG channels. Additionally, hypnosis was characterized by consistent rightside-dominance asymmetry. In the prefrontal EEG channels the composition of brain oscillations included spectral patterns during hypnosis that were completely different from those observed during non-hypnosis. Furthermore, the EEG spectral patterns observed overall during the hypnotic condition did not return to the pre-hypnotic baseline EEG immediately when hypnosis was terminated. This suggests that for the brain, the return to a normal neurophysiological baseline condition after hypnosis is a time-consuming process. The present results suggest that pure hypnosis is characterized by an increase in alertness and heightened attention, refl ected as cognitive and neuronal activation. Taken together, the present data provide support for the hypothesis that in a very highly hypnotizable person (a hypnotic virtuoso) hypnosis as such may be accompanied by a changed pattern of neural activity in the brain.
Forman, R. (ed.) (1990). The Problem of Pure Consciousness: Mysticism and Philosophy. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 57 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Are mystical experiences primarily formed by the mystic's cultural background and concepts, as modern day "constructivists" maintain, or do mystics in some way transcend language, belief, and culturally conditioned expectations? Do mystical experiences differ in the different religious traditions, as "pluralists" contend, or are they identical across cultures? Twelve contributors here attempt to answer these questions through close examination of a particular form of mystical experience, "Pure Consciousness"--the experience of being awake but devoid of intentional content for consciousness. The contributors analyze pure consciousness and other mystical experiences from historical Hindu, Buddhist, Christian, and Jewish sources, as well as from modern mystics. They demonstrate that pure consciousness poses serious conceptual problems for a contructivist understanding of mysticism. Revealing the inconsistencies and inadequacies of current models, they make significant strides towards developing new models for the phenomenon of mysticism, breaking new ground for our understanding of mysticism and of human experience in general
Gurstelle, E. B. & de Oliveira, J. L. (2004). Daytime parahypnagogia: A state of consciousness that occurs when we almost fall asleep. Medical Hypotheses 62:166-8.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Hogan, R. Edward & Kaiboriboon, Kitti (2003). The "dreamy state": John hughlings-jackson's ideas of epilepsy and consciousness. American Journal of Psychiatry 160 (10):1740-1747.   (Google)
Karam, Claire M. (2003). Rethinking Dissociation As an Altered State of Consciousness: An Exploration of Altered State Encounters in Imaginal Space and Beyond. Dissertation, Pacifica Graduate Institute   (Google)
Katz, J. M. (1983). Altered states of consciousness and emotion. Imagination, Cognition and Personality 2:37-50.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Koethe, Dagmar; Gerth, Christoph W.; Neatby, Miriam A.; Haensel, Anita; Thies, Martin; Schneider, Udo; Emrich, Hinderk M.; Klosterkötter, Joachim; Schultze-Lutter, Frauke & Leweke, F. Markus (2006). Disturbances of visual information processing in early states of psychosis and experimental delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol altered states of consciousness. Schizophrenia Research 88 (1-3):142-150.   (Google)
Korn, Errol R. (2002). Visualization techniques and altered states of consciousness. In Anees A. Sheikh (ed.), Handbook of Therapeutic Imagery Techniques. Baywood Publishing Co..   (Google)
Newberg, Andrew B. & D'Aquili, Eugene G. (2000). The neuropsychology of religious and spiritual experience. Journal of Consciousness Studies 7 (11-12):251-266.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Nidich, Sanford I.; Nidich, Randi J. & Alexander, Charles N. (2000). Moral development and higher states of consciousness. Journal of Adult Development. Special Issue 1949 (4):217-225.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Pekala, Ronald J. & Cardena, E. (2000). Methodological issues in the study of altered states of consciousness and anomalous experiences. In E. Cardena & S. Lynn (eds.), Varieties of Anomalous Experience: Examining the Scientific Evidence. American Psychological Association.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Richards, M. A.; Koren, S. A. & Persinger, M. A. (2002). Circumcerebral application of weak complex magnetic fields with derivatives and changes in electroencephalographic power spectra within the Theta range: Implications for states of consciousness. Perceptual and Motor Skills 95 (2):671-686.   (Google)
Spencer, Marlene (ms). An exploratory study in altered consciousness and auditory memory in critically ill patients.   (Google)
Tinnin, Louis (1990). Mental unity, altered states of consciousness, and dissociation. Dissociation 3:154-59.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Vaitl, Dieter & Ott, Ulrich (2005). Altered states of consciousness induced by psychophysiological techniques. Mind and Matter 3 (1):9-30.   (Google)
Vaitl, Dieter; Birbaumer, Niels; Gruzelier, John; Jamieson, Graham A.; Kotchoubey, Boris; Kübler, Andrea; Lehmann, Dietrich; Miltner, Wolfgang H. R.; Ott, Ulrich; Pütz, Peter; Sammer, Gebhard; Strauch, Inge; Strehl, Ute; Wackermann, Jiri & Weiss, Thomas (2005). Psychobiology of altered states of consciousness. Psychological Bulletin 131 (1):98-127.   (Cited by 18 | Google | More links)
Wackerman, Jirí; Pütz, Peter; Büchi, Simone; Strauch, Inge & Lehmann, Dietrich (2002). Brain electrical activity and subjective experience during altered states of consciousness: Ganzfeld and hypnagogic states. International Journal of Psychophysiology 46 (2):123-146.   (Google)
Wier, Dennis R. (ed.) (2007). The Way of Trance. Trance Research Foundation.   (Google | More links)

8.2f States of Consciousness, Misc

Hobson, J. Allan (2007). Normal and abnormal states of consciousness. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Hobson, J. Allan (2007). States of consciousness: Normal and abnormal variation. In Philip David Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Google)
Baruss, Imants (2003). Alterations of Consciousness: An Empirical Analysis for Social Scientists. American Psychological Association.   (Google)
Baruss, Imants (2003). Wakefulness. In Imants Baruss (ed.), Alterations of Consciousness: An Empirical Analysis for Social Scientists. American Psychological Association.   (Google)
Drori, Guy, A journey towards higher consciousness: On retreat in pacha mama, a spiritual village in Costa rica.   (Google)
Emmett, Kathleen (1978). States of consciousness and the new paradigm in philosophy. Metaphilosophy 9 (January):37-43.   (Google | More links)
French, Christopher C. (2006). Near-death experiences in cardiac arrest survivors. In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Hirsch, J. (2006). Functional neuroimaging during altered states of consciousness: How and what do we measure? In Steven Laureys (ed.), Boundaries of Consciousness. Elsevier.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Hunt, Harry T. (1985). Cognition and states of consciousness: The necessity for empirical study of ordinary and nonordinary consciousness for contemporary cognitive psychology. Perceptual and Motor Skills 60:239-82.   (Google)
King, C. Daly (1963). The States Of Human Consciousness. New Hyde Park NY: University Books.   (Google)
Kokoszka, Andrzej (2000). Altered states of consciousness. Psychiatr Pol 27 (1):75-83.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Morin, Alain (2007). Consciousness is more than wakefulness. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (1):99-99.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Merker’s definition of consciousness excludes self-reflective thought, making his proposal for decorticate consciousness not particularly groundbreaking. He suggests that brainstem sites are neglected in current theories of consciousness. This is so because broader definitions of consciousness are used. Split-brain data show that the cortex is important for full-blown consciousness; also, behaviors exhibited by hydranencephaly patients and decorticated rats do not seem to require reflective consciousness
Murray, Craig D. & Gordon, Michael S. (2001). Changes in bodily awareness induced by immersive virtual reality. CyberPsychology and Behavior 4 (3):365-371.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Purcell, Denis (2006). An objective correlate of consciousness. Journal of Near-Death Studies 25 (1):63-64.   (Google)
Spivak, D. L. (2004). Linguistics of altered states of consciousness: Problems and prospects. Journal of Quantitative Linguistics 11 (1):27-32.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Tart, Charles T. (ed.) (1990). Altered States of Consciousness. (Third Edition).   (Cited by 120 | Google)
Tart, Charles T. (2000). Investigating altered states of consciousness on their own terms: State-specific sciences. In Max Velmans (ed.), Investigating Phenomenal Consciousness: New Methodologies and Maps. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Tart, Charles T. (1998). Transpersonal psychology and methodologies for a comprehensive science of consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Tart, Charles T. (1981). Transpersonal realities or neurophysiological illusions. In The Metaphors Of Consciousness. New York: Plenum Press.   (Google)
Tassi, Patricia & Muzet, Alain (2001). Defining the states of consciousness. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews 25 (2):175-191.   (Cited by 15 | Google)
Walsh, Roger (1998). States and stages of consciousness: Current research and understanding. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Google)
Whitehead, Roger & Schliebner, Scott D. (2001). Arousal: Conscious experience and brain mechanisms. In Peter G. Grossenbacher (ed.), Finding Consciousness in the Brain: A Neurocognitive Approach. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Wolman, Benjamin B. & Ullman, U. (1986). Handbook of States of Consciousness. Van Nostrand Reinhold.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Zelman, Robert P. (ms). Experiential philosophy: Metaphysics and altered states of consciousness.   (Google)

8.3 Consciousness and Physics

Amoroso, Richard L. (1997). The theoretical foundations for engineering a conscious quantum computer. In M. Gams, M. Paprzycki & X. Wu (eds.), Mind Versus Computer: Were Dreyfus and Winograd Right? Amsterdam: IOS Press.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Barrett, Jeffrey A. (1995). The single-mind and many-minds versions of quantum mechanics. Erkenntnis 42 (1).   (Google)
Abstract:   There is a long tradition of trying to find a satisfactory interpretation of Everett's relative-state formulation of quantum mechanics. Albert and Loewer recently described two new ways of reading Everett: one we will call the single-mind theory and the other the many-minds theory. I will briefly describe these theories and present some of their merits and problems. Since both are no-collapse theories, a significant merit is that they can take advantage of certain properties of the linear dynamics, which Everett apparently considered to be important, to constrain their statistical laws
Bierman, Dick (2001). On the nature of anamalous phenomena: Another reality between the world of subjective consciousness and the objective world of physics? In P. Van Loocke (ed.), The Physical Nature of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Bitbol, Michel, Consciousness, situations, and the measurement problem of quantum mechanics.   (Google)
Abstract: There are two versions of the putative connection between consciousness and the measurement problem of quantum mechanics : consciousness as the cause of state vector reduction, and state vector reduction as the physical basis of consciousness. In this article, these controversial ideas are neither accepted uncritically, nor rejected from the outset in the name of some prejudice about objective knowledge. Instead, their origin is sought in our most cherished (but disputable) beliefs about the place of mind and consciousness in the world. It is first pointed out that these common beliefs about mind and consciousness arise from reification of situated first-person experience. Then, situatedness is shown to be a constitutive part of any exhaustive treatment of quantum measurements. It turns out that the alleged connection between consciousness and the measurement problem is a symptom of (i) the ineliminability of our being situated from the end-product of science, and (ii) our difficulty to express correctly this being situated
Blackburn, Simon W. (1991). Losing your mind: Physics, identity, and folk burglar prevention. In John D. Greenwood (ed.), The Future of Folk Psychology. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 11 | Annotation | Google)
Burns, Jean E. (2002). Quantum fluctuations and the action of the mind. Noetic Journal 3 (4):312-317.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Clayton, Philip (2004). Mind and Emergence: From Quantum to Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 26 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Clayton concludes with a defence of emergentist panentheism and a Christian constructive theology consistent with the new sciences of emergence.
Clarke, Christopher J. S. (2005). The sense of being stared at: Its relevance to the physics of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 12 (6):78-82.   (Google)
Dennett, Daniel C. (ms). "Quantum incoherence," review of A. G. Cairns-Smith, evolving the mind: On the nature of matter and the origin of consciousness.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: After decades of persistent work by researchers in many fields, building foundations and patiently filling in details, the gigantic jigsaw puzzle of consciousness is beginning to come into focus. As large assemblies fall into place with a gratifying convergence of details drawn from different disciplines, the pace is quickening. Everybody wants to be in on the delicious task of describing what the Big Picture is going to look like, predicting the outlines before the mopping up operations confirm them. Well, not quite everybody. There are also those who dislike what they see happening: consciousness is turning out to be "just" a great big jigsaw puzzle. What? No cosmic revolutions in quantum (or meta-) physics? No Impenetrable Mysteries? Bummer!
Dewey, Barbara (1993). Consciousness and Quantum Behavior: The Theory of Laminated Spacetime Re-Examined. Bartholomew Books.   (Google)
Donald, Matthew, A review of the physics of consciousness by Evan Harris Walker.   (Google)
Abstract: At least three books struggle to emerge from this volume. One book, at the level of popular science, leads us through the development of physics, from Newton's laws to Bell's inequalities, in order to argue for the relevance of consciousness to the understanding of quantum theory. This is followed by a sketch of an interpretation of quantum mechanics. Interwoven with both is a memoir of Walker's teenage girlfriend, who died of Hodgkin's disease nearly fifty years ago. The theme which holds the volume together is Walker's insistence on the importance of looking beyond materialism
Gabora, Liane (1999). Microtubules, anesthetics, and quantum consciousness:An interview with Stuart Hameroff. Foundations of Science 4 (2).   (Google)
Gao, Mr Shan (2002). A quantum method to test the existence of consciousness. [Journal (Paginated)].   (Google)
Abstract: As we know, "Who can be said to be a conscious being?" is one of the hard problems in present science, and no method has been found to strictly differentiate the conscious being from the being without consciousness or usual matter. In this short paper, we present a strict physical method based on revised quantum dynamics to test the existence of consciousness, and the principle is to use the distinguishability of nonorthogonal single states. We demonstrate that although the dynamical collapse time can’t be measured by a physical measuring device, a conscious being can perceive it under the assumed QSC condition, thus can distinguish the nonorthogonal single states in the framework of revised quantum dynamics This in principle provides a quantum method to differentiate man and machine, or to test the existence of consciousness. We further discuss the rationality of the assumed QSC condition, and denote that some experimental evidences have indicated that our human being can satisfy the condition. This not only provides some confirmation of our method, but also indicates that the method is a practical proposal, which can be implemented in the near future experiments
Gao, Shan (2008). A quantum theory of consciousness. Minds and Machines 18 (1).   (Google)
Abstract: The relationship between quantum collapse and consciousness is reconsidered under the assumption that quantum collapse is an objective dynamical process. We argue that the conscious observer can have a distinct role from the physical measuring device during the process of quantum collapse owing to the intrinsic nature of consciousness; the conscious observer can know whether he is in a definite state or a quantum superposition of definite states, while the physical measuring device cannot “know”. As a result, the consciousness observer can distinguish the definite states and their quantum superposition, while the physical measuring device without consciousness cannot do. This provides a possible quantum physical method to distinguish man and machine. The new result also implies that consciousness has causal efficacies in the physical world when considering the existence of quantum collapse. Accordingly consciousness is not reducible or emergent, but a new fundamental property of matter. This may establish a quantum basis for panpsychism, and make it be a promising solution to the hard problem of consciousness. Furthermore, it is suggested that a unified theory of matter and consciousness includes two parts: one is the psychophysical principle or corresponding principle between conscious content and matter state, and the other is the complete quantum evolution of matter state, which includes the definite nonlinear evolution element introduced by consciousness and relating to conscious content. Lastly, some experimental schemes are presented to test the proposed quantum theory of consciousness
Goswami, Amit (1986). The quantum theory of consciousness and psi. PSI Research 5:145-65.   (Google)
Gould, J. L. & Gould, C. G. (1982). The insect mind: Physics or metaphysics? In Donald R. Griffin (ed.), Animal Mind -- Human Mind. Springer-Verlag.   (Cited by 10 | Google)
Grandpierre, Attila, The physics of collective consciousness.   (Google)
Abstract: ABSTRACT: It is pointed out that the organisation of an organism necessarily involves fields which are the only means to make an approximately simultaneous tuning of the different subsystems of the organism-as-a-whole. Nature uses the olfactory fields, the acoustic fields, the electromagnetic fields and quantum-vacuum fields. Fields with their ability to comprehend the whole organism are the natural basis of a global interaction between organisms and of collective consciousness. Evidences are presented that electromagnetic potential fields mediate the collective field of consciousness. This result offers for the first time experimental access to the study of collective consciousness by measuring the field-related information-carrying potentials and their derivatives, the electric and magnetic fields between different individuals. The electrodynamic interaction of different brains/minds generates induction and in this way excitement, enhancement in the baseline of the interacting brains? activity. A list of empirical evidences is presented here proving the existence of this ?interactive excitement? effect in the known phenomenon of collective consciousness. The fundamental phenomenon of the collective consciousness is known as ?social facilitation? or ?group effect?. The character and completion of consciousness are outlined in the frame of this picture, and the role of the ?group effect? or ?social facilitation? as a primary factor in developing consciousness is described. A quantum-physical model of a multi-layered consciousness is presented, where the layering is expressed by the subsequent subtlety of the masses of the material carriers of information. I show that as the mental levels get deeper and more sensitive the couplings are on more and more global scales of their environment. I point out that direct, immediate action in distance actually exists in the electromagnetic field, which is the coupling, mediator field between waves and particles. I show how the environmental, natural and cosmic fields are determinative sources of our consciousness. The results presented point out that the Collective Field of Consciousness is a significant physical factor of the biosphere. I show that the morphogenetic field has an electromagnetic (EM) nature. EM fields are vacuum fields. Different basic forms of vacuum fields exist, and all kinds of fields, including the particle-mediated fields as well, when overlapping each other, seem to be in a direct resonant coupling, and form a complex, merged biofield. The vacuum model of consciousness presented here points to the inductive generation of consciousness, and to its self-initiating nature. Individual and collective methods, as well as the experimental possibilities of a global healing and improving the consciousness field of mankind are suggested. Keywords: olfactory, acoustic, electromagnetic, vacuum fields, generation of consciousness, evolution of collective consciousness, social evolution, completion of consciousness, healing
Gregory, Richard L. (1981). Mind In Science: A History Of Explanations In Psychology And Physics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 63 | Google)
Grössing, Gerhard (2001). Comparing the long-term evolution of ``cognitive invariances'' in physics with a dynamics in states of consciousness. Foundations of Science 6 (4).   (Google)
Abstract: It is shown that the evolution of physics canin several regards be described by elements of``regression'', i.e., that within a certaintradition of ideas one begins with theconstruction of most ``plausible'' statements(axioms) at hand, and then ``works onselfbackwards'' with respect to developmental terms.As a consequence of this strategy, the furtherwork proceeds along such a ``regressive'' path,the more one arrives at concepts andrelationships which are unexpected or evencounter-intuitive in terms of our everydayexperiences. However, a comparable phenomenology is wellknown from studies on states of consciousness.In particular, the evolutionary logic of theconstructions of major ``cognitive invariances''in physics, which is in part due to everincreasing rates of data processing, ismirrored in a logic of states of consciousnesswhich deviate from a ``normal'' state of dailyroutine along increasing levels of centralnervous arousal. Examples are given from the evolution ofphysics, and future perspectives are brieflyoutlined on the basis thereof
Hameroff, Stuart (ms). Anesthesia, consciousness and hydrophobic pockets a unitary quantum hypothesis of anesthetic action.   (Google)
Abstract: Anesthetic gas molecules are recognized to act by van der Waals (London dispersion) forces in hydrophobic pockets of select brain proteins to ablate consciousness. Enigmatic features of consciousness have defied conventional neurophysiological exp lanations and prompted suggestions for supplemental occurrence of macroscopic quantum coherent states and quantum computation in the brain. Are these feasible? During conscious (non-anesthetic) conditions, endogenous Van der Waals London dispersion forces occur among non-polar amino acid groups in hydrophobic pockets of neural proteins and help regulate their conformation/function. London forces are weak instantaneous couplings between pairs of electron induced dipoles (e.g. between adjacent non-polar amino acid groups), and are quantum mechanical effects capable of supporting quantum superposition/computation and macroscopic quantum coherence. Quantum effects mediated by endogenous London forces in hydrophobic pockets of select neural proteins may be necessary for consciousness. The mechanism of anesthetics may be to inhibit (by exogenous London forces) the necessary quantum states
Hameroff, Stuart (ms). Consciousness, microtubules and the quantum world.   (Google)
Abstract: Hameroff: I became interested in understanding consciousness as an undergraduate at the University of Pittsburgh in the late 60's. In my third year of medical school at Hahnemann in Philadelphia I did a research elective in professor Ben Kahn's hematology-oncology lab. They were studying various types of malignant blood cells, and I became interested in mitosis-looking under the microscope at normal and abnormal cell division. I became fascinated by centrioles and mitotic spindles pulling apart the chromosomes, doing this little dance, dividing the cytoplasm, establishing the daughter-cell architecture, and beginning differentiation. I remember wondering to myself how these centrioles and mitotic spindles "knew" where to go and what to do. What kind of intelligence was running the show at the cellular level?
Hameroff, Stuart R. (online). Time, consciousness, and quantum events in fundamental space-time geometry.   (Google)
Abstract: 1. Introduction: The problems of time and consciousness What is time? St. Augustine remarked that when no one asked him, he knew what time was; however when someone asked him, he did not. Is time a process which flows? Is time a dimension in which processes occur? Does time actually exist? The notion that time is a process which "flows" directionally may be illusory (the "myth of passage") for if time did flow it would do so in some medium or vessel (e.g. minutes per what?) [1]. But if time is a dimension in which processes occurred, e.g. as one component of a 4 dimensional spacetime, then why would processes occur unidirectionally in time? Yet we perceive time as an orderly, unidirectional process. An alternative explanation is that time does not exist as either a process or dimension, but that reality is a collage of discrete, disconnected and haphazardly arranged configurations of the universe, e.g. as described in Julian Barbour's "The end of time" [2]. In this view our perception of a unidirectional flow of time occurs because each moment, or "Now" as Barbour terms them, involves memory of other conceptually relevant moments, and the orderly flow of time is an illusion. Barbour's deconstruction of time contrasts the Newtonian reality of objects moving deterministically through 4 dimensional spacetime. Newton's contemporary (and rival) Leibniz [3] viewed the world in a manner consistent with Barbour (and with Mach's principle that the spatiotemporal structure of the universe is dependent on the distribution of mass, a foundation of Einstein's general relativity). According to Leibniz the world is to be understood not as matter/mass moving in a framework of space and time, but of more fundamental snapshot-like entities that momentarily fuse space and matter into single possible arrangements or configurations of the entire universe. Such configurations, which can be fabulously rich and complex considering the vastness of the universe, are the ultimate "things" of reality, which Leibniz termed "monads"..
Hameroff, Stuart (ms). The quantum mind of.   (Google)
Abstract: Today we’re talking with Stuart Hameroff, Professor Emeritus at the Departments of Anesthesiology and Psychology, and Director of the Center for Consciousness Studies, at the University of Arizona. Dr Hameroff is best-known for his research on 'quantum consciousness', an alternative model to the accepted view of how consciousness arises. With Sir Roger Penrose, Dr Hameroff has proposed that consciousness arises at the quantum level within structures inside neurons, known as microtubules
Hartshorne, Charles (1977). Physics and psychics: The place of mind in nature. In John B. Cobb & David Ray Griffin (eds.), Mind in Nature. University Press of America.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Healey, R. (2003). Holism in philosophy of mind and philosophy of physics - Michael Esfeld, dordrecht, 2001, pp. XIV+366, US $113, ISBN 0-7923-7003-. Studies in History and Philosophy of Science Part B 34 (2):334-337.   (Google)
Hodgson, David (2002). Consciousness, quantum physics, and free will. In Robert H. Kane (ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Free Will. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Hodgson, David (2002). Physics, consciousness and free will. In Robert H. Kane (ed.), The Oxford Handbook on Free Will. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Holland, P. (2002). More than the conscience of physics? From physics to philosophy - J. Butterfield and C. Pagonis (eds.), Cambridge university press, cambridge, 1999, 235pp., Price £40.00 hardback, ISBN 0 521 66025. Studies in History and Philosophy of Science Part B 33 (3):576-582.   (Google)
Hu, Huping (ms). Review of the book “quantum enigma - physics encounters consciousness”.   (Google)
Abstract: By explicitly discussing the connections between quantum mechanics and consciousness and bravely using the book containing these discussions as course material for students, the authors show the readers and teach the students that such connections are real and tangible not just pseudoscience or New Age mumbo-jumbo. In doing so, Rosenblum and Kuttner lead by example. Hopefully, other physicists and scientists in the academics would follow suit by breaking away from the invisible “prison” of conformity and orthodoxy, opening widely physicists’ closet containing their skeleton and turning the same into golden opportunities for solving the mystery of consciousness. I highly recommend this book
Hu, Huping & Wu, Maoxin (ms). Spin as primordial self-referential process driving quantum mechanics, spacetime dynamics and consciousness.   (Google)
Abstract: We have recently theorized that consciousness is intrinsically connected to quantum mechanical spin since said spin is embedded in the microscopic structure of spacetime and is more fundamental than spacetime itself, that is, spin is the “mind-pixel.” Applying these ideas to the particular structures and dynamics of the brain, we have developed a qualitative model of quantum consciousness. In this paper, we express our fundamental view that spin is a primordial self-referential process driving quantum mechanics, spacetime dynamics and consciousness. To justify such a view, we will draw support from existing literatures, discuss from a reductionist perspective the essential properties said spin should possess as mind-pixel and explore further the nature of spin to see whether said properties are present. Our conclusion is that these properties are indeed endowed to spin by Nature. One of the implications from our fundamental view is that the probabilistic structure of quantum mechanics is due to the self-referential collapse of spin state that is contextual, non-local, non-computable and irreversible. Therefore, a complete theory of the self-referential spin process is necessarily semantic, that is, it should be based on internally meaningful information
Jeffers, S. (2003). Physics and claims for anomalous effects related to consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 10 (6):135-152.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Kak, Subhash (2004). Architecture of Knowledge: Quantum Mechanics, Neuroscience, Computers, and Consciousness. Centre for Studies in Civilization.   (Google)
Klemm, David E. & Klink, William H. (2008). Consciousness and quantum mechanics: Opting from alternatives. Zygon 43 (2):307-327.   (Google)
Abstract: We present a model of a fundamental property of consciousness as the capacity of a system to opt among presented alternatives. Any system possessing this capacity is "conscious" in some degree, whether or not it has the higher capacity of reflecting on its opting. We argue that quantum systems, composed of microphysical particles, as studied by quantum mechanics, possess this quality in a protomental form. That is, such particles display the capacity to opt among alternatives, even though they lack the ability to experience or communicate their experiences. Human consciousness stands at the opposite end of the hierarchy of conscious life forms as the most sophisticated system of which we have direct acquaintance. We contend that it shares the common characteristic of a system capable of opting among alternatives. Because the fundamental property of consciousness is shared by human beings and the constituents of elementary matter in the universe, our model of consciousness can be considered as a modified form of panpsychism
Lockwood, Michael (1989). Mind, Brain, and the Quantum: The Compound 'I'. B. Blackwell.   (Google)
Mindell, Arnold (2000). Quantum Mind: The Edge Between Physics and Psychology. Lao Tse Press.   (Google)
Abstract: By exploring principles found in psychology, math, physics, and shamanism, it becomes possible to link a cosmic perspective with ordinary life. This comprehensive work ventures into that challenging junction, journeying through the universe on paths of reason and magic, math and myth, bringing together humanity's traditional wisdom and shamanism with contemporary science
Mitchell, Edgar D. (2000). Nature's mind: the quantum hologram. Journal of Computing Anticipatory Systems 7:295-312.   (Google)
Mohrhoff, Ulrich (2007). The quantum world, the mind, and the cookie Cutter paradigm. AntiMatters 1 (1):55-90.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Murphy, Michael (). The Language of Physics & the Language of Mind. [N.P.]Big Sur Recordings.   (Google)
Nadeau, Robert (1999). The Non-Local Universe: The New Physics and Matters of the Mind. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Abstract: Classical physics states that physical reality is local--a point in space cannot influence another point beyond a relatively short distance. However, In 1997, experiments were conducted in which light particles (photons) originated under certain conditions and traveled in opposite directions to detectors located about seven miles apart. The amazing results indicated that the photons "interacted" or "communicated" with one another instantly or "in no time." Since a distance of seven miles is quite vast in quantum physics, this led physicists to an extraordinary conclusion--even if experiments could somehow be conducted in which the distance between the detectors was half-way across the known universe, the results would indicate that interaction or communication between the photons would be instantaneous. What was revealed in these little-known experiments in 1997 is that physical reality is non-local--a discovery that Robert Nadeau and Menas Kafatos view as "the most momentous in the history of science." In The Non-Local Universe, Nadeau and Kafatos offer a revolutionary look at the breathtaking implications of non-locality. They argue that since every particle in the universe has been "entangled" with other particles like the two photons in the 1997 experiments, physical reality on the most basic level is an undivided wholeness. In addition to demonstrating that physical processes are vastly interdependent and interactive, they also show that more complex systems in both physics and biology display emergent properties and/or behaviors that cannot be explained in the terms of the sum of parts. One of the most startling implications of non-locality in human terms, claim the authors, is that there is no longer any basis for believing in the stark division between mind and world that has preoccupied much of western thought since the seventeenth century. And they also make a convincing case that human consciousness can now be viewed as emergent from and seamlessly connected with the entire cosmos. In pursuing this groundbreaking argument, the authors not only provide a fascinating history of developments that led to the discovery of non-locality and the sometimes heated debate between the great scientists responsible for these discoveries. They also argue that advances in scientific knowledge have further eroded the boundaries between physics and biology, and that recent studies on the evolution of the human brain suggest that the logical foundations of mathematics and ordinary language are much more similar than we previously imagined. What this new knowledge reveals, the authors conclude, is that the connection between mind and nature is far more intimate than we previously dared to imagine. What they offer is a revolutionary look at the implications of non-locality, implications that reach deep into that most intimate aspect of humanity--consciousness
Oralebkov, Bakytzhan (ms). Quantum mechanics and the consciousness.   (Google)
Pace, David Paul (1988). As Dreams Are Made On: The Probable Worlds of a New Human Mind as Presaged in Quantum Physics, Information Theory, Modal Philosophy, and Literary Myth. Libra Publishers.   (Google)
Pearce, David, Mind, brain and the quantum.   (Google)
Abstract: Does introspection grant us privileged insight into the intrinsic nature of the stuff of the world? Michael Lockwood 's startling answer is yes. Quantum mechanics may indeed supply a complete formal description of the universe. Yet what "breathes fire into" the quantum-theoretic equations, it transpires, isn't physical in the traditional sense at all
Rainio, Kullervo (2009). Discrete process model for quantum systems of matter and mind. World Futures 65 (4):270 – 303.   (Google)
Abstract: Attempts to create a coherent scientific picture of the world as a whole on the basis of quantum physics has sped up at the turn of the millennium. There particularly seem to be expectations that the development of a new kind of quantum mechanics could make it possible to describe both matter and consciousness in one frame of reference (“dual aspect approach”). These ideas are often results of brilliant intuitive visions but as yet not able to produce testable hypotheses. Maybe “wave mechanics” is not very suitable in the study of consciousness from the quantum mechanical point of view. The aim of this article is to show how both the matter and the mind systems can be described with one coherent mathematical model if we assume both space and time to be discrete
Rosenblum, Bruce (2008). Quantum Enigma: Physics Encounters Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Abstract: The most successful theory in all of science--and the basis of one third of our economy--says the strangest things about the world and about us. Can you believe that physical reality is created by our observation of it? Physicists were forced to this conclusion, the quantum enigma, by what they observed in their laboratories. Trying to understand the atom, physicists built quantum mechanics and found, to their embarrassment, that their theory intimately connects consciousness with the physical world. Quantum Enigma explores what that implies and why some founders of the theory became the foremost objectors to it. Schrodinger showed that it "absurdly" allowed a cat to be in a "superposition" simultaneously dead and alive. Einstein derided the theory's "spooky interactions." With Bell's Theorem, we now know Schrodinger's superpositions and Einstein's spooky interactions indeed exist. Authors Bruce Rosenblum and Fred Kuttner explain all of this in non-technical terms with help from some fanciful stories and bits about the theory's developers. They present the quantum mystery honestly, with an emphasis on what is and what is not speculation. Physics' encounter with consciousness is its skeleton in the closet. Because the authors open the closet and examine the skeleton, theirs is a controversial book. Quantum Enigma's description of the experimental quantum facts, and the quantum theory explaining them, is undisputed. Interpreting what it all means, however, is controversial. Every interpretation of quantum physics encounters consciousness. Rosenblum and Kuttner therefore turn to exploring consciousness itself--and encounter quantum physics. Free will and anthropic principles become crucial issues, and the connection of consciousness with the cosmos suggested by some leading quantum cosmologists is mind-blowing. Readers are brought to a boundary where the particular expertise of physicists is no longer a sure guide. They will find, instead, the facts and hints provided by quantum mechanics and the ability to speculate for themselves
Filk, Thomas & von Müller, Albrecht (2009). Quantum Physics and Consciousness: The Quest for a Common Conceptual Foundation. Mind and Matter 7 (1):59-80.   (Google)
Abstract: Similar problems keep reappearing in both the discussion about the “hard” problem of consciousness and in fundamental issues in quantum theory. We argue that the similarities are due to common problems within the conceptual foundations of both fields. In quantum physics, the state reduction marks the “coming into being” of a new aspect of reality for which no causal explanation is available. Likewise, the self-referential nature of consciousness constitutes a “coming into being” of a new quality which goes beyond a fully causal account of reality. Both subjects require a categorical scheme which is significantly richer then the one used in addressing factual aspects of reality alone. While parts of this categorical scheme are realized in the formalism of quantum theory, they are seldom applied in the context of consciousness. We show what the structural limitations of a classical categorical framework are, how a richer framework can be developed, and how it can be applied to both quantum physics and consciousness
Stapp, Henry P., A model of the quantum-classical and mind-brain connections, and of the role of the quantum Zeno effect in the physical implementation of conscious intent.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: A simple exactly solvable model is given of the dynamical coupling between a person’s classically described perceptions and that person’s quantum mechanically described brain. The model is based jointly upon von Neumann’s theory of measurements and the empirical findings of close connections between conscious intentions and synchronous oscillations in well separated parts of the brain. A quantum-Zeno-effect-based mechanism is described that allows conscious intentions to influence brain activity in a functionally appropriate way. The robustness of this mechanism in the face of environmental decoherence effects is emphasized
Stapp, Henry P., Dear Walter , my article ``whiteheadian process and quantum theory of mind'' was the first `target article' on the E forum.   (Google)
Abstract: There is already in quantum theory the huge *fact* of the apparent nonlocal (faster than light) connections: if one rejects the many worlds notion that all things happen [and I believe that that idea must be rejected for technical reasons --but that is a whole long argument itself] then there is an absolute need for some sort of FTL transfer of information. There simply must be a strong interconnectedness of the universe: FTL influence is unavoidable in quantum theory, if many worlds is rejected
Stapp, Henry P., Philosophy of mind and the problem of free will in the light of quantum mechanics.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Arguments pertaining to the mind-brain connection and to the physical effectiveness of our conscious choices have been presented in two recent books, one by John Searle, the other by Jaegwon Kim. These arguments are examined, and it is explained how the encountered difficulties arise from a defective understanding and application of a pertinent part of contemporary science, namely quantum mechanics. The principled quantum uncertainties entering at the microscopic levels of brain processing cannot be confined to the micro level, but percolate up to the macroscopic regime. To cope with the conflict between the resulting macroscopic indefiniteness and the definiteness of our conscious experiences, orthodox quantum mechanics introduces the idea of agent-generated probing actions, each of which specifies a definite set of alternative possible empirically/experientially distinguishable outcomes. Quantum theory then introduces the mathematical concept of randomness to describe the probabilities of the various alternative possible outcomes of the chosen probing action. But the agent-generated choice of which probing action to perform is not governed by any known law or rule, statistical or otherwise. This causal gap provides a logical opening, and indeed a logical need, for the entry into the dynamical structure of nature of a process that goes beyond the currently understood quantum mechanical statistical generalization of the deterministic laws of classical physics. The well-known quantum Zeno effect can then be exploited to provide a natural process that establishes a causal psychophysical link within the complex structure consisting of a stream of conscious experiences and certain macroscopic classical features of a quantum mechanically described brain. This naturally created causal link effectively allows consciously felt intentions to affect brain activity in a way that tends to produce the intended feedback. This quantum mechanism provides an eminently satisfactory alternative to the classical physics conclusion that the physical present is 1 completely determined by the physical past, and hence provides a physicsbased way out of the dilemma that Searle and Kim tried to resolve by philosophical analysis..
Stapp, Henry P., Quantum mechanical coherence, resonance, and mind.   (Google)
Abstract: Norbert Wiener and J.B.S. Haldane suggested during the early thirties that the profound changes in our conception of matter entailed by quantum theory opens the way for our thoughts, and other experiential or mind-like qualities, to play a role in nature that is causally interactive and effective, rather than purely epiphenomenal, as required by classical mechanics. The mathematical basis of this suggestion is described here, and it is then shown how, by giving mind this efficacious role in natural process, the classical character of our perceptions of the quantum universe can be seen to be a consequence of evolutionary pressures for the survival of the species
Stapp, Henry P., Quantum ontology and mind matter synthesis.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: The Solvay conference of marked the birth of quantum the ory This theory constitutes a radical break with prior tradition in physics because it avers if taken seriously that nature is built not out of matter but out of knowings However the founders of the theory stipulated cautiously that the theory was not to be taken seriously in this sense as a description of nature herself but was to be construed as merely a way of computing expectations about future knowings on the basis of information provided by past knowings There have been many e orts over the intervening seventy years to rid physics of this contamination of matter by mind But I use the reports at this Sym posium to support the claim that these decontamination e orts have failed and that because of recent developments pertaining to causal ity the time has come to take quantum theory seriously to take it as the basis for a conception of the universe built on knowings and other things of the same kind Quantum theory ensures that this con ception will yield all the empirical regularities that had formerly been thought to arise from the properties of matter together with all of those more recently discovered regularities that cannot be understood in that mechanical way Thus I propose to break away from the cau tious stance of the founders of quantum theory and build a theory of..
Stapp, Henry P., Quantum reality and mind.   (Google)
Abstract: Two fundamental questions are addressed within the framework orthodox quantum mechanics. The first is the duality-nonduality conflict arising from the fact that our scientific description of nature has two disparate parts: an empirical component and a theoretical component. The second question is the possibility of meaningful free will in a quantum world concordant with the principle of sufficient reason, which asserts that nothing happens without a sufficient reason. The two issues are resolved by an examination of the conceptual and mathematical structure of orthodox quantum mechanics, without appealing to abstract philosophical analysis or intuitive sentiments
Stapp, Henry P., Quantum theory and the role of mind in nature.   (Google)
Abstract: Orthodox Copenhagen quantum theory renounces the quest to understand the reality in which we are imbedded, and settles for practical rules that describe connections between our observations. Many physicist have believed that this renunciation of the attempt describe nature herself was premature, and John von Neumann, in a major work, reformulated quantum theory as a theory of the evolving objective universe. In the course of his work he converted to a benefit what had appeared to be a severe deficiency of the Copenhagen interpretation, namely its introduction into physical theory of the human observers. He used this subjective element of quantum theory to achieve a significant advance on the main problem in philosophy, which is to understand the relationship between mind and matter. That problem had been tied closely to physical theory by the works of Newton and Descartes. The present work examines the major problems that have appeared to block the development of von Neumann’s theory into a fully satisfactory theory of Nature, and proposes solutions to these problems
Thomsen, Dr Knud (ms). Is quantum mechanics needed to explain consciousness ?   (Google)
Abstract: In this short comment to a recent contribution by E. Manousakis [1] it is argued that the reported agreement between the measured time evolution of conscious states during binocular rivalry and predictions derived from quantum mechanical formalisms does not require any direct effect of QM. The recursive consumption analysis process in the Ouroboros Model can yield the same behavior
Wallace, B. Alan (1989). Choosing Reality: A Contemplative View of Physics and the Mind. New Science Library.   (Google)
Wolf, Fred Alan (1984). Mind and the New Physics. Heinemann.   (Google)

8.3a Consciousness and the Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics

42 / 48 entries displayed

Albert, D. & Loewer, A. (1988). Interpreting the many-worlds interpretation. Synthese 77 (November):195-213.   (Cited by 99 | Google | More links)
Bourget, David (2004). Quantum leaps in philosophy of mind. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (12):17--42.   (Google)
Abstract: I discuss the quantum mechanical theory of consciousness and freewill offered by Stapp (1993, 1995, 2000, 2004). First I show that decoherence-based arguments do not work against this theory. Then discuss a number of problems with the theory: Stapp's separate accounts of consciousness and freewill are incompatible, the interpretations of QM they are tied to are questionable, the Zeno effect could not enable freewill as he suggests because weakness of will would then be ubiquitous, and the holism of measurement in QM is not a good explanation of the unity of consciousness for essentially the same reason that local interactions may seem incapable to account for it
Butterfield, Jeremy (1998). Quantum curiosities of psychophysics. In J. Cornwell (ed.), Consciousness and Human Identity. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Abstract: I survey some of the connections between the metaphysics of the relation between mind and matter, and quantum theory’s measurement problem. After discussing the metaphysics, especially the correct formulation of physicalism, I argue that two state-reduction approaches to quantum theory’s measurement problem hold some surprises for philosophers’ discussions of physicalism. Though both approaches are compatible with physicalism, they involve a very different conception of the physical, and of how the physical underpins the mental, from what most philosophers expect. And one approach exemplifies a a problem in the definition of physicalism which the metaphysical literature has discussed only in the abstract. A version of the paper has appeared in Consciousness and Human Identity, ed. John Cornwell, OUP 1998
Butterfield, Jeremy (1995). Quantum theory and the mind. Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society 69 (69):113-158.   (Google)
Butterfield, Jeremy (1996). Whither the minds? British Journal for the Philosophy of Science 47 (2):200-20.   (Cited by 17 | Google | More links)
Byrne, Alex & Hall, N. (1999). Chalmers on consciousness and quantum mechanics. Philosophy of Science 66 (3):370-90.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Donald, Matthew (2002). Neural unpredictability, the interpretation of quantum theory, and the mind-body problem. Quant-Ph/0208033.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Abstract: It has been suggested, on the one hand, that quantum states are just states of knowledge; and, on the other, that quantum theory is merely a theory of correlations. These suggestions are confronted with problems about the nature of psycho-physical parallelism and about how we could define probabilities for our individual future observations given our individual present and previous observations. The complexity of the problems is underlined by arguments that unpredictability in ordinary everyday neural functioning, ultimately stemming from small-scale uncertainties in molecular motions, may overwhelm, by many orders of magnitude, many conventionally recognized sources of observed ``quantum'' uncertainty. Some possible ways of avoiding the problems are considered but found wanting. It is proposed that a complete understanding of the relationship between subjective experience and its physical correlates requires the introduction of mathematical definitions and indeed of new physical laws
Goertzel, B. (1992). Quantum theory and consciousness. Journal of Mind and Behavior 13 (1):29-36.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Goswami, Amit (1990). Consciousness in quantum physics and the mind-body problem. Journal of Mind and Behavior 11 (1):75-96.   (Cited by 15 | Google)
Goswami, Amit (1989). The idealistic interpretation of quantum mechanics. Physics Essays 2:385-400.   (Cited by 13 | Google)
Klein, S. (1991). The duality of psycho-physics. In A. Gorea (ed.), Representations of Vision. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Kuttner, Fred & Rosenblum, Bruce (2006). The only objective evidence for consciousness. Journal of Mind and Behavior 27 (1):43-56.   (Google)
Lehner, C. (1997). What it feels like to be in a superposition, and why: Consciousness and the interpretation of Everett's quantum mechanics. Synthese 110 (2):191-216.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Lockwood, Michael (1989). Mind, Brain, and the Quantum. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 115 | Annotation | Google)
Lockwood, Michael (1996). Many-minds interpretations of quantum mechanics. British Journal for the Philosophy of Science 47 (2):159-88.   (Cited by 37 | Google | More links)
Mallah, Jacques (ms). The many computations interpretation (MCI) of quantum mechanics.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Computationalism provides a framework for understanding how a mathematically describable physical world could give rise to conscious observations without the need for dualism. A criterion is proposed for the implementation of computations by physical systems, which has been a problem for computationalism. Together with an independence criterion for implementations this would allow, in principle, prediction of probabilities for various observations based on counting implementations. Applied to quantum mechanics, this results in a Many Computations Interpretation (MCI), which is an explicit form of the Everett style Many Worlds Interpretation (MWI). Derivation of the Born Rule emerges as the central problem for most realist interpretations of quantum mechanics. If the Born Rule is derived based on computationalism and the wavefunction it would provide strong support for the MWI; but if the Born Rule is shown not to follow from these to an experimentally falsified extent, it would indicate the necessity for either new physics or (more radically) new philosophy of mind.
Mulhauser, Gregory R. (1995). Materialism and the "problem" of quantum measurement. Minds and Machines 5 (2):207-17.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Abstract:   For nearly six decades, the conscious observer has played a central and essential rôle in quantum measurement theory. I outline some difficulties which the traditional account of measurement presents for material theories of mind before introducing a new development which promises to exorcise the ghost of consciousness from physics and relieve the cognitive scientist of the burden of explaining why certain material structures reduce wavefunctions by virtue of being conscious while others do not. The interactive decoherence of complex quantum systems reveals that the oddities and complexities of linear superposition and state vector reduction are irrelevant to computational aspects of the philosophy of mind and that many conclusions in related fields are ill founded
Mulhauser, Gregory R. (1995). On the end of a quantum-mechanical romance. Psyche 2 (19).   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Page, Diana N. (1995). Attaching theories of consciousness to Bohmian quantum mechanics. .   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Page, Don (2003). Mindless sensationalism: A quantum framework for consciousness. In Quentin Smith & Aleksandar Jokic (eds.), Consciousness: New Philosophical Perspectives. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 13 | Google | More links)
Page, Diana N. (1996). Sensible quantum mechanics: Are probabilities only in the mind? International Journal of Modern Physics D 5:583-96.   (Cited by 29 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Quantum mechanics may be formulated as Sensible Quantum Mechanics (SQM) so that it contains nothing probabilistic except conscious perceptions. Sets of these perceptions can be deterministically realized with measures given by expectation values of positive-operator-valued awareness operators. Ratios of the measures for these sets of perceptions can be interpreted as frequency- type probabilities for many actually existing sets. These probabilities gener- ally cannot be given by the ordinary quantum “probabilities” for a single set of alternatives. Probabilism, or ascribing probabilities to unconscious aspects of the world, may be seen to be an aesthemamorphic myth
Penrose, Roger (1987). Quantum physics and conscious thought. In Basil J. Hiley & D. Peat (eds.), Quantum Implications: Essays in Honour of David Bohm. Methuen.   (Cited by 11 | Google)
Pessoa, Osvaldo (online). What is an essentially quantum mechanical effect?   (Google)
Harness, David A. (ms). Simulated Reality Hologram Matrix State Space.   (Google)
Abstract: Gravitational and electromagnetic unification via Maxwell-Einstein gravitoelectromagnetic total stress energy (mass) density tensor eigenvector hologram interference field stationary state domain of universal wave function. S-matrix in-states/out-states eigenvalue range, features (moment of inertia x angular velocity) $SO(1,3)_{ij}$ self-adjoint operator integrations, generating Dirac-Noether conserved angular momentum observables in material coordinates. Fundamental quantum-continuum equation returns gravitoelectromagnetic spectrum photon $SO(1,3)_{yy}$ spin axis eigenvalues in units of Maxwell stress tensor pascals. New origin of electron-positron wave-particle mass-charge via energization of $SO(1,3)_{zz}$ principle spin axis angular momentum invariant, throughout inertial dynamics of electromagnetic and gravitational fields being inversely compressive/dispersive of cosmological constant vacuum energy density tensor pressure, according to principle quantum number n. In thought experiment test vs. general theory via pp-waves microlensing problem, wherein light-to-light gravitational attraction is four times matter-to-matter attraction, hypothesis predicts null microlensing result in area general theory known to break down on microscopic scale.
Shanks, N. (1995). Minds, brains, and quantum mechanics. Southern Journal of Philosophy 33 (2):243-60.   (Google)
Squires, Euan J. (1991). One mind or many? A note on the Everett interpretation of quantum theory. Synthese 89 (November):283-6.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Abstract:   The Everett interpretation of quantum theory requires either the existence of an infinite number of conscious minds associated with each brain or the existence of one universal consciousness. Reasons are given, and the two ideas are compared
Squires, Euan J. (1993). Quantum theory and the relation between the conscious mind and the physical world. Synthese 97 (1):109-23.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract:   The measurement problem of quantum theory is discussed, and the difficulty of trying to solve it within the confines of a local, Lorentz-invariant physics is emphasised. This leads to the obvious suggestion to seek a solution beyond physics, in particular, by introducing the concept of consciousness. The resulting dualistic model, in the natural form suggested by quantum theory, is shown to differ in several respects from the classical model of Descartes, and to suggest solutions to some of the long-standing problems concerning the relation of consciousness to the physical world
Squires, Euan J. (1994). Quantum theory and the need for consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 1 (2):201-4.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Squires, Euan J. (1998). Why are quantum theorists interested in consciousness? In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Stapp, Henry P. (1993). Mind, Matter, and Quantum Mechanics. Springer-Verlag.   (Cited by 200 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In this book, which contains several of his key papers as well as new material, he focuses on the problem of consciousness and explains how quantum mechanics...
Stapp, Henry P. (2005). Quantum interactive dualism - an alternative to materialism. Journal of Consciousness Studies 12 (11):43-58.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Abstract: _René Descartes proposed an interactive dualism that posits an interaction between the_ _mind of a human being and some of the matter located in his or her brain. Isaac Newton_ _subsequently formulated a physical theory based exclusively on the material/physical_ _part of Descartes’ ontology. Newton’s theory enforced the principle of the causal closure_ _of the physical, and the classical physics that grew out of it enforces this same principle._ _This classical theory purports to give, in principle, a complete deterministic account of the_ _physically described properties of nature, expressed exclusively in terms of these_ _physically described properties themselves. Orthodox contemporary physical theory_ _violates this principle in two separate ways. First, it injects random elements into the_ _dynamics. Second, it allows, and also requires, abrupt probing actions that disrupt the_ _mechanistically described evolution of the physically described systems. These probing_ _actions are called Process 1 interventions by von Neumann. They are psycho-physical_ _events. Neither the content nor the timing of these events is determined either by any_ _known law, or by the afore-mentioned random elements. Orthodox quantum mechanics_ _considers these events to be instigated by choices made by conscious agents. In von_ _Neumann’s formulation of quantum theory each such intervention acts upon the state of_ _the brain of some conscious agent. Thus orthodox von Neumann contemporary physics_ _posits an interactive dualism similar to that of Descartes. But in this quantum version the_ _effects of the conscious choices upon our brains are controlled, in part, by the known_ _basic rules of quantum physics. This theoretically specified mind-brain connection allows_ _many basic psychological and neuropsychological findings associated with the apparent_ _physical effectiveness of our conscious volitional efforts to be explained in a causal and_ _practically useful way..
Stapp, Henry P. (2006). Quantum interactive dualism, II: The Libet and Einstein-podolsky-Rosen causal anomalies. Erkenntnis 65 (1):117-142.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: b>: Replacing faulty nineteenth century physics by its orthodox quantum successor converts the earlier materialist conception of nature to a structure that does not enforce the principle of the causal closure of the physical. The quantum laws possess causal gaps, and these gaps are filled in actual scientific practice by inputs from our streams of consciousness. The form of the quantum laws permits and suggests the existence of an underlying reality that is built not on substances, but on psychophysical events, and on objective tendencies for these events to occur. These events constitute intrinsic mind-brain connections. They are fundamental links between brain processes described in physical terms and events in our streams of consciousness. This quantum ontology confers upon our conscious intentions the causal efficacy assigned to them in actual scientific practice, and creates a substance- free interactive dualism. This putative quantum ontology has previously been shown to have impressive explanatory power in both psychology and neuroscience. Here it is used to reconcile the existence of physically efficacious conscious free will with causal anomalies of both the Libet and Einstein-Rosen-Podolsky types
Stapp, Henry P. (2006). Quantum interactive dualism: An alternative to materialism. Zygon 41 (3):599-615.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: René Descartes proposed an interactive dualism that posits an interaction between the mind of a human being and some of the matter located in his or her brain. Isaac Newton subsequently formulated a physical theory based exclusively on the material/physical part of Descartes’ ontology. Newton’s theory enforced the principle of the causal closure of the physical, and the classical physics that grew out of it enforces this same principle. This classical theory purports to give, in principle, a complete deterministic account of the physically described properties of nature, expressed exclusively in terms of these physically described properties themselves. Orthodox contemporary physical theory violates this principle in two separate ways. First, it injects random elements into the dynamics. Second, it allows, and also requires, abrupt probing actions that disrupt the mechanistically described evolution of the physically described systems. These probing actions are called Process 1 interventions by von Neumann. They are psycho-physical events. Neither the content nor the timing of these events is determined either by any known law, or by the afore-mentioned random elements. Orthodox quantum mechanics considers these events to be instigated by choices made by conscious agents. In von Neumann’s formulation of quantum theory each such intervention acts upon the state of the brain of some conscious agent. Thus orthodox von Neumann contemporary physics posits an interactive dualism similar to that of Descartes. But in this quantum version the effects of the conscious choices upon our brains are controlled, in part, by the known basic rules of quantum physics. This theoretically specified mind-brain connection allows many basic psychological and neuropsychological findings associated with the apparent physical effectiveness of our conscious volitional efforts to be explained in a causal and practically useful way..
Stapp, Henry P. (2007). Quantum mechanical theories of consciousness. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), A Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Quantum mechanical theories of consciousness are contrasted to classical ones. A key difference is that the quantum laws are fundamentally psychophysical and provide an explanation of the causal effect of conscious effort on neural processes, while the laws of classical physics, being purely physical, cannot. The quantum approach provides causal explanations, deduced from the laws of physics, of correlations found in psychology and in neuropsychology
Stapp, Henry P. (1991). Quantum propensities and the brain-mind connection. Foundations of Physics 21:1451-77.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Stapp, Henry P. (online). The causal role of consciousness in the quantum brain.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Science is basically about correlations between conscious human experiences: that is what makes it both useful and testable in the realm of our expanding human knowledge. Explicit recognition of this understanding lies at the core of the formulation of quantum theory that was originally developed during the twenties by its founders
Stapp, Henry P. (1998). The evolution of consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Abstract: It is argued that the principles of classical physics are inimical to the development of a satisfactory science of consciousness The problem is that insofar as the classical principles are valid consciousness can have no e ect on the behavior and hence on the survival prospects of the organisms in which it inheres Thus within the classical framework it is not possible to explain in natural terms the development of consciousness to the high level form found in human beings In quantum theory on the other hand consciousness can be dynamically e cacious quantum the ory does allows consciousness to in uence behavior and thence to evolve in accordance with the principles of natural selection However this evo lutionary requirement places important constraints upon the details of the formulation of the quantum dynamical principles..
Stapp, Henry P. (online). "The observer" in physics and neuroscience.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Neuroscience is an important component of the scientific attack on the problem of consciousness. However, most neuroscientists, viewing our discussions, see only conflict and discord, and no reason why quantum theory has any great relevance the dynamics of the conscious brain. It is therefore worthwhile, in this first plenary talk of the 2003 Tucson conference on “Quantum Approaches to the Understanding of Consciousness,” to focus on the central issue, which is the crucial role of “The Observer,” and specifically, “The Mind of The Observer” in contemporary physical theory. I shall therefore review here this radical departure of present-day basic physics from the principles of classical physics, and then spell out some of its ramifications for neuroscience
Stapp, Henry P. (1995). Why classical mechanics cannot accommodate consciousness but quantum mechanics can. Psyche 2 (5).   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Wasserman, G. D. (1983). Quantum mechanics and consciousness. Nature and System 5 (March-June):3-16.   (Google)
Wigner, Eugene P. (1961). Remarks on the mind-body problem. In I. J. Good (ed.), The Scientist Speculates. Heineman.   (Cited by 28 | Google)
Woo, C. H. (1981). Consciousness and quantum interference: An experimental approach. Foundations of Physics 11:933-44.   (Cited by 4 | Google)

8.3b Quantum Mechanisms of Consciousness

Amoroso, Richard L. (2004). Application of double-cusp catastrophe theory to the physical evolution of qualia: Implications for paradigm shift in medicine and psychology. Anticipative and Predictive Models in Systems Science 1 (1):19-26.   (Google)
Arecchi, F. Tito (2003). Chaotic neuron dynamics, synchronization, and feature binding: Quantum aspects. Mind and Matter 1 (1):15-43.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Abstract: A central issue of cognitive neuroscience is to understand how a large collection of coupled neurons combines external signals with internal memories into new coherent patterns of meaning. An external stimulus localized at some input spreads over a large assembly of coupled neurons, building up a collective state univocally corresponding to the stimulus. Thus, the synchronization of spike trains of many individual neurons is the basis of a coherent perception. Based on recent investigations of homoclinic chaotic systems and their synchronization, a novel conjecture for the dynamics of single neurons and, consequently, for neuron assemblies is formulated. Homoclinic chaos is proposed as a suitable way to code information in time by trains of equal spikes occurring at apparently erratic times. In order to classify the set of different perceptions, the percept space can be given a metric structure by introducing a distance measure between distinct percepts. The distance in percept space is conjugate to the duration of the perception in the sense that an uncertainty relation in percept space is associated with time-limited perceptions. This coding of different percepts by synchronized spike trains entails fundamental quantum features which are not restricted to microscopic phenomena. It is conjectured that they are related to the details of the perceptual chain rather than depending on Planck's action
Atmanspacher, Harald (2004). Quantum theory and consciousness: An overview with selected examples. Discrete Dynamics in Nature and Society 1:51-73.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract: It is widely accepted that consciousness or, in other words, mental activity is in some way correlated to the behavior of the brain or, in other words, material brain activity. Since quantum theory is the most fundamental theory of matter that is currently available, it is a legitimate question to ask whether quantum theory can help us to understand consciousness. Several approaches answering this question a?rmatively, proposed in recent decades, will be surveyed. It will be pointed out that they make di?erent epistemological assumptions, refer to di?erent neurophysiological levels of description, and adopt quantum theory in di?erent ways. For each of the approaches discussed, these imply both..
Bass, Ludvik (1975). A quantum-mechanical mind-body interaction. Foundations of Physics 5:159-72.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Beck, Friedrich & Eccles, John C. (1992). Quantum aspects of brain activity and the role of consciousness. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science USA 89:11357-61.   (Cited by 79 | Google | More links)
Beck, Friedrich (2001). Quantum brain dynamics and consciousness. In P. Van Loocke (ed.), The Physical Nature of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Beck, Friedrich (1994). Quantum mechanics and consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 1 (2):253-255.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Beck, Friedrich & Eccles, John C. (2003). Quantum processes in the brain: A scientific basis of consciousness. In Naoyuki Osaka (ed.), Neural Basis of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Beck, Friedrich (1998). Synaptic transmission, quantum-state selection, and consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Google)
Berezin, Alexander A. (1992). Correlated isotopic tunneling as a possible model for consciousness. Journal of Theoretical Biology 154:415-20.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Bieberich, Erhard, In search of a neuronal substrate of the human mind: New concepts from "topological neurochemistry".   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Neurochemistry is a powerful discipline of modern neuroscience based on a description of neuronal function in terms of molecular reaction and interaction. This study aims at a neurochemical approach to the "hard" philosophical mind-body problem: the search for the neuronal correlate of consciousness. The scattered pattern of remote areas in the human brain simultaneously busy with the computation of single perceptions has left us with the unanswered questions why, where, and how the neuronal activity gives rise to a unified conscious observation of the outer world in a space inside of the human brain. In this study, conscious perception of temporally and spatially distinct events by an inner observer, the self, is treated as a topological problem demanding for a correlation of the self with a particular orchestration of neuronal or neurochemical activity triggered by action potentials. According to a novel concept of "topological neurochemistry" it is assumed that three features of the human brain are necessary in order to generate consciousness: 1) A network of neurons with dendritic branching structure and re-entry signaling of action potentials. 2)A macromolecular lattice structure as part of the neuron which is excitable or modulated by action potentials. 3) A spatial superposition of action potentials which underlies conscious perception but reveals not necessarily the same topology as the space perceived in consciousness. Several molecular models for the generation of consciousness and the self will be discussed, and a new concept, the "fractal approach", will be introduced. Mathematical theory and experimental methods for investigation of human consciousness will be presented
Bourget, David (2004). Quantum leaps in philosophy of mind. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (12):17--42.   (Google)
Abstract: I discuss the quantum mechanical theory of consciousness and freewill offered by Stapp (1993, 1995, 2000, 2004). First I show that decoherence-based arguments do not work against this theory. Then discuss a number of problems with the theory: Stapp's separate accounts of consciousness and freewill are incompatible, the interpretations of QM they are tied to are questionable, the Zeno effect could not enable freewill as he suggests because weakness of will would then be ubiquitous, and the holism of measurement in QM is not a good explanation of the unity of consciousness for essentially the same reason that local interactions may seem incapable to account for it
Clarke, Christopher J. S. (2007). The role of quantum physics in the theory of subjective consciousness. Mind and Matter 5 (1):45-81.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: I argue that a dual-aspect theory of consciousness, associated with a particular class of quantum states, can provide a consistent account of consciousness. I illustrate this with the use of coherent states as this class. The proposal meets Chalmers 'requirements of allowing a structural correspondence between consciousness and its physical correlate. It provides a means for consciousness to have an effect on the world (it is not an epiphenomenon, and can thus be selected by evolution) in a way that supplements and completes conventional physics, rather than interfering with it. I draw on the work of Hameroff and Penrose to explain the consistency of this proposal with decoherence, while adding details to this work. The proposal is open to extensive further research at both theoretical and experimental levels
Vimal, Ram Lakhan Pandey (2009). Dual Aspect Framework for Consciousness and Its Implications: West meets East for Sublimation Process. In G. Derfer, Z. Wang & M. Weber (eds.), The Roar of Awakening. A Whiteheadian Dialogue Between Western Psychotherapies and Eastern Worldviews. Ontos Verlag.   (Google)
Abstract: Previously (Vimal, 2009b) in Whitehead Psychology Nexus Studies, we discussed (i) the dual-aspect-dual-mode proto-experience (PE)-subjective experience (SE) framework of consciousness based on neuroscience, (ii) its implication in war, suffering, peace, and happiness, (iii) the process of sublimation for optimizing them and converting the negative aspects of seven groups of self-protective energy system (desire, anger, ego, greed, attachment, jealousy, and selfish-love) into their positive aspects from both western and eastern perspectives. In this article, we summarize the recent development since then as follows. (1) In (Vimal, 2009e), we rigorously investigated the classical and quantum matching and selection processes for precisely experiencing a specific SE in a specific neural-network. (2) In (Vimal, 2009i), we unpacked the quantum view of superposition related to the superposition-based hypothesis H1 of our framework in terms of subquantum dual-aspect primal entities (bhutatmas) and addressed the related explanatory gaps. (3) In, we developed alternative hypotheses of our framework, namely, the superposition-then-integration-emergence based H2, the integration-emergence based H3, the intelligent mechanism based H4, and the vacuum/Aether based H5. We concluded that our framework with H1 is the most optimal one because it has the least number of problems (Vimal, 2009j). (4) In, we found over 40 different but overlapping meanings attributed to the term ‘consciousness’ and suggested that authors must specify which aspect of consciousness they refer to when using this term to minimize confusion (Vimal, 2009f). (5) In, we proposed definitions of consciousness, qualia, mind, and awareness (Vimal, 2009h). (6) In, we investigated the necessary ingredients for access (reportable) consciousness: wakefulness, re-entry, attention, working memory and so on (Vimal, 2009g). (7) In, we discussed Nāgārjuna’s philosophy of dependent co-origination with respect to our PE-SE framework (Vimal, 2009a). (8) In, we linked dynamic systems theory and fractal catalytic theory with standard representation theory using our framework (Vimal, 2009d). (9) In, we introduce the PE-SE aspects of consciousness in theoretical classical and quantum physics including loop quantum gravity and string theory (Vimal, 2009k). (10) In (Vimal, 2009c), we proposed that the SE of subject or ‘self’ in self-related neural-network is tuned to the self-related SEs/PEs superposed in other innumerable entities during samadhi state via matching and selection processes. This leads to bliss, ecstasy, or exceptionally high degree of climax at samadhi state. We conclude that, so far, the dual-aspect-dual-mode PE-SE framework with hypothesis H1 is the most optimal framework for explaining our conventional reality because it has the least number of problems.
del Giudice, E. (2004). The psycho-emotional-physical unity of living organisms as an outcome of quantum physics. In Gordon G. Globus, Karl H. Pribram & Giuseppe Vitiello (eds.), Brain and Being. John Benjamins.   (Google)
De Silva, Frank (ms). Foundation of all Axioms the Axioms of Consciousness.   (Google)
Abstract: A description of consciousness leads to a contradiction with the postulation from special relativity that there can be no connections between simultaneous event. This contradiction points to consciousness involving quantum level mechanisms. The Quantum level description of the universe is re- evaluated in the light of what is observed in consciousness namely 4 Dimensional objects. A new improved interpretation of Quantum level observations is introduced. From this vantage point the following axioms of consciousness is presented. Consciousness consists of two distinct components, the observed U and the observer I. The observed U consist of all the events I is aware of. A vast majority of these occur simultaneously. Now if I were to be an entity within the space-time continuum, all of these events of U together with I would have to occur at one point in space-time. However, U is distributed over a definite region of space-time (region in brain). Thus, I is aware of a multitude of space-like separated events. It is seen that this awareness necessitates I to be an entity outside the space-time continuum. With I taken as such, a new concept called concept A is introduced. With the help of concept A a very important axiom of consciousness, namely Free Will is explained. Libet s Experiment which was originally seen to contradict Free will, in the light of Concept A is shown to support it. A variation to Libet s Experiment is suggested that will give conclusive proof for Concept A and Free Will.
Dyer, Michael G. (1994). Quantum physics and consciousness, creativity, computers: A commentary on Goswami's quantum-based theory of consciousness and free will. Journal of Mind and Behavior 15 (3):265-90.   (Google)
Eccles, John C. (1986). Do mental events cause neural events analogously to the probability fields of quantum mechanics? Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B 227:411-28.   (Cited by 37 | Google | More links)
Faro, Alberto & Giordano, Daniela (2007). An account of consciousness from the synergetics and quantum field theory perspectives. In Antonio Chella & Riccardo Manzotti (eds.), Artificial Consciousness. Imprint Academic.   (Google)
Flanagan, Brian (2003). Are perceptual fields quantum fields? Neuroquantology 3.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Gao, Shan (2003). A possible quantum basis of panpsychism. [Journal (Paginated)] 1 (1):4-9.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Abstract: We show that consciousness may violate the basic quantum principle, according to which the nonorthogonal quantum states can't be distinguished. This implies that the physical world is not causally closed without consciousness, and consciousness is a fundamental property of matter, thus provides a possible quantum basis for panpsychism
Gao, Mr Shan (ms). Quantum, consciousness and panpsychism: A solution to the hard problem.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: We analyze the results and implications of the combination of quantum and consciousness in terms of the recent QSC analysis. The quantum effect of consciousness is first explored. We show that the consciousness of the observer can help to distinguish the nonorthogonal states under some condition, while the usual physical measuring device without consciousness can’t. The result indicates that the causal efficacies of consciousness do exist when considering the basic quantum process. Based on this conclusion, we demonstrate that consciousness is not reducible or emergent, but a new fundamental property of matter. This provides a quantum basis for panpsychism. Furthermore, we argue that the conscious process is one kind of quantum computation process based on the analysis of consciousness time and combination problem. It is shown that a unified theory of matter and consciousness should include two parts: one is the complete quantum evolution of matter state, which includes the definite nonlinear evolution element introduced by consciousness, and the other is the psychophysical principle or corresponding principle between conscious content and matter state. Lastly, some experimental suggestions are presented to confirm the theoretical analysis of the paper
Georgiev, Danko (ms). Falsifications of Hameroff-Penrose orch OR model of consciousness and novel avenues for development of quantum mind theory.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: In this paper we try to make a clear distinction between quantum mysticism and quantum mind theory. Quackery always accompanies science especially in controversial and still under development areas and since the quantum mind theory is a science youngster it must clearly demarcate itself from the great stuff of pseudo-science currently patronized by the term "quantum mind". Quantum theory has attracted a big deal of attention and opened new avenues for building up a physical theory of mind because its principles and experimental foundations are as strange as the phenomenon of consciousness itself. Yet, the unwarranted recourse to paranormal phenomena as supporting the quantum mind theory plus the extremely bad biological mismodeling of brain physiology lead to great scepticism about the viability of the approach. We give as an example the Hameroff-Penrose Orch OR model with a list of twenty four problems not being repaired for a whole decade after the birth of the model in 1996. In the exposition we have tried not only to pesent critique of the spotted flaws, but to provide novel possibilities towards creation of neuroscientific quantum model of mind that incorporates all the available data from the basic disciplines (biochemistry, cell physiology, etc.) up to the clinical observations (neurology, neurosurgery, molecular psychiatry, etc.). Thus in a concise fashion we outline what can be done scientifically to improve the Q-mind theory and start a research programme (in Lakatos sense) that is independent on the particular flaws in some of the existing Q-mind models
Georgiev, Danko (2003). On the dynamic timescale of mind-brain interaction. In Proceedings Quantum Mind 2003 Conference: Consciousness, Quantum Physics and the Brain , Tucson, Arizona, USA.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In neurophysiology it is widely assumed that our mind operates in millisecond timescale. This view might be wrong, because if consciousness is quantum coherent phenomenon at the level of protein assemblies, then its dynamic timescale can be picosecond one
Germine, M. (1991). Consciousness and synchronicity. Medical Hypotheses 36:277-83.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Globus, Gordon G. (1997). Nonlinear brain systems with nonlocal degrees of freedom. Journal of Mind and Behavior 18 (2-3):195-204.   (Google)
Globus, Gordon G. (2002). Ontological implications of quantum brain dynamics. In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Globus, Gordon G. (2003). Quantum Closures and Disclosures: Thinking-Together Postphenomenology and Quantum Brain Dynamics. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Globus, Gordon G. (1996). Quantum consciousness is cybernetic. Psyche 2 (21).   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Globus, Gordon G. (1998). Self, cognition, qualia, and world in quantum brain dynamics. Journal of Consciousness Studies 5 (1):34-52.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Grush, Rick & Churchland, P. (1995). Gaps in Penrose's toiling. In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Conscious Experience. Ferdinand Schoningh.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Using the Gödel Incompleteness Result for leverage, Roger Penrose has argued that the mechanism for consciousness involves quantum gravitational phenomena, acting through microtubules in neurons. We show that this hypothesis is implausible. First, the Gödel Result does not imply that human thought is in fact non algorithmic. Second, whether or not non algorithmic quantum gravitational phenomena actually exist, and if they did how that could conceivably implicate microtubules, and if microtubules were involved, how that could conceivably implicate consciousness, is entirely speculative. Third, cytoplasmic ions such as calcium and sodium are almost certainly present in the microtubule pore, barring the quantum mechanical effects Penrose envisages. Finally, physiological evidence indicates that consciousness does not directly depend on microtubule properties in any case, rendering doubtful any theory according to which consciousness is generated in the microtubules
Hameroff, Stuart R. & Scott, A. C. (1998). A sonoran afternoon: A dialogue on quantum mechanics and consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Abstract: _Sonoran Desert, Stuart Hameroff and Alwyn Scott awoke from their_ _siestas to take margaritas in the shade of a ramada. On a nearby_ _table, a tape recorder had accidentally been left on and the following_ _is an unedited transcript of their conversation._
Hameroff, Stuart R. (2001). Biological feasibility of quantum approaches to consciousness: The Penrose-Hameroff 'orch or' model. In P. Van Loocke (ed.), The Physical Nature of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Hameroff, Stuart R. & Penrose, Roger (1996). Conscious events as orchestrated space-time selections. Journal of Consciousness Studies 3 (1):36-53.   (Cited by 108 | Google | More links)
Hameroff, Stuart (2006). Consciousness, neurobiology and quantum mechanics: The case for a connection. In J. Tuszynski (ed.), The Emerging Physics of Consciousness. Springer-Verlag.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Consciousness involves phenomenal experience, self-awareness, feelings, choices, control of actions, a model of the world, etc. But what _is_ _it?_ Is consciousness something specific, or merely a byproduct of information processing? Whatever it is, consciousness is a multi-faceted puzzle. Despite enormous strides in behavioral and brain science, essential features of consciousness continue to elude explanation. Unresolved problems include: 1) Neural correlates of conscious perception apparently occur too late—150 to 500 milliseconds (msec) after impingement on our sense organs—to have causal efficacy in seemingly conscious perceptions and willful actions, often initiated or completed within 100 msec after sensory impingement. For example in the
Hameroff, Stuart R. (2001). Consciousness, the brain, and space-time geometry. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 929:74-104.   (Google)
Hameroff, Stuart R. (online). Consciousness, Whitehead and quantum computation in the brain: Panprotopsychism meets the physics of fundamental spacetime geometry.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Abstract: _dualism_ (consciousness lies outside knowable science), _emergence_ (consciousness arises as a novel property from complex computational dynamics in the brain), and some form of _panpsychism_, _pan-protopsychism, or pan-experientialism_ (essential features or precursors of consciousness are fundamental components of reality which are accessed by brain processes). In addition to 1) the problem of subjective experience, other related enigmatic features of consciousness persist, defying technological and philosophical inroads. These include 2) the “binding problem”—how disparate brain activities give rise to a unified sense of “self” or unified conscious content. Temporal synchrony—brain-wide coherence of neural membrane electrical activities—is often assumed to accomplish binding, but _what_ is being synchronized? What is being coherently bound? Another enigmatic feature is 3) the transition from pre-conscious processes to consciousness itself. Most neuroscientists agree that consciousness is the “tip of an iceberg”, that the vast majority of brain activities is
Hameroff, Stuart R. (1998). "Funda-mentality": Is the conscious mind subtly linked to a basic level of the universe? [Journal (Paginated)] 2 (4):119-124.   (Cited by 52 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Age-old battle lines over the puzzling nature of mental experience are shaping a modern resurgence in the study of consciousness. On one side are the long-dominant "physicalists" who view consciousness as an emergent property of the brain's neural networks. On the alternative, rebellious side are those who see a necessary added ingredient: proto-conscious experience intrinsic to reality, perhaps understandable through modern physics (panpsychists, pan-experientialists, "funda-mentalists"). It is argued here that the physicalist premise alone is unable to solve completely the difficult issues of consciousness and that to do so will require supplemental panpsychist/pan-experiential philosophy expressed in modern physics. In one scheme proto-conscious experience is a basic property of physical reality accessible to a quantum process associated with brain activity. The proposed process is Roger Penrose's "objective reduction" (OR), a self-organizing "collapse" of the quantum wave function related to instability at the most basic level of space-time geometry. In the Penrose- Hameroff model of "orchestrated objective reduction" (Orch OR), OR quantum computation occurs in cytoskeletal microtubules within the brain's neurons. The basic thesis is that consciousness involves brain activities coupled to a self-organizing ripples in fundamental reality
Hameroff, Stuart R. (1998). More neural than thou (reply to churchland). In S. Ameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II: The 1996 Tucson Discussions and Debates. MIT Press.   (Google)
Abstract: In "Brainshy: Non-neural theories of conscious experience," (this volume) Patricia Churchland considers three "non-neural" approaches to the puzzle of consciousness: 1) Chalmers' fundamental information, 2) Searle's "intrinsic" property of brain, and 3) Penrose-Hameroff quantum phenomena in microtubules. In rejecting these ideas, Churchland flies the flag of "neuralism." She claims that conscious experience will be totally and completely explained by the dynamical complexity of properties at the level of neurons and neural networks. As far as consciousness goes, neural network firing patterns triggered by axon-to-dendrite synaptic chemical transmissions are the fundamental correlates of consciousness. There is no need to look elsewhere
Hameroff, Stuart R. & Penrose, Roger (1996). Orchestrated reduction of quantum coherence in brain microtubules: A model for consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 143 | Google | More links)
Hameroff, Stuart R. & Woolf, Nancy J. (2003). Quantum consciousness: A cortical neural circuit. In Naoyuki Osaka (ed.), Neural Basis of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Hameroff, Stuart R. (1994). Quantum coherence in microtubules: A neural basis for emergent consciousness? Journal of Consciousness Studies 1:91-118.   (Cited by 150 | Google | More links)
Hameroff, Stuart R. (2002). Quantum computation in brain microtubules. Physical Review E 65 (6).   (Cited by 11 | Google)
Abstract: Proposals for quantum computation rely on superposed states implementing multiple computations simultaneously, in parallel, according to quantum linear superposition (e.g., Benioff, 1982; Feynman, 1986; Deutsch, 1985, Deutsch and Josza, 1992). In principle, quantum computation is capable of specific applications beyond the reach of classical computing (e.g., Shor, 1994). A number of technological systems aimed at realizing these proposals have been suggested and are being evaluated as possible substrates for quantum computers (e.g. trapped ions, electron spins, quantum dots, nuclear spins, etc., see Table 1; Bennett, 1995; and Barenco, 1995). The main obstacle to realization of quantum computation is the problem of interfacing to the system (input, output) while also protecting the quantum state from environmental decoherence. If this problem can be overcome, then present day classical computers may evolve to quantum computers
Hameroff, Stuart R. (ms). The brain is both neurocomputer and quantum computer.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: _Figure 1. Dendrites and cell bodies of schematic neurons connected by dendritic-dendritic gap junctions form a laterally connected input_ _layer (“dendritic web”) within a neurocomputational architecture. Dendritic web dynamics are temporally coupled to gamma synchrony_ _EEG, and correspond with integration phases of “integrate and fire” cycles. Axonal firings provide input to, and output from, integration_ _phases (only one input, and three output axons are shown). Cell bodies/soma contain nuclei shown as black circles; microtubule networks_ _pervade the cytoplasm. According to the Orch OR theory, gamma EEG-synchronized integration phases include quantum computations in_ _microtubule networks which culminate with conscious moments. Insert closeup shows a gap junction through which microtubule quantum_ _states entangle among different neurons, enabling macroscopic quantum states in dendritic webs extending throughout cortex and other_ _brain regions._
Heelan, Patrick A. (2004). The phenomenological role of consciousness in measurement. Mind and Matter 2 (1):61-84.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: A structural analogy is pointed out between a check hermeneutically developed phenomenological description, based on Husserl, of the process of perceptual cognition on the one hand and quantum mechanical measurement on the other hand. In Husserl's analytic phase of the cognition process, the 'intentionality-structure' of the subject/object union prior to predication of a local object is an entangled symmetry-making state, and this entanglement is broken in the synthetic phase when the particular local object is constituted under the influence of an iota ('inner horizon') and the 'facticity' of the local world ('outer horizon'). Replacing 'perceptual cognition' by 'measurement' and 'subject' by 'expert subject using a measuring device' the analogy of a formal quantum structure is extended to the conscious structure of all empirical cognition. This is laid out in three theses: about perception, about classical measurement, and about quantum measurement. The results point to the need for research into the quantum structure of the physical embodiment of human cognition
Hiley, Basil J. & Pylkkanen, Paavo (2005). Can mind affect matter via active information? Mind and Matter 3 (2):8-27.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Mainstream cognitive neuroscience typically ignores the role of quantum physical effects in the neural processes underlying cogni¬tion and consciousness. However, many unsolved problems remain, suggesting the need to consider new approaches. We propose that quantum theory, especially through an ontological interpretation due to Bohm and Hiley, provides a fruitful framework for addressing the neural correlates of cognition and consciousness. In particular, the ontological interpretation suggests that a novel type of 'active information', connected with a novel type of 'quantum potential energy', plays a key role in quantum physical processes. After introducing the ontological interpretation we illustrate its value for cognitive neuroscience by discussing it in the light of a proposal by Beck and Eccles about how quantum tunneling could play a role in controlling the frequency of synaptic exocytosis. In this proposal, quantum tunneling would enable the 'self' to control its brain without violating the energy conservation law. We argue that the ontological interpretation provides a sharper picture of what actually could be taking place in quantum tunneling in general and in synaptic exocytosis in particular. Based on the notions of active information and quantum potential energy, we propose a coherent way of understanding how mental processes (understood as involving non-classical physical processes) can act on traditional, classically describable neural processes without violating the energy conservation law
Hiley, Basil J. & Pylkkanen, Paavo (2001). Naturalizing the mind in a quantum framework. In Paavo Pylkkanen & Tere Vaden (eds.), Dimensions of Conscious Experience. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Hodgson, David (2002). Quantum physics, consciousness, and free will. In Robert H. Kane (ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Free Will. New York: Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Hunt, Harry T. (2001). Some perils of quantum consciousness - epistemological pan-experientialism and the emergence-submergence of consciousness. Journal Of Consciousness Studies 8 (9-10):35-45.   (Google)
Iii, Zaman & Frederick, L. (2002). Nature's psychogenic forces: Localized quantum consciousness. Journal of Mind and Behavior 23 (4):351-374.   (Google)
Jahn, Robert G. & Dunne, Brenda J. (1986). On the quantum mechanics of consciousness, with application to anomalous phenomena. Foundations of Physics 16 (8):721-772.   (Cited by 50 | Google | More links)
Jahn, Robert G. (1993). The Complementarity of Consciousness. In K. R. Rao (ed.), Cultivating Consciousness for Enhancing Human Potential, Wellness, and Healing. Praeger.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Jibu, Marj & Yasue, Kunio (1997). Magic without magic: Meaning of quantum brain dynamics. Journal of Mind and Behavior.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Jibu, Marj & Yasue, Kunio (1995). Quantum Brain Dynamics and Consciousness: An Introduction. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 79 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The book is the first to give a systematic account, founded in fundamental quantum physical principles, of how the brain functions as a unified system.
Jibu, Marj & Yasue, Kunio (2004). Quantum brain dynamics and quantum field theory. In Gordon G. Globus, Karl H. Pribram & Giuseppe Vitiello (eds.), Brain and Being. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Kedar, Joshi (2002). The Quantum Conscious Mastermind and Unconscious Machines: With a Revolutionary NSTP (Non-Spatial Thinking Process) Theory. Pune: K Joshi.   (Google)
King, C. Daly (1997). Chaos, quantum mechanics, and the conscious brain. Journal of Mind and Behavior.   (Google)
Klein, Stanley (1995). Is quantum mechanics relevant to understanding consciousness? Psyche 2 (3).   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Lahav, Ran & Shanks, N. (1992). How to be a scientifically respectable 'property dualist'. Journal of Mind and Behavior 13 (3):211-32.   (Cited by 5 | Annotation | Google)
Ludwig, Kirk A. (1995). Why the difference between quantum and classical mechanics is irrelevant to the mind-body problem. Psyche 2 (16).   (Google)
Abstract: I argue that the logical difference between classical and quantum mechanics that Stapp (1995) claims shows quantum mechanics is more amenable to an account of consciousness than is classical mechanics is irrelevant to the problem
Marshall, I. N. (1989). Consciousness and Bose-Einstein condensates. New Ideas in Psychology 7:73-83.   (Cited by 46 | Google)
Marshall, I. N. (1995). Some phenomenological implications of a quantum model of consciousness. Minds and Machines 5 (4):609-20.   (Google | More links)
Abstract:   We contrast person-centered categories with objective categories related to physics: consciousness vs. mechanism, observer vs. observed, agency vs. event causation. semantics vs. syntax, beliefs and desires vs. dispositions. How are these two sets of categories related? This talk will discuss just one such dichotomy: consciousness vs. mechanism. Two extreme views are dualism and reductionism. An intermediate view is emergence. Here, consciousness is part of the natural order (as against dualism), but consciousness is not definable only in terms of physical mass, length, and time (as against reductionism). There are several detailed theories of emergence. One is based on the Great Chain of Being and on organic evolutionary hierarchy. The theory here is based instead on the concept of relational holism in quantum mechanics. The resulting brain model has two interacting systems: a computational system and a quantum system (a Bose-Einstein condensate), perhaps interacting via EEG waves. Thus, we need both person-centered and matter-centered categories to describe human beings. Some possible experimental tests are discussed
Marcer, P. & Mitchell, E. (2001). What is consciousness? An essay on the relativistic quantum holographic model of the brain/mind, working by phase conjugate adaptive resonance. In P. Van Loocke (ed.), The Physical Nature of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Miranker, W. L. (2002). A quantum state model of consciousness. Journal Of Consciousness Studies 9 (3):3-14.   (Google)
Mohrhoff, Ulrich (online). Psychology all the way down.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Mohrhoff, Ulrich (ms). Quantum mechanics and consciousness: Fact and fiction.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Nakagomi, T. (2004). Quantum monadology and consciousness. In Gordon G. Globus, Karl H. Pribram & Giuseppe Vitiello (eds.), Brain and Being. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 25 | Google)
Atmanspacher, Harald (online). Quantum Approaches to Consciousness. Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Abstract: It is widely accepted that consciousness or, more generally, mental activity is in some way correlated to the behavior of the material brain. Since quantum theory is the most fundamental theory of matter that is currently available, it is a legitimate question to ask whether quantum theory can help us to understand consciousness. Several approaches answering this question affirmatively, proposed in recent decades, will be surveyed. It will be pointed out that they make different epistemological assumptions, refer to different neurophysiological levels of description, and use quantum theory in different ways. For each of the approaches discussed, problematic and promising features will be equally highlighted
Oku, Takeo (2005). A study on consciousness and life energy based on quantum holographic cosmology. Journal of International Society of Life Information Science 23 (1):133-143.   (Google)
Penrose, Roger (2001). Consciousness, the brain, and spacetime geometry: An addendum: Some new developments on the orch OR model for consciousness. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 929:105-10.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Penrose, Roger (1994). Mechanisms, microtubules, and the mind. Journal of Consciousness Studies 1 (2):241-49.   (Cited by 12 | Google)
Penrose, Roger & Hameroff, Stuart (1996). Orchestrated objective reduction of quantum coherence in brain microtubules: The "orch OR" model for consciousness. Mathematics and Computers in Simulation 40:453-480.   (Google)
Abstract: Features of consciousness difficult to understand in terms of conventional neuroscience have evoked application of quantum theory, which describes the fundamental behavior of matter and energy. In this paper we propose that aspects of quantum theory (e.g. quantum coherence) and of a newly proposed physical phenomenon of quantum wave function "self-collapse"(objective reduction: OR -Penrose, 1994) are essential for consciousness, and occur in cytoskeletal microtubules and other structures within each of the brain's neurons. The particular characteristics of microtubules suitable for quantum effects include their crystal-like lattice structure, hollow inner core, organization of cell function and capacity for information processing. We envisage that conformational states of microtubule subunits (tubulins) are coupled to internal quantum events, and cooperatively interact (compute) with other tubulins. We further assume that macroscopic coherent superposition of quantum-coupled tubulin conformational states occurs throughout significant brain volumes and provides the global binding essential to consciousness. We equate the emergence of the microtubule quantum coherence with pre-conscious processing which grows (for up to 500 milliseconds) until the mass-energy difference among the separated states of tubulins reaches a threshold related to quantum gravity. According to the arguments for OR put forth in Penrose (1994), superpositioned states each have their own space-time geometries. When the degree of coherent mass-energy difference leads to sufficient separation of space-time geometry, the system must choose and decay (reduce, collapse) to a single universe state. In this way, a transient superposition of slightly differing space-time geometries persists until an abrupt quantum classical reduction occurs. Unlike the random, "subjective reduction"( SR, or R) of standard quantum theory caused by observation or environmental entanglement, the OR we propose in microtubules is a self-collapse and it results in particular patterns of microtubule-tubulin conformational states that regulate neuronal activities including synaptic functions.
Penrose, Roger & Hameroff, Stuart R. (1995). What 'gaps'? Reply to Grush and Churchland. Journal of Consciousness Studies 2 (2).   (Cited by 30 | Google)
Abstract: Grush and Churchland (1995) attempt to address aspects of the proposal that we have been making concerning a possible physical mechanism underlying the phenomenon of consciousness. Unfortunately, they employ arguments that are highly misleading and, in some important respects, factually incorrect. Their article ‘Gaps in Penrose’s Toilings’ is addressed specifically at the writings of one of us (Penrose), but since the particular model they attack is one put forward by both of us (Hameroff and Penrose, 1995; 1996), it is appropriate that we both reply; but since our individual remarks refer to different aspects of their criticism we are commenting on their article separately. The logical arguments discussed by Grush and Churchland, and the related physics are answered in Part l by Penrose, largely by pointing out precisely where these arguments have already been treated in detail in Shadows of the Mind (Penrose, 1994). In Part 2, Hameroff replies to various points on the biological side, showing for example how they have seriously misunderstood what they refer to as ‘physiological evidence’ regarding to effects of the drug colchicine. The reply serves also to discuss aspects of our model ‘orchestrated objective reduction in brain microtubules – Orch OR’ which attempts to deal with the serious problems of consciousness more directly and completely than any previous theory
Persinger, M. A. & Koren, S. A. (2007). A theory of neurophysics and quantum neuroscience: Implications for brain function and the limits of consciousness. International Journal of Neuroscience 117 (2):157-175.   (Google | More links)
Perry, R. Michael (2006). Consciousness as computation: A defense of strong AI based on quantum-state functionalism. In Charles Tandy (ed.), Death and Anti-Death, Volume 4: Twenty Years After De Beauvoir, Thirty Years After Heidegger. Palo Alto: Ria University Press.   (Google)
Pereira, Alfredo (2003). The quantum mind/classical brain problem. Neuroquantology.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Pessa, Eliano & Vitiello, Giuseppe (2003). Quantum noise, entanglement and chaos in the quantum field theory of mind/brain states. Mind and Matter 1 (1):59-79.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Abstract: We review the dissipative quantum model of the brain and present recent developments related to the role of entanglement, quantum noise and chaos in the model
Plotnitsky, Arkady (2004). The unthinkable: Nonclassical theory, the unconscious mind and the quantum brain. In Gordon G. Globus, Karl H. Pribram & Giuseppe Vitiello (eds.), Brain and Being. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Pribram, Karl H. (2002). Brain and quantum holography: Recent ruminations. In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Schwartz, Jeffrey M.; Stapp, Henry P. & Beauregard, Mario (2004). The volitional influence of the mind on the brain, with special reference to emotional self-regulation. In Mario Beauregard (ed.), Consciousness, Emotional Self-Regulation and the Brain. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Scott, A. C. (1996). On quantum theories of the mind. Journal of Consciousness Studies 3:484-91.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Scott, A. C. (2003). On quantum theories of the mind. In Naoyuki Osaka (ed.), Neural Basis of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Shan, Gao (2004). A possible connection between self-consciousness and quantum. Axiomathes 14 (4):295-305.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: We study the possible connection between self-consciousness and quantum process. It is shown that the self-consciousness function can help to measure the collapse time of wave function under some condition, while the usual physical device without self-consciousness can't. Furthermore, we show that the observer with self-consciousness can distinguish the definite state and the superposition of definite states under some stronger condition. This provides a practical physical method to differentiate man and machine, and will also help to find the possible existence of self-consciousness in the animal kingdom. We finally give some further discussions about these new results
Shan, Gao (2004). Quantum collapse, consciousness and superluminal communication. Foundations Of Physics Letters 17 (2):167-182.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The relation between quantum collapse, consciousness and superluminal communication is analyzed. As we know, quantum collapse, if exists, can result in the appearance of quantum nonlocality, and requires the existence of a pre- ferred Lorentz frame. This may permit the realization of quantum superluminal communication (QSC), which will no longer result in the usual causal loop in case of the existence of a preferred Lorentz frame. The possibility of the existence of QSC is further analyzed under the assumption that quantum collapse is a real process. We demonstrate that the combination of quantum collapse and the consciousness of the observer will permit the observer to distinguish nonorthogonal states in principle. This provides a possible way to realize QSC. Some implications of the existence of QSC are briefy discussed
Smith, Quentin (2003). Why cognitive scientists cannot ignore quantum mechanics. In Quentin Smith & Aleksandar Jokic (eds.), Consciousness: New Philosophical Perspectives. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Stapp, Henry P. (1985). Consciousness and values in the quantum universe. Foundations of Physics 15:35-47.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Stapp, Henry P. (online). Chance, choice, and consciousness: A causal quantum theory of the mind/brain.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Quantum mechanics unites epistemology and ontology: it brings human knowledge explicitly into physical theory, and ties this knowledge into brain dynamics in a causally efficacious way. This development in science provides the basis for a natural resolution of the dualist functionalist controversy, which arises within the classical approach to the mind brain system from the fact that the phenomenal aspects are not derivable from the principles of classical mechanics. A conceptually simple causal quantum mechanical theory of the mind/brain is described, and used to examine the necessity and function of consciousness in brain process
Stapp, Henry P. (2005). Commentary on Hodgson. Journal of Consciousness Studies 12 (1):69-75.   (Google)
Stapp, Henry P. (1999). On quantum theories of the mind. Journal of Consciousness Studies 6 (1):61-65.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Replies are given to arguments advanced in this journal that claim to show that it is to nonlinear classical mechanics rather than quantum mechanics that one must look for the physical underpinnings of conscious ness..
Stapp, Henry P. (ms). Physics in neuroscience.   (Google)
Abstract: Classical physics is a theory of nature that originated with the work of Isaac Newton in the seventeenth century and was advanced by the contributions of James Clerk Maxwell and Albert Einstein. Newton based his theory on the work of Johannes Kepler, who found that the planets appeared to move in accordance with a simple mathematical law, and in ways wholly determined by their spatial relationships to other objects. Those motions were apparently independent of our human observations of them
Stapp, Henry P. (2005). Quantum approaches to consciousness. Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Quantum approaches to consciousness are sometimes said to be motivated simply by the idea that quantum theory is a mystery and consciousness is a mystery, so perhaps the two are related. That opinion betrays a profound misunderstanding of the nature of quantum mechanics, which consists fundamentally of a pragmatic scientific solution to the problem of the connection between mind and matter
Stapp, Henry P. (2006). Quantum interactive dualism, II: The Libet and Einstein-podolsky-Rosen causal anomalies. Erkenntnis 65 (1):117-142.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: b>: Replacing faulty nineteenth century physics by its orthodox quantum successor converts the earlier materialist conception of nature to a structure that does not enforce the principle of the causal closure of the physical. The quantum laws possess causal gaps, and these gaps are filled in actual scientific practice by inputs from our streams of consciousness. The form of the quantum laws permits and suggests the existence of an underlying reality that is built not on substances, but on psychophysical events, and on objective tendencies for these events to occur. These events constitute intrinsic mind-brain connections. They are fundamental links between brain processes described in physical terms and events in our streams of consciousness. This quantum ontology confers upon our conscious intentions the causal efficacy assigned to them in actual scientific practice, and creates a substance- free interactive dualism. This putative quantum ontology has previously been shown to have impressive explanatory power in both psychology and neuroscience. Here it is used to reconcile the existence of physically efficacious conscious free will with causal anomalies of both the Libet and Einstein-Rosen-Podolsky types
Stapp, Henry P. (2004). Quantum leaps in the philosophy of mind: Reply to Bourget's critique. Journal of Consciousness Studies 11 (12):43-49.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: David Bourget has raised some conceptual and technical objections to my development of von Neumann’s treatment of the Copenhagen idea that the purely physical process described by the Schrödinger equation must be supplemented by a psychophysical process called the choice of the experiment by Bohr and Process 1 by von Neumann. I answer here each of Bourget’s objections
Stapp, Henry P. (2005). Quantum physics in neuroscience and psychology: A neurophysical model of mind €“brain interaction. Philosophical Transactions-Royal Society of London. Biological Sciences 360 (1458):1309-1327.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Neuropsychological research on the neural basis of behaviour generally posits that brain mechanisms will ultimately suffice to explain all psychologically described phenomena. This assumption stems from the idea that the brain is made up entirely of material particles and fields, and that all causal mechanisms relevant to neuroscience can therefore be formulated solely in terms of properties of these elements. Thus, terms having intrinsic mentalistic and/or experiential content (e.g. ‘feeling’, ‘knowing’ and ‘effort’) are not included as primary causal factors. This theoretical restriction is motivated primarily by ideas about the natural world that have been known to be fundamentally incorrect for more than three-quarters of a century. Contemporary basic physical theory differs profoundly from classic physics on the important matter of how the consciousness of human agents enters into the structure of empirical phenomena. The new principles contradict the older idea that local mechanical processes alone can account for the structure of all observed empirical data. Contemporary physical theory brings directly and irreducibly into the overall causal structure certain psychologically described choices made by human agents about how they will act. This key development in basic physical theory is applicable to neuroscience, and it provides neuroscientists and psychologists with an alternative conceptual framework for describing neural processes. Indeed, owing to certain structural features of ion channels critical to synaptic function, contemporary physical theory must in principle be used when analysing human brain dynamics. The new framework, unlike its classic-physics-based predecessor, is erected directly upon, and is compatible with, the prevailing principles of physics. It is able to represent more adequately than classic concepts the neuroplastic mechanisms relevant to the growing number of empirical studies of the capacity of directed attention and mental effort to systematically alter brain function..
Stapp, Henry P. (1997). Science of consciousness and the hard problem. Journal of Mind and Behavior 18 (2-3):171-93.   (Cited by 18 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Quantum theory can be regarded as a rationally coherent theory of the interaction of mind and matter and it allows our conscious thoughts to play a causally e cacious and necessary role in brain dynamics It therefore provides a natural basis created by scientists for the science of consciousness As an illustration it is explained how the interaction of brain and consciousness can speed up brain processing and thereby enhance the survival prospects of conscious organisms as compared to similar organisms that lack consciousness As a second illustration it is explained how within the quantum framework the consciously experi enced I directs the actions of a human being It is concluded that contemporary science already has an adequate framework for incorporat ing causally e cacious experiential events into the physical universe in a manner that puts the neural correlates of consciousness into the theory in a well de ned way explains in principle how the e ects of consciousness per se can enhance the survival prospects of organisms that possess it allows this survival e ect to feed into phylogenetic de velopment and explains how the consciously experienced I can direct human behaviour..
Stapp, Henry P. (1995). The hard problem: A quantum approach. Journal of Consciousness Studies 3 (3):194-210.   (Cited by 25 | Google | More links)
Stapp, Henry P. (1994). Theoretical model of a purported empirical violation of the predictions of quantum mechanics. Physical Review A 50:18-22.   (Google)
Stapp, Henry P. (online). The Quest for consciousness: A quantum neurobiological approach.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: _ Theoretical Physics Group_ _ Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory_ _ University of California_ _ Berkeley, California 94720_
Stenger, Victor (1992). The myth of quantum consciousness. The Humanist 53 (3).   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Vimal, Ram Lakhan Pandey (2009). Towards a Theory of Everything: Unification of Consciousness with Fundamental Forces in Theories of Physics. Vision Research Institute: Living Vision and Consciousness Research 1 (2).   (Google)
Abstract: Theory of everything must include consciousness. In this article, we focus on the subjective experiences component of consciousness. In Vimal (J Integrative Neuroscience, 2008: 7(1), 49-73), it was hypothesized that fundamental entities (strings or elementary particles: fermions and bosons) have two aspects: (i) material aspect such as mass, charge, spin, and space-time, and (ii) mental aspect, such as experiences. There are three competing hypotheses: superposition based H1, superposition-then-integration based H2, and integration based H3 where superposition is not required. In H1, the fundamental entities and inert matter are the carriers of superimposed fundamental subjective experiences (SEs)/proto-experiences (PEs). In H2, the fundamental entities and inert matter are the carriers of superimposed fundamental PEs (not SEs), which are integrated by neural-Darwinism (co-evolution, co-development, and sensorimotor co-tuning by the evolutionary process of adaptation and natural selection). There is a PE attached to every level of evolution (such as atomic-PE, molecular-PE, … genetic-PE, … bacterium-PE, … neural-PE, and neural-net-PE). In H3, a string has its own string-PE; a matter is not a carrier of PE(s) in superposed form as it is in H2, rather matter is a proto-experiential entity and has two aspects at every level; H3 is a dual-aspect panpsychism. These two aspects are rigorously integrated together by neural-Darwinism. One could argue for H3 that the PE keeps on transforming appropriately as matter evolves from elementary particles to atoms to molecules to eventually neural-networks. For example, when long wavelength light is presented to the V4/V8/VO neural-network, the neural-net PE takes the form of SE redness, in analogy to water takes the shape and color of the container. However, one has to unpack this mystery. In H1, a specific SE arises in a neural-net as follows: (i) there exist a virtual reservoir that stores all possible fundamental SEs/PEs, (ii) the interaction of stimulus-dependent feed-forward and feedback signals in the neural-net creates a specific neural-net state, (iii) this specific state is assigned to a specific SE from the virtual reservoir during neural Darwinism, (iv) this specific SE is embedded as a memory trace of neural-net-PE, and (v) when a specific stimulus is presented to the neural-net, the associated specific SE is selected by the matching and selection process and experienced by this net. In hypotheses H2 and H3, a specific SE emerges in a neural-net from the interaction of its constituent neural-PEs, such as in feed-forward stimulus-dependent neural signals and fronto-parietal feedback attentional signals, in analogy to water emerges from the interaction of hydrogen and oxygen. In all hypotheses, SEs occur when essential ingredients of SEs (such as wakefulness, attention, re-entry, working memory, stimulus at or above threshold level, and neural-net-PEs) are satisfied. We found that the followings in physics are invariant under the PE-SE transformation: Schrödinger equation, current, Dirac Lagrangian, electromagnetic strength tensor, electromagnetic stress-energy tensor, the Lagrangian for free gauge field, the Lagrangian for a charged self–interacting scalar field, electromagnetic theory (Maxwell's equations), Standard Model, Lagrangian for the electromagnetic interaction of a charged scalar field (Higgs Mechanism), Newtonian gravitational potential and field, special theory of Relativity and Lorentz transformation, geodesic equation, general theory of relativity and gravitational field, the metric gmn, Ricci curvature tensor Rmn, Ricci scalar curvature R, the cosmological constant L, the stress-energy tensor Tmn, the PE-SE transformation, Loop Quantum Gravity, and string theory. For H1 and H2, we quantitatively introduced the superposition of experiences (SEs/PEs) in the mental aspect of bosonic and fermionic strings using the Polyakov action. We conclude that experiences are independent of the time-like and space-like parameters (t,s). This is interpreted as a string is dual-aspect entity and all fundamental SEs/PEs superposed in the mental aspect of the string remains invariant with time and space. The introduction of mental aspect in this manner suggests that the mental aspect of string could be in all dimensions: both (3+1)D real dimensions and also in the hidden dimensions that are compactified (curled up). In addition, the Neumann and Dirichlet boundary conditions were also satisfied. These led us to conclude that the material aspect of the behavior of system in string theory remains invariant under the introduction of experiences in the mental aspect of strings as a function of experiences. For hypothesis H3, the equations of string theory remain the same; we simply need to acknowledge that a string has dual-aspect; its mental aspect is string-PE. We concluded that it is possible to unify consciousness with all four fundamental material forces by the introduction of (i) SEs/PEs (as in H1) or PEs (as in H2) in superposed form in bosonic and fermionic strings or (ii) the bosonic-string-PE and fermionic-string-PE based on integration principle (as in H3). This leads us towards the theory of everything.
Thompson, Ian J. (online). Quantum mechanics and consciousness: A causal correspondence theory.   (Google)
Abstract: Physics Department, University of Surrey, Guildford GU2 5XH, U.K October, 1990. We may suspect that quantum mechanics and consciousness are related, but the details are not at all clear. In this paper, I suggest how the mind and brain might fit together intimately while still maintaining distinct identities. The connection is based on the correspondence of similar functions in both the mind and the quantum-mechanical brain. Accompanying material for a talk at The Second Mind and Brain Symposium held at the Institute of Psychiatry, Denmark Hill, London on 20th October, 1990
Triffet, T. & Green, H. S. (1996). Consciousness: Computing the uncomputable. Mathematical and Computational Modelling 24:37-56.   (Google)
Vaas, Ruediger (2001). Why quantum correlates of consciousness are fine, but not enough. Informacao E Cognicao 3 (3).   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Vitiello, Giuseppe (2002). Dissipative quantum brain dynamics. In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind: Proceedings of Toward a Science of Consciousness: Fundamental Approaches (Tokyo '99). John Benjamins.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Vitiello, Giuseppe (2001). My Double Unveiled: The Dissipative Quantum Model of Brain. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 56 | Google | More links)
Walker, Evan Harris (2000). The Physics of Consciousness. Perseus.   (Cited by 19 | Google | More links)
Werbos, P. (2002). What do neural nets and quantum theory tell us about mind and reality? In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind: Proceedings of Toward a Science of Consciousness: Fundamental Approaches (Tokyo '99). John Benjamins.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Wolf, Fred Alan (1996). On the quantum mechanics of dreams and the emergence of self-awareness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Google)
Woolf, Nancy J. & Hameroff, Stuart R. (2001). A quantum approach to visual consciousness. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 5 (11):472-478.   (Google)
Woolf, Nancy J. (1999). Dendritic encoding: An alternative to temporal synaptic coding of conscious experience. Consciousness and Cognition 8 (4):447-454.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In this commentary, arguments are made for a dendritic code being preferable to a temporal synaptic code as a model of conscious experience. A temporal firing pattern is a product of an ongoing neural computation; hence, it is based on a neural algorithm and an algorithm may not provide the most suitable model for conscious experience. Reiteration of a temporal firing code as suggested in a preceding article (Helekar, 1999) does not necessarily improve the situation. The alternative model presented here is that certain synaptic activity patterns, possibly those possessing universal features as suggested by Helekar, can become encoded in the dendritic structure. Following dendritic encoding, quantum phenomena in those specific dendrite sets could illuminate the static image of that encoded synaptic activity. It is the activation of the static image that would be equivalent to conscious experience; thus, conscious awareness would not be directly affiliated with synaptic activity. This dendrite encoding model may go farther than other models to explain the gestalt nature of consciousness, insofar as quantum entanglement could produce an interconnectedness between specific sets of dendrites-an interconnectedness that need not be based on neural computation or neural connections
Yasue, Kunio; Jibu, Marj & Senta, Tarcisio Della (eds.) (2000). No Matter, Never Mind: Proceedings of Toward a Science of Consciousness: Fundamental Approaches, Tokyo 1999. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Zaman, L. Frederick Iii (2002). Nature's psychogenic forces: Localized quantum consciousness. Journal of Mind and Behavior 23 (4):351-374.   (Google)
Zaman, L. Frederick (2002). Nature's psychogenic forces: Localized quantum consciousness. Journal of Mind and Behavior 23 (4):351-374.   (Google)
Zohar, D. (1995). A quantum-mechanical model of consciousness and the emgerence of 'I'. Minds and Machines 5 (4):597-607.   (Google | More links)
Abstract:   There have been suggestions that the unity of consciousness may be related to the kind of holism depicted only in quantum physics. This argument will be clarified and strengthened. It requires the brain to contain a quantum system with the right properties — a Bose-Einstein condensate. It probably does contain one such system, as both theory and experiment have indicated. In fact, we cannot pay full attention to a quantum whole and its parts simultaneously, though we may oscillate between the two. In a quantum theory of consciousness, emergent meanings arise as an inevitable consequence of Heisenberg''s Uncertainty Principle
Zohar, D. (1996). Consciousness and Bose-Einstein condensates. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)

8.3c Consciousness and Physics, Misc

Acosta, Carlos (2006). The frame(s) problem and the physical and emotional basis of human cognition. Technoetic Arts 4 (2):151-65.   (Google | More links)
Aerts, D.; Broekaert, J. & Gabora, Liane (2002). Intrinsic contextuality as the crux of consciousness. In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind: Proceedings of Toward a Science of Consciousness: Fundamental Approaches (Tokyo '99). John Benjamins.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Abstract: A stream of conscious experience is extremely contextual; it is impacted by sensory stimuli, drives and emotions, and the web of associations that link, directly or indirectly, the subject of experience to other elements of the individual's worldview. The contextuality of one's conscious experience both enhances and constrains the contextuality of one's behavior. Since we cannot know first-hand the conscious experience of another, it is by way of behavioral contextuality that we make judgements about whether or not, and to what extent, a system is conscious. Thus we believe that a deep understanding of contextuality is vital to the study of consciousness. Methods have been developed for handling contextuality in the microworld of quantum particles. Our goal has been to investigate the extent to which these methods can be used to analyze contextuality in conscious experience
Atmanspacher, Harald (1994). Complexity and meaning as a bridge across the cartesian cut. Journal of Consciousness Studies 1 (2):168-181.   (Cited by 18 | Google)
Atmanspacher, Harald & Primas, Hans (2006). Pauli's ideas on mind and matter in the context of contemporary of science. Journal of Consciousness Studies 13 (3):5-50.   (Google)
Abstract: Wolfgang Pauli (1900-1958) was one of the greatest physicists of the past century. He played a leading role in the development of modern physics and was known for his ruthless intellectual integrity. Pauli first became famed through the publication of his encyclopaedia article on the theory of relativity (Pauli, 1921) when he was still a student of Sommerfeld's. Einstein much admired this article, which remained a classic
Baars, Bernard J. (1995). Can physics provide a theory of consciousness? Psyche 2 (8).   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Baer, Wolfgang (2007). The physical condition for consciousness: A comment on R. Shaw and J. Kinsella-Shaw. Journal of Consciousness Studies 14 (8):93-104.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: If the universe is a machine, consciousness is not possible. If the universe is more than a machine, then physics is incomplete. Since we are both part of the universe and conscious, physics must be incomplete and the understanding required to construct conscious mechanisms must be sought through the advancement of physics not the continued application of inadequate concepts. In this paper I will show that an impediment to this advancement is the confusion arising through the use of terms such as 'physical reality' to refer to an absolute a priori Kantian 'Ding an Sich' when they should both be recognized as referring to data structures holding the knowledge upon which we act and nothing more. Once this confusion has been clarified, I will go on to suggest that the cycle of activity updating physical reality becomes a candidate for a conscious process. I will show how implementing algorithms in modern computers can mimic this process but if actual consciousness is to be achieved the update activity must correspond to a cycle in time. Such cycles have been identified with Whitehead's 'actual occasions' and thus I will argue that fundamental events should replace fundamental particles as the building blocks of the universe if consciousness is to be explained
Bieberich, Erhard (ms). Structure in human consciousness: A fractal approach to the topology of the self perceiving an outer world in an inner space.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In human consciousness a world of separated objects is perceived by an inner observer who is experienced as an undivided feeling of one-self. A topological correlation of the self to the world, however, entails a paradoxical situation by either merging all separated objects into one or splitting the self into as many subselves as there are objects perceived. This study introduces a model suggesting that the self is generated in a neural network by algorithmic compression of spatial and temporal information into a fractal structure. A correlation of an inner observer to parts of a fractal structure inevitably entails a correlation to the whole, thereby preserving the undividedness of the self. Molecular mechanisms for the generation of a fractal structure in a neural network and the possibility of experimental investigation will be discussed
Bilodeau, D. (1996). Physics, machines, and the hard problem. Journal of Consciousness Studies 3 (5-6):386-401.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Bohm, David J. (1986). A new theory of the relationship of mind and matter. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research 80 (2 & 3):113-35.   (Cited by 49 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The relationship of mind and matter is approached in a new way in this article. This approach is based on the causal interpretation of the quantum theory, in which an electron, for example, is regarded as an inseparable union of a particle and afield. This field has, however, some new properties that can be seen to be the main sources of the differences between the quantum theory and the classical (Newtonian) theory. These new properties suggest that the field may be regarded as containing objective and active information, and that the activity of this information is similar in certain key ways to the activity of information in our ordinary subjective experience. The analogy between mind and matter is thus fairly close. This analogy leads to the proposal of the general outlines of a new theory of mind, matter, and their relationship, in which the basic notion is participation rather than interaction. Although the theory can be developed mathematically in more detail, the main emphasis here is to show qualitatively how it provides a way of thinking that does not divide mind from matter, and thus leads to a more coherent understanding of such questions than is possible in the common dualistic and reductionistic approaches. These ideas may be relevant to connectionist theories and might perhaps suggest new directions for their development
Burns, Jean E. (1990). Contemporary models of consciousness, part I. Journal of Mind and Behavior 11:153-171.   (Google)
Burns, Jean E. (1991). Contemporary models of consciousness, part II. Journal of Mind and Behavior 12:407-420.   (Google)
Burns, Jean E. (1996). The Possibility of Empirical Test of Hypotheses About Consciousness. In S. R. Hameroff, A. W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Towards a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Clarke, Christopher J. S. (2001). Consciousness and non-hierarchical physics. In P. Van Loocke (ed.), The Physical Nature of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Clarke, Christopher J. S. (1995). The nonlocality of mind. Journal of Consciousness Studies 2:231-40.   (Cited by 16 | Google)
Culbertson, James T. (1982). Consciousness: Natural and Artificial. Libra.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
de Silva, F. (1996). Consciousness and special relativity. IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Magazine 15:21-26.   (Google)
De Silva, Frank (ms). Foundation of all Axioms the Axioms of Consciousness.   (Google)
Abstract: A description of consciousness leads to a contradiction with the postulation from special relativity that there can be no connections between simultaneous event. This contradiction points to consciousness involving quantum level mechanisms. The Quantum level description of the universe is re- evaluated in the light of what is observed in consciousness namely 4 Dimensional objects. A new improved interpretation of Quantum level observations is introduced. From this vantage point the following axioms of consciousness is presented. Consciousness consists of two distinct components, the observed U and the observer I. The observed U consist of all the events I is aware of. A vast majority of these occur simultaneously. Now if I were to be an entity within the space-time continuum, all of these events of U together with I would have to occur at one point in space-time. However, U is distributed over a definite region of space-time (region in brain). Thus, I is aware of a multitude of space-like separated events. It is seen that this awareness necessitates I to be an entity outside the space-time continuum. With I taken as such, a new concept called concept A is introduced. With the help of concept A a very important axiom of consciousness, namely Free Will is explained. Libet s Experiment which was originally seen to contradict Free will, in the light of Concept A is shown to support it. A variation to Libet s Experiment is suggested that will give conclusive proof for Concept A and Free Will.
Dugic, M.; Cirkovic, Milan M. & Rakovic, D. (2002). On a possible physical metatheory of consciousness. Open Systems and Information Dynamics 9:153-166.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Dyer, Michael G. (1994). Quantum physics and consciousness, creativity, computers: A commentary on Goswami's quantum-based theory of consciousness and free will. Journal of Mind and Behavior 15 (3):265-90.   (Google)
Elitzur, Avshalom C. (1996). Time and consciousness: The uneasy bearing of relativity on the mind-body problem. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Google)
Esfeld, Michael (1999). Quantum holism and the philosophy of mind. Journal of Consciousness Studies 6 (1):23-38.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: This paper attempts to build a bridge between the interpretation of quantum theory and the philosophy of mind. In contrast to other such attempts, the bridge which this paper suggests does not consist in extending features of quantum theory to the philosophy of mind. The argument of this paper is that the discussion about a revision of the Cartesian tradition in current philosophy of mind is relevant to the interpretation of quantum theory: taking this discussion into account sharpens up the task for the interpretation of quantum physics as far as the scope of what is known as quantum holism is concerned. In particular, considering this discussion makes out a strong case against the interpretation that considers quantum holism to be universal in the physical realm
Globus, Gordon G.; Pribram, Karl H. & Vitiello, Giuseppe (eds.) (2004). Brain and Being. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Gordon, David (1984). Special relativity and the location of mental events. Analysis 44 (June):126-127.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Goswami, Amit (2001). Physics within non-dual consciousness. Philosophy East and West 51 (4):535-544.   (Google | More links)
Goswami, Amit (ms). The hard questions: View from a science of consciousness.   (Google)
Haraldsen, Robert E. (online). Mind, Matter and Extreme Relativistic Aberration -ERA. Mind and Matter - a scientific approach.   (Google)
Abstract: On consciousness and the flow of spacetime with emphasis on Relativity, Quantum Mechanics and extra dimensions from the perspective of extreme relativistic aberration - ERA From the deepest levels of eternal consciousness we are shaped into an illusive subjective world of inherited collective projections built on phenomenological interactions, obeying solely the realm of purely abstract mathematics.
Haraldsen, Robert E. (ms). Spacetime Flow and Gravitation.   (Google)
Abstract: Time's speed is a subjective illusion created by the accumulation of individual perception onto reflections within the mind . It is defined by the frequency of the interactions of thought process, where distance related to space is time's reciprocal. Consequently, "space" separated from "time" is a manifestation of structured consciousness, wherein experience exists as feedback of the mind projecting onto consciousness the illusion of separate entities. The direction and the speed of light is constant only when not influenced by different factors, such as gravity and material density. Light is also absorbed and emitted in atoms. This fact of differentiated speed and absorption/emission is of crucial importance to the following discussion relating to the mind's interpretational mechanisms.
Haraldsen, Robert E. (ms). The Flow of the Oscillating Universe.   (Google)
Abstract: A deeper understanding of the dynamics of consciousness, not only in the trivial sense of immaterial psychological relations, but as the prerequisite of the universe itself, may lead to an understanding of gravitation. The following argument acknowledges theories of higher dimensions, such as string-M-theory as important descriptive models along with the embedded theories of quantum mechanics and an expanded relativity theory. It is also presumed that the unexploited consequence of special relativity; extreme relativistic aberration , will turn out to be one of the most important keys to a better understanding of the overall unity.
Herbert, N. (1993). Elemental Mind: Human Consciousness and the New Physics. Dutton.   (Cited by 22 | Google)
Hodgson, David (1996). Nonlocality, local indeterminism, and consciousness. Ratio 9 (1):1-22.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Hodgson, David (1991). The Mind Matters: Consciousness and Choice in a Quantum World. Oxford Unversity Press.   (Cited by 36 | Google)
Abstract: In this book, Hodgson presents a clear and compelling case against today's orthodox mechanistic view of the brain-mind, and in favor of the view that "the mind matters." In the course of the argument he ranges over such topics as consciousness, informal reasoning, computers, evolution, and quantum indeterminancy and non-locality. Although written from a philosophical viewpoint, the book has important implications for the sciences concerned with the brain-mind problem. At the same time, it is largely non-technical, and thus accessible to the non-specialist reader
Ho, M. W. (1997). Quantum coherence and conscious experience. Kybernetes 26:265-76.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Jibu, Marj (2002). The mind-body and the light-matter. In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Josephson, Brian (2002). The importance of experience: Where for the future? In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Kato, Goro & Struppa, D. (2002). Category theory and consciousness. In Kunio Yasue, Marj Jibu & Tarcisio Della Senta (eds.), No Matter, Never Mind. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Laszlo, Ervin (2006). Quantum and consciousness: In search of a new paradigm. Zygon 41 (3):533-541.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Lipkin, Michael (2005). The field concept in current models of consciousness: A tool for solving the hard problem? Mind and Matter 3 (2):29-85.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Lockwood, Michael (2003). Consciousness and the quantum world: Putting qualia on the map. In Quentin Smith & Aleksandar Jokic (eds.), Consciousness: New Philosophical Perspectives. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Lockwood, Michael (1984). Reply to David Gordon's Special Relativity and the Location of Mental Events. Analysis 44 (June):127-128.   (Google)
Loewer, Barry M. (2003). Consciousness and quantum theory: Strange bedfellows. In Quentin Smith & Aleksandar Jokic (eds.), Consciousness: New Philosophical Perspectives. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Abstract: When I look at the scale of the apparatus I know what it reads. Those absurdly delicate, hopelessly inaccessible, global correlations obviously vanish when they connect up with me. Whether this is because consciousness is beyond the range of phenomena that quantum mechanics is capable of dealing with, or because it has infinitely many degrees of freedom or special super selection rules of its own, I would not presume to guess. But this is a puzzle about consciousness that should not get mixed up with efforts to understand quantum mechanics as a theory of subsystem correlations in the nonconscious world. ( David Mermin 1998)
Loockvane, Philip (2001). The philosophy of consciousness, 'deep' teleology and objective selection. In Philip Van Loocke (ed.), The Physical Nature of Consciousness. Advances in Consciousness Research, Vol 29.   (Google)
Macdonald, Copthorne (1994). An energy/ awareness/ information interpretation of physical and mental reality. Zygon 29 (2):135-151.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Mahler, Gunter (2004). The partitioned quantum universe: Entanglement and the emergence of functionality. Mind and Matter 2 (2):67-89.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Given that the world as we perceive it appears to be predominantly classical, how can we stabilize quantum effects? Given the fundamental description of our world is quantum mechanical, how do classical phenomena emerge? Answers can be found from the analysis of the scaling properties of modular quantum systems with respect to a given level of description. It is argued that, depending on design, such partitioned quantum systems may support various functions. Despite their local appearance these functions are emergent properties of the system as a whole. With respect to the separation of subject and object such functions of interest are control, simulation, and observation. They are interpreted in close analogy with more basic physical behavior
McFadden, J. (2002). Synchronous firing and its influence on the brain's electromagnetic field: Evidence for an electromagnetic field theory of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 9 (4):23-50.   (Google)
McFadden, J. (2002). The conscious electromagnetic information (cemi) field theory: The hard problem made easy? Journal of Consciousness Studies 9 (8):45-60.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
McFadden, J. (2002). The conscious electromagnetic field: The hard problem made easy? Journal of Consciousness Studies.   (Google)
Mohrhoff, Ulrich (online). Beyond the cookie Cutter paradigm. Sri Aurobindo International Centre of Education.   (Cited by 11 | Google)
Mohrhoff, Ulrich (2007). Particles, consciousness, volition: A vedantic vision. AntiMatters 1 (1):23-53.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Mohrhoff, Ulrich (online). Quantum mechanics and the cookie Cutter paradigm. arXiv.Org.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Moravec, Hans (1995). Roger Penrose's gravitonic brains: A review of Shadows of the Mind by Roger Penrose. Psyche 2 (1).   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Abstract: Summarizing a surrounding 200 pages, pages 179 to 190 of Shadows of the Mind contain a future dialog between a human identified as "Albert Imperator" and an advanced robot, the "Mathematically Justified Cybersystem", allegedly Albert's creation. The two have been discussing a Gödel sentence for an algorithm by which a robot society named SMIRC certifies mathematical proofs. The sentence, referred to in mathematical notation as Omega(Q*), is to be precisely constructed from on a definition of SMIRC's algorithm. It can be interpreted as stating "SMIRC's algorithm cannot certify this statement." The robot has asserted that SMIRC never makes mistakes. If so, SMIRC's algorithm cannot certify the Goedel sentence, for that would make the statement false. But, if they can't certify it, what is says is true! Humans can understand it is true, but mighty SMIRC cannot certify it. The dialog ends melodramatically as the robot, apparently unhinged by this revelation, claims to be a messenger of god, and the human shuts it down with a secret control
Nair, R. (1991). Quantum physics and the philosophy of mind: An essay review. Journal of Scientific and Industrial Research 50.   (Google)
Nunn, C. M. H.; Clarke, Christopher J. S. & Blott, B. H. (1994). Collapse of a quantum field may affect brain function. Journal of Consciousness Studies 1:127-39.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Nunn, C. M. H. (1996). On the geometry of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 3:477-83.   (Google)
Penrose, Roger (1994). Is conscious awareness consistent with space-time descriptions? In Philosophy, Mathematics and Modern Physics. New York: Springer-Verlag.   (Google)
Penrose, Roger (1994). Shadows of the Mind. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 1412 | Google | More links)
Penrose, Roger (1989). The Emperor's New Mind. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 3 | Annotation | Google | More links)
Penrose, Roger (1997). The Large, the Small, and the Human Mind. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 129 | Google | More links)
Abstract: This book is a fascinating and accessible summary of Roger Penrose's current thinking on those areas of physics in which he feels there are major...
Pitkanen, M. (2001). Matter, mind and the quantum: A topological geometro-dynamics perspective. In P. Van Loocke (ed.), The Physical Nature of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Pockett, Susan (2002). Difficulties with the electromagnetic field theory of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 9 (4):51-56.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Primas, Hans (2003). Between mind and matter. Mind and Matter 1 (1):81-119.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: This contribution explores Wolfgang Pauli's idea that mind and matter are complementary aspects of the same reality. We adopt the working hypothesis that there is an undivided timeless primordial reality (the primordial 'one world'). Breaking its symmetry, we obtain a contextual description of the holistic reality in terms of two categorically different domains, one tensed and the other tenseless. The tensed domain includes, in addition to tensed time, nonmaterial processes and mental events. The tenseless domain refers to matter and physical energy. This concept implies that mind cannot be reduced to matter, and that matter cannot be reduced to mind. The non-Boolean logical framework of modern quantum theory is general enough to implement this idea. Time is not taken to be an a priori concept, but an archetypal acausal order is assumed which can be represented by a one-parameter group of automorphisms, generating a time operator which parametrizes all processes, whether material or nonmaterial. The time-reversal symmetry is broken in the nonmaterial domain, resulting in a universal direction of time for the material domain as well
Pylkkanen, Paavo (2004). Can quantum analogies help us to understand the process of thought? In Gordon G. Globus, Karl H. Pribram & Giuseppe Vitiello (eds.), Brain and Being. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Romijn, Herms (2002). Are virtual photons the elementary carriers of consciousness? Journal of Consciousness Studies 9 (1):61-81.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Rossler, Otto E. (1998). Is physics an observer-private phenomenon like consciousness? Journal of Consciousness Studies 5 (4):443-453.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Ross, Andrew (2005). Roads to reality: Penrose and Wolfram compared contenders. Journal of Consciousness Studies 12 (2):78-83.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Abstract: Sir Roger Penrose, retired professor of mathematics at the University of Oxford and collaborator with Stephen Hawking on black hole theory, has written 'a complete guide to the laws of the universe' called The Road to Reality. His publisher calls it the most important and ambitious work of science for a generation. Penrose caused a furore in the world of consciousness studies with his 1989 book The Emperor's New Mind, which conjectured a new mechanism for consciousness and kept a faithful band of researchers busy for a decade with models based on microtubules and the like. Sadly, the idea fizzled out. The title of the 2002 Tucson 'Toward a Science of Consciousness' conference poetry slam winner was: Microtubules - my ass!
Schaefer, Lothar (2006). A response to Ervin Laszlo: Quantum and consciousness. Zygon 41 (3):573-582.   (Google)
Schäfer, Lothar (2006). A response to Ervin Laszlo: Quantum and consciousness. Zygon 41 (3):573-582.   (Google)
Schäfer, Lothar (2006). A response to Carl Helrich: The limitations and promise of quantum theory. Zygon 41 (3):583-591.   (Google)
Schafer, Lothar (2006). Quantum reality and the consciousness of the universe - quantum reality, the emergence of complex order from virtual states, and the importance of consciousness in the universe. Zygon 41 (3):505-532.   (Google)
Schäfer, Lothar (2006). Quantum reality, the emergence of complex order from virtual states, and the importance of consciousness in the universe. Zygon 41 (3):505-532.   (Google)
Snyder, Douglas M. (1983). On the nature of relationships involving the observer and the observed phenomenon in psychology and physics. Journal of Mind and Behavior 4:389-400.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Squires, Euan J. (1990). Conscious Mind in the Physical World. Adam Hilger.   (Cited by 35 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The book explores philosophical issues such as idealism and free will and speculates on the relationship of consciousness to quantum mechanics.
Vimal, Ram Lakhan Pandey (2009). Towards a Theory of Everything: Unification of Consciousness with Fundamental Forces in Theories of Physics. Vision Research Institute: Living Vision and Consciousness Research 1 (2).   (Google)
Abstract: Theory of everything must include consciousness. In this article, we focus on the subjective experiences component of consciousness. In Vimal (J Integrative Neuroscience, 2008: 7(1), 49-73), it was hypothesized that fundamental entities (strings or elementary particles: fermions and bosons) have two aspects: (i) material aspect such as mass, charge, spin, and space-time, and (ii) mental aspect, such as experiences. There are three competing hypotheses: superposition based H1, superposition-then-integration based H2, and integration based H3 where superposition is not required. In H1, the fundamental entities and inert matter are the carriers of superimposed fundamental subjective experiences (SEs)/proto-experiences (PEs). In H2, the fundamental entities and inert matter are the carriers of superimposed fundamental PEs (not SEs), which are integrated by neural-Darwinism (co-evolution, co-development, and sensorimotor co-tuning by the evolutionary process of adaptation and natural selection). There is a PE attached to every level of evolution (such as atomic-PE, molecular-PE, … genetic-PE, … bacterium-PE, … neural-PE, and neural-net-PE). In H3, a string has its own string-PE; a matter is not a carrier of PE(s) in superposed form as it is in H2, rather matter is a proto-experiential entity and has two aspects at every level; H3 is a dual-aspect panpsychism. These two aspects are rigorously integrated together by neural-Darwinism. One could argue for H3 that the PE keeps on transforming appropriately as matter evolves from elementary particles to atoms to molecules to eventually neural-networks. For example, when long wavelength light is presented to the V4/V8/VO neural-network, the neural-net PE takes the form of SE redness, in analogy to water takes the shape and color of the container. However, one has to unpack this mystery. In H1, a specific SE arises in a neural-net as follows: (i) there exist a virtual reservoir that stores all possible fundamental SEs/PEs, (ii) the interaction of stimulus-dependent feed-forward and feedback signals in the neural-net creates a specific neural-net state, (iii) this specific state is assigned to a specific SE from the virtual reservoir during neural Darwinism, (iv) this specific SE is embedded as a memory trace of neural-net-PE, and (v) when a specific stimulus is presented to the neural-net, the associated specific SE is selected by the matching and selection process and experienced by this net. In hypotheses H2 and H3, a specific SE emerges in a neural-net from the interaction of its constituent neural-PEs, such as in feed-forward stimulus-dependent neural signals and fronto-parietal feedback attentional signals, in analogy to water emerges from the interaction of hydrogen and oxygen. In all hypotheses, SEs occur when essential ingredients of SEs (such as wakefulness, attention, re-entry, working memory, stimulus at or above threshold level, and neural-net-PEs) are satisfied. We found that the followings in physics are invariant under the PE-SE transformation: Schrödinger equation, current, Dirac Lagrangian, electromagnetic strength tensor, electromagnetic stress-energy tensor, the Lagrangian for free gauge field, the Lagrangian for a charged self–interacting scalar field, electromagnetic theory (Maxwell's equations), Standard Model, Lagrangian for the electromagnetic interaction of a charged scalar field (Higgs Mechanism), Newtonian gravitational potential and field, special theory of Relativity and Lorentz transformation, geodesic equation, general theory of relativity and gravitational field, the metric gmn, Ricci curvature tensor Rmn, Ricci scalar curvature R, the cosmological constant L, the stress-energy tensor Tmn, the PE-SE transformation, Loop Quantum Gravity, and string theory. For H1 and H2, we quantitatively introduced the superposition of experiences (SEs/PEs) in the mental aspect of bosonic and fermionic strings using the Polyakov action. We conclude that experiences are independent of the time-like and space-like parameters (t,s). This is interpreted as a string is dual-aspect entity and all fundamental SEs/PEs superposed in the mental aspect of the string remains invariant with time and space. The introduction of mental aspect in this manner suggests that the mental aspect of string could be in all dimensions: both (3+1)D real dimensions and also in the hidden dimensions that are compactified (curled up). In addition, the Neumann and Dirichlet boundary conditions were also satisfied. These led us to conclude that the material aspect of the behavior of system in string theory remains invariant under the introduction of experiences in the mental aspect of strings as a function of experiences. For hypothesis H3, the equations of string theory remain the same; we simply need to acknowledge that a string has dual-aspect; its mental aspect is string-PE. We concluded that it is possible to unify consciousness with all four fundamental material forces by the introduction of (i) SEs/PEs (as in H1) or PEs (as in H2) in superposed form in bosonic and fermionic strings or (ii) the bosonic-string-PE and fermionic-string-PE based on integration principle (as in H3). This leads us towards the theory of everything.
van Loocke, Philip (ed.) (2001). The Physical Nature of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Abstract: Consciousness ... The Physical Nature of Consciousness Edited by Philip Van Loocke.
Walker, E. H. (2001). The natural philosophy and physics of consciousness. In P. Van Loocke (ed.), The Physical Nature of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Zohar, D. & Marshall, I. N. (1990). The Quantum Self. Morrow.   (Cited by 117 | Google | More links)

8.4 Consciousness and Biology

8.4a Evolution of Consciousness

Allen, Colin (1992). Mental content and evolutionary explanation. Biology and Philosophy 7 (1):1-12.   (Cited by 10 | Google | More links)
Abstract:   Cognitive ethology is the comparative study of animal cognition from an evolutionary perspective. As a sub-discipline of biology it shares interest in questions concerning the immediate causes and development of behavior. As a part of ethology it is also concerned with questions about the function and evolution of behavior. I examine some recent work in cognitive ethology, and I argue that the notions of mental content and representation are important to enable researchers to answer questions and state generalizations about the function and volution of behavior
Arbib, Michael A. (2001). Co-evolution of human consciousness and language. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 929:195-220.   (Cited by 18 | Google | More links)
Arhem, P.; Liljenstrom, H. & Lindahl, B. Ingemar B. (2002). Evolution of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 9:81-84.   (Google)
Arhem, P. & Liljenstrom, H. (1997). On the coevolution of consciousness and cognition. Journal of Theoretical Biology 187:601-12.   (Google)
Baldwin, James Mark (1896). Consciousness and evolution. American Naturalist.   (Cited by 14 | Google | More links)
Barlow, H. B. (1980). Nature's joke: A conjecture on the biological role of consciousness. In Brian Josephson & V. Ramach (eds.), Consciousness and the Physical World. Pergamon Press.   (Google)
Barlow, H. B. (1987). The biological role of consciousness. In Colin Blakemore & Susan A. Greenfield (eds.), Mindwaves. Blackwell.   (Cited by 14 | Google)
Benton, Luke (ms). On the nature of a healthy mind.   (Google)
Bernstein, Jerome S. (2005). Living in the Borderland: The Evolution of Consciousness and the Challenge of Healing Trauma. Brunner-Routledge.   (Google)
Abstract: Living in the Borderland addresses the evolution of Western consciousness and describes the emergence of the 'Borderland,' a spectrum of reality that is beyond the rational yet is palpable to an increasing number of individuals. Building on Jungian theory, Jerome Bernstein argues that a greater openness to transrational reality experienced by Borderland personalities allows new possibilities for understanding and healing confounding clinical and developmental enigmas. In three sections, this book charts the evolution of Western consciousness, examines the psychological and clinical implications and looks at how the new Borderland consciousness bridges the mind-body divide. It challenges the standard clinical model, which views normality as an absence of pathology and equates normality with the rational, and abnormality with the transrational. Jerome Bernstein describes how psychotherapy itself often contributes to the alienation of many Borderland personalities by misdiagnosing the difference between the pathological and the sacred and uses case studies to illustrate the potential such misdiagnoses have for causing serious psychic and emotional damage to the patient. This challenge to the orthodoxies and complacencies of Western medicine's concept of pathology will interest Jungian Analysts, Psychoanalysts, Psychotherapists and Psychiatrists
Bering, Jesse M. & Shackelford, Todd K. (2004). The causal role of consciousness: A conceptual addendum to human evolutionary psychology. Review of General Psychology 8 (4):227-248.   (Cited by 36 | Google | More links)
Bering, Jesse M. & Bjorklund, Dave (2007). The serpent's gift: Evolutionary psychology and consciousness. In Philip David Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Google)
Bridgeman, Bruce (1992). On the evolution of consciousness and language. Psycoloquy 3 (15).   (Cited by 26 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Psychology can be based on plans, internally held images of achievement that organize the stimulus-response links of traditional psychology. The hierarchical structure of plans must be produced, held, assigned priorities, and monitored. Consciousness is the operation of the plan-executing mechanism, enabling behavior to be driven by plans rather than immediate environmental contingencies. The mechanism unpacks a single internally held idea into a series of actions. New in this paper is the proposal that language uses this mechanism for communication, unpacking an idea into a series of articulatory acts. Language comprehension uses the plan-monitoring mechanism to pack a series of linguistic events into an idea. Recursive processing results from monitoring one's own speech. Neurophysiologically, the planning mechanism is identified with higher-order motor control
Bringsjord, Selmer & Noel, Ron (2002). Why did evolution engineer consciousness? In James H. Fetzer (ed.), Consciousness Evolving. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Cairns-Smith, A. G. (1996). Evolving the Mind: On the Nature of Matter and the Origin of Consciousness. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 35 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Evolving the Mind has two main themes: how ideas about the mind evolved in science; and how the mind itself evolved in nature. The mind came into physical science when it was realised, first, that it is the activity of a physical object, a brain, which makes a mind; and secondly, that our theories of nature are largely mental constructions, artificial extensions of an inner model of the world which we inherited from our distant ancestors. From both of these perspectives, consciousness is the great enigma. If consciousness evolved, however, it is in some sense a material thing whatever else may be said of it. Physics, chemistry, molecular biology, brain function and evolutionary biology - almost the whole of science - is involved, and there can be no expert in all these fields. So the style of the book is simple, almost conversational. The excitement is that we seem to be close to a scientific theory of consciousness
Calvin, William H. (1991). The Ascent of Mind: Ice Age Climates and the Evolution of Intelligence. Bantam Books.   (Cited by 29 | Google)
Calvin, William (ms). The evolution of consciousness.   (Google)
Abstract: I will actually talk mostly about evolutionary processes in the brain as we think about what to say next; I'll be happy to answer questions later, however, about how this system we call consciousness itself evolved on the usual evolutionary time scale of the ice ages
Carruthers, Peter (2000). The evolution of consciousness. In Peter Carruthers & A. Chamberlain (eds.), Evolution and the Human Mind. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Abstract: How might consciousness have evolved? Unfortunately for the prospects of providing a convincing answer to this question, there is no agreed account of what consciousness is. So any attempt at an answer will have to fragment along a number of different lines of enquiry. More fortunately, perhaps, there is general agreement that a number of distinct notions of consciousness need to be distinguished from one another; and there is also broad agreement as to which of these is particularly problematic - namely phenomenal consciousness, or the kind of conscious mental state which it is like something to have, which has a distinctive subjective feel or phenomenology (henceforward referred to as p-consciousness). I shall survey the prospects for an evolutionary explanation of p-consciousness, on a variety of competing accounts of its nature. My goal is to use evolutionary considerations to adjudicate between some of those accounts
Clark, S. (2002). Nothing without mind. In James H. Fetzer (ed.), Consciousness Evolving. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Coan, R. W. (1989). Alternative views on the evolution of consciousness. Journal of Human Psychology 29:167-99.   (Google)
Combs, Allan (1996). The Radiance of Being: Complexity, Chaos, and the Evolution of Consciousness. Paragon House.   (Google)
Corballis, Michael C. (2007). The evolution of consciousness. In Philip David Zelazo, Morris Moscovitch & Evan Thompson (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Consciousness. Cambridge.   (Google)
Cotterill, Rodney M. J. (2000). Did consciousness evolve from self-paced probing of the environment, and not from reflexes? Brain and Mind 1 (2):283-298.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: It is suggested that the anatomical structures whichmediate consciousness evolved as decisiveembellishments to a (non-conscious) design strategypresent even in the simplest monocellular organisms.Consciousness is thus not the pinnacle of ahierarchy whose base is the primitive reflex, becausereflexes require a nervous system, which the monocelldoes not possess. By postulating that consciousness isintimately connected to self-paced probing of theenvironment, also prominent in prokaryotic behavior,one can make mammalian neuroanatomy amenable todramatically simple rationalization
Cotterill, Rodney M. J. (2001). Evolution, cognition and consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 8 (2):3-17.   (Cited by 7 | Google)
Crook, J. H. (1980). The Evolution of Human Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 88 | Google)
Csikszentmihalyi, Mihaly (2004). Materialism and the evolution of consciousness. In Tim Kasser & Allen D. Kanner (eds.), Psychology and Consumer Culture: The Struggle for a Good Life in a Materialistic World. American Psychological Association.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Dennett, Daniel C. (1986). Julian Jaynes' software archaeology. Canadian Psychology 27:149-54.   (Google)
Dennett, Daniel C. (1988). The Evolution of Consciousness. In J. Brockman (ed.), The Reality Club, Vol. III. Prentice-Hall.   (Cited by 7 | Annotation | Google)
Dewart, L. (1989). Evolution and Consciousness: The Role of Speech in the Origin and Development of Human Nature. University of Toronto Press.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Donald, Merlin (2001). A Mind So Rare: The Evolution of Human Consciousness. W.W. Norton.   (Cited by 144 | Google | More links)
Donald, Matthew (1995). The neurobiology of human consciousness: An evolutionary approach. Neuropsychologia 33:1087-1102.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Earley, Joseph E. (2002). The social evolution of consciousness. Journal of Humanistic Psychology 42 (1):107-132.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Eccles, John C. (1992). Evolution of consciousness. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 89:7320-24.   (Cited by 73 | Google | More links)
Eccles, John C. (1990). Evolution of the Brain: Creation of the Self. New York: Routledge.   (Cited by 115 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Sir John Eccles, a distinguished scientist and Nobel Prize winner who has devoted his scientific life to the study of the mammalian brain, tells the story of...
Edelman, David B. (2007). Consciousness without corticocentrism: Beating an evolutionary path. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 30 (1):91-92.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Merker's approach allows the formulation of an evolutionary view of consciousness that abandons a dependence on structural homology – in this case, the presence of a cerebral cortex – in favor of functional concordance. In contrast to Merker, though, I maintain that the emergence of complex, dynamic interactions, such as those which occur between thalamus and cortex, was central to the appearance of consciousness. (Published Online May 1 2007)
Fetzer, James H. (ed.) (2002). Consciousness Evolving. John Benjamins.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Includes bibliographical references and indexes.
Floeano, D. (2002). Ago ergo sum. In James H. Fetzer (ed.), Consciousness Evolving. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Gandhi, Kishor (ed.) (1984). Literature and the Evolution of Consciousness. Allied.   (Google)
Gandhi, Kishor (ed.) (1983). The Evolution of Consciousness. Paragon House.   (Google)
Garson, James W. (2002). Evolution, consciousness, and the language of thought. In James H. Fetzer (ed.), Consciousness Evolving. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Germine, Mark (2008). The holographic principle of mind and the evolution of consciousness. World Futures 64 (3):151 – 178.   (Google)
Abstract: The Holographic Principle holds that the information in any region of space and time exists on the surface of that region. Layers of the holographic, universal “now” go from the inception of the universe to the present. Universal Consciousness is the timeless source of actuality and mentality. Information is experience, and the expansion of the “now” leads to higher and higher orders of experience in the Universe, with various levels of consciousness emerging from experience. The brain consists of a nested hierarchy of surfaces that range from the most elementary field through the neuron, neural group, and the whole brain. Evidence from the evolution and structure of the brain shows that optimal surface areas in a variety of structures are conserved with respect to underlying surfaces. Microgenesis, the becoming of the mental state through a process of recapitulation of development and evolution, is in full accord with the Holographic Principle. Evidence from a wide variety of contexts indicates the capacity on the mind for total recall of past life events and for access to universal information, indicating connection with the holographic surfaces of prior “nows” and with the Universal holographic boundary. In summation, the Holographic Principle can help us explain the unity and mechanisms of perception, experience, memory, and consciousness
Glynn, I. M. (1993). The evolution of consciousness: William James' unresolved problem. Biological Reviews of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 68:599-616.   (Google)
Grace, C. & Moreland, James P. (2002). Intelligent design psychology and evolutionary psychology on consciousness: Turning water into wine. Journal of Psychology and Theology 30 (1):51-67.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Grossenbacher, Peter G. (2001). Multisensory coordination and the evolution of consciousness. In Peter G. Grossenbacher (ed.), Finding Consciousness in the Brain: A Neurocognitive Approach. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Hameroff, Stuart R. (1998). Did consciousness cause the cambrian evolutionary explosion? In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Abstract: When and where did consciousness emerge in the course of evolution? Did it happen as recently as the past million years, for example concomitant with language or tool making in humans or primates? Or did consciousness arrive somewhat earlier, with the advent of mammalian neocortex 200 million years ago (Eccles, 1992)? At the other extreme, is primitive consciousness a property of even simple unicellular organisms of several billion years ago (e.g. as suggested by Margulis and Sagan, 1995)? Or did consciousness appear at some intermediate point, and if so, where and why? Whenever it first occurred, did consciousness alter the course of evolution?
Harvey, Irene E. (2002). Evolving robot consciousness: The easy problems and the rest. In James H. Fetzer (ed.), Consciousness Evolving. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Hart, Tobin (2001). From Information to Transformation: Education for the Evolution of Consciousness. P. Lang.   (Google)
Harnad, Stevan (2002). Turing indistinguishability and the blind watchmaker. In James H. Fetzer (ed.), Consciousness Evolving. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 30 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Many special problems crop up when evolutionary theory turns, quite naturally, to the question of the adaptive value and causal role of consciousness in human and nonhuman organisms. One problem is that -- unless we are to be dualists, treating it as an independent nonphysical force -- consciousness could not have had an independent adaptive function of its own, over and above whatever behavioral and physiological functions it "supervenes" on, because evolution is completely blind to the difference between a conscious organism and a functionally equivalent (Turing Indistinguishable) nonconscious "Zombie" organism: In other words, the Blind Watchmaker, a functionalist if ever there was one, is no more a mind reader than we are. Hence Turing-Indistinguishability = Darwin-Indistinguishability. It by no means follows from this, however, that human behavior is therefore to be explained only by the push-pull dynamics of Zombie determinism, as dictated by calculations of "inclusive fitness" and "evolutionarily stable strategies." We are conscious, and, more important, that consciousness is piggy-backing somehow on the vast complex of unobservable internal activity -- call it "cognition" -- that is really responsible for generating all of our behavioral capacities. Hence, except in the palpable presence of the irrational (e.g., our sexual urges) where distal Darwinian factors still have some proximal sway, it is as sensible to seek a Darwinian rather than a cognitive explanation for most of our current behavior as it is to seek a cosmological rather than an engineering explanation of an automobile's behavior. Let evolutionary theory explain what shaped our cognitive capacity (Steklis & Harnad 1976; Harnad 1996, but let cognitive theory explain our resulting behavior
Herrick, C. Judson (1945). The natural history of experience. Philosophy of Science 12 (April):57-71.   (Google | More links)
Hopkins, James (2000). Evolution, Consciousness, and the Internality of the Mind. In Peter Carruthers & A. Chamberlain (eds.), Evolution and the Human Mind. Cambridge University Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Abstract: The problem of consciousness seems to arise from experience itself. As we shall consider in more detail below, we are strongly disposed to contrast conscious experience with the physical states or events by which we take it to be realized. This contrast gives rise to dualism and other problems of mind and body. In this chapter I argue that these problems can usefully be considered in the perspective of evolution
Horst, Steven (2002). Evolutionary explanation and consciousness. Journal of Psychology and Theology 30 (1):41-50.   (Google)
Humphrey, N. (1992). A History of the Mind: Evolution and the Birth of Consciousness. Simon and Schuster.   (Cited by 195 | Google)
Abstract: This book is a tour-de-force on how human consciousness may have evolved. From the "phantom pain" experienced by people who have lost their limbs to the uncanny faculty of "blindsight," Humphrey argues that raw sensations are central to all conscious states and that consciousness must have evolved, just like all other mental faculties, over time from our ancestorsodily responses to pain and pleasure. '
Humphrey, Nicholas (ms). Consciousness: A just-so story.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Humphrey, Nicholas (2006). Consciousness: The Achilles heel of darwinism? Thank God, not quite. In John Brockman (ed.), Intelligent Thought: Science Versus the Intelligent Design Movement. Vintage.   (Google)
Abstract: William Paley in his famous statement in 1800 of the Argument from Design, imagined that he found a watch lying on a heath and set to wondering how it came to be there. “The inference is inevitable, that the watch must have had a maker: that there must have existed, at some time, and at some place or other, an artificer or artificers who formed it for the purpose which
Irwin, Ronald R. (2000). Meditation and the evolution of consciousness: Theoretical and practical solutions to midlife angst. In Melvin E. Miller & Alan N. West (eds.), Spirituality, Ethics, and Relationship in Adulthood: Clinical and Theoretical Explorations. Psychosocial Press.   (Google)
Jantsch, Erich (ed.) (1976). Evolution And Consciousness: Human Systems In Transition. Reading Ma: Addison-Wesley.   (Cited by 36 | Google)
Jaynes, Julian (1976). The Origins of Consciousness in the Breakdown of the Bicameral Mind. Houghton Mifflin.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Jonker, A. (1987). The origin of the human mind: A speculation on the emergence of language and human consciousness. Acta Biotheoretica 36 (3):129-77.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The study of human evolution has attracted scientists of various disciplines, judging by the attendance of the conferences devoted to it, and by the publications concerned. In the course of years I became amazed about the seeming absence of a synthesis of the available information. This article presents an attempt to combine some results of the various publications.The study of human evolution has become particularly focussed on the emergence of language and human consciousness with respect to the social behaviour and mental capacities of our closest relatives: the apes. Social relations imply communication, and mentation underlies the ability to communicate. The more it becomes apparent that the social behaviour of the apes resembles that of man in many respects, the greater the danger that typically, and perhaps even uniquely, human traits are ascribed to anthropoids. Anthropomorphic descriptions of animal behaviour tend to prevent a clear view on animal mentality
Kinsbourne, Marcel (2005). A continuum of self-consciousness that emerges in phylogeny and ontogeny. In Herbert S. Terrace & Janet Metcalfe (eds.), The Missing Link in Cognition: Origins of Self-Reflective Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
King, Joseph E.; Rumbaugh, Duane M. & Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S. (1998). Evolution of intelligence, language, and other emergent processes for consciousness: A comparative perspective. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Google)
Kretz, Robert K. (2000). The evolution of self-awareness: Advances in neurological understandings since Julian Jaynes' "bicameral mind". Dissertation Abstracts International 60.   (Google)
Ladd, George Trumbull (1896). Consciousness and evolution. Psychological Review 3:296-300.   (Google)
Lindahl, B. Ingemar B. (1997). Consciousness and biological evolution. Journal of Theoretical Biology 187:613-29.   (Cited by 12 | Google | More links)
Lindahl, B. Ingemar B. (2001). Consciousness, behavioural patterns and the direction of biological evolution: Implications for the mind-brain problem. In Paavo Pylkkanen & Tere Vaden (eds.), Dimensions of Conscious Experience. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Loocke, P. (2001). The philosophy of consciousness, 'deep' teleology and objective selection. In P. Van Loocke (ed.), The Physical Nature of Consciousness. John Benjamins.   (Google)
Macphail, E. M. (1998). The Evolution of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Abstract: Are non-human animals conscious? When do babies begin to feel pain? What function is served by consciousness? What evidence could resolve these issues? In The Evolution of Consciousness, psychologist Euan Macphail tackles these questions and more by exploring such topics as: animal cognition; unconscious learning and perception in humans; infantile amnesia; theory of mind in primates; and the nature of pleasure and pain. Experimental results are placed in theoretical context by tracing the development of concepts of consciousness in animals and humans. Written in an accessible style, this book will be of interest to students and professionals in psychology, philosophy, and linguistics, as well as all those interested in the nature of consciousness
Macpherson, Fiona (2002). The power of natural selection. Journal of Consciousness Studies 9 (8):30-35.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Some naturalistic theories of consciousness give an essential role to teleology.1 This teleology is said to arise due to natural selection. Thus it is claimed that only certain states, namely, those that have been selected for by evolutionary pro- cesses because they contribute to (or once contributed to) an organism’s fitness, are conscious states. These theories look as if they are assigning a creative role to natural selection. If a state is conscious only if it has been selected for, then selec- tion appears to be able to create a new feature of states, namely, their conscious nature. Yet, intuitively, natural selection cannot create anything. Natural selec- tion chooses certain features that already exist and makes them more (or less) prevalent in a population, but it cannot bring features into existence itself. Natu- ral selection can select for conscious states, but it cannot create them. This con- clusion has recently been argued for by Steven Horst (1999). If it is right, then teleological theories of conscious states should be rejected. A state cannot become a conscious experience in virtue of having been selected for by evolu- tionary process
Marshall, Henry Rutgers (1896). Consciousness and biological evolution. (I.). Mind 5 (19).   (Google)
Marshall, Henry Rutgers (1896). Consciousness and biological evolution. (II.). Mind 5 (20).   (Google)
Margulis, L. (2001). The conscious cell. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 929:55-70.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Martinot, Steve (1992). The contingency of consciousness. Auslegung 18 (1):39-67.   (Google)
Menant, Christophe, Evolution as connecting first-person and third-person perspectives of consciousness (2008).   (Google | More links)
Abstract: First-person and third-person perspectives are different items of human consciousness. Feeling the taste of a fruit or being consciously part of a group eating fruits call for different perspectives of consciousness. The latter is about objective reality (third-person data). The former is about subjective experience (first-person data) and cannot be described entirely by objective reality. We propose to look at how these two perspectives could be rooted in an evolutionary origin of human consciousness, and somehow be connected. Our starting point is a scenario describing how evolution could have transformed a non self-conscious auto-representation into a conscious self-representation (Menant 2006). The scenario is based on the performance of inter-subjectivity existing among non human primates (Gardenfors 2006). A key item of the scenario is the identification of the auto-representation of a subject with the representations that the subject has of her conspecifics, the latter feeding the former with the meaning: “existing in the environment”. So during evolution, pre-human primates were brought to perceive their auto-representation as existing in the environment. Such process could have generated the initial elements of a conscious self-representation. We take this scenario as providing a possible rooting of human consciousness in evolution. We develop here a part of this scenario by expliciting the inward and outward components of the non self-conscious auto-representation. Inward components are about proprioception and interoception (thirst, pain, …). Outward components cover the sensory information relative to the perception of the body (seen feet, … ) and of its effects on the environment. We consider that the initial elements of a conscious self-representation have been applied to both inward and outward components of the auto-representation. We propose that the application to inward components made possible some first-person information, and that the application to outward components brought up third-person information. Relations between the two perspectives are highlighted. Such approach can root first-person and third-person perspectives in the same slot of human evolution. We conclude by a summary of the above and introduce a possible application of this approach to the concepts of bodily self and of pre-reflexive self-consciousness (Legrand, 2006)
Menant, Christophe (ms). Evolution and mirror neurons. An introduction to the nature of self-consciousness (2005).   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Self-consciousness is a product of evolution. Few people today disagree with the evolutionary history of humans. But the nature of self-consciousness is still to be explained, and the story of evolution has rarely been used as a framework for studies on consciousness during the 20th century. This last point may be due to the fact that modern study of consciousness came up at a time where dominant philosophical movements were not in favor of evolutionist theories (Cunningham 1996). Research on consciousness based on Phenomenology or on Analytic Philosophy has been mostly taking the characteristics of humans as starting points. Relatively little has been done with bottom-up approaches, using performances of animals as a simpler starting point to understand the generation of consciousness through evolution. But this status may be changing, thanks to new tools coming from recent discoveries in neurology. The discovery of mirror neurons about ten years ago (Gallese et al. 1996, Rizzolatti et al. 1996) has allowed the built up of new conceptual tools for the understanding of intersubjectivity within humans and non human primates (Gallese 2001, Hurley 2005). Studies in these fields are still in progress, with discussions on the level of applicability of this natural intersubjectivity to non human primates (Decety and Chaminade 2003). We think that these subject/conspecific mental relations made possible by mirror neurons can open new paths for the understanding of the nature of self-consciousness via an evolutionist bottom-up approach. We propose here a scenario for the build up of self-consciousness through evolution by a specific analysis of two steps of evolution: first step from simple living elements to non human primates comparable to chimpanzees, and second step from these non human primates to humans. We identify these two steps as representing the evolution from basic animal awareness to body self-awareness, and from body self-awareness to self-consciousness. (we consider that today non human primates are comparable to what were pre-human primates). We position body self-awareness as corresponding to the performance of mirror self recognition as identified with chimpanzees and orangutans (Gallup). We propose to detail and understand the content of this body self-awareness through a specific evolutionist build up process using the performances of mirror neurons and group life. We address the evolutionary step from body self-awareness to self-consciousness by complementing the recently proposed approach where self-consciousness is presented as a by-product of body self-awareness amplification via a positive feedback loop resulting of anxiety limitation (Menant 2004). The scenario introduced here for the build up of self-consciousness through evolution leaves open the question about the nature of phenomenal-consciousness (Block 2002). We plan to address this question later on with the help of the scenario made available here
Menant, Christophe, Evolution of representations and intersubjectivity as sources of the self. An introduction to the nature of self-consciousness (2006).   (Google)
Abstract: It is agreed by most people that self-consciousness is the result of an evolutionary process, and that representations may have played an important role in that process. We would like to propose here that some evolutionary stages can highlight links existing between representations and the notion of self, opening a possible path to the nature of self-consciousness. Our starting point is to focus on representations as usage oriented items for the subject that carries them. These representations are about elements of the environment including conspecifics, and can also represent parts of the subject without refering to a notion of self (we introduce the notion of "auto-representation" that does not carry the notion of self-representation). Next step uses the performance of intersubjectivity (mirror neurons level in evolution) where a subject has the capability to mentally simulate the observed action of a conspecific (Gallese 2001). We propose that this intersubjectivity allows the subject to identify his auto-representation with the representations of his conspecifics, and so to consider his auto-representation as existing in the environment. We show how this evolutionary stage can introduce a notion of self-representation for a subject, opening a road to self-conciousness and to self. This evolutionary approach to the self via self- representation is close to the current theory of the self linked to representations and simulations (Metzinger 2003). We use a scenario about how evolution has brought the performance of self-representation to self-consciousness. We develop a process describing how the anxiety increase resulting from identification with endangered or suffering conspecifics may have called for the development of tools to limit this anxiety (empathy, imitation, language), and how these tools have accelerated the evolutionary process through a positive feedback on intersubjectivity (Menant 2004, 2005). We finish by summarizing the points addressed, and propose some possible continuations
Menant, Christophe (ms). Evolution of representations. From basic life to self-representation and self-consciousness (2006).   (Google | More links)
Abstract: The notion of representation is at the foundation of cognitive sciences and is used in theories of mind and consciousness. Other notions like ‘embodiment’, 'intentionality‘, 'guidance theory' or ‘biosemantics’ have been associated to the notion of representation to introduce its functional aspect. We would like to propose here that a conception of 'usage related' representation eases its positioning in an evolutionary context, and opens new areas of investigation toward self-representation and self-consciousness. The subject is presented in five parts:Following an overall presentation, the first part introduces a usage related representation as being an information managed by a system submitted to a constraint that has to be satisfied. We consider that such a system can generate a meaningful information by comparing its constraint to a received information (Menant 2003). We define a representation as being made of the received information and of the meaningful information. Such approach allows groundings in and out for the representation relatively to the system. The second part introduces the two types of representations we want to focus on for living organisms: representations of conspecifics and auto-representation, the latter being defined without using a notion of self-representation. Both types of representations have existed for our pre-human ancestors which can be compared to today great apes.In the third part, we use the performance of intersubjectivity as identified in group life with the presence of mirror neurons in the organisms. Mirror neurons have been discovered in the 90‘s (Rizzolatti & al.1996, Gallese & al.1996). The level of intersubjectivity that can be attributed to non human primates as related to mirror neurons is currently a subject of debate (Decety 2003). We consider that a limited intersubjectivity between pre-human primates made possible a merger of both types of representations. The fourth part proposes that such a merger of representations feeds the auto-representation with the meanings associated to the representations of conspecifics, namely the meanings associated to an entity perceived as existing in the environment. We propose that auto-representation carrying these new meanings makes up the first elements of self-representation. Intersubjectivity has allowed auto-representation to evolve into self-representation, avoiding the homunculus risk. The fifth part is a continuation to other presentations (Menant 2004, 2005) about possible evolution of self-representation into self-consciousness. We propose that identification with suffering or endangered conspecifics has increased anxiety, and that the tools used to limit this anxiety (development of empathy, imitation, language and group life) have provided a positive feedback on intersubjectivity and created an evolutionary engine for the organism. Other outcomes have also been possible. Such approach roots consciousness in emotions. The evolutionary scenario proposed here does not introduce explicitly the question of phenomenal consciousness (Block 1995). This question is to be addressed later with the help of this scenario.The conclusion lists the points introduced here with their possible continuations
Menant, Christophe, Proposal for an approach to artificial consciousness based on self-consciousness.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Current research on artificial consciousness is focused on phenomenal consciousness and on functional consciousness. We propose to shift the focus to self-consciousness in order to open new areas of investigation. We use an existing scenario where self-consciousness is considered as the result of an evolution of representations. Application of the scenario to the possible build up of a conscious robot also introduces questions relative to emotions in robots. Areas of investigation are proposed as a continuation of this approach
Menant, Christophe (ms). Performances of self-awareness used to explain the evolutionary advantages of consciousness (2004).   (Google)
Abstract: The question about evolution of consciousness has been addressed so far as possible selectional advantage related to consciousness ("What evolutionary advantages, if any, being conscious might confer on an organism ? "). But evidencing an adaptative explanation of consciousness has proven to be very difficult. Reason for that being the complexity of consciousness. We take here a different approach on subject by looking at possible selectional advantages related to the performance of Self Awareness that appeared during evolution millions of years before consciousness as we know it for humans. The interest of such an approach is that the analysis of selectional advantage is done at an evolution step sigificantly simpler that the step of Human Consciousness. We analyse how evolutionary advantages have resulted from this specific Self Awareness step. This is done by taking into consideration the possibility for a subject to identify with a conspecific at this level of evolution. We use the results made available by Mirror Neuron researchs where intersubjectivity and some level of identification with conspecifics have been evidenced for non human primates. Selectional advantages related to Self Awareness are analysed two ways: - Reformulating the performances of imitation and of development of language. - Showing that Self Awareness within group life can naturaly produce an important increase in fear/anxiety for a subject, and that the means implemented by the subject to overcome this fear/anxiety can act as significant evolution advantages opening the road to Human Consciousness. Such approach brings new elements supporting the view that consciousness is grounded in emotions. It also proposes some more evolutionist explanations to the widely dicussed subject of Empathy (S. Preston & F. de Waal) in terms of specific behaviour implemented to limit fear/anxiety increase. This approach also provides some explanation for limited anxiety within dolphins and introduces a basis for a possible phylogenesis of emotions
Merker, Bjorn H. (2005). The liabilities of mobility: A selection pressure for the transition to consciousness in animal evolution. Consciousness and Cognition 14 (1):89-114.   (Cited by 21 | Google)
Nichols, Shaun & Grantham, Todd A. (2000). Adaptive complexity and phenomenal consciousness. Philosophy Of Science 67 (4):648-670.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Ong, Walter J. (1977). Interfaces of the Word: Studies in the Evolution of Consciousness and Culture. Cornell University Press.   (Google)
Ornstein, Robert E. (1991). The Evolution of Consciousness: Of Darwin, Freud, and Cranial Fire: The Origins of the Way We Think. Prentice-Hall.   (Cited by 50 | Google)
Pachalska, Maria (2006). The psychology of art and the evolution of the conscious brain. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease 194 (8):632-634.   (Google | More links)
Pally, Regina (2005). Non-conscious prediction and a role for consciousness in correcting prediction errors. Cortex. Special Issue 41 (5):643-662.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Panksepp, Jaak (2002). On the animalian values of the human spirit: The foundational role of affect in psychotherapy and the evolution of consciousness. European Journal of Psychotherapy, Counselling and Health 5 (3):225-245.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Paul, Diana Y. (1984). Philosophy of Mind in Sixth-Century China: Paramārtha's "Evolution of Consciousness". Stanford University Press.   (Google)
Abstract: Of the many translators who carried the Buddhist doctrine to China, Paramartha, a missionary-monk who arrived in China in AD 546, ranks as the translator par excellence of the sixth century. Introducing philosophical ideas that would subsequently excite the Chinese imagination to develop the great schools of Sui and T'ang Buddhism, Paramartha's translations are almost exclusively of Yogacara Buddhist texts on the nature of the mind and consciousness. This first study of Paramartha in a Western language focuses on the Chuan shih lun (Evolution of Consciousness), a text that reveals the outline of Paramartha's Yogacara thought. The study begins with a discussion of Paramartha's life, the historical and political context of the time in India and south China, and the roles of his main disciples in disseminating his work. It then describes Paramartha's treatment of Yogacarin views on language and the process of cognition, both central to this system of thought. The final chapter analyzes the history and content of the Chuan shih lun, and the book concludes with a new translation of the text, with extensive annotations
Pharoah, Mark (ms). Looking to systems theory for a reductive explanation of phenomenal experience and evolutionary foundations for H.O.T.   (Google)
Abstract: This paper details an evolving dynamic systems hierarchy and explores its relationship with conceptual, evolutionary, physiological, and behavioural characteristics that include phenomenal experience. In doing this, the paper demonstrates an example of a type-C physicalist's reductive explanation of phenomenal experience that is coherent with stipulated philosophical criteria and theories. By providing a reductive explanation of phenomenal experience, the paper provides insights toward explaining many unique human characteristics. These include, creativity, the origins of language as distinct from animal communication, the evolution of morality, and the dynamics behind bias and prejudice. Furthermore, the reductive explanation provides foundations for artificial consciousness applications.
Polger, Thomas W. & Flanagan, Owen J. (2002). Consciousness, adaptation and epiphenomenalism. In James H. Fetzer (ed.), Consciousness Evolving. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Polger, Thomas W. & Flanagan, Owen J. (online). Explaining the evolution of consciousness: The other hard problem.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Recently some philosophers interested in consciousness have begun to turn their attention to the question of what evolutionary advantages, if any, being conscious might confer on an organism. The issue has been pressed in recent dicussions involving David Chalmers, Todd Moody, Owen Flanagan and Thomas Polger, Daniel Dennett, and others. The purpose of this essay is to consider some of the problems that face anyone who wants to give an evolutionary explanation of consciousness. We begin by framing the problem in the context of some current debates. Then we
Poletti, Frank (2002). Plato's vowels: How the alphabet influenced the evolution of consciousness. World Futures 58 (1):101 – 116.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Beginning with Ken Wilber's framework for the evolution of human consciousness, this essay investigates the critical threshold crossed around the year 500 B.C.E., when human consciousness in the Western world transformed from a predominantly oral and tribal framework to a largely written and abstract one. This transformation has been called the birth of the mental-ego-the birth of an autonomous, willful, and uniquely individual consciousness. Yet, in the Western world this birth was inextricably influenced by a completely novel literary invention-the Greek version of the alphabet. Living at the precise moment when this new invention was rapidly proliferating throughout ancient Greece, the Western world's most famous philosopher, Plato, posited his ontology of human disconnection from the sensory world. For Plato, the "real world" is the abstract world of transcendent Ideas, of which our sensory, human world is only a pale reflection. The following essay asks, then: is it just a mere coincidence that the world's most abstract literacy tool (the Greek alphabet) and the world's most abstract and disembodied philosophy (Plato's theory of Ideas) just happened to flourish in ancient Greece at exactly the same time in history?
Polger, Thomas W. (2007). Rethinking the evolution of consciousness. In Susan Schneider & Max Velmans (eds.), Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Suppose that consciousness is a natural feature of biological organisms, and that it is a capacity or property or process that resides in a single organ. In that case there is a straightforward question about the consciousness organ, namely: How did the consciousness organ come to be formed and why is its presence maintained in those organisms that have it? Of course answering this question might be rather difficult, particularly if the consciousness organ is made of soft tissue that leaves at best indirect fossil records, or if it has been fixed in the populations for such a long time that there are few available examples of organisms that lack the consciousness organ on which to conduct comparative experiments. No doubt there are other confounding practical obstacles as well. But these are just the complications that face biologists and natural historians on a regular basis, and they do not reflect any special problems about the study of consciousness. This is just to say that if consciousness is a natural feature of biological organisms then its origins and history can be studied in the same manner as other features of the biological world. It’s a hard business, but biologists are pretty good at it
Povinelli, Daniel J. (1987). Monkeys, apes, mirrors, minds: The evolution of self-awareness in primates. Human Evolution 2:493-507.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Pribram, Karl H.; Jerison, H. J.; McGuiness, D. & Eccles, John C. (1982). The evolution of consciousness: A symposium. In John C. Eccles (ed.), Mind and Brain. Paragon House.   (Google)
Puccetti, Roland (1974). Physicalism and the evolution of consciousness. Canadian Journal of Philosophy 1:171-83.   (Google)
Puccetti, Roland (1981). The ascent of consciousness. In Pragmatism And Purpose: Essays Presented To Thomas A Goudge. Toronto: University Of Toronto Press.   (Google)
Read, Herbert (1954). Art and the evolution of consciousness. Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism 13 (2):143-155.   (Google | More links)
Reber, Arthur S. (1992). An evolutionary context for the cognitive unconscious. Philosophical Psychology 5 (1):33-51.   (Cited by 22 | Google)
Abstract: This paper is an attempt to put the work of the past several decades on the problems of implicit learning and unconscious cognition into an evolutionary context. Implicit learning is an inductive process whereby knowledge of a complex environment is acquired and used largely independently of awareness of either the process of acquisition or the nature of that which has been learned. Characterized this way, implicit learning theory can be viewed as an attempt to come to grips with the classic epistemological issues of knowledge acquisition, representation and use. The argument is made that the process, despite its seeming cognitive sophistication, is of considerable evolutionary antiquity and that it antedates awareness and the capacity for conscious control of mentation. Various classic heuristics from evolutionary biology are used to substantiate this claim and several specific entailments of this line of argument are outlined
Reber, Arthur S. & Allen, Robert F. (2000). Individual differences in implicit learning: Implications for the evolution of consciousness. In Robert G. Kunzendorf & B. Alan Wallace (eds.), Individual Differences in Conscious Experience. John Benjamin.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Reber, Arthur S. (1992). The cognitive unconscious: An evolutionary perspective. Consciousness and Cognition 1:93-133.   (Cited by 42 | Google)
Rogers, L. J. (1995). Evolution and development of brain asymmetry, and its relevance to language, tool use and consciousness. International Journal of Comparative Psychology 8:1-15.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Rossano, Matt J. (2003). Expertise and the evolution of consciousness. Cognition 89 (3):207-236.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Roth, Gerhard (2000). The evolution and ontogeny of consciousness. In Thomas Metzinger (ed.), Neural Correlates of Consciousness. MIT Press.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Rutgers Marshall, Henry (1896). Consciousness and biological evolution. Mind 5 (20):523-538.   (Google | More links)
Sloman, Aaron (ms). The evolution of what?   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract: There is now a huge amount of interest in consciousness among scientists as well as philosophers, yet there is so much confusion and ambiguity in the claims and counter-claims that it is hard to tell whether any progress is being made. This ``position paper'' suggests that we can make progress by temporarily putting to one side questions about what consciousness is or which animals or machines have it or how it evolved. Instead we should focus on questions about the sorts of architectures that are possible for behaving systems and ask what sorts of capabilities, states and processes, might be supported by different sorts of architectures. We can then ask which organisms and machines have which sorts of architectures. This combines the standpoint of philosopher, biologist and engineer. If we can find a general theory of the variety of possible architectures (a characterisation of ``design space'') and the variety of environments, tasks and roles to which such architectures are well suited (a characterisation of ``niche space'') we may be able to use such a theory as a basis for formulating new more precisely defined concepts with which to articulate less ambiguous questions about the space of possible minds. For instance our initially ill-defined concept (``consciousness'') might split into a collection of more precisely defined concepts which can be used to ask unambiguous questions with definite answers. As a first step this paper explores a collection of conjectures regarding architectures and their evolution. In particular we explore architectures involving a combination of coexisting architectural levels including: (a) reactive mechanisms which evolved very early, (b) deliberative mechanisms which evolved later in response to pressures on information processing resources and (c) meta-management mechanisms that can explicitly inspect evaluate and modify some of the contents of various internal information structures. It is conjectured that in response to the needs of these layers, perceptual and action subsystems also developed layers, and also that an ``alarm'' system which initially existed only within the reactive layer may have become increasingly sophisticated and extensive as its inputs and outputs were linked to the newer layers. Processes involving the meta-management layer in the architecture could explain the origin of the notion of ``qualia''. Processes involving the ``alarm'' mechanism and mechanisms concerned with resource limits in the second and third layers gives us an explanation of three main forms of emotion, helping to account for some of the ambiguities which have bedevilled the study of emotion. Further theoretical and practical benefits may come from further work based on this design-based approach to consciousness. A deeper longer term implication is the possibility of a new science investigating laws governing possible trajectories in design space and niche space, as these form parts of high order feedback loops in the biosphere
Solso, Robert L. (2003). The Psychology of Art and the Evolution of the Conscious Brain. MIT Press.   (Cited by 5 | Google)
Stapp, Henry P. (1998). The evolution of consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Abstract: It is argued that the principles of classical physics are inimical to the development of a satisfactory science of consciousness The problem is that insofar as the classical principles are valid consciousness can have no e ect on the behavior and hence on the survival prospects of the organisms in which it inheres Thus within the classical framework it is not possible to explain in natural terms the development of consciousness to the high level form found in human beings In quantum theory on the other hand consciousness can be dynamically e cacious quantum the ory does allows consciousness to in uence behavior and thence to evolve in accordance with the principles of natural selection However this evo lutionary requirement places important constraints upon the details of the formulation of the quantum dynamical principles..
Stewart, John E. (ms). The future evolution of consciousness.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: ABSTRACT. What potential exists for improvements in the functioning of consciousness? The paper addresses this issue using global workspace theory. According to this model, the prime function of consciousness is to develop novel adaptive responses. Consciousness does this by putting together new combinations of knowledge, skills and other disparate resources that are recruited from throughout the brain. The paper's search for potential improvements in the functioning of consciousness draws on studies of the shift during human development from the use of implicit knowledge to the use of explicit (declarative) knowledge. These studies show that the ability of consciousness to adapt a particular domain improves significantly as the transition to the use of declarative knowledge occurs in that domain. However, this potential for consciousness to enhance adaptability has not yet been realised to any extent in relation to consciousness itself. The paper assesses the potential for adaptability to be improved by the conscious adaptation of key processes that constitute consciousness. A number of sources (including the practices of religious and contemplative traditions) are drawn on to investigate how this potential might be realised
Stewart, John E. (2007). The future evolution of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 14 (8):58-92.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: What is the potential for improvements in the functioning of consciousness? The paper addresses this issue using global workspace theory. According to this model, the prime function of consciousness is to develop novel adaptive responses. Consciousness does this by putting together new combinations of knowledge, skills and other disparate resources that are recruited from throughout the brain. The paper's search for potential improvements in consciousness is aided by studies of a developmental transition that enhances functioning in whichever domain it occurs. This transition involves a shift from the use of procedural (implicit) knowledge to declarative (explicit) knowledge. However, the potential of the transition to enhance functioning has not yet been realised to any extent in relation to consciousness itself. The paper assesses the potential for consciousness to use declarative knowledge to improve its own functioning and to thereby enhance human adaptability. A number of sources (including the practices of religious and contemplative traditions) are drawn on to investigate how this potential might be realised
Sugerman, Shirley (ed.) (1976). Evolution of Consciousness: Studies in Polarity. Barfield Press.   (Google)
Abstract: Owen Barfield: a conversation with Shirley Sugerman -- To Owen Barfield -- Cecil Harwood: Owen Barfield -- Norman O. Brown: on interpretation -- Howard Nemerov: exceptions and rules -- Studies in polarity -- David Bohm: imagination, fancy, insight, and reason in the process of thought -- R.H. Barfield: darwinism -- Richard A. Hocks: "novelty" in polarity to "the most admitted truths" : tradition and the individual talent in S.T. Coleridge and T.S. Eliot -- Robert O. Preyer: the burden of culture and the dialectic of literature -- R.K. Meiners: on modern poetry, poetic consciousness, and the madness of poets -- Paul Piehler: Milton's iconoclasm -- Colin Hardie: two descents into the underworld -- Lionel Adey: enjoyment, contemplation, and hierarchy in Hamlet -- G.B. Tennyson: etymology and meaning -- R.J. Reilly: a note on Barfield, romanticism, and time -- Shirley Sugerman: an "essay" on Coleridge on imagination -- Clyde S. Kilby: the ugly and the evil -- Mary Caroline Richards: the vessel and the fire -- The works of Owen Barfield -- G.B. Tennyson: a bibliography of the works of Owen Barfield.
Thompson, William Irwin (1998). Coming Into Being: Artifacts and Texts in the Evolution of Consciousness. St. Martin's Griffin.   (Google)
Abstract: In his best-selling The Time Falling Bodies Take to Light , William Irwin Thompson intrigued readers with his thoughts on mythology and sexuality. In his newest book, Coming Into Being: Artifacts and Texts in the Evolution of Consciousness , he takes the reader on a journey through the evolution of consciousness from the preverbal communications of early stone carvings, to the writings of Marcel Proust, around the monumental wrappings of Christo and up to the rebirth of interest in the Taoist philosophy of Lao Tzu. Owing as much to the rhythmic constructions of jazz as to established methods of scholarship, Thompson plays a riff on biology and culture seeing the birth of the mind in Proust’s Madeleine, the displacement of humanity in Christo’s wrapping of the Reichstag and, in Lao Tzu’s Tao Te Ching , the path forward to a new planetary culture. In Coming Into Being , William Irwin Thompson presents a fascinating vision of our past, our present, and our future that no one will want to miss
Towers, Bernard (1979). Consciousness and the brain: Evolutionary aspects. In Brain and Mind. (Ciba Foundation Symposium 69).   (Google)
Vandervert, Larry R. (1995). Chaos theory and the evolution of consciousness and mind: A thermodynamic/holographic resolution to the mind-body problem. New Ideas in Psychology 13:107-27.   (Cited by 42 | Google)
Vazire, Simine & Robins, Richard W. (2004). Beyond the justification hypothesis: A broader theory of the evolution of self-consciousness. Journal of Clinical Psychology. Special Issue 1 (12):1271-1273.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Velmans, Max (2010). The evolution of consciousness. In Michel Weber & Anderson Weekes (eds.), Process Approaches to Consciousness in Psychology, Neuroscience, and Philosophy of Mind. State University of New York Press.   (Google)
Wallace, Rodrick & Wallace, Robert G. (ms). Darwin's Rainbow: Evolutionary radiation and the spectrum of consciousness.   (Google)
Abstract: Evolution is littered with paraphyletic convergences: many roads lead to functional Romes. We propose here another example - an equivalence class structure factoring the broad realm of possible realizations of the Baars Global Workspace consciousness model. The construction suggests many different physiological systems can support rapidly shifting, sometimes highly tunable, temporary assemblages of interacting unconscious cognitive modules. The discovery implies various animal taxa exhibiting behaviors we broadly recognize as conscious are, in fact, simply expressing different forms of the same underlying phenomenon. Mathematically, we find much slower, and even multiple simultaneous, versions of the basic structure can operate over very long timescales, a kind of paraconsciousness often ascribed to group phenomena. The variety of possibilities, a veritable rainbow, suggests minds today may be only a small surviving fraction of ancient evolutionary radiations - bush phylogenies of consciousness and paraconsciousness. Under this scenario, the resulting diversity was subsequently pruned by selection and chance extinction. Though few traces of the radiation may be found in the direct fossil record, exaptations and vestiges are scattered across the living mind. Humans, for instance, display an uncommonly profound synergism between individual consciousness and their embedding cultural heritages, enabling efficient Lamarkian adaptation
Weiss, Donald D. (1970). Modern materialism and the evolution of self-consciousness. Southwestern Journal of Philosophy 1:38-44.   (Google)
Johnson Jr, William C. (1979). Literature, film, and the evolution of consciousness. Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism 38 (1):29-38.   (Google | More links)
Wozniak, Robert H. (ed.) (1884). Theoretical Roots of Early Behaviourism: Functionalism, the Critique of Introspection, and the Nature and Evolution of Consciousness. Routledge/Thoemmes Press.   (Google)
Abstract: While John B. Watson articulated the intellectual commitments of behaviorism with clarity and force, wove them into a coherent perspective, gave the perspective a name, and made it a cause, these commitments had adherents before him. To document the origins of behaviorism, this series collects the articles that set the terms of the behaviorist debate, includes the most important pre-Watsonian contributions to objectivism, and reprints the first full text of the new behaviorism. Contents: Functionalism, the Critque of Introspection, and the Nature and Evolution of Consciousness: Theoretical Roots of Early Behaviourism: An Anthology [1842-1914] Robert H. Wozniak (Ed) 360 pp Studies of Animal and Infant Behaviour. the Experimental and Comparative Roots of Early Behaviourism: An Anthology [1840-1911] Robert H. Wozniak (Ed) 412 pp An Introuduction to Comparative Psychology [1894 edition] Conway Lloyd Morgan 628 pp Comparative Physiology of the Brain and Comparative Psychology [1900] Jacques Loeb 342 pp Fundamental Laws of Human Behaviour. Lectures on the foundtions of Any Mental or Social Science [1911] Max F. Meyer 264 pp Behaviour. An Introduction to Comparative Psychology [1914 edition] John B. Watson 482 pp

8.4b Animal Consciousness

Allen, Colin (online). Animal consciousness. Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy.   (Google)
Allen, Colin & Bekoff, Mark (2007). Animal consciousness. In Max Velmans & Susan Schneider (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Consciousness. Blackwell.   (Google)
Allen, Colin (2004). Animal pain. Noûs 38 (4):617-43.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Which nonhuman animals experience conscious pain?1 This question is central to the debate about animal welfare, as well as being of basic interest to scientists and philosophers of mind. Nociception—the capacity to sense noxious stimuli—is one of the most primitive sensory capacities. Neurons functionally specialized for nociception have been described in invertebrates such as the leech Hirudo medicinalis and the marine snail Aplysia californica (Walters 1996). Is all nociception accompanied by conscious pain, even in relatively primitive animals such as Aplysia, or is it the case, as some philosophers continue to maintain, that conscious experiences are the exclu- sive province of human beings? What philosophical and scientific resources are presently available for assessing claims lying between these extremes?
Allen-Hermanson, Sean (2010). Blindsight in Monkeys: Lost and (perhaps) found. Journal of Consciousness Studies 17 (1-2).   (Google)
Abstract: Stoerig and Cowey’s work is widely regarded as showing that monkeys with lesions in the primary visual cortex have blindsight. However, Mole and Kelly persuasively argue that the experimental results are compatible with an alternative hypothesis positing only a deficit in attention and perceptual working memory. I describe a revised procedure which can distinguish these hypotheses, and offer reasons for thinking that the blindsight hypothesis provides a superior explanation. The study of blindsight might contribute towards a general investigation into animal consciousness, though there is a problem when it comes to showing how a non-verbal animal can indicate whether or not it is perceiving consciously. Perhaps whether there is something that it is like to be a given animal depends on whether it exhibits the cognitive profile of conscious vision as opposed to non-conscious “natural blindsight.”
Allen, Colin (2005). Deciphering animal pain. In Murat Aydede (ed.), Pain: New Essays on Its Nature and the Methodology of Its Study. Cambridge MA: Bradford Book/MIT Press.   (Google)
Abstract: In this paper we1 assess the potential for research on nonhuman animals to address questions about the phenomenology of painful experiences. Nociception, the basic capacity for sensing noxious stimuli, is widespread in the animal kingdom. Even rel- atively primitive animals such as leeches and sea slugs possess nociceptors, neurons that are functionally specialized for sensing noxious stimuli (Walters 1996). Vertebrate spinal cords play a sophisticated role in processing and modulating nociceptive signals, providing direct control of some motor responses to noxious stimuli, and a basic capacity for Pavlovian and instrumental conditioning (Grau et al. 1990; Grau 2002). Higher brain systems provide additional layers of association, top-down control, and cognition. In humans, at least, these higher brain systems also give rise to the conscious experiences that are characteristic of pain. What can be said about the experiences of other animals who possess nervous systems that are similar but not identical to humans?
Allen-Hermanson, Sean (2008). Insects and the problem of simple minds: Are bees natural zombies? Journal of Philosophy 105 (8).   (Google)
Allen, Keith (2009). Inter-species variation in colour perception. Philosophical Studies 142 (2).   (Google)
Abstract: Inter-species variation in colour perception poses a serious problem for the view that colours are mind-independent properties. Given that colour perception varies so drastically across species, which species perceives colours as they really are? In this paper, I argue that all do. Specifically, I argue that members of different species perceive properties that are determinates of different, mutually compatible, determinables. This is an instance of a general selectionist strategy for dealing with cases of perceptual variation. According to selectionist views, objects simultaneously instantiate a plurality of colours, all of them genuinely mind-independent, and subjects select from amongst this plurality which colours they perceive. I contrast selectionist views with relationalist views that deny the mind-independence of colour, and consider some general objections to this strategy
Allen, Garland E. (1987). Materialism and reductionism in the study of animal consciousness. In G. Greenberg & E. Tobach (eds.), Cognition, Language, and Consciousness: Integrative Levels. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Allen, Colin (1997). The discovery of animal consciousness: An optimistic assessment. Journal of Agricultural and Environmental Ethics 10 (3).   (Google)
Appleton, Tim (1976). Consciousness in animals. Zygon 11 (December):337-345.   (Google | More links)
Baars, Bernard J. (2005). Subjective experience is probably not limited to humans: The evidence from neurobiology and behavior. Consciousness and Cognition 14 (1):7-21.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Baars, Bernard J. (2001). There are no known differences in brain mechanisms of consciousness between humans and other mammals. Animal Welfare Supplement 10:31- 40.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Bateson, P. P. G. & Klopfer, P. H. (1991). Perspectives in Ethology, Volume 9: Human Understanding and Animal Awareness. Plenum Press.   (Google)
Bechtel, William (1992). Studying the thinking of non-human animals. Biology and Philosophy 7 (2).   (Google | More links)
Bekoff, Marc (2006). Animal passions and beastly virtues: Cognitive ethology as the unifying science for understanding the subjective, emotional, empathic, and moral lives of animals. Zygon 41 (1):71-104.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Bekoff, Marc (2003). Considering animals--not higher primates. Zygon 38 (2):229-245.   (Google | More links)
Bekoff, Marc (1992). Scientific ideology, animal consciousness, and animal protection: A principled plea for unabashed common sense. New Ideas in Psychology 10:79-94.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Bermond, B. (2001). A neuropsychological and evolutionary approach to animal consciousness and animal suffering. Animal Welfare Supplement 10:47- 62.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Beshkar, Majid (2008). Animal consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies 15 (3):5-33.   (Google)
Abstract: There are several types of behavioural evidence in favour of the notion that many animal species experience at least some simple levels of consciousness. Other than behavioural evidence, there are a number of anatomical and physiological criteria that help resolve the problem of animal consciousness, particularly when addressing the problem in lower vertebrates and invertebrates. In this paper, I review a number of such behavioural and brain- based evidence in the case of mammals, birds, and some invertebrate species. Cumulative evidence strongly suggests that consciousness, of one form or another, is present in mammals and birds. Although supportive evidence is less strong in the case of invertebrates, it is more likely than not that they also experience some simple levels of consciousness
Bradshaw, R. H. (1998). Consciousness in nonhuman animals: Adopting the precautionary principle. Journal of Consciousness Studies 5 (1):108-14.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Bremer, Manuel (2006). Animal consciousness, anthromorphism and heterophenomenology. Philosophisches Jahrbuch 113 (2):397-410.   (Google)
Bremer, Manuel, Animal consciousness as a test case of cognitive science.   (Google)
Abstract: In our dealings with animals at least most of us see them as conscious beings. On the other hand the employment of human categories to animals seems to be problematic. Reflecting on the details of human beliefs, for example, casts serious doubt on whether the cat is able to believe anything at all. These theses try to reflect on methodological issues when investigating animal minds. Developing a theory of animal mentality seems to be a test case of the interdisciplinary research programme in cognitive science. From the philosopher`s perspective the most pressing problem is how to talk about animal minds. Can we just employ the vocabulary of human psychology? If not, exploring animal minds contains the non-trivial task of introducing a terminology that allows to see the distinctness of animal minds and to see its connection to the human case. The treatment of some topic in cognitive science has to reach a reflective equilibrium between our intuitions, a phenomenological approach, philosophical conceptual analysis, various empirical approaches and model building. Reflective equilibrium means in this context that we have to reach a coherent model which incorporates as much of our intuitions concerning animal consciousness and integrates at the same time the findings of the different co-operating sciences. There can be various trade-offs in case of conflict between, say, philosophical definitions of mental terms as to be applied to animals, neurophysiology, our reflected intuitions and ethological model building based on a computational theory of animal minds. The paper gives an example of reflective equilibrium in discussing the case for awareness in vertebrates. It considers the role of evolutionary reasoning. The main focus lays on two examples of comparing our human notions (chosen here are “having concepts” and “belief”) with corresponding abilities in animals, and how an appropriate conceptual apparatus dealing with the abilities of animals could be introduced
Burghardt, Gordon M. (1985). Animal awareness: Current perceptions and historical perspective. American Psychologist 40:905-919.   (Cited by 28 | Google)
Carruthers, Peter (1998). Animal subjectivity. Psyche.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Carruthers, Peter (1989). Brute experience. Journal of Philosophy 86 (May):258-269.   (Cited by 44 | Annotation | Google | More links)
Carruthers, Peter (2005). Consciousness might matter very much - reply. Philosophical Psychology 18 (1):113-122.   (Google)
Carruthers, Peter (2004). On being simple minded. American Philosophical Quarterly 41 (3):205-220.   (Cited by 6 | Google | More links)
Carruthers, Peter (2005). Reply to Shriver and Allen. Philosophical Psychology 18 (1):113-122.   (Google | More links)
Abstract: Shriver and Allen (this volume, this journal; hereafter S&A) make three unconnected criticisms of my views concerning phenomenal consciousness and the question of animal consciousness. First, they claim that my dispositional higher-order thought theory of consciousness has much greater significance for ethics than I recognize. Second, they claim that, in the course of attempting to motivate that theory, I have presented inadequate criticisms of first-order theories (according to which phenomenal consciousness may well be rampant in the animal world). And third, they claim that my argument that the question of animal consciousness might not matter a great deal for comparative psychology may prove too much, showing that such consciousness is genuinely epiphenomenal in ourselves, and undermining some of my own evolutionary arguments in support of higher-order theories. I shall focus mostly on the second and third criticisms. But I begin with a few remarks about the first
Carruthers, Peter (1999). Sympathy and subjectivity. Australasian Journal of Philosophy 77 (4):465-82.   (Cited by 10 | Google | More links)
Carruthers, Peter (2004). Suffering without subjectivity. Philosophical Studies 121 (2):99-125.   (Cited by 5 | Google | More links)
Abstract:   This paper argues that it is possible for suffering to occur in the absence of phenomenal consciousness – in the absence of a certain sort of experiential subjectivity, that is. (Phenomenal consciousness is the property that some mental states possess, when it is like something to undergo them, or when they have subjective feels, or possess qualia.) So even if theories of phenomenal consciousness that would withhold such consciousness from most species of non-human animal are correct, this neednt mean that those animals dont suffer, and arent appropriate objects of sympathy and concern
Carruthers, Peter (2005). Why the question of animal consciousness might not matter very much. Philosophical Psychology 18 (1):83-102.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract: According to higher-order thought accounts of phenomenal consciousness it is unlikely that many non-human animals undergo phenomenally conscious experiences. Many people believe that this result would have deep and far-reaching consequences. More specifically, they believe that the absence of phenomenal consciousness from the rest of the animal kingdom must mark a radical and theoretically significant divide between ourselves and other animals, with important implications for comparative psychology. I shall argue that this belief is mistaken. Since phenomenal consciousness might be almost epiphenomenal in its functioning within human cognition, its absence in animals may signify only relatively trivial differences in cognitive architecture. Our temptation to think otherwise arises partly as a side-effect of imaginative identification with animal experiences, and partly from mistaken beliefs concerning the aspects of common-sense psychology that carry the main explanatory burden, whether applied to humans or to non-human animals
Chandroo, K. P.; Yue, S. & Moccia, R. D. (2004). An evaluation of current perspectives on consciousness and pain in fishes. Fish and Fisheries 5:281-95.   (Cited by 13 | Google | More links)
Cheney, Dorothy L. & Seyfarth, Robert M. (1990). How Monkeys See the World: Inside the Mind of Another Species. University of Chicago Press.   (Cited by 1064 | Google | More links)
Abstract: "This reviewer had to be restrained from stopping people in the street to urge them to read it: They would learn something of the way science is done,...
Collins, Arthur W. (1998). Beastly experience. Philosophy and Phenomenological Research 63 (2):375-380.   (Cited by 3 | Google | More links)
Crook, J. H. (1983). On attributing consciousness to animals. Nature 303:11-14.   (Cited by 8 | Google | More links)
Dawkins, Marian S. (1993). Through Our Eyes Only: The Search for Animal Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 97 | Google)
Dawkins, Marian S. (2001). Who needs consciousness? Animal Welfare Supplement 10:19- 29.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Dennett, Daniel C. (1995). Animal consciousness: What matters and why? Social Research 62:691-710.   (Cited by 7 | Google | More links)
Abstract: But perhaps we really don't want to know the answers to these questions. We should not despise the desire to be kept in ignorance--aren't there many facts about yourself and your loved ones that you would wisely choose not to know? Speaking for myself, I am sure that I would go to some lengths to prevent myself from learning all the secrets of those around me--whom they found disgusting, whom they secretly adored, what crimes and follies they had committed, or thought I had committed! Learning all these facts would destroy my composure, cripple my attitude towards those around me. Perhaps learning too much about our animal cousins would have a similarly poisonous effect on our relations with them. But if so, then let's make a frank declaration to that effect and drop the topic, instead of pursuing any further the pathetic course many are now embarked upon
Dol, M.; Kasanmoentalib, Soemini; Lijmbach, Susanne; Rivas, E. & van den Bos, Ruud (2002). Animal Consciousness and Animal Ethics. Van Gorcum and Co.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Dupre, John (1996). The mental lives of nonhuman animals. In Marc Bekoff & Dale W. Jamieson (eds.), Readings in Animal Cognition. MIT Press.   (Google)
Eccles, John C. (1982). Animal consciousness and human self-consciousness. Experientia 38:1384-91.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Edelman, D. B.; Baars, Bernard J. & Seth, Anil K. (2005). Identifying hallmarks of consciousness in non-mammalian species. Consciousness and Cognition 14 (1):169-87.   (Cited by 23 | Google | More links)
Gallup, G. G. (1985). Do minds exist in species other than our own? Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews 9:631-41.   (Cited by 27 | Google)
Gennaro, Rocco J. (2004). Higher-order thoughts, animal consciousness, and misrepresentation: A reply to Carruthers and Levine. In Rocco J. Gennaro (ed.), Higher-Order Theories of Consciousness: An Anthology. John Benjamins.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Gould, J. L. & Gould, C. G. (1994). The Animal Mind. Scientific American Library.   (Cited by 47 | Google)
Griffin, Donald R. (1985). Animal consciousness. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews 9:615-22.   (Cited by 9 | Google)
Griffin, Donald R. (1992). Animal Minds. University of Chicago Press.   (Cited by 332 | Google | More links)
Abstract: University of Chicago Press, 2001 Review by Adriano Palma, Ph.D. on Aug 1st 2001 Volume: 5, Number: 31
Griffin, Donald R. (2001). Animal Minds: Beyond Cognition to Consciousness. University of Chicago Press.   (Cited by 332 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Finally, in four chapters greatly expanded for this edition, Griffin considers the latest scientific research on animal consciousness, pro and con, and...
Griffin, Donald R. & Speck, G. B. (2004). New evidence of animal consciousness. Animal Cognition 7 (1):5-18.   (Cited by 9 | Google | More links)
Griffin, Donald R. (1981). The Question of Animal Awareness: Evolutionary Continuity of Mental Experience. William Kaufmann.   (Cited by 186 | Google)
Griffin, Donald R. (1995). Windows on animal minds. Consciousness and Cognition 4:194-204.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Hampton, Robert R. & Hampstead, Benjamin M. (2006). Spontaneous behavior of a rhesus monkey (Macaca Mulatta) during memory tests suggests memory awareness. Behavioural Processes 72 (2):184-189.   (Google | More links)
Hanna, Robert (ms). What is it like to be a bat in pain? Kinds of animal minds and the moral comparison principle.   (Google)
Heinrich, Bernd (2002). Raven consciousness. In Marc Bekoff, Colin Allen & Gordon M. Burghardt (eds.), The Cognitive Animal: Empirical and Theoretical Perspectives on Animal Cognition. MIT Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Helton, William S. (2005). Animal expertise, conscious or not. Animal Cognition 8 (2):67-74.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Heyes, Cecilia (2008). Beast machines? Questions of animal consciousness. In Lawrence Weiskrantz & Martin Davies (eds.), Frontiers of Consciousness. Oxford University Press.   (Google)
Heyes, Cecilia M. (1987). Cognisance of consciousness in the study of animal knowledge. In Werner Callebaut & R. Pinxten (eds.), Evolutionary Epistemology: A Multiparadigm Program. Reidel.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Heyes, Nicholas Shea Æ Cecilia, Metamemory as evidence of animal consciousness: The type that does the trick.   (Google)
Abstract: The question of whether non-human animals are conscious is of fundamental importance. There are already good reasons to think that many are, based on evolutionary continuity and other considerations. However, the hypothesis is notoriously resistant to direct empirical test. Numerous studies have shown behaviour in animals analogous to consciously-produced human behaviour. Fewer probe whether the same mechanisms are in use. One promising line of evidence about consciousness in other animals derives from experiments on metamemory. A study by Hampton (Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 98(9):5359–5362, 2001) suggests that at least one rhesus macaque can use metamemory to predict whether it would itself succeed on a delayed matching-to-sample task. Since it is not plausible that mere meta-representation requires consciousness, Hampton’s study invites an important question: what kind of metamemory is good evidence for consciousness? This paper argues that if it were found that an animal had a memory trace which allowed it to use information about a past perceptual stimulus to inform a range of different behaviours, that would indeed be good evidence that the animal was conscious. That functional characterisation can be tested by investigating whether successful performance on one metamemory task transfers to a range of new tasks. The paper goes on to argue that thinking about animal consciousness in this way helps in formulating a more precise functional characterisation of the mechanisms of conscious awareness
Hughes, Henry S. (2001). Sensory Exotica: A World Beyond Human Experience. MIT Press.   (Cited by 21 | Google)
Jolly, A. (1991). Conscious chimpanzees? A review of recent literature. In C. A. Ristau (ed.), Cognitive Ethology. Lawrence Erlbaum.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Jolley, N. (1995). Sensation, intentionality, and animal consciousness. Ratio 8 (2):128-42.   (Google | More links)
Kasanmoentalib, Soemini & Visser, Matthew B. H. (1997). Perspectives on animal consciousness. Journal of Agricultural and Environmental Ethics 10 (3).   (Google)
Kirkwood, J. K. & Hubrecht, R. (2001). Animal consciousness, cognition and welfare. Animal Welfare Supplement 10.   (Cited by 4 | Google)
Kretz, Lisa (2004). Peter Carruthers and brute experience: Descartes revisited. Essays in Philosophy 5 (2):1-13.   (Google)
Kuczaj, S.; Tranel, K.; Trone, M. & Hill, H. Hamner (2001). Are animals capable of deception or empathy? Implications for animal consciousness and animal welfare. Animal Welfare. Special Issue 10:161- 173.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Kuczaj, S.; Tranel, K.; Trone, M. & Hill, H. Hamner (2001). Are animals capable of deception or empathy? Implications for Animal Consciousness and Animal Welfare. Animal Welfare Supplement 10.   (Google)
Latto, R. (1986). The question of animal consciousness. Psychological Record 36:309-14.   (Google)
Lehman, Hugh (1998). Marcel dol, Soemini Kasanmoentalib, Susanne lijmbch, Esteban Rivas, Ruud Van den Bos, animal consciousness and animal ethics: Perspectives from the netherlands. Journal of Agricultural and Environmental Ethics 11 (1).   (Google)
Linzey, Andrew (2004). 'The powers that be': Mechanisms that prevent us recognising animal sentience. Essays in Philosophy 5 (2):1-15.   (Google)
Lurz, Robert W. (1999). Animal consciousness. Journal of Philosophical Research 24 (January):149-168.   (Cited by 3 | Google)
Macer, Darryl (1997). Animal consciousness and ethics in asia and the Pacific. Journal of Agricultural and Environmental Ethics 10 (3).   (Google)
Abstract: The interactions between humans, animals and the environment have shaped human values and ethics, not only the genes that we are made of. The animal rights movement challenges human beings to reconsider interactions between humans and other animals, and maybe connected to the environmental movement that begs us to recognize the fact that there are symbiotic relationships between humans and all other organisms. The first part of this paper looks at types of bioethics, the implications of autonomy and the value of being alive. Then the level of consciousness of these relationships are explored in survey results from Asia and the Pacific, especially in the 1993 International Bioethics Survey conducted in Australia, Hong Kong, India, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, The Philippines, Russia, Singapore and Thailand. Very few mentioned animal consciousness in the survey, but there were more biocentric comments in Australia and Japan; and more comments with the idea of harmony including humans in Thailand. Comparisons between questions and surveys will also be made, in an attempt to describe what people imagine animal consciousness to be, and whether this relates to human ethics of the relationships
Main, Alexander (1876). The automatic theory of animal activity. Mind 1 (3):431-434.   (Google | More links)
Mendl, M. & Paul, E. S. (2004). Consciousness, emotion and animal welfare: Insights from cognitive science. Animal Welfare 13:17- 25.   (Cited by 6 | Google)
Ng, Yew-Kwang (1995). Towards welfare biology: Evolutionary economics of animal consciousness and suffering. Biology and Philosophy 10 (3).   (Google)
Abstract:   Welfare biology is the study of living things and their environment with respect to their welfare (defined as net happiness, or enjoyment minus suffering). Despite difficulties of ascertaining and measuring welfare and relevancy to normative issues, welfare biology is a positive science. Evolutionary economics and population dynamics are used to help answer basic questions in welfare biology: Which species are affective sentients capable of welfare? Do they enjoy positive or negative welfare? Can their welfare be dramatically increased? Under plausible axioms, all conscious species are plastic and all plastic species are conscious (and, with a stronger axiom, capable of welfare). More complex niches favour the evolution of more rational species. Evolutionary economics also supports the common-sense view that individual sentients failing to survive to mate suffer negative welfare. A kind of God-made (or evolution-created) fairness between species is also unexpectedly found. The contrast between growth maximization (as may be favoured by natural selection), average welfare, and total welfare maximization is discussed. It is shown that welfare could be increased without even sacrificing numbers (at equilibrium). Since the long-term reduction in animal suffering depends on scientific advances, strict restrictions on animal experimentation may be counter-productive to animal welfare
Oakley, David A. (1985). Animal awareness, consciousness, and self-image. In David A. Oakley (ed.), Brain and Mind. Methuen.   (Cited by 8 | Google)
Panksepp, Jaak (2005). Toward a science of ultimate concern. Consciousness and Cognition 14 (1):22-29.   (Google)
Radner, Daisie M. & Radner, Michael (1996). Animal Consciousness. Prometheus Books.   (Cited by 19 | Google)
Reiss, D. (1998). Cognition and communication in dolphins: A question of consciousness. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Cited by 2 | Google)
Ristau, C. A. (1983). Language, cognition, and awareness in animals? Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 406:170-86.   (Cited by 2 | Google | More links)
Roberts, Hugh M. (1968). Consciousness in animals and automata. Psychological Reports 22:1226-28.   (Google)
Robinson, William S. (1997). Some nonhuman animals can have pains in a morally relevant sense. Biology and Philosophy 12 (1):51-71.   (Cited by 4 | Google | More links)
Abstract: In a series of works, Peter Carruthers has argued for the denial of the title proposition. Here, I defend that proposition by offering direct support drawn from relevant sciences and by undercutting Carruthers argument. In doing the latter, I distinguish an intrinsic theory of consciousness from Carruthers relational theory of consciousness. This relational theory has two readings, one of which makes essential appeal to evolutionary theory. I argue that neither reading offers a successful view
Rollin, Bernard E. (1986). Animal consciousness and scientific change. New Ideas in Psychology 4:141-52.   (Cited by 1 | Google)
Rollin, Bernard E. (1989). The Unheeded Cry: Animal Consciousness, Animal Pain, and Science. Oxford University Press.   (Cited by 93 | Google)
Rose, J. D. (2002). The neurobehavioral nature of fishes and the question of awareness and pain. Reviews in Fisheries Science 10:1-38.   (Cited by 61 | Google | More links)
Rothschild, M. (1993). Thinking about animal consciousness. Journal of Natural History 27:509-12.   (Google | More links)
Rushen, J. P. (1985). The scientific status of animal consciousness. Applied Animal Behaviour Science 13:387-390.   (Google)
Rutgers Marshall, Henry (1904). Of simpler and more complex consciousnesses. Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods 1 (14):365-372.   (Google | More links)
Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S. & Rumbaugh, Duane M. (1998). Perspectives on consciousness, language, and other emergent processes in apes and humans. In Stuart R. Hameroff, Alfred W. Kaszniak & A. C. Scott (eds.), Toward a Science of Consciousness II. MIT Press.   (Google)
Schönfeld, Martin (2006). Animal consciousness: Paradigm change in the life sciences. Perspectives on Science 14 (3).   (Google)
Seth, Anil K.; Baars, Bernard J. & Edelman, D. B. (2005). Criteria for consciousness in humans and other mammals. Consciousness and Cognition 14 (1):119-39.   (Cited by 23 | Google | More links)
Abstract: The standard behavioral index for human consciousness is the ability to report events with accuracy. While this method is routinely used for scientific and medical applications in humans, it is not easy to generalize to other species. Brain evidence may lend itself more easily to comparative testing. Human consciousness involves widespread, relatively fast low-amplitude interactions in the thalamocortical core of the brain, driven by current tasks and conditions. These features have also been found in other mammals, which suggests that consciousness is a major biological adaptation in mammals. We suggest more than a dozen additional properties of human consciousness that may be used to test comparative predictions. Such homologies are necessarily more remote in non-mammals, which do not share the thalamocortical complex. However, as we learn more we may be able to make “deeper” predictions that apply to some birds, reptiles, large-brained invertebrates, and perhaps other species
Shea, Nicholas & Heyes, Cecilia (2010). Metamemory as evidence of animal consciousness: The type that does the trick. Biology and Philosophy 25 (1).   (Google)
Abstract: The question of whether non-human animals are conscious is of fundamental importance. There are already good reasons to think that many are, based on evolutionary continuity and other considerations. However, the hypothesis is notoriously resistant to direct empirical test. Numerous studies have shown behaviour in animals analogous to consciously-produced human behaviour. Fewer probe whether the same mechanisms are in use. One promising line of evidence about consciousness in other animals derives from experiments on metamemory. A study by Hampton (Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 98(9):5359–5362, 2001 ) suggests that at least one rhesus macaque can use metamemory to predict whether it would itself succeed on a delayed matching-to-sample task. Since it is not plausible that mere meta-representation requires consciousness, Hampton’s study invites an important question: what kind of metamemory is good evidence for consciousness? This paper argues that if it were found that an animal had a memory trace which allowed it to use information about a past perceptual stimulus to inform a range of different behaviours, that would indeed be good evidence that the animal was conscious. That functional characterisation can be tested by investigating whether successful performance on one metamemory task transfers to a range of new tasks. The paper goes on to argue that thinking about animal consciousness in this way helps in formulating a more precise functional characterisation of the mechanisms of conscious awareness
Shriver, Adam & Allen, Colin (2005). Consciousness might matter very much. Philosophical Psychology 18 (1):113-22.   (Cited by 1 | Google | More links)
Abstract: Peter Carruthers argues that phenomenal consciousness might not matter very much either for the purpose of determining which nonhuman animals are appropriate objects of moral sympathy, or for the purpose of explaining for the similarities in behavior of humans and nonhumans. Carruthers bases these claims on his version of a dispositionalist higher-order thought (DHOT) theory of consciousness which allows that much of human behavior is the result of first-order beliefs that need not be conscious, and that prima facie judgments about the importance of consciousness are due to confabulation. We argue b